WO2008018507A1 - Stapler - Google Patents

Stapler Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2008018507A1
WO2008018507A1 PCT/JP2007/065541 JP2007065541W WO2008018507A1 WO 2008018507 A1 WO2008018507 A1 WO 2008018507A1 JP 2007065541 W JP2007065541 W JP 2007065541W WO 2008018507 A1 WO2008018507 A1 WO 2008018507A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
staple
stable
stapler
paper
state
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2007/065541
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
Akira Aoki
Original Assignee
Max Co., Ltd.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2006220732A external-priority patent/JP4872522B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2006220707A external-priority patent/JP4935238B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2006220717A external-priority patent/JP4967522B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2006220743A external-priority patent/JP2008044060A/en
Priority claimed from JP2006220742A external-priority patent/JP4952134B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2006220731A external-priority patent/JP4952132B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2006220706A external-priority patent/JP4882590B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2006220716A external-priority patent/JP4967521B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2006219194A external-priority patent/JP4952129B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2006220740A external-priority patent/JP4872523B2/en
Application filed by Max Co., Ltd. filed Critical Max Co., Ltd.
Publication of WO2008018507A1 publication Critical patent/WO2008018507A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B25HAND TOOLS; PORTABLE POWER-DRIVEN TOOLS; MANIPULATORS
    • B25CHAND-HELD NAILING OR STAPLING TOOLS; MANUALLY OPERATED PORTABLE STAPLING TOOLS
    • B25C5/00Manually operated portable stapling tools; Hand-held power-operated stapling tools; Staple feeding devices therefor
    • B25C5/02Manually operated portable stapling tools; Hand-held power-operated stapling tools; Staple feeding devices therefor with provision for bending the ends of the staples on to the work
    • B25C5/0221Stapling tools of the table model type, i.e. tools supported by a table or the work during operation
    • B25C5/0235Stapling tools of the table model type, i.e. tools supported by a table or the work during operation manually operated having a plunger cooperating with an anvil
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B25HAND TOOLS; PORTABLE POWER-DRIVEN TOOLS; MANIPULATORS
    • B25CHAND-HELD NAILING OR STAPLING TOOLS; MANUALLY OPERATED PORTABLE STAPLING TOOLS
    • B25C5/00Manually operated portable stapling tools; Hand-held power-operated stapling tools; Staple feeding devices therefor
    • B25C5/02Manually operated portable stapling tools; Hand-held power-operated stapling tools; Staple feeding devices therefor with provision for bending the ends of the staples on to the work
    • B25C5/0207Particular clinching mechanisms
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B27WORKING OR PRESERVING WOOD OR SIMILAR MATERIAL; NAILING OR STAPLING MACHINES IN GENERAL
    • B27FDOVETAILED WORK; TENONS; SLOTTING MACHINES FOR WOOD OR SIMILAR MATERIAL; NAILING OR STAPLING MACHINES
    • B27F7/00Nailing or stapling; Nailed or stapled work
    • B27F7/17Stapling machines
    • B27F7/19Stapling machines with provision for bending the ends of the staples on to the work
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B42BOOKBINDING; ALBUMS; FILES; SPECIAL PRINTED MATTER
    • B42BPERMANENTLY ATTACHING TOGETHER SHEETS, QUIRES OR SIGNATURES OR PERMANENTLY ATTACHING OBJECTS THERETO
    • B42B5/00Permanently attaching together sheets, quires or signatures otherwise than by stitching
    • B42B5/04Permanently attaching together sheets, quires or signatures otherwise than by stitching by laces or ribbons

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a stapler that binds binding sheets with a paper-made stable.
  • the pressing means pushes down the connecting portion cutting blade and the forming portion to cut and mold the staple located at the leading portion of the connected staple, and presses the penetrating portion against the binding paper to penetrate the staple.
  • the staple can be cut, molded and penetrated into the binding paper by one operation.
  • a stapler disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-300865 binds binding sheets with a paper stable previously formed into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction.
  • the stapler disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-300865 has a notch hole formed in a binding sheet by a cutter, and both legs of the stable are passed through the notch hole, and then both legs are bent along a staple receiving base. Are pasted together.
  • the conventional stapler has the following problems.
  • the stapler disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-300865 is a force that binds binding sheets with a paper-stable that has been formed into a shape in which both ends are folded in one direction. Both ends are folded in one direction in advance. The stable molded into a shape can be rolled up in a connected state. I can't. For this reason, in the stapler disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2001-300865, linearly connected staples can be loaded only in an amount corresponding to the size of the staple magazine, and the number of staples that can be loaded at one time is small.
  • the present invention has been made to solve such a problem, and provides a stapler that makes it possible to perform separation and separation of staples, molding, and penetration of binding sheets by one operation.
  • the purpose is to do.
  • a stapler includes a conveyance path that conveys a connection stable formed by connecting a plurality of substantially straight paper staples in parallel, and a predetermined conveyance path.
  • the connecting portion cutting blade that cuts the stable located at the head of the connecting stable and separates it from the connecting staple, and the cut stable in the first position, the crown portion and the crown.
  • a moving means for moving the molding part molded by the molding part from the first position to the predetermined second position.
  • two insertion cutting blades arranged in parallel at intervals corresponding to the length of the crown portion, and the stable is pushed down with respect to the binding paper together with the insertion cutting blade at the second position to penetrate.
  • the penetrating part, the connecting part cutting blade and the molded part Is pushed down with respect to the staple located at the leading portion of the connecting staple, and the penetrating portion is pushed down against the binding paper at the second position, and the penetrating portion pushed down by the pushing-down means penetrates the binding paper.
  • the binding sheets are bound by the paper stable as follows.
  • the connecting portion cutting blade and the forming blade are formed with respect to the stable positioned at the leading portion of the connecting stable at the predetermined first position of the conveying path by the pressing means.
  • the mold part is pushed down and the penetrating part is pushed down against the binding paper in the second position.
  • the staple positioned at the leading portion of the connected staple is cut by the connecting portion cutting blade and separated from the connecting stable, and from the left and right of the crown portion and the crown portion by the molding portion. It is molded so as to form legs that are bent at a substantially right angle. Further, the stable formed into a shape bent in the direction of the force at both ends is pushed down to the binding paper together with the insertion cutting blade by the penetrating portion at the second position and penetrates the binding paper.
  • the legs of the stable that have penetrated the binding sheet by the penetrating part pushed down by the pushing-down means are bent by the bending means and bonded to each other. Furthermore, the stable molded by the molding unit is moved from the first position to the second position by the moving means.
  • the stapler of the present invention pushes down the connecting portion cutting blade and the forming portion with respect to the staple located at the leading portion of the connected staple by the pressing means to cut and form the staple, and penetrates the binding paper. Push down the part to penetrate the stable. This makes it possible to cut and mold the stable and penetrate the staples into the binding paper by one operation.
  • the stapler according to the present invention is cut by a cutting means that cuts a stable positioned at the head of a connecting stable in which a plurality of substantially straight paper stables are connected in parallel, and a cutting means.
  • the molding means for molding the stable so that the crown part and the leg parts bent at substantially right angles from the left and right sides of the crown part are formed, and both legs of the stable part molded by the molding means May be provided with penetrating means for penetrating the binding paper and folding means for folding both legs of the stable penetrated by the binding means along the binding paper and bonding them together.
  • the stapler described above includes a moving unit that moves the stable formed by the forming unit to a penetrating position through which the staple is penetrated by the binding unit.
  • a transport path for transporting the connected stable and transport means for transporting the connected stable on the transport path are provided.
  • a peeling means for peeling the release paper attached to the back of each stable of the connection stable from the back of each of the stable at the start end of the conveyance path prepare.
  • the paper is wound in a roll shape with the release paper attached to the adhesive portion provided at the position of the leg of each of the connected stables.
  • the staple located at the leading portion and the staple located at the leading portion at the cutting position where the staple located at the leading portion of the connecting stable is cut by the cutting means There is a holding piece that holds the adjacent table against the transport path.
  • the cutting means has a pair of connecting portion cutting blades arranged so that the blade edges face outward in opposite directions, and the staple located at the leading portion and the staple located at the leading portion are adjacent to each other.
  • the respective cutting edges of the connecting portion cutting blades are pressed in opposite directions from the inner side to the outer side of the connecting staples to cut each connecting portion.
  • the molding means is fitted with a receiving base having a predetermined width on which the stable cut by the cutting means is installed, and the receiving base on which the stable is installed, and the both ends of the stable in one direction. Press the both legs of the mating part that is molded into a bent shape and the legs of the stable that are molded into a shape in which both ends are folded in one direction with the cradle and the fitting part mated. A pair of pressing members.
  • the penetrating means has two insertion cutting blades fixed in parallel at an interval corresponding to the length of the crown portion, and a stable formed into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction. With each of the two leg portions aligned with the two insertion cutting blades, together with the insertion cutting blade, it is pushed down against the binding paper and penetrates both the leg portions of the staple.
  • the bending means bends the first leg of one of the legs of the stable penetrating the binding paper along the binding paper in the direction of the other second leg, and in the bent state Place the first folded part to be held and the second leg of the stable on the binding paper in the direction of the first leg.
  • a second bent portion that is bent and overlapped with a part of the first leg portion, and held in the bent state, a first leg portion that is bent and held by the first bent portion, and a second bent portion
  • There is a bonding portion that presses the overlapping portion with the second leg portion that is bent and held by the flange portion, and bonds the two leg portions to each other at the bonding portion.
  • the staple located at the leading end is cut by the cutting means from the connecting stable in which a plurality of substantially straight paper stables are connected in parallel.
  • the cut stable is molded by a molding means into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction so that a predetermined length becomes a leg from both ends.
  • both legs of the molded stable are penetrated into the binding paper by the penetrating means, and both legs of the penetrated staple are folded along the binding paper by the folding means and bonded to each other.
  • the binding paper is bound by a pre-formed stable, and the stable is formed of a soft material such as paper. Therefore, the staple is deformed or the staple is deformed immediately.
  • the table could not be passed through the binding paper securely, or after the penetration, the legs of the stable could not be folded correctly to bind the binding paper.
  • the stapler of the present invention the stable is formed into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction, and then penetrated into the binding paper, and both legs are bent and bonded. As a result, it is possible to reliably bind the binding sheets using a paper-made stable table.
  • the stapler includes a cutting means for cutting a staple located at the leading portion of the connected staple from a connected staple in which a plurality of substantially straight paper stables are connected in parallel, and a cutting unit.
  • the forming means comprises cutting means for penetrating the binding paper, and bending means for bending both legs of the stable penetrated through the binding paper by the penetrating means along the binding paper and bonding them together.
  • fitting portion to be, It is good also as having a pressing member which presses both the leg parts of the staple which were formed in the shape where the cradle and the fitting part were fitted and bent at both ends force I direction.
  • the pressing member is molded into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction in conjunction with the retraction of the fitting portion from the cradle after the fitting portion is fitted to the cradle. Hold both legs of the staple from both sides.
  • the staple located at the leading end of the connection stable is cut from the connection stable by connecting a plurality of substantially straight paper stables in parallel by the cutting means. Thereafter, the stable cut by the cutting means is formed by the forming means into a shape bent in the direction of the force at both ends so that a predetermined length from both ends becomes the leg portions.
  • the stable is molded by the molding means as follows.
  • the cradle on which the cut stable is installed and the fitting portion are fitted, and the staple is molded into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction. Both legs of the stable molded into a shape with both ends bent in one direction are pressed from both sides by the pressing members. For this reason, it is prevented that both legs are opened by the spring back.
  • both legs of the molded stable are passed through the binding sheet by the penetrating means, and are bent by the both legs leg force S of the penetrating stable and the folding means, and are bonded to each other.
  • both ends in order to increase the number of staples that can be loaded, when using straight staples, both ends must be in one direction after cutting the staple at the beginning of the connected stable before passing through the binding paper. It is necessary to mold into a bent shape.
  • both legs of the stapler molded into a shape bent in the direction of the force at both ends are pressed from both sides by the pressing member, and both legs are opened by the spring back. It is prevented. As a result, the influence of the springback after molding the stable can be suppressed, and the stable can penetrate the binding paper. It becomes possible.
  • the stapler according to the present invention includes a cutting means for cutting a staple located at the leading portion of the connected staple from a connected staple in which a plurality of substantially straight paper stables are connected in parallel; A molding means for molding the stable cut by the means so as to form a crown part and leg parts bent at substantially right angles from the left and right of the crown part, and a stable part molded by the molding means.
  • the pressing member presses and urges the upper and lower sides of both the leg portions of the staple.
  • the pressing member presses and urges the side of the crown portion of the staple and the side of the lower portion of both leg portions.
  • the push member has an engagement portion that engages with an engagement hole provided in the crown portion, and engages with the engagement hole of the crown portion of the stable, in which both leg portions are pressed by the pressing member.
  • the engaging portion presses and urges the crown portion and presses and urges the lower sides of both leg portions.
  • the staple located at the head is cut by the cutting means from the connected stable in which a plurality of substantially straight paper stables are connected in parallel.
  • the stable cut by the cutting means is formed by the forming means so as to form a crown portion and leg portions bent at substantially right angles from the left and right of the crown portion.
  • the legs of the stable formed into a shape bent in the direction of the force at both ends are pressed by the pressing member from both outer sides.
  • the stable formed into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction by the forming means is transferred.
  • the moving means By the moving means, the stable is moved to a penetrating standby position for waiting for penetrating the binding paper.
  • the movement of the stable by the moving means is performed by pressing and urging at least the upper part and the lower part of the side surface opposite to the direction of movement of the stable. As a result, the staple is moved to the penetrating standby position without being largely inclined.
  • the stable moved to the penetrating standby position by the moving means has both legs penetrate the binding sheet by the penetrating means.
  • the stables having both leg portions penetrating the binding sheet are folded by the folding means and bonded to each other.
  • both legs of the stable molded into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction are pressed by the pressing member
  • both legs pressed by the pressing member are pressed against the pressing member by the spring back. It is stretched out.
  • the stable is moved to the penetrating standby position for penetrating the binding paper, only the crown portion of the stable is pressed and urged to move the stable.
  • the two legs that were stretched against the holding member by the back could not follow, and the staple was not able to move correctly to the penetrating standby position.
  • the stapler according to the present invention at least the upper and lower portions of the side surface opposite to the moving direction of the staple formed in a shape bent in the direction of the force at both ends are pressed and urged.
  • the sheet can be moved to the penetrating standby position for penetrating the binding sheet without being largely inclined.
  • the stapler according to the present invention includes a plurality of binding sheet mounting portions on which binding sheets to be bound are mounted, and a plurality of paper stables that are substantially straight and have adhesive portions at predetermined positions in parallel.
  • a cutting means for cutting the staple located at the leading end of the connected staple from the connected linked staples, and a leg that is bent by the cutting means at a substantially right angle from the left and right of the crown part and the crown part.
  • Forming means for forming the part to be formed A penetrating means for penetrating both legs of the stable formed by the mold means into the binding paper placed on the binding paper placing portion, and a pair of legs of the stable penetrating the binding paper by the penetrating means to the binding paper
  • bending means for bonding together at the adhesive portion, and the bending means binds one first leg portion of both the legs of the stable penetrating the binding paper in the direction of the other second leg portion. Folded along the paper and held in the folded state, and the second leg of the stable was held by the first bent part along the binding paper in the direction of the first leg.
  • a second bent portion that is bent so as to overlap with a part of the first leg portion and is held in the bent state, a first leg portion that is bent and held by the first bent portion, and a second bent portion. Second folded and held By pressing the overlapping portions of the parts it may be to having a bonding portion bonded to both legs to each other with an adhesive portion.
  • the bending means has a holding part that holds both legs of the stable sheet penetrating the binding sheet by the penetrating means in a direction facing each other, and holds the bent part in the bent state.
  • the first leg bent and held by a predetermined amount in the direction of the second leg is bent along the binding sheet in the direction of the second leg at the first bent part, and the first leg is bent by the holding part.
  • the second leg portion that is bent and held in the direction of the leg portion is bent along the binding sheet at the second bending portion in the direction of the first leg portion.
  • the penetrating means includes a pressing portion that pushes down the stable against the binding paper, and two insertion cutting blades that are arranged in parallel at intervals according to the length of the crown portion and are fixed to the pressing portion.
  • Each of the insertion and cutting blades is bound in a state where both legs of the stable formed into a shape bent in the direction of the force ⁇ at both ends by the forming means are attached to the opposite surfaces of each insertion and cutting blade.
  • the pressing means pushes down the stable against the binding paper, and the bending means is attached to the legs of the stable that have penetrated the binding paper by the penetration means and are attached to the surfaces of the insertion cutting blades facing each other.
  • the first leg is held in a state where the holding part is bent by a predetermined amount in a direction facing each other, separated from the insertion cutting blade, and held by the holding part away from the insertion cutting blade.
  • the second leg that is folded in the direction along the binding sheet and held away from the insertion cutting blade force by the holding part is bent along the binding sheet in the direction of the first leg at the second bending part.
  • the first folding portion, the second folding portion, and the bonding portion are pivotally supported so as to be rotatable on the opposite side of the binding paper placement portion of the binding paper placement portion as the bending means. Rotate the first bent part to fold and hold the first leg of the stable, hold the second bent part to fold and hold the second leg of the stable, and hold the bonded part Rotating means for attaching the first leg part and the second leg part by rotating the first leg part.
  • the bonding portion has a long hole portion at a predetermined position, and is fixed to the base portion of the stapler as a rotating means so as to be slidable in the long hole portion of the shell-separating portion.
  • a first folding unit and a second folding unit each of which includes a support unit that engages and supports the bonding unit with respect to the base unit, and a pressing unit that presses down the binding paper placement unit with respect to the base unit. The panel is biased upward with respect to the bonded part.
  • the binding paper force placed on the binding paper placement unit is bound by a paper stable as follows. First, from a connected stable in which a plurality of paper stables having adhesive portions at predetermined positions are connected in parallel, a stable located at the top of the connected stable is cut by a cutting means. To be separated.
  • the cut staple is formed into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction so that the crown and the leg portion bent at a substantially right and left force of the crown portion are formed by the forming means.
  • both legs of the molded stable are passed through the binding paper by the penetrating means, and both legs of the penetrating stable are bent by the bending means and bonded to each other by the bonding part.
  • bending and bonding of both legs of the stable penetrating the binding sheet by the bending means are performed as follows. First, the first leg of one of the legs of the staple that penetrates the binding sheet is folded along the binding sheet in the direction of the other second leg by the first folding section, and held in a folded state. Is done.
  • the second leg force S of both legs of the stable penetrating the binding paper and the second folding part are held by the first folding part along the binding paper in the direction of the first leg.
  • the first leg is folded so as to overlap a part of the first leg, and is held in a folded state.
  • both the legs of the stable penetrated through the binding sheet are directed to the flat center part and the outside formed on both sides of the center part.
  • the two legs of the stable formed of a soft material such as paper were bent by being brought into contact with the stable receiving surface of the stable receiving base. For this reason, it has not been possible to reliably perform the bending and bonding of the leg portions of the staples that have penetrated the binding paper.
  • the stapler of the present invention holds both the leg portions of the staples penetrating the binding sheet in the direction facing each other in order by the bent portions, and holds both the folded and held leg portions.
  • the overlapping portions are pressed together by the bonding portion and bonded together.
  • the stapler of the present invention can surely bend and bond the both legs of the paper stable penetrating the binding paper.
  • the stapler according to the present invention includes a transport path for transporting the connected stables connected to each other at the connecting portion in a state where a plurality of substantially straight paper stables are arranged in parallel, and a transport path.
  • the first stable and the second stable are pressed against the conveying path, and the first stable separated by the cutting means is formed into a shape bent in the direction of both ends and bound.
  • the leg of the first stable that penetrates the paper and bends the binding paper is bent along the binding paper and pasted together, thereby eliminating the loosening means for loosening the binding paper. good.
  • the above-described stapler includes transport means for transporting the connected stable on the transport path.
  • the conveying means includes an engaging claw that engages with a feed hole provided for each of the connected stables, and the engaging claw is pressed against the conveying path by a pressing piece. After engaging the feed hole corresponding to the staple and cutting off the first stable by the cutting means, the engaging claw is moved and the connected stable is conveyed to the cutting position.
  • the conveying means is connected to the connection stapler according to the binding operation of the cutting means and the binding means.
  • the moving claw is provided with a moving part attached with an engaging claw that reciprocates a predetermined distance in the conveying direction and the opposite conveying direction.
  • the engaging claw is provided on the moving portion so as to be able to take the engaging position that has entered the feed hole provided in the connection stable and the non-engagement position that has been retracted from the feed hole.
  • the engaging slope engages with the feed hole when the moving part moves in the carrying direction.
  • a non-engagement slope that generates an action of retracting the moving part to the non-engagement position in cooperation with the feed hole.
  • a plurality of substantially straight paper stables are arranged in parallel, and the connected stables connected to each other at the connecting portion in the state of V are transported on the transport path, At a predetermined cutting position, the connecting portion between the first staple located at the leading portion of the connecting stable and the second staple adjacent to the first staple is cut by the cutting means, and the first stable is cut off.
  • the connecting portion between the first staple and the second staple is cut by the cutting means, the first stable and the second stable are separated from the transport path by the pressing piece. It can be pressed.
  • the cut first stable is formed into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction by the binding means and penetrated into the binding paper.
  • the first stable penetrating through the binding paper is bent at both legs and pasted together.
  • the stapler of the present invention the cut located at the leading portion of the linked staples.
  • the connecting portion between the staple to be separated and the staple to be separated and the adjacent staple is cut, the staple to be separated and the staple adjacent to the staple to be separated are separated by a holding piece. Is pressed against. Therefore, it is possible to separate the stable located at the end of the connecting stable with high accuracy.
  • the stapler according to the present invention includes a connection stable in which a plurality of substantially straight paper stables arranged side by side are connected to each other by a plurality of connection portions, and is connected to the front of the connection stable.
  • a cutting means for cutting the first stable, and the first stable cut by the cutting means is formed into a shape bent in the direction of the force at both ends, penetrates the binding paper, and the first staple penetrates the binding paper.
  • the table has a binding means for binding the binding paper by bending the legs of the table along the binding paper and bonding them together, and the cutting means is a pair of couplings arranged so that the blade edges face outward in opposite directions.
  • the connecting part is cut from the inside to the outside of the connecting staple.
  • Each blade edge of the blade It is also possible to press each other in the opposite direction and cut each connecting part.
  • the cutting means is arranged such that the blade tips of the pair of connecting portion cutting blades correspond to the inside of the connecting staple, and the blade base portion corresponds to the outside of the connecting stable.
  • each connecting part between the first stable and the second stable is directed from the inside to the outside.
  • the plurality of substantially straight paper staples arranged side by side by the cutting means are connected to each other at the plurality of connecting portions, and the first stable is located at the leading portion. Is disconnected.
  • each cutting edge of the pair of connecting cutting blades extends from the inside to the outside of the connecting staple.
  • Each of the connecting portions is cut by being pressed in opposite directions. As a result, when the connecting portion is cut, the opposite force is applied to the first staple and the second staple by the respective blade edges. Are added at the same time.
  • the first staple cut by the binding means is formed into a shape bent in the direction of both end forces ⁇ and bound. Penetration into the paper. The legs of the first stable penetrating through the binding paper are folded and bonded together.
  • the staple located at the head in the staple magazine is separated from the other staplers by being pushed downward by the push plate.
  • the height of the separated staple and other staples is greatly different after separation.
  • the blade tips of the pair of connecting portion cutting blades are pressed against the connecting portions of the stable in the opposite directions from the inside to the outside of the connecting stable.
  • each connecting portion of the staple is cut.
  • the staple is cut in a state in which an outward force is simultaneously applied to the staple to be cut and the staple adjacent to the staple to be cut by the blade edge in the longitudinal direction of the staple. Therefore, it is possible to stably perform the stable cutting with a simple configuration in which the staple to be cut and the staple adjacent to the staple to be cut are not supported in a wide range.
  • the stapler according to the present invention is substantially straight, and the connected staples in which a plurality of paper staples having adhesive portions at predetermined positions on the back surface are connected in parallel are conveyed with the back surface of each staple facing downward.
  • the head located at the head is cut, and the cut stable is formed into a shape bent in the direction of both ends.
  • a binding means for binding the binding paper by bending both legs of the stable penetrating the binding paper along the binding paper and bonding them together at the adhesive portion.
  • Each stage is It is good to have a groove part that avoids contact with the adhesive part in the passage route through which the adhesive part on the back of one pull passes.
  • the linked staple includes a release paper attached to at least the attachment portion on the back surface of each staple, and the transport path is the start end of the transport path, and the release paper is attached to each of the stable sheets.
  • a peeling means for peeling from the back surface is provided.
  • a storage means for storing the roll staples obtained by winding the linked staples in a roll shape, and A discharge path for discharging the release paper released from the table to the outside of the stapler. Furthermore, a transport means for transporting the connected stable on the transport path is provided.
  • the conveying means includes a moving part that reciprocates a predetermined distance in the conveying direction and the counter-conveying direction of the connecting stable according to the binding operation of the binding means, and an engaging claw provided in the moving part.
  • the engaging claw engages with a feed hole provided in the connecting step when the moving part moves in the conveying direction of the connected stable, and the moving part moves in the opposite conveying direction of the connecting stable. When doing so, it is disengaged from the feed hole provided in the connecting stable.
  • the engaging claw is provided in the moving portion so as to be able to take an engaging position that has entered into the feed hole provided in the connection stable and a non-engagement position that has been retracted from the feed hole.
  • the engaging slope engages with the feed hole when the moving part moves in the carrying direction.
  • a non-engagement slope that generates an action of retracting the moving part to the non-engagement position in cooperation with the feed hole.
  • the connected staples each of which is substantially straight and has a plurality of paper staples connected in parallel at a predetermined position on the back surface, with the back surface of each staple facing downward, It is transported through the transport path.
  • the staple located at the head of the paper-made stable conveyed on the conveyance path is cut by the binding means.
  • the cut stable is formed into a shape bent in the direction of force at both ends, and penetrates the binding paper.
  • the stables that pass through the binding paper are folded at both legs and bonded together at the adhesive.
  • the transport path is the adhesion of the back surface of each stable when the connected stable is transported. Since the passage path through which the section passes has a groove portion that avoids contact with the adhesive portion, the adhesive portion on the back surface of each stable and the conveyance path do not come into contact when the connecting staple is conveyed along the conveyance path.
  • the connected staples are stored in the staple magazine and urged forward of the stapler by the compression panel.
  • the compressed staples are conveyed in the staple magazine to the front of the stapler.
  • the stapler of the present invention has a groove portion that avoids contact with the adhesive portion in the passage path of the adhesive portion of each stable in the conveyance path that conveys the connected stable. For this reason, when the connected stables are transported along the transport path, the adhesive portion on the back surface of each stable does not come into contact with the transport path, and the connected stables can be transported smoothly. Become capable.
  • the stapler according to the present invention includes a plurality of the stables provided in parallel in the vicinity of at least one end in the longitudinal direction of the back surface of the substantially straight paper-made stable.
  • the cut stable is molded into a shape with both ends folded in one direction and penetrated into the binding paper, and both legs of the stable penetrated through the binding paper are folded along the binding paper and bonded.
  • Binding means for binding the binding sheets together, and the conveying means engages with the engaged portion provided on the connection stable according to the operation of the binding means. Also as carrying There.
  • the conveying unit is attached to the moving unit and the moving unit that reciprocates a predetermined distance in the conveying direction and the opposite direction of the connecting staple according to the binding operation of the binding unit.
  • the engaging claw engages with the engaged portion of each stable of the connecting stable when the moving portion moves in the conveying direction of the connecting stable, Has a shape that is disengaged from the engaged portion of each stable of the connecting stable when moving in the direction opposite to the conveying direction of the connecting staple.
  • the engaging claw has a shape that engages with the connecting portion of each stable of the connecting stable. Furthermore, the engaging claw has a shape that engages with the concavo-convex portion provided on each stable of the connecting stable.
  • the connecting staples connected to the substantially straight paper stable are transported along the transport path by the transport means.
  • the transport of the connection stable by the conveying means is performed by engaging with an engaged portion provided on the connection stable.
  • the staple located at the end portion of the paper stable transported through the transport path is cut by the binding means.
  • the cut stable is formed into a shape bent in the direction of force at both ends, and penetrates the binding paper.
  • the legs of the stable penetrated through the binding sheet are bent along the binding sheet and bonded together at the bonding part.
  • the stapler according to the present invention includes a plurality of the stables provided in parallel in the vicinity of at least one end in the longitudinal direction of the back surface of the substantially straight paper-made stable.
  • a roller that is pressed against the connection stable on the conveyance path and rotates in the feeding direction of the connection stable according to the operation of the binding means is provided as the conveyance unit.
  • the connecting staples connected to the substantially straight paper stable are transported along the transport path by the transport means.
  • the transport of the connected stable by the transport means is performed by the frictional force with the connected stable.
  • the staple located at the end of the paper stable transported through the transport path is cut by the binding means.
  • the cut stable is formed into a shape bent in the direction of force at both ends, and penetrates the binding paper.
  • the legs of the stable penetrated through the binding sheet are bent along the binding sheet and bonded together at the bonding part.
  • the stable used in the conventional stapler is easily deformed because it is made of a soft material such as paper. Further, the conventional stapler conveys the connected stable in a predetermined direction by pressing the rear end of the connected connected stable with a compression panel or the like. For this reason, the connecting stable pressed by the compression panel or the like is deformed and cannot be accurately transported to a predetermined position.
  • the transporting means engages with the engaged portion provided on the connection stable, and the connection stable is transported on the transport path. This makes it possible to carry the linked stable with high accuracy.
  • connection stable is conveyed on the conveyance path by the conveying means by the frictional force with the connection stable. This makes it possible to carry the linked stable with high accuracy.
  • the stapler according to the present invention includes a transport path in which a connection stable, in which substantially straight paper stables are connected, is transported in the connection direction of the stable, and a connection stable in which the transport path is transported.
  • the release paper affixed to the bonding part of the connecting stable is peeled off, the peeling part provided in the conveyance path, and the separation part connected to the conveyance path and arranged in a direction different from the conveyance path.
  • Release paper feed path through which the release paper peeled from the connection stable is sent, and release paper is sent by the release paper feed path, and the release paper is peeled from the connection stable by the release section, and the connection direction of the stable in the transport path It is good also as providing the feeding means which conveys a connection stable.
  • the feeding means engages with the feeding holes provided in the release paper at a predetermined interval, and feeds the release paper through the release paper feed path.
  • the feeding means includes a sprocket that has a tooth row that engages with a feeding hole provided in the release paper, and that rotates according to the binding operation of the binding means and feeds the release paper through the release paper feed path. .
  • the feeding means moves the release paper in the opposite direction according to the binding operation of the binding means.
  • a moving portion that reciprocates for a predetermined distance, and an engaging claw attached to the moving portion.
  • the engaging claw is fed to the release paper when the moving portion moves in the feeding direction of the release paper.
  • the stable located at the end is cut, the cut stable is formed into a shape bent in the direction of both ends, and is passed through the binding paper.
  • a binding unit that binds the binding paper by bending the legs of the stable penetrating the binding paper along the binding paper and bonding the legs together with an adhesive portion provided on the legs;
  • the connecting stable is transported along the transport path in the connecting direction of the stable with the release paper attached. Further, the release paper is peeled off at the peeling portion from the connected stable transported on the transport path. Further, the release paper peeled off at the release portion is fed by a feed means through the release paper feed path.
  • the release paper peeled from the connection stable is sent in a direction different from the transfer path, so that the connection stable is transferred in the transfer path. This makes it possible to carry the linked stable with high accuracy.
  • the stapler according to the present invention is configured such that a substantially straight paper stable is connected, the release paper is peeled off from the connected stable to which the release paper is pasted, and is attached to the end of the connected stable.
  • a separation unit that separates the separation sheet from the connection stable and is connected to a conveyance path through which the connection stable is conveyed and is different from the conveyance path.
  • the release paper may be fed through the release paper feed path provided in the direction, and the release paper may be peeled off from the connection stable by the peeling unit, and the connection stable may be conveyed in the connection direction of the stable by the conveyance path.
  • a substantially straight paper-made stable is connected, and the release paper is peeled off from the connected stable to which the release paper is attached.
  • the stapler that binds the binding sheets with the stable located at the end of the sheet the stable is conveyed as follows.
  • the connected stable is transported along the transport path.
  • the release paper affixed to the connection stable is peeled off by a release portion provided in the transport path, and is sent through a release paper feed path connected in a direction different from the transport path by the release portion.
  • the connected paper is transported on the transport path by sending the release paper peeled from the back surface of the connected stable in a direction different from the transport path.
  • the connected stable can be conveyed with high accuracy.
  • FIG. 1 is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a first stapler.
  • FIG. 2 is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a first stapler.
  • FIG. 3 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a first stapler.
  • FIG. 4 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a first stapler.
  • FIG. 5 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a first stapler.
  • FIG. 6 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a first stapler.
  • FIG. 7 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a first stapler.
  • FIG. 8A is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable used in the first stapler.
  • FIG. 8B is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable used in the first stapler.
  • FIG. 8C is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable used in the first stapler.
  • FIG. 9A is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable used in the first stapler.
  • FIG. 9B is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable used in the first stapler.
  • FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable loading unit.
  • FIG. 11A is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a stable transfer section “cut molding section” penetrating section.
  • FIG. 11B is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a stable transport section, a cutting molding section and a penetrating section.
  • FIG. 12A is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a stable transfer section “cut molding section” penetrating section.
  • FIG. 12B is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a stable conveying section, a cutting molding section and a penetrating section.
  • 13A] It is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a stable transport unit, a cutting molding unit, and a penetration unit.
  • FIG. 13B is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a stable transport section, a cutting molding section and a penetrating section. 14] It is a cross-sectional view of the main part of the stable transport section, the cutting molding section, and the penetration section.
  • FIG. 17A is an explanatory view showing a method of conveying the stable.
  • FIG. 17B It is explanatory drawing which shows the conveyance method of a stable.
  • FIG. 18A is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a forming plate.
  • FIG. 18B is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of the forming plate.
  • FIG. 18C is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of the forming plate.
  • 19A] is an exploded configuration diagram of the driver.
  • Fig. 19B is an exploded configuration diagram of the driver.
  • FIG. 20 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a driver.
  • FIG. 21A is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a first punching blade.
  • FIG. 21B is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a first punching blade.
  • FIG. 21C is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a first punching blade.
  • FIG. 21D is an explanatory view showing the shape of the first punch hole.
  • FIG. 22A is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a second punching blade.
  • FIG. 22B is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a second punching blade.
  • FIG. 22C is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of the second punching blade.
  • 22D is an explanatory view showing the shape of the second punch hole.
  • FIG. 23A is an exploded configuration diagram of the paper presser.
  • FIG. 23B is an exploded configuration diagram of the sheet presser.
  • FIG. 24A is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a stable holding part.
  • FIG. 24B is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a stable holding part.
  • Garden 25A is an explanatory diagram showing a method of cutting, forming and conveying a stable.
  • Gaku 25D is an explanatory diagram showing a method of cutting, forming and conveying a stable.
  • Gakuen 25E is an explanatory diagram showing a method of cutting / forming / conveying the stable.
  • FIG. 26A is an explanatory view showing a staple cutting method.
  • FIG. 26B is an explanatory view showing a staple cutting method.
  • FIG. 26C is an explanatory diagram showing a staple cutting method.
  • Fig. 27C is an explanatory view showing a method for forming a stable.
  • FIG. 30A is an explanatory view showing a method for pushing out staples with a pusher.
  • FIG. 30B is an explanatory view showing a method for pushing out staples with a pusher.
  • FIG. 32 is an explanatory view showing a method of pushing out staples by another example of a staple pushing unit.
  • FIG. 33 It is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a stable bending portion.
  • FIG. 34A is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable bending portion.
  • FIG. 34B is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable bending portion.
  • FIG. 34C is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable bending portion.
  • FIG. 35A is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a clincher unit.
  • FIG. 35B is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a clincher unit.
  • FIG. 36A is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of the extrusion unit.
  • FIG. 36B is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of the extrusion unit.
  • FIG. 36C is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of an extrusion unit.
  • [36D] is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of an extrusion unit.
  • [Garden 3377AA]] is an explanatory explanatory diagram showing an example of the configuration of the unit by pushing and pushing out. .
  • [Garden 3377BB]] is an explanatory explanatory diagram showing an example of the configuration of the unit by pushing and pushing out. .
  • [Garden 3377FF]] is an explanatory explanatory diagram showing an example of the configuration of the unit by pushing and pushing out. .
  • (Orchard 4400]] is a cross-sectional view showing a step-up plara in a standby state. .
  • FIG. 4411 is a cross-sectional view showing a stapler that can be placed in a state in which the paper presser foot is installed on the table bull. It is a figure. .
  • FIG. 45 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where rotation of the cam is started.
  • FIG. 46 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the molding of the stable is completed.
  • Fig. 47] is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the protruding pin rides on the flat portion.
  • FIG. 48 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the penetration of the stable is completed and the slider is detached from the slider receiver.
  • FIG. 49 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the clincher light is opened rightward in the clincher holder.
  • the clincher left opens to the left in the clincher holder, and the force on the right of the extrusion unit It is sectional drawing which shows a stapler in the state which returned to the standby position.
  • FIG. 51 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the right leg portion is clinched and the cam on the left side of the push-out unit returns to the standby position.
  • Fig. 52 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the left leg portion is clinched.
  • FIG. 53 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the clinching of the staple is completed.
  • FIG. 53 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the return of the frame is completed and the return of the driver is started.
  • FIG. 55 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the return of the forming plate is started.
  • FIG. 57 is a sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the return of the forming plate is completed.
  • FIG. 58 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the pusher starts moving forward
  • FIG. 59] is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the return of the sheet presser is started.
  • FIG. 60 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state immediately before the pusher returns.
  • Fig. 61] is a cross-sectional view showing a stapler cutting molded portion / penetrating portion in a standby state.
  • FIG. 62] is a cross-sectional view showing a stapler cutting molded portion-penetrating portion in a state where the sheet presser is installed on the table.
  • Fig. 63 is a cross-sectional view showing a stapler cutting molded part 'penetrating part in a state in which the forming plate is started to operate.
  • Fig. 64 is a cross-sectional view showing the stubber cutting molded portion / penetrating portion in a state where the cutting of the stable is started and the movement of the slider is started.
  • FIG. 65 is a cross-sectional view showing a stapler cutting molded portion / penetrating portion in a state where molding of a stable is started.
  • Garden 6666 Stage taper cutting and cutting mold part in the state where the mold of the stage bull has been completed is completed.
  • FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view showing a section. .
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view showing a cross section of a pierlar cut and cut mold part.
  • sparkling 6699 Stamp taper cutting and cutting mold part in the state where the Ririta turn of the foaming pre-plate has begun to open. It is a cutaway sectional view showing a through-penetrating portion. .
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view showing a part-through-penetrating part. .
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view showing a part. .
  • FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view showing a step plara in a standby machine state. .
  • FIG. 7766 is a cross-sectional view showing a stapler that can be placed in a state in which the paper presser foot is installed on the table bull. It is a figure. .
  • FIG. 80 Step in the state where cam rotation has started.
  • FIG. 81 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the molding of the stable is completed.
  • Fig. 82] is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the protruding pin rides on the flat portion.
  • FIG. 83 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state in which the penetration of the stable is completed and the slider is detached from the slider receiver.
  • FIG. 85 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the clincher left opens leftward in the clincher holder and the force on the right side of the pushing unit returns to the standby position.
  • FIG. 86 is a cross-sectional view showing the stubber in a state where the right leg is clinched and the cam on the left side of the push-out unit returns.
  • 37] is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the left leg portion is clinched.
  • FIG. 88 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the clinching of the staple is completed.
  • FIG. 88 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the return of the frame is completed and the return of the driver is started.
  • FIG. 90 is a sectional view showing the stapler in a state in which the return of the forming plate is started.
  • FIG. 92 is a sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the return of the forming plate is completed.
  • FIG. 93 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the pusher has started to move forward
  • FIG. 94] is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the return of the sheet presser has been started.
  • FIG. 95 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state immediately before the pusher returns.
  • Fig. 96A] is an explanatory diagram showing a stable bent portion in a standby state.
  • FIG. 96B] is an explanatory view showing a stable bent portion in a standby state.
  • FIG. 97A is an explanatory view showing the stable bent portion in a state where the rotation of the cam is started.
  • FIG. 97B is an explanatory diagram showing a stable bent portion in a state where the rotation of the cam is started.
  • FIG. 98A is an explanatory view showing a stable bent portion in a state where the penetration of staples is completed and the slider is detached from the slider receiver.
  • FIG. 98B is an explanatory view showing the stable bent portion in a state where the penetration of the staple is completed and the slider is detached from the slider receiver.
  • FIG. 99 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a second stapler.
  • FIG. 100 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a second stapler.
  • FIG. 101 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a second stapler.
  • [102A] is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable used in the second stapler.
  • FIG. 102B is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable used in the second stapler.
  • Garden 102C] is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a stable used in the second stapler.
  • 103A] is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable used in the second stapler.
  • FIG. 103B is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable used in the second stapler.
  • FIG. 104A is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a stable transport section, a cutting molding section and a penetrating section.
  • FIG. 104B is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a stable transport section, a cutting molding section and a penetrating section.
  • Fig. 105] is an exploded configuration diagram of the stable transport unit.
  • FIG. 106A is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a pusher.
  • FIG. 106B is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a pusher.
  • FIG. 106C is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a pusher.
  • FIG. 108A is an explanatory view showing a method of conveying the stable.
  • FIG. 108B] is an explanatory view showing a method of conveying the stable.
  • FIG. 109 is a cross-sectional view of the main part of another example of the conveyance path portion and the pusher.
  • FIG. 110 is a cross-sectional view of the main part of another example of the conveyance path portion and pusher.
  • FIG. 111 is a cross-sectional view of another example of a linked staple.
  • Garden 112A is an explanatory view showing another example of a method for conveying a stable.
  • Garden 112B is an explanatory view showing another example of a method for conveying a stable.
  • FIG. 113 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a driver.
  • 114A is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a stable holding part.
  • Garden 114B is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a stable holding part.
  • Garden 115A is an explanatory view showing a method of cutting / molding / conveying a stable.
  • Garden 115B is an explanatory view showing a method of cutting / molding / conveying a stable.
  • Garden 115C is an explanatory view showing a method of cutting / molding / conveying the stable.
  • Garden 115D is an explanatory view showing a method of cutting / molding / conveying a stable.
  • Gakuen 115E is an explanatory view showing a method of cutting / molding / conveying the stable.
  • FIG. 116A is an explanatory diagram showing a staple cutting method.
  • FIG. 116B is an explanatory diagram showing a staple cutting method.
  • FIG. 116C is an explanatory diagram showing a staple cutting method.
  • Sono 117C is an explanatory view showing a method of forming a stable.
  • Sono 118C is an explanatory view showing a method of forming a stable.
  • FIG. 120A is an explanatory diagram showing a method for pushing out staples with a pusher.
  • FIG. 120B is an explanatory diagram showing a method for pushing out staples with a pusher.
  • FIG. 121 It is explanatory drawing which shows the extrusion method of the stable by a stable push part.
  • FIG. 122 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a staple cover of a third stapler.
  • FIG. 123 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a third stapler.
  • FIG. 124 is an explanatory view showing a method of conveying a stable of the third stapler.
  • FIG. 125 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a third stapler.
  • Fig. 126 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a standby state.
  • Fig. 127 is a sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the operation of the forming plate is started.
  • Fig. 128 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the molding of the stable is started.
  • Fig. 129 is a sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the molding of the stable is completed.
  • Fig. 130] is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the penetration of the stable is completed and the slider is detached from the slider receiver.
  • FIG. 131 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where staple clinching is completed.
  • FIG. 131 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the return of the frame is completed and the return of the driver is started.
  • FIG. 133 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state immediately before the pusher returns.
  • FIG. 134 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a fourth stapler.
  • FIG. 135 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a fourth stapler.
  • FIG. 136A is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable.
  • FIG. 136B is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable.
  • FIG. 137 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable loading unit's stable transport unit.
  • FIG. 139 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable loading unit's stable transport unit.
  • FIG. 140 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable cutting / molding portion 'stable penetration portion' paper pressing portion.
  • FIG. 141 is a cross-sectional view of a staple cutting / molding portion 'staple penetration portion ⁇ sheet pressing portion.
  • FIG. 142A is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a forming plate.
  • FIG. 142B is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a forming plate.
  • FIG. 144B It is an explanatory view showing a method of cutting / molding / conveying the stable.
  • FIG. 144C is an explanatory diagram showing a method of cutting / molding / conveying the stable.
  • FIG. 144D is an explanatory diagram showing a method of cutting / molding / conveying the stable.
  • FIG. 145A is an explanatory view showing a method for forming a stable.
  • FIG. 145B is an explanatory view showing a method for forming a stable.
  • FIG. 145C is an explanatory view showing a method for forming a stable.
  • FIG. 146A is an explanatory diagram showing a staple forming method.
  • FIG. 146B is an explanatory diagram showing a staple forming method.
  • FIG. 146C is an explanatory view showing a method for forming a stable.
  • FIG. 147 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a staple loading unit ′ staple transfer unit of a fifth stapler.
  • FIG. 148 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a standby state.
  • FIG. 149 is a sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the operation of the forming plate is started.
  • FIG. 150 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where molding of the stable is started.
  • FIG. 151 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where molding of the stable is completed.
  • FIG. 152 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where penetration of the stable is completed and the slider is detached from the slider receiver.
  • FIG. 153 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where clinching of the staple is completed.
  • FIG. 154 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the return of the frame is completed and the return of the driver is started.
  • FIG. 155 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state immediately before the pusher returns.
  • the stapler 1A binds the binding sheets to be bound by a paper stable 3A described later.
  • 1 to 3 are explanatory views showing an outline of the stapler 1A.
  • 1 is a perspective view showing the stapler 1A
  • FIG. 2 is a side view showing the state seen from the arrow A in FIG. 1
  • FIG. 3 is a front view showing the state seen from the arrow B in FIG.
  • the left direction in FIG. 2 is the front side of the stapler 1A
  • the right direction in FIG. 2 is the back side of the stapler 1A.
  • the left direction in FIG. 3 is the left side of the stapler 1A
  • the right direction in FIG. 3 is the right side of the stapler 1A.
  • FIGS. 4 to 7 are explanatory diagrams showing the internal configuration of the stapler 1A.
  • FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view showing the HH cross section of FIG. 5 and 6 are perspective views showing a state in which the handle 5 is removed and a later-described staple cover 6 is opened.
  • FIG. 5 is a perspective view showing a state seen from diagonally forward
  • FIG. 6 is a perspective view showing a state seen from diagonally backward.
  • FIG. 7 is a plan view showing a state in which the handle 5 is removed and a staple cover 6 described later is opened.
  • the stapler 1A includes a handle 5 that is pushed down by a user when performing a binding operation, and a paper tray that is positioned below the handle 5 and into which binding paper is inserted. It comprises a frame 8 having an inlet 7 and the like, and a handle 5 and a base 9 that supports the frame 8.
  • the handle 5 is rotatably attached to the upper part of the rear end of the frame 8 by a handle 'staple cover rotating shaft 10 as shown by an arrow C in FIG. 2 and an arrow I in FIG.
  • the handle 5 is rotated with respect to the frame 8 counterclockwise in FIGS. 2 and 4 by being pushed down by the user when performing the binding operation.
  • the handle 5 is rotated clockwise in FIGS. 2 and 4 so that the upper surface of the frame 8 is opened. Become.
  • the frame 8 is rotatably attached to the rear end of the base 9 with a frame rotation shaft 12. Further, as shown in FIGS. 4 to 7, the frame 8 has the staple cover 6 attached to the upper surface of the frame 8 so as to be rotatable in the same manner as the handle 5 by the handle 'staple cover rotating shaft 10 as a staple pressing portion. Prepare.
  • the frame 8 is a staple loading section for loading the roll-shaped staple 4 at the rear end.
  • the staple holder 11 is provided.
  • the frame 8 is provided with a substantially planar conveying path 13 as a stable conveying portion for conveying the stable 3A toward the front of the staple holder 11.
  • Leaf springs 14 are provided on the left and right sides of the conveyance path 13, and the staple cover 6 is pressed against the conveyance path 13 as shown in FIG. 4 by the leaf springs 14.
  • the frame 8 is formed by staple cutting in order to cut the staple 3A in the vicinity of the front end portion of the conveyance path 13 and to form a shape in which both ends are folded in one direction by operating the handle 5.
  • Forming plate 15 is provided as a part.
  • the forming plate 15 is an example of cut molding means, cutting means, and molding means.
  • the frame 8 includes a driver 18 as a staple penetrating portion for penetrating the staple 3A with respect to the binding sheet by operating the handle 5.
  • the driver 18 is an example of a penetrating means.
  • the frame 8 is provided with a paper press 19 for holding the binding paper when the stable 3A is cut, molded and penetrated.
  • the sheet presser 19 is an example of a pressing unit.
  • the frame 8 has a pusher spring as a moving mechanism for moving the staple 3A to the position where the staple 3A is penetrated and the position force for cutting and forming the staple 3A described above at the lower portion of the conveyance path 13. 16 and a pusher spring 17 urged forward by a pusher spring 16. Below the forming plate 15, the dryer 18, the sheet presser 19, and the pusher 17, a sheet input port 7 into which a binding sheet to be bound is inserted and a table 20 on which the binding sheet 37 is installed are provided.
  • a lower portion of the table 20 is provided with a bent portion for bending both legs of the staple 3A penetrated through the binding paper at the penetration position along the binding paper and bonding the bent legs together.
  • the stapler 1A includes a slider 26 that is urged forward by a clincher 23, an extrusion cuff 24, and a slider spring 25 that are attached to a bent portion mounting base 21 that is the bottom of the frame 8 as a bent portion.
  • the stapler 1A includes a clincher lifter 28 that supports the clincher center 27 and determines a position on the base 9 as a bent portion.
  • the bent portion is an example of a bending means.
  • the stapler 1A includes a slider receiver 29 that supports the slider 26, and a return spring 22 that supports the bent portion installation base 21.
  • the stapler 1A has such a configuration, and binds the binding paper set on the table 20 in the paper tray entrance 7 based on the operation of the handle 5 by the user! Is to do.
  • FIGS. 8A, 8B and 8C, and FIGS. 9A and 9B are explanatory views showing the configuration of the connection stable 2 in which a plurality of staples 3A and a plurality of staples 3A are connected in parallel.
  • FIG. 8A is a plan view showing details of the continuous staple 2.
  • FIG. 8B is a perspective view illustrating a state in which the staple 3A is formed into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction
  • FIG. 8C is a cross-sectional view illustrating a state in which the binding sheet 37 is bound by the stable 3A.
  • FIG. 9A and FIG. 9B are explanatory views showing a state where the connecting staple 2 is attached to the release paper 30 and wound as a roll staple 4 in a roll shape.
  • the stable 3A, the connecting stable 2 and the roll-shaped staple 4 are configured as follows, for example.
  • a plurality of staples 3A having an elongated and substantially straight shape are connected in parallel to form connected staple 2.
  • Each of the staples 3A has, for example, a width of about 5 to 10 mm in FIG. 8A (up and down direction of the staples 3A), and a width of about 30 to 40 mm in the left and right direction of FIG. 8A (longitudinal direction of the staples 3A). is there.
  • the vicinity of the end of each staple 3A in the longitudinal direction is formed in a trapezoidal shape, and the width becomes narrower toward the tip.
  • an adhesive portion 31 to which an adhesive is applied is provided on the back surface (the surface to which the release paper 30 is attached) in the vicinity of the end portion in the longitudinal direction of each stable 3A.
  • an elliptical feed hole 32 is provided at a predetermined position from both ends of the side to which each stable 3A is connected.
  • the slits 33 are formed between the two feeding holes 32, and each staple 3A is completely cut off.
  • Each staple 3A is connected as the staple connecting portion 34 up to both ends of the side where each staple 3A is connected outside the two feed holes 32.
  • the feed hole 32 is provided in a perfect circle shape or a long hole shape as long as a feed claw 44 described later can be engaged!
  • the stapler 1A separates the end staple 3A from the connected staple 2 shown in FIG. 8A, and as shown in FIG. 8B, the legs are substantially perpendicular from the left and right of the crown 35 and the crown 35.
  • the part 36 is bent and formed into a shape bent in the direction of force at both ends.
  • the stable 3A formed into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction has both leg portions 36 penetrating the binding paper 37 bent along the binding paper 37, and the binding paper 37 and The adhesion part 31 of one leg part 36 and the adhesion part 31 of one leg part 36 and the other leg part 36 are bonded together.
  • the staple 3A shown in Figs. 8A, 8B, and 8C is provided with the adhesive portions 31 on the back surfaces in the vicinity of both ends in the longitudinal direction.
  • the adhesive portion 31 may be provided only on the back surface in the vicinity of one leg portion.
  • the leg part 36 without the adhesive part 31 is bent along the binding sheet 37
  • the leg part 36 with the adhesive part 31 is bent along the binding sheet 37 and the leg part without the adhesive part 31 is provided.
  • the part 36 and the leg part 36 provided with the adhesion part 31 are bonded together.
  • the linked staple 2 is attached to the release paper 30 and wound in the stored state.
  • a predetermined length of release paper 30 is peeled off from the top and loaded into the stapler 1A. Details on how to load the stapler 1A will be described later.
  • FIG. 10 is an explanatory view showing a state in which the roll-shaped staple 4 is loaded in the staple loading unit.
  • the stapler 1A includes a staple holder 11 at the rear end of the frame 8. As described above, as shown in FIGS. 5 to 7, by opening the handle 5 and the staple cover 6, it is possible to access the staple holder 11 which is a staple loading unit.
  • the upper part of the frame 8 is connected to the staple holder 11 from the release paper 30 toward the front side including a stable cutting and molding unit.
  • a transport path 13 for transporting the stable 2 is provided.
  • the peeling block 38 is an example of a peeling means.
  • the staple A release paper discharge path 40 is provided to the release paper discharge port 39 provided on the rear end surface of the frame 8 via the lower side of the roll staple 4 installed in the rudder 11.
  • the staple loading unit is loaded with the roll-shaped staple 4 and the linked staple 2 as follows.
  • the release paper 30 is peeled off by the release block 38 from the connecting staple 2 with the release paper 30 drawn out from the roll-shaped staple 4 loaded in the staple holder 11.
  • the connected stable 2 from which the release paper 30 has been peeled is transported through the transport path 13, and the peeled release paper 30 is discharged from the release paper discharge port via the release paper discharge path 40.
  • FIG. 11A, FIG. 11B, FIG. 12A, FIG. 12B, and FIG. 13A and FIG. 13B are explanatory views showing a staple transport unit, a staple cutting and forming unit, and a staple penetrating unit.
  • FIG. 11A is a perspective view showing a state in which the staple conveying portion, the cutting molding portion, and the penetrating portion are viewed at an oblique forward force.
  • FIG. 11B is a perspective view showing a state in which the stable conveying portion, the cutting and forming portion, and the penetrating portion are viewed obliquely from the rear, and shows a state in which the stable 3A is installed in a part of the conveying path 13 for explanation. .
  • FIG. 11A, FIG. 11B, FIG. 12A, FIG. 12B, and FIG. 13A and FIG. 13B are explanatory views showing a staple transport unit, a staple cutting and forming unit, and a staple penetrating unit.
  • FIG. 11A
  • FIG. 12A is a front view of the staple conveying unit, the cutting and molding unit, and the penetration unit
  • FIG. 12B is a rear view of the stable conveyance unit, the cutting and molding unit, and the penetration unit.
  • FIG. 13A is a side view showing a state in which the stable conveying portion, the cutting and forming portion, and the penetrating portion are viewed from the left direction
  • FIG. 13B is a cross-sectional view showing the LL cross section of FIG.
  • FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view of the main parts of the staple conveyance unit, staple cutting and forming unit, and staple penetrating unit, and shows the KK cross section of FIG. 12A.
  • the staple transport unit, staple cutting and molding unit, and staple penetrating unit are provided at the upper part of the frame 8 and in front of the staple loading unit.
  • the stapler 1A serves as a stable transport unit that transports the connected staple 2 as a transport path unit 41, a pusher receiver 42, and a transport path. Equipped with installation stand 43 etc.
  • the stapler 1A also includes a forming plate 15 as a staple cutting / molding section that cuts and molds the staple 3A located at the end from the connecting stable 2 and a stable that penetrates the cut and stable staple 3A with respect to the binding paper.
  • a driver 18 is provided as a penetration.
  • the frame 8 includes a sheet presser 19 for pressing the binding sheet when the staple 3A is cut and formed and penetrated. These are located in the order of the transport path 41, the forming plate 15, the driver 18, and the paper presser 19 in the order from the position of the staple loading unit.
  • FIG. 15 is an exploded perspective view showing the configuration of the stable transport section.
  • the stable transport unit includes a transport path unit 41, a pusher 17, a pusher spring 16, a pusher receiver 42, and a transport path installation base 43.
  • the transport path 41 has a flat transport path 13 having a width corresponding to the width in the longitudinal direction of each staple 3A of the connected staple 2. Further, on both sides of the conveyance path 13, a conveyance path groove 13a is provided in a passage path through which an adhesive portion 31 provided on the back surface of the stable 3A passes. Further, the front end of the transport path 13 is provided with a feed claw groove 13b for a feed claw 44 attached to a pusher 17 to be described later to protrude onto the transport path 13. In addition, the front end portion of the transport path 13 is provided with a receiving portion 13c into which a staple forming portion 15a of a forming plate 15 described later is fitted.
  • the transport path portion 41 includes triangular side plates 45 at both ends of the front portion of the transport path 13.
  • a torsion coil spring 56 is positioned in a state in which the staple conveying unit, the staple cutting and molding unit, and the staple penetrating unit are assembled.
  • FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional view of the main parts of the transport path portion 41 and the pusher 17.
  • the pusher 17 is located at the lower part of the transport path 41 in a state where the stapler 1A is assembled.
  • the pusher 17 includes a stable pushing portion 17a having projections 17aa at four corners at the front end.
  • the pusher 17 is provided with a feed catch 44 that is rotatably attached to the feed path turning shaft 17b at a position corresponding to the feed catch groove 13b of the transport path 41.
  • the feed catch 44 is urged in the direction indicated by the arrow M by the feed catch spring 17c.
  • the front surface of the projecting portion of the feed catch 44 from the transport path 13 is an engaging slope 44a
  • the rear surface is formed obliquely as a non-engaging slope 44b.
  • the pusher 17 includes an L-shaped arm 17d formed in an L-shape at the lower portion and a pusher shaft hole 17e.
  • the pusher receiver 42 has a rectangular parallelepiped shape that holds the transport path portion 41 and the pusher 17.
  • the pusher receiver 42 includes an elongated pusher shaft long hole 17f at a position corresponding to the pusher shaft hole 17e of the installed pusher 17.
  • a pusher shaft 58 (not shown) is passed through the pusher shaft hole 17 e of the pusher 17 and the pusher shaft long hole 17 f of the pusher receiver 42, the pusher 17 can be slid forward and backward by a predetermined amount with respect to the pusher receiver 42.
  • the pusher receiver 42 includes a pusher spring 16 that urges the rear portion of the L-shaped arm 17d of the pusher 17 forward.
  • the pusher receiver 42 that holds the transfer path 41 and the pusher 17 is attached to the frame 8 via the transfer unit installation base 43.
  • FIGS. 17A and 17B are explanatory diagrams of a method for conveying the linked staple 2 by the feed tab 44 attached to the pusher 17.
  • FIG. 17A shows a state in which the feed catch 44 attached to the pusher 17 is moving forward
  • FIG. 17B shows a state in which the feed catch 44 attached to the pusher 17 is moving backward.
  • FIG. 18A is a perspective view showing a state seen from diagonally forward
  • FIG. 18B is a perspective view showing a state seen from diagonally backward
  • FIG. 18C is a front view of the forming plate 15 and shows a part of the structure in a simplified state.
  • the forming plate 15 has an opening in the center. And has a plate-like shape having a predetermined thickness. An upper portion of the opening is provided with a stable molding portion 15a having a shape in which a lower portion that fits with the receiving portion 13c of the transport path portion 41 is opened. The lower portion of the staple forming portion 15a is opened with a predetermined width wider than that of the staple forming portion 15a. Further, at the lower portion of the opening portion, a staple pushing portion insertion portion 15b through which the above-described stable pushing portion 17a of the pusher 17 is inserted is provided.
  • a protrusion-shaped flat surface 15c formed so that the inclined surfaces face each other with both end forces of the staple pushing portion insertion portion 15b facing upward.
  • the forming plate 15 is provided with groove portions on the left and right sides of the opening on the front surface side (side on which the driver 18 is located). As shown in FIG. 14 and FIG. 18A, as a groove, first, V? ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ Provide A46. V? ⁇ The lower end 46a of A46 is formed deeper than other parts. A V ′ groove B48 having the same depth as the lower end portion 46a of the V ′ groove A46 is provided below the flat part 47 having a predetermined length from the V ′ groove A46.
  • the forming plate 15 is provided with two cutting blades 49 as connecting portion cutting blades on the back side (side where the staple conveying unit is located).
  • Each cutting blade 49 is attached to the forming plate 15 in a state in which the respective blade edge 49a is inclined outward and the blade edge protrudes a predetermined amount into the opening.
  • the forming plate 15 is provided with convex portions C15d on the left and right sides, and is fitted into a side groove C50 of the frame 8 shown in Figs. As a result, the forming plate 15 can slide up and down with respect to the frame 8.
  • FIG. 19A is an exploded perspective view showing the driver 18 as viewed obliquely from the front
  • FIG. 19B is an exploded perspective view showing the driver 18 as seen from the oblique rear force
  • FIG. 20 is a perspective view showing a state in which a punching blade 51 (a, b) as an insertion cutting blade is attached to the main body, and a stable 3A having both ends bent in one direction is positioned in the punching blade 51. It is.
  • the driver 18 includes a plate-like driver main body 18a having a predetermined thickness, a protruding pin 18d, and two punching blades 51.
  • the driver main body 18a has a driver pusher abutting portion 18b with which the driver pusher 66 provided on the back surface of the handle 5 shown in FIG. Prepare.
  • the driver body 18a has a protruding pin 18d attached to a protruding pin mounting portion 18c in the vicinity of the left and right ends near the lower end.
  • the protruding pin 18d has a conical tip and a hollow interior, and is attached to the driver 18 with a protruding pin spring 18e as a compression panel inside.
  • the protruding pin 18d is slidable in the front-rear direction as indicated by the arrow in FIG. 14, and is urged by the protruding pin spring 18e in the rear direction (direction in which the forming plate 15 is located).
  • the driver body 18a To be attached to the driver body 18a.
  • the conical portion at the tip of the protrusion pin 18d has a shape corresponding to the groove A46 and the V groove B48 provided in the forming plate 15. Further, when the protruding pin 18d is in the groove A46, a part of the conical portion of the protruding pin 18d is positioned in the groove, and the protruding pin 18d is in the 46a of the V groove A46 and the V groove B48. In this case, the shape of the protruding pin 18d and the V? ⁇ A46 and V? ⁇ B48 is provided.
  • the driver main body 18a includes a rectangular parallelepiped stable push-down portion 18f projecting a predetermined amount with a width corresponding to the crown portion 35 of the staple 3A in Fig. 8B at the center of the lower end.
  • punching blades 51 are respectively attached to the left and right of the staple push-down portion 18f.
  • the configuration of the punching blade 51 will be described.
  • FIG. 21A, FIG. 21B, and FIG. 21C are explanatory views showing the configuration of the first punching blade 51a.
  • FIG. 21A is a perspective view of the first punching blade 51a
  • FIG. 21B is a side view of the first punching blade 51a
  • FIG. 21C is a front view of the first punching blade 51a.
  • the first punching blade 51a has a predetermined length and is provided with a cutting edge 51ae at one end. Further, the first punching blade 51a includes a protruding portion 51ad having a slope at least on the blade tip 51ae side and protruding by a predetermined amount in the vicinity of the end portion including the blade tip 51ae.
  • the protrusion 51ad is not formed to the full width of the first punching blade 51a, and the first punching blade 51a is connected in the longitudinal direction from one end to the other end as shown in FIG. It has a straight part 51af. For this reason, with respect to the horizontal direction of the paper in the state shown in FIG. Has a predetermined strength against bending.
  • the protrusion 51ad can be formed by press processing at a lower cost than mold processing.
  • the first punching blade 51a is provided with an extrusion hole 51ac having a predetermined shape at the center, and an attachment hole for attaching to the staple push-down part 18f of the driver main body 18a above the extrusion hole 51ac. Equipped with 51ag. By passing the first punching blade 51a having such a configuration through the binding paper, a cut hole 52a having a shape as shown in FIG. 21D is formed.
  • 22A, 22B, and 22C are explanatory views showing the configuration of the second punching blade 51b.
  • 22A is a perspective view of the second punching blade 51b
  • FIG. 22B is a side view of the second punching blade 51b
  • FIG. 22C is a front view of the second punching blade 51b.
  • the second punching blade 51b has a predetermined length in the same manner as the first punching blade 51a, and has a blade edge 51be at one end.
  • the second punching blade 51b includes two protrusions 51bd that have a slope on at least the blade tip 51be side and protrude by a predetermined amount in the vicinity of the end portion including the blade tip 51be.
  • the two protrusions 51bd are provided at both ends in the width direction of the second punching blade 51b. That is, the protruding portion 51bd is not formed to the full width of the second punching blade 51b as in the protruding portion 51ad shown in FIG. 21B, and the second cutting blade 51b is arranged in the longitudinal direction as shown in FIG. It has a straight part 51bf connected from one end to the other end.
  • the protrusion 51bd can be formed by press processing at a lower cost than mold processing.
  • the second punching blade 51b is provided with an extrusion hole 51bc having a predetermined shape at the center, and an attachment hole for attaching to the staple push-down part 18f of the driver main body 18a above the extrusion hole 51bc. It has 51bg. By passing the second punching blade 51b having such a configuration through the binding paper, a cut hole 52b having a shape as shown in FIG. 22D is formed.
  • the driver main body portion 18a includes convex portions B18g on the left and right sides, and is fitted into the side groove B53 of the frame 8 shown in FIGS. As a result, the driver main body 18a can slide up and down with respect to the frame 8.
  • the structure of the retainer 19 will be described.
  • FIG. 23A and FIG. 23B are explanatory views showing the configuration of the sheet presser 19. FIG.
  • FIG. 23A is an exploded perspective view showing a state in which the sheet presser 19 is viewed obliquely from the front
  • FIG. 23B is an exploded perspective view showing a state in which the sheet presser 19 is viewed from the oblique rear.
  • the sheet presser 19 includes a sheet presser main body portion 19a having a predetermined thickness and an L-shaped cross section, and a square window 19b.
  • the sheet presser main body 19a is provided with a square window hole 19c at a central portion thereof, in which the square window 19b is attached to be freely opened and closed.
  • the sheet presser main body 19a includes a sheet presser 19d at the lower end, and a staple binding hole 19e used at the time of staple passing through the staple passer 19d at the center of the sheet presser 19d.
  • the sheet presser main body portion 19a includes left and right convex portions A19f, and is fitted into a side groove A54 of the frame 8 shown in Figs. Accordingly, the driver main body 18a can slide up and down with respect to the frame 8.
  • the forming plate 15 has the convex portion C15d on the side
  • the driver main body portion 18a has the convex portion B18g on the side portion
  • the paper pressing main body portion 19a has the convex portion A19f on the side portion.
  • Each convex part fits and slides in the side groove C50, side groove B53, and side groove A54 of the frame 8, so that the forming plate 15, the driver 18 and the paper presser 19 are movable up and down at predetermined positions respectively. It becomes.
  • the forming plate 15 is in a state where the lower end portion 15e is placed on the upper portion of the L-shaped arm 17d of the pusher 17. Further, as shown in FIG. 4 and the like, the sheet presser 19 is attached to the frame 8 by a tension spring 55 and is pulled upward.
  • the top dead center of the paper presser 19 in the standby state is determined by the frame 8 side, the groove A54 and the convex portion A19f of the paper presser main body 19a.
  • a torsion coil spring 56 is provided between the paper presser main body portion 19a and the driver main body portion 18a, and the paper presser main body portion 19a is urged downward and the driver The main body 18a is urged upward.
  • the main body 18a in the standby state, The main body 18a is urged upward with respect to the paper retainer 19, and the top dead center of the driver main body 18a is a driver protrusion 18t that protrudes above the paper holding groove 19m and the front side of the driver main body 18a. It depends on.
  • the link 57 is rotatably attached to the side portion of the driver main body 18a.
  • the link 57 is slidably engaged with the pusher shaft 58 through the long hole 57a, and is slidably engaged with the shaft 59Z through the long hole 57b.
  • the link 57 rotates in the direction indicated by the arrow E in FIG.
  • the pusher shaft 58 is moved from the long hole 57a in the direction indicated by the arrow F.
  • the side groove A54, the side groove B53, and the side groove C50 of the frame 8 in order to improve the slidability with the convex part A19f, the convex part B18g, and the convex part C15d, for example, a force edged with resin or the like It is equipped with a collar part.
  • FIG. 24A is a plan view showing a state in which the staple 3A of the connected staple 2 is pressed by the check spring 59
  • FIG. 24B is a side view showing a state in which the staple 3A of the connected staple 2 is pressed by the check spring 59. is there.
  • the stapler 1 A includes a staple cover 6 attached to the rear end portion of the upper end of the frame 8 so as to be rotatable by a hand nose staple cover rotating shaft 10.
  • the staple cover 6 has a width corresponding to the width of the frame, and is pressed by the plate panel 14 in a state of covering the connection stable 2 on the transport path 13 as shown in FIG.
  • a check panel 59 which is an example of a pressing piece, is provided on the end of the staple cover 6 opposite to the attachment portion of the handle 'staple cover rotating shaft 10'.
  • the check panel 59 is a thin metal plate having elasticity, and includes a first check panel 59a located in the center and second check panels 59b located on both sides of the first check panel 59a.
  • the first check spring 59a is the same as the above-described stable cutting molded portion. As shown by R in FIG. 24A and T in FIG.
  • the staple 3Aa located below the ming plate 15 is pressed against the conveyance path 13 at its end. Further, the second check panel 59b allows the staple 3Ab, which is located next to the staple loading unit side of the staple 3Aa, to enter the conveyance path 13 at its end as shown by S in FIG. 24A and U in FIG. 24B. Press against it.
  • the first check spring 59a and the second check spring 59b of the check spring 59 are positioned so that the back side (staple loading section side) of the stapler 1A is positioned upward.
  • the staple 3Aa and the staple 3Ab are pressed against the transport path 13 at their respective ends. Therefore, the staple 3Aa and the staple 3Ab are pressed against the conveying path 13 by the first check panel 59a and the second check panel 59b, respectively, and connected in the direction indicated by the arrows in FIGS. 24A and 24B. 2 can be moved.
  • FIG. 25A, FIG. 25B, FIG. 25C, FIG. 25D, and FIG. 25E are explanatory views of the method for cutting, forming, and conveying the staple 3A, with the connected staple 2, the check spring 59, and the feed catch 4 4 cut. Shown in state.
  • FIGS. 25A, 25B, 25C, 25D and 25E the stable located behind the stable formed into a shape folded in the direction of the force at both ends must not be cut! /
  • FIG. 25A shows the staples 3A, the check springs 59, and the feed catches 44 in the standby state of the stapler 1A.
  • the staple 3Aa is the staple 3A at the leading end of the connecting staple 2, and is located on the receiving table 13c below the forming plate 15.
  • the staple 3Ab is a staple 3A located next to the staple loading unit side of the staple 3Aa.
  • the staple 3Ac is already formed into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction and connected to the stable blade 2 by a cutting blade 49 described later.
  • the staple 3A is located below the driver 18 in a state where the staple 3 is separated from the staple.
  • Staple 3Ac is displayed!
  • FIG. 25B shows a state where the feed latch 44 is moving downward.
  • FIG. 25C shows a state in which the connecting portion between the staple 3Aa and the staple 3Ab is cut by the cutting blade 49.
  • FIG. 25D shows a state in which the staple 3Aa is formed by the forming plate 15.
  • FIG. 25E shows a state in which the linked staple 2 is moved by the feed latch 44 and the staple 3Aa is moved forward by the staple pushing portion 17a of the pusher 17.
  • the staple 3Ab is pressed against the conveyance path 13 shown in FIG. 16 and the like by the second check spring 59b of the check spring 59. For this reason, it is possible to prevent the staple 3Ab from being lifted from the transport path 13, and the engaging portion 44c of the feeding catch 44 can be reliably engaged with the feeding hole 32 on the staple loading portion side of the staple 3Ab.
  • FIG. 25A to FIG. 25C the forming plate 15 is lowered by being pushed down by the driver 18. Details of pushing down the forming plate 15 by the driver 18 will be described later.
  • FIG. 26A, FIG. 26B and FIG. 26C are explanatory views showing the cutting of the staple 3A by the cutting blade 49 in time series.
  • each blade edge 49a is pressed against the staple connecting portion 34 between the staple 3Aa and the staple 3Ab in the opposite direction from the inside to the outside of the staple 3A, so that each staple connecting portion 34 is Disconnected.
  • the staple connecting portion 34 is cut, the staple 3A is connected to the staple 3Aa and the staple 3Ab.
  • a force in the opposite direction is simultaneously applied by each blade edge 49a.
  • the staple 3A can be stably formed by the simple configuration in which the staple 3Aa to be cut and the staple 3Ab adjacent to the staple 3Aa to be cut are held by the check panel 59 which does not need to be supported in a wide range. Cutting can be performed.
  • FIGS. 28A, 28B, and 28C are explanatory views showing the formation of the staple 3A by the cradle part 13c and the forming plate 15 in time series.
  • the forming plate 15 is lowered with respect to the staple 3Aa that is installed in the cradle part 13c and separated from the adjacent staple 3A.
  • the portion 13c and the staple forming portion 15a are fitted.
  • the staple 3Aa is molded into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction so as to form a crown portion 35 and a leg portion 36 bent substantially at right angles from the crown portion 35.
  • FIG. 28A after forming the staple 3Aa into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction, the driver 18 rises, so that the forming plate 15 also rises. Details of the rise of the driver 18 and the forming plate 15 will be described later.
  • FIGS. 28B and 28C when the forming plate 15 is raised, both legs 36 of the staple 3Aa formed into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction are pressed by the flat face 15c.
  • FIG. 29 is a perspective view showing a state in which both legs 36 of the stable 3Aa are held by the flat plate 15c of the forming plate 15 that has been lifted.
  • the driver 18 is further raised and linked. 57 rotates and pusher 17 biased by pusher spring 16 moves forward. Move towards.
  • the linked staple 2 is moved forward by the feed latch 44, and the staple 3Aa is pushed forward by the not-shown stable pushing portion 17a as shown by the arrow k. It is.
  • the staple 3Aa shown in FIG. 25E is equivalent to the staple 3Ac shown in FIG. 25A.
  • FIG. 30A, 30B and 31 are explanatory views showing a method of pushing out the staple 3A by the staple pushing portion 17a of the pusher 17.
  • FIG. 30B when the pusher 17 is moved forward, the staple 3A is bent in the direction of both ends by the stable pushing portion 17a, so that the two cutting blades 51 of the driver 18 from the forming plate 15 Extruded in between.
  • the pushing out of the stable 3Aa by the stable pushing portion 17a is caused by the four protrusions 17aa provided on the staple pushing portion 17a on the back side of the both leg portions 36 of the staple 3A as shown in FIG. This is done by pressing the top and bottom.
  • the staple 3A is moved between the two punching blades 51 of the driver 18 in the forming plate 15 in which the staple 3Aa is not largely inclined. Therefore, it is possible to move the staple 3A from the inside of the forming plate 15 to the two cutting blades 51 of the driver 18 with high accuracy.
  • FIG. 32 is an explanatory view showing a staple pushing portion 17b of another example of the pusher 17.
  • the staple pushing portion 17b may be configured to include three projecting portions 17bb.
  • the staple pusher 17b shown in FIG. 32 causes the three protrusions 17bb force provided on the stable pusher 17b b to push the back part of the crown part of the staple 3Aa and the lower part on the back side of both leg parts 36, thereby stapling. 3Aa is extruded.
  • the staple 3Aa is not inclined greatly, and the internal force of the forming plate 15 is also moved between the two extraction blades 51 of the driver 18 in the same manner as the staple pushing portion 17a shown in FIG. Therefore, it is possible to move the staple 3Aa from the forming plate 15 to the space between the two punching blades 51 of the dryer 18 with high accuracy.
  • the staple pushing portion 17b of the pusher 17 is engaged with the engagement portion that engages with the crown portion 35, and the lower portion on the back side of both leg portions 36. It is also possible to push out the staple by pressing the crown portion 35 with the engaging portion and pushing the lower part of the back side of the both leg portions 36 with the pushing portion.
  • the staple pushing part 17a shown in FIG. 31 and the staple pushing part 17b shown in FIG. 32 the two punching blades 51 of the driver 18 from the inside of the forming plate 15 where the stable 3A does not largely tilt.
  • the staple 3A is moved, and the internal force of the forming plate 15 of the staple 3A can be moved between the two extraction blades 51 of the driver 18 with high accuracy.
  • both the leg portions 36 of the staple 3A penetrated by the staple paper through the staple penetration portion are bent along the binding paper 37, the bonding portion 31 of the binding paper 37 and one leg portion 36, and the one leg portion 36 and the other side.
  • An example of the configuration of the staple bending portion for bonding the leg portions 36 to each other will be described.
  • FIG. 33, FIG. 34A, FIG. 34B, and FIG. 34C are explanatory views showing a partial configuration of the staple bending portion.
  • FIG. 33 is a perspective view showing a configuration of a part of the stable folding portion.
  • FIG. 34A is a plan view showing a part of the configuration of the staple bending portion as viewed from above.
  • 34B is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration of a part of the staple bending portion, and shows a V-V cross section of FIG. 34A.
  • FIG. 34C is a plan view showing a part of the configuration of the staple bending portion as viewed from below.
  • the staple folding part is the clincher unit 23 attached to the folding part mounting base 21 which is the bottom of the frame 8, and two extrusions.
  • a unit 24 and a slider 26 are provided.
  • 35A and 35B are explanatory views showing the configuration of the clincher unit 23.
  • FIG. 35A is a perspective view showing the clincher unit 23 as viewed obliquely from the rear
  • FIG. 35B is a rear view of the clincher 23.
  • the clincher unit 23 includes a cuboid clincher holder 23a having two adjacent surfaces opened, and a clincher shaft. 23b, the clincher holder 23a is configured to be turnable as indicated by the arrow in FIG. 35A.
  • the clincher left 60 and the clincherite 61 have symmetrical shapes
  • the clincher holder 23a is provided with a bent portion 60a and a bent portion 61a, and is attached to the clincher holder 23a with the clincher center 27 interposed therebetween.
  • the clincher center 27 has a bonding portion 27a protruding from the clincher holder 23a.
  • a torsion coil panel (not shown) is provided.
  • the groove portions (not shown) provided on the left and right sides of the clincher center 27 and the groove portions on the left and right sides of the clincher center 60 and the clincher light 61 provided on the left and right sides of the clincher center 27 are slidably engaged.
  • the top notches of clinchier left 60 with respect to clincher center 27 and the top dead center of clincherlite 61 with respect to clincher center 27 are determined by the not-convex portion.
  • the top dead center force of the clincher light 61 against the clincher center 27 is higher than the top dead center of the clincher left 60 with respect to the clincher center 27.
  • the bent portion 61a of the clincher right 61 is positioned higher than the bent portion 60a of the clincher left 60.
  • the clincher light 61 is an example of a first bent portion
  • the clincher left 60 is an example of a second bent portion.
  • a clincher hole portion 23c is formed at a location where the clincher unit 23 of the bending portion installation base 21 is installed, as shown in FIGS. 34A and 35B. Further, as shown in FIG. 34B, the clincher center 27 is provided with a long hole 27b.
  • the stapler 1A includes a clincher lifter 28 that supports the clincher center 27 and determines the position with respect to the base 9 as a part of the bent portion.
  • the clincher lifter 28 has a height corresponding to the base 9, and has a convex portion that engages with the long hole 27 b of the clincher center 27 at the upper end.
  • the side wall of the clincher holder 23a is thicker at the lower part (shown by Y) than at the upper part (shown by W). For this reason, the width in the clincher holder 23a is wider in the upper part than in the lower part.
  • the torsion coil panel provided between the clincher center 27 and the clincher left 60 and the clincher light 61 also functions as a compression panel and urges it in the direction of turning.
  • the frame 8 is rotated with respect to the base 9 by the frame rotation shaft 12 counterclockwise in FIG. 4, and the clincher center 27 is pushed up by the clincher lifter 28, and the arrow m in FIG. 34B.
  • the clincher left 60, the clincher center 27, and the clincher right 61 rotate in the direction shown in FIG. 1, the clincher left 60 and the clincher right 61 are pushed to the left and right with respect to the clincher center 27.
  • FIG. 36A, 36B, 36C, and 36D, and FIGS. 37A, 37B, 37C, 37D, 37E, and 37F are explanatory views showing the configuration of the extrusion unit 24.
  • FIG. 36A, 36B, and FIGS. 37A, 37B, and 37C show a state where the cam 24a and the pusher pusher 24b, which will be described later, are in the standby position.
  • FIG. 36C, FIG. 36D, FIG. 37D, FIG. 37E, and FIG. 37F show a state in which the cam 24a and the pusher pusher 24b described later are in the push-out position.
  • FIGS. 37A and 37D are plan views of the extrusion unit 24.
  • FIGS. 37B and 37E are diagrams of the extrusion unit 24.
  • Front views, FIG. 37C and FIG. 37F are side views of the extrusion unit 24.
  • the extrusion unit 24 has a shape with an open top. It has an extrusion unit base 24c, a cam 24a and an extrusion pusher 24b.
  • the cam 24a is provided with claw portions 24d having bent shapes at both ends, and the extrusion unit base 2 Within 4c, the camshaft 24e is rotatably attached to the extrusion unit base 24c as shown by the arrow in FIG. 36A.
  • the pusher pusher 24b has a rectangular parallelepiped shape and is attached to the upper end of the double torsion panel 24f.
  • the double torsion panel 24f is rotatably attached to the extrusion unit base 24c by a double torsion panel shaft 24g.
  • the pusher pusher 24b is biased in the direction indicated by the arrow in FIG. 36B.
  • the pusher pusher 24b is provided with a thin plate arcuate pusher 24ba in a direction urged by the double torsion panel 24f.
  • the extruding portion 24ba has a shape that can be passed through the extruding hole 51ac of the first extracting blade 51a shown in FIGS. 21A and 21B and the extruding hole 51be of the second extracting blade 51b shown in FIGS. 22A and 22B. Prepare.
  • Extrusion pusher 24b force When the cam 24a is rotated counterclockwise in FIG. 37B in the standby position shown in FIGS. 36A, 36B, 37A, 37B, and 37C, a double torsion panel is obtained.
  • the pusher pusher 24b urged by 24f moves to the push-out position as shown in FIGS. 36C, 36D, 37D, 37E, and 37F.
  • rotating the cam 24a clockwise in FIG. 37E causes the double torsion panel 24f to be pushed by the cam 24a, so that the pusher pusher 24b is in the standby position. Move to.
  • FIGS. 39A and 39B are explanatory views showing a configuration example of the slider 26.
  • FIG. FIG. 38A is a perspective view showing a state in which the slider 26 is viewed obliquely from the front
  • FIG. 38B is a perspective view showing a state in which the slider 26 is viewed from the oblique rear.
  • FIG. 39A is a plan view of the slider 26, and
  • FIG. 39B is a side view of the slider 26.
  • the slider 26 has a rectangular parallelepiped shape, and includes a slider arm 26a and a slider arm 26b extending forward from both ends.
  • the slider arm 26a includes an arm slope A26aa and an arm slope B26ab at the front end.
  • the arm slope A26aa is formed at an angle inside the slider 26 and facing the lower side and the front side.
  • the arm slope B26ab is formed at the rear of the arm slope A26aa at an angle inside the slider 26 and facing the upper side and the rear side.
  • the slider arm 26b includes an arm slope A26ba and an arm slope B26bb at the front end.
  • the arm slope A26ba is formed inside the slider 26 and at an angle facing the lower side and the front side.
  • the arm slope B26bb is formed at the rear of the arm slope A26ba inside the slider 26 and at an angle facing the upper side and the rear side.
  • the slider 26 includes a slider shaft hole 26c through which the slider shaft 63 is inserted in the vicinity of the rear end portion, and is slidable back and forth as indicated by the arrows in FIG. 34A and the arrow n in FIG. 34B. Attached to Noh.
  • the slider shaft 63 is positioned in the long hole 64 of the frame 8 as shown in FIG.
  • the link 57 is rotated in the direction indicated by the arrow E in FIG. 2, and the protrusion 57c provided at the lower end of the link 57 is the slider shaft.
  • the slider 26 is moved backward by engaging with 63 and pushing the slider shaft 63 downward.
  • the slider 26 has a slider spring hole 26d in which a slider spring 25 is installed on the back surface.
  • the slider 26 is urged forward by the slider panel 25 with respect to the bent portion installation base 21. It becomes a state.
  • a slider hole 23d having a predetermined size is formed in the lower portion of the slider 26 of the bent portion installation base 21.
  • each extruding unit 24 is arranged at a position sandwiching the.
  • the pusher pusher 24b of each pusher unit 24 in the push-out position, the clincher left 60, the clincher center 27, and the clincher right 61 rotate in the direction indicated by the arrow in FIG.
  • the claw portion 24d of each push-out mute 24 is pushed up by the clincher light 61, the cam 24a rotates, and the push-out pusher 24b moves to the standby position.
  • the pusher 24b of each pusher unit 24 is in the standby position, and the front ends of the slider arms 26a and 26b of the slider 26 are in the rear with the force between the two claws 24d of each pusher unit 24 removed. Therefore, when the slider 26 is moved forward, the arm slope A26aa of the slider arm 26a and the arm slope A26ba of the slider arm 26b come into contact with the claw portions 24d located at the rear of each push-out unit 24, and the slider arm 26a 26b spreads on both sides, and the front end portions of the slider arms 26a, 26b of the slider 26 are located between the two claw portions 24d of each push-out unit 24.
  • the stapler 1A includes a slider receiver 29 that supports the slider 26.
  • the slider receiver 29 is provided at a position corresponding to the slider hole 23d of the bent portion installation base 21, and in the standby state of the stapler 1A, the slider 26 is supported as shown in FIG. When the handle 5 is pushed down and the slider 26 moves rearward, the slider 26 is detached from the slider receiver 29.
  • the stapler 1A includes a return spring 22 that supports the bent portion installation base 21 on the base 9. Due to the return spring 22, the bent portion installation base 21 is urged clockwise in FIG. 4 by the frame rotation shaft 12.
  • FIG. 40 to 98B are explanatory views showing the operation of binding the binding paper 37 using the staple 3A by the stapler 1A.
  • 40 to 60 are explanatory views showing the stapler 1A in each state in the section HH in FIG. 61 to 74 are explanatory views showing cross sections of the sheet presser 19, the driver main body 18a, and the forming plate 15 in each state.
  • Figure 75 shows the force in each state.
  • FIG. 3 is an explanatory view showing the polypropylene 1A in a GG section of FIG.
  • FIG. 96A to FIG. 98B are explanatory views showing a part of the staple folding portion in each state.
  • 96A, 97A, and 98A are plan views showing a part of the staple folding part
  • FIGS. 96B, 97B, and 98B are side views showing a part of the staple folding part.
  • FIG. 40, FIG. 61, FIG. 75 and FIG. 96A and FIG. 96B are explanatory views showing the state of each part of the stapler 1A in the standby state.
  • each part of the stapler 1A is in the following state.
  • the roll staple 4 is loaded into the staple holder 11, and the connected staple 2 pulled out from the roll staple 4 is conveyed with the release paper 30 peeled off as shown in FIG. Installed on Road 13. Further, the release paper 30 peeled off from the connection stable is set in a state of being discharged from the release paper discharge port 39 provided at the rear portion of the stapler 1A through the release paper discharge path 40.
  • the staple 3Aa at the leading end of the connecting staple 2 is positioned on the cradle part 13c of the transport path 13 which is the lower part of the forming plate 15. Further, a stable 3Ac formed in a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction is located in the extraction blade 51 of the driver 18.
  • the sheet presser 19 is urged upward against the frame 8 by the tension spring 55, and is positioned at the upper end determined by the convex portion A19f and the side groove A54.
  • the driver 18 is urged upward with respect to the paper presser 19 by the torsion coil panel 56, and the driver protrusion 18t and the upper part of the paper presser groove 19m are in contact with each other.
  • the forming plate 15 is positioned at the upper end defined by the convex portion C15d and the side groove C50 by the protruding pin 18d of the driver 18.
  • the pusher 17 is urged forward by the pusher spring 16, and the staple pushing portion 17a is brought into contact with the extraction blade 51 of the driver 18. Further, the slider 26 is urged forward by the slider panel 25 and is in a state of riding on a slider receiver 29 provided in the base 9. [0226] Further, in the standby state of the stapler 1A, the bent portion installation base 21 1S which becomes the bottom of the frame 8 is urged upward by the return panel 22 of the base 9, and the front end force S of the bent portion installation base 21 and the base It will be in the state where it hits the shaft 64 fixed to 9.
  • FIG. 41, 62, and 76 are explanatory views showing the state of each part of the stapler 1A in a state where the sheet presser 19 is in contact with the binding sheet 37 on the table 20.
  • FIG. 13B When the user depresses the handle 5 from the standby state shown in FIG. 40, the handle 5 is rotated counterclockwise as shown in FIG. Is pushed down.
  • a torsion coil spring 56 is provided between the paper presser main body portion 19a and the driver main body portion 18a to urge the paper presser main body portion 19a downward and to drive the driver main body.
  • the part 18a is urged upward.
  • FIGS. 42, 63 and 77 are explanatory views showing the state of each part of the stapler 1A in a state where the operation of the forming plate 15 is started.
  • the paper holder 19 shown in Fig. 41, Fig. 62 and Fig. 76 is grounded and the handle 5 is further pushed down, the handle 5 rotates counterclockwise as shown in Fig.
  • the driver 18 is further pushed down by the driver pusher 66.
  • the punching blade 51 attached to the driver 18 is passed through the binding paper 37 placed on the table 20 and pressed by the paper presser 19.
  • the projecting pin 18d of the driver 18 moves in the V groove A46 of the forming plate 15 and reaches the lower end 46a of the V groove A46.
  • the protruding pin 18d of the driver 18 is V? ⁇ After reaching the lower end 46a of A46, when the driver 18 further descends, the protruding pin 18d is V? ⁇ While engaged with the lower end 46a of A46, the forming plate 15 starts to descend together with the driver 18.
  • FIGS. 43, 64 and 78 are explanatory views showing states of the respective parts of the stapler 1A in a state where the cutting of the staple 3Aa is started and the movement of the slider 26 is started.
  • the handle 5 is further pushed down, so that the handle 5 is rotated by the handle's staple cover rotating shaft 10 in the opposite direction of FIG.
  • the driver 18 is further pushed down by the driver pusher 66 by rotating clockwise.
  • the punching blade 51 attached to the driver 18 is further penetrated into the binding paper 37 installed on the table 20 and pressed by the paper presser 19.
  • the protruding pin 18d becomes V? ⁇ ⁇ ⁇
  • the forming plate 15 is lowered together with the driver 18 while being engaged with the lower end 46a of A46.
  • the staple 3A connected to the staple 3Aa connected to the staple 3Aa located at the leading end of the connected staple 2 is cut by the cutting blade 49 attached to the staple forming force 15 and the forming plate 15.
  • FIGS. 44, 65 and 79 are explanatory views showing the state of each part of the stapler 1A in a state where the forming of the staple 3Aa is started.
  • the staple 3Aa is started to be cut and the slider 26 starts to move.
  • the handle 5 rotates counterclockwise as shown in FIG. 44, and the driver 18 is further pushed down by the driver pusher 66. It is done.
  • the punching blade 51 attached to the driver 18 is further loaded on the binding paper 37 placed on the table 20 and pressed by the paper presser 19.
  • 45, 80, 97A, and 97B are explanatory views showing the states of the respective parts of the stapler 1A in a state in which the rotation of the cam 24a is started.
  • the driver 18 is pushed down, the link 57 rotates in the direction indicated by the arrow E in FIG. 2, and the slider 26 moves rearward together with the slider shaft 63 engaged with the projection 57c of the link 57.
  • Figs. 46, 66, and 81 are explanatory views showing states of the respective parts of the stapler 1A in a state where the forming of the staple 3Aa is completed.
  • the handle 5 is further pushed down from the state in which the molding of the staple 3Aa is started, so that the handle 5 is rotated counterclockwise as shown in FIG.
  • the driver 18 is further pushed down by the driver pusher 66.
  • the punching blade 51 attached to the driver 18 is further penetrated into the binding paper 37 placed on the table 20 and pressed by the paper presser 19, and into the punching blade 51.
  • the both legs 36 of the staple 3Ac that is positioned are passed through the binding sheet 37.
  • the protruding pin 18d becomes V? ⁇ ⁇ ⁇
  • the forming plate 15 is lowered together with the driver 18 while being engaged with the lower end 46a of A46.
  • the convex portion C15d of the forming plate 15 comes into contact with the lower end portion of the side groove C50 of the frame 8, and the forming plate 15 is lowered to a position where the forming plate 15 is not lowered with respect to the frame 8.
  • the staple forming portion 15a of the forming plate 15 causes the staple 3Aa installed on the cradle portion 13c to have both ends having the crown portion 35 and both leg portions 36. Molded into a shape folded in one direction.
  • FIGS. 47, 67 and 82 are explanatory views showing the state of each part of the stapler 1A in a state where the protruding pin 18d rides on the flat part 47.
  • FIG. As shown in FIGS. 46, 66 and 81, when the forming of the staple 3Aa is completed, when the handle 5 is further pushed down, the handle 5 is rotated counterclockwise in FIG. The driver 18 is further pushed down by the driver pusher 66. As a result, as shown in FIGS. 47 and 82, the punching blade 51 attached to the driver 18 is further penetrated into the binding paper 37 placed on the table 20 and pressed by the paper presser 19, and into the punching blade 51. The both legs 36 of the staple 3Ac that is positioned are further penetrated into the binding sheet 37.
  • FIG. 48, FIG. 68, FIG. 83, FIG. 98A, and FIG. 98B are explanatory diagrams showing the state of each part of the stapler 1A when the penetration of the staple 3Ac is completed and the slider 26 is detached from the slider receiver 29. It is.
  • the handle 18 is further pushed down from the state in which the protruding pin 18d is on the flat portion 47 as shown in FIGS.
  • the handle 5 is rotated counterclockwise in FIG. 48 by the cover cover rotating shaft 10, and the driver 18 is further pushed down by the driver pusher 66.
  • the punching blade 51 attached to the driver 18 is further penetrated into the binding paper 37 placed on the table 20 and pressed by the paper presser 19, and the punching blade The both legs 36 of the stable 3 Ac located in 51 are completely penetrated by the binding sheet 37.
  • FIGS. 49 and 84 are explanatory views showing the state of each part of the stapler 1A in a state where the clincher light 61 is opened rightward by the clincher holder 23a.
  • FIGS. 48, 68, 83, 98A, and 98B when the penetration of the staple 3Ac is completed and the slider 26 is detached from the slider receiver 29, the handle 5 is further pushed down, so that the frame is rotated. The frame 8 is rotated counterclockwise in FIG.
  • the clincher lifter 28 is rotated by the clincher center 27 force S and the clincher shaft 23 b and is lifted upward with respect to the clincher holder 23 a.
  • the clincher center 27 is lifted upward with respect to the clincher holder 23a, it is lifted upward with respect to the clincher left urged upward with respect to the clincher center 27 by the screw coil spring.
  • the clincherite 61 is more effective against the clinchear center 27 than the clinchier left 60.
  • a top dead center is provided above. Therefore, when the clincher center 27 is rotated by the clincher shaft 23b and lifted upward, the clincher light 61 comes into contact with the right leg 36 of the staple 3A a from the outside, and the right leg of the staple 3Aa Bending inside 36 begins.
  • the side wall of the clinch holder 23a is thicker in the lower part (indicated by Y) than in the upper part (indicated by W). Also, the upper part is formed wider. Further, the torsion coil spring provided between the clincher center 27 and the clincher left 60 and the clincher light 61 is urged in the direction of working and expanding as a compression spring.
  • FIG. 50 and FIG. 85 show the state of each part of the stapler 1 A when the clinch left 60 opens leftward in the clincher holder 23a and the cam 24a of the right pushing unit 24 returns to the standby position. It is explanatory drawing shown.
  • the clincher light 61 shown in FIGS. 49 and 84 is opened to the right by the clincher holder 23a and the handle 5 is further pushed down, the frame 8 is moved with respect to the base 9 by the frame rotating shaft 12. Rotate counterclockwise in Fig. 50.
  • the clincher lifter 28 and the clincher right 61 are further lifted upward by the clincher lifter 28 by the clincher center 27 force S and the clincher shaft 23 b to be rotated upward with respect to the clincher holder 23 a.
  • it is rotated by the clincher shaft 23b and further lifted upward with respect to the clincher holder 23a.
  • the right leg 36 of the staple 3Aa is further bent inward by the clincher light 61.
  • the claw portion 24d of the right extrusion unit 24 is pushed up from below by the clincher light 61.
  • the cam 24a of the right pushing unit 24 starts to rotate in the direction opposite to the arrow in FIG. 36B toward the standby position.
  • the clincher left 60 is further lifted with respect to the clincher holder 23a and comes into contact with the left leg 36 of the staple 3Aa by an external force, and bends inward to the left leg 36 of the staple 3Ac. Is started.
  • the width in the clincher holder 23a is formed so that the upper part is wider than the lower part, and the clincher left 60 is urged to the left by a torsion coil spring. Therefore, when the clincher left 60 is lifted upward with respect to the clincher holder 23a, the clincher left 60 is spread to the left side, and the bent portion 60a at the tip of the clincher left 60 is securely connected to the left side of the cutting blade 51 and the left side. Enter between the legs 36. At this time, the tip of the clinch left 60 contacts the inner surface of the punching blade 51, and the left leg 36 is bent from the base.
  • FIGS. 50 and 85 are explanatory views showing the states of the respective parts of the stapler 1A in a state where the right leg portion 36 is clinched and the cam 24a of the left pushing unit 24 is returned.
  • FIGS. 50 and 85 when the clinch left 60 opens in the right direction in the clincher holder 23a and the cam 24a on the right side of the push-out unit 24 returns to the standby position, the handle 5 is further pushed down.
  • the frame 8 is rotated counterclockwise as shown in FIG.
  • the clincher lifter 28 rotates the clincher center 27 force S and the clincher shaft 23 b to further lift the clincher holder 23 a upward, and the clincher left 60 and the clincher right 61 However, it is rotated by the clincher shaft 23b and further lifted upward with respect to the clincher holder 23a.
  • the left leg 36 of the staple 3Aa is further bent inward by the clinch left 60.
  • the claw portion 24d of the left pushing mute 24 is pushed up from below by the clinch left 60.
  • the cam 24a of the left pushing unit 24 starts to rotate in the direction opposite to the arrow in FIG. 36B toward the standby position.
  • FIGS. 52 and 87 show parts of the stapler 1A in a state where the left leg 36 is clinched. It is explanatory drawing which shows the state of. As shown in FIGS. 51 and 86, the right leg 36 is clinched and the push unit 24 left cam 24a returns. In contrast, it rotates counterclockwise in FIG.
  • the clincher lifter 28 is rotated by the clincher center 27 and the clincher shaft 23b and further lifted upward with respect to the clincher holder 23a, and the clincher left 60 and the clincher shaft 23b Rotate and lift upward further with respect to the clincher holder 23a.
  • FIGS. 53 and 88 are explanatory views showing the states of the respective parts of the stapler 1A in a state where the clinching of the staple 3Ac has been completed.
  • the frame 8 is rotated counterclockwise in FIG.
  • the staple 3Ac and the binding sheet 37 are sandwiched between the staple pressing portion 18c of the driver 18 and the bonding portion 27a at the tip of the clincher center 27.
  • the push-down operation of hand no. 5 ends. From this state, the handle 5 cannot be pushed down further.
  • FIG. 6 is an explanatory view showing a state of each part of the stapler 1A in the closed state. 53 and 88, after the clinching of the staple 3Ac is completed, the user releases the push-down of the handle 5, first, the return spring 22 provided in the base 9 shown in FIG. The frame 8 is rotated clockwise with respect to the base 9 in FIG.
  • the front end portion of the bent portion installation base 21 is in contact with the shaft 64 fixed to the base 9, and the frame 8 and the base 9 are in the same positional relationship as in the standby state shown in FIGS. 40 and 75.
  • the clincher center 27 is lowered by the clincher lifter 28 with respect to the clincher holder 23a, and the clincher phone 23a, the clincher left 60, the clincher center 27, and the clincher right 61 are shown in FIGS. 40 and 75.
  • the frame 8 is rotated by the frame rotating shaft 12 by the return spring 22, and the front end of the bent portion installation base 21 comes into contact with the shaft 64, and then the driver 18 and the paper presser shown in FIG.
  • the upward movement of the driver 18 is started by the torsion coil spring 56 provided between 19.
  • FIG. 55, FIG. 69 and FIG. 90 are explanatory views showing the states of the respective parts of the stapler 1A in a state where the return of the forming plate 15 is started. As shown in FIGS. 54 and 89, the return of the frame 8 is completed and the return of the driver 18 is started, and then the driver 18 moves upward by the threaded spring spring 56.
  • FIGS. 55, 69 and 90 are explanatory views showing the state of each part of the stapler 1A in a state where both the leg parts 36 are held by the Hirasae Sae 15c.
  • the driver 18 is further moved upward by the torsion coil spring 56 from the state where the return of the forming plate 15 is started as shown in FIGS. 55, 69 and 90.
  • FIG. ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ With the upper end in B48 engaged, the driver 18 moves upward and the forming plate 15 also moves upward.
  • FIG. 28B the leading end portions of both leg portions 36 of the staple 3Aa are held by the flat plate 15c of the forming plate 15.
  • FIG. 57, FIG. 71, and FIG. 92 are explanatory views showing the state of each part of the stapler 1A in the state where the return of the forming plate 15 is completed.
  • the driver 18 is further moved upward by the torsion coil spring 56 from the state in which both the leg portions 36 are held by the flat leaf 15c.
  • FIGS. 58, 72 and 93 are explanatory diagrams showing the states of the respective parts of the stapler 1A in a state where the pusher 17 starts moving forward.
  • the driver 18 is further moved upward by the torsion coil spring 56 from the state where the return of the forming plate 15 is completed as shown in FIGS.
  • FIGS. 59, 73 and 94 are explanatory views showing the state of each part of the stapler 1A in a state where the return of the sheet presser 19 is started.
  • the driver 18 is further moved upward by the torsion coil panel 56 from the state where the pusher 17 starts to move forward as shown in FIGS.
  • FIG. ⁇ Move up inside A46 to the specified position.
  • 60, 74 and 95 are explanatory views showing the state of each part of the stapler 1A in a state immediately before the pusher 17 returns.
  • 59, 73 and 94 from the state in which the return of the sheet presser 19 is started, the sheet presser 19 and the driver 1 8 force frame 8 are further lifted upward by the pull panel 55.
  • the staple 3A is molded into a shape in which predetermined both ends are folded in one direction, and then penetrated through the binding sheet 37, and both leg portions 36 are folded and bonded. This makes it possible to reliably bind the binding sheets 37 using the paper stable 3A that is easily deformed.
  • the stapler 1A of the present invention uses a connection stapler 2 to which a substantially straight stapler 3 is connected. Further, as shown in FIG. 9A, a connecting stapler 2 in which a plurality of substantially straight staplers 3 are connected in parallel can be wound as a roll-like staple 4 in a roll shape. Thus, the staple 1 of the present invention can be loaded with a large number of stables 3A as the roll-shaped staple 4 at a time.
  • the sheet presser 19 includes the square window 19b that can be freely opened and closed.
  • the square window 19b is opened and the jammed staple 3A is accessed by opening the square window 19b. Removal can be easily performed
  • the stapler 1A of the present invention pushes down the handle 5 to push down the forming plate 15 against the staple 3Aa located at the end of the linked staple 2 to perform cutting and molding, and to the binding paper 37. Push down the screwdriver 18 to penetrate the stable 3A c. As a result, the staple 3A can be cut, molded, and penetrated into the binding sheet 37 by one operation.
  • the binding paper 37 in a state where the binding paper 37 set on the table 20 is pressed by the paper pressing portion 19d of the paper presser 19 is used.
  • the stable 3A is penetrated with respect to 37, and both legs 36 that are penetrated are bent and bonded.
  • the staple 3A penetrates and penetrates the binding paper 37. Further, it is possible to perform operations such as bending and bonding of both leg portions 36 with high accuracy.
  • the driver 18 is pushed by the driver pusher 66 attached to the handle 5, and the driver 18 is pushed down with respect to the binding sheet 37. Also V? By engaging the protruding pin 18d with the lower end 46a of the flange 46, the forming plate 15 is pushed down against the staple 3A together with the driver 18.
  • the driver 18 is pushed upward from the binding paper 37 by being pushed by the torsion coil spring 56 provided between the driver 18 and the paper presser 19. Also V? By engaging the protruding pin 18d with the collar 48a, the forming plate 15 is pushed up from the staple 3A together with the driver 18.
  • the protruding pin 18d is not engaged in the V 'groove 46 and the flat portion 47 other than the lower end portion 46a, only the driver 18 moves up and down, and the forming plate 15 does not move up and down. That is, in the stapler 1A of the present invention, it is possible to interlock the push-down and push-up of the driver 18 and the forming plate 15 only at predetermined positions above and below the driver 18.
  • the stapler 1A of the present invention cuts and molds the stapler 3a by the forming plate 15 and penetrates the stapler 3c into the binding sheet 37 by the driver 18 in one operation shown in FIGS. 40 to 60. Then, the pusher 17 moves the stapler 3a cut and molded by the forming plate 15 to the driver 18. In other words, the cutting and molding for one staple 3A and the penetration to the binding paper 37 are performed in different operations at different positions.
  • the stapler 1A of the present invention has a conveyance path groove 13a that avoids contact with the adhesive portion 31 on the back surface of each stable 3A in the conveyance path 13 in which the connection stable 2 is conveyed. For this reason, when the connected stable 2 is transported along the transport path 13, the adhesive 31 on the back surface of each stable 3A and the transport path 31 do not contact each other, and the transport of the connected stable 2 can be performed smoothly. become
  • each staple connecting portion 34 is pressed in the opposite direction from the inner side to the outer side of each blade edge 49a 1S stable 3A, so that each staple connecting portion 34 is Disconnected.
  • a force in the opposite direction is simultaneously applied in the longitudinal direction of each staple 3A by each blade edge 49a.
  • the staple 3A can be stably held by the non-return panel 59 that does not need to support the staple 3Aa to be cut and the staple 3Ab adjacent to the staple 3Aa to be cut in a wide range. Cutting can be performed.
  • the stapler 1A of the present invention has a protruding portion 51d formed by projecting a part in the width direction as a cutting blade 51 provided with a notch hole in the binding paper 37 for penetrating the staple 3A. And a cutting blade having a shape having a linear portion connected in the longitudinal direction from one end to the other end. Thereby, the strength of the punching blade 51 when penetrating the binding paper 37 is ensured, and the staple 3A can be reliably penetrated into the binding paper 37.
  • the stapler 1A including the second punching blade 51b shown in FIGS. 22A, 22B, and 22C when the legs 36 of the stapler 3 are passed through the binding paper 37, the stapler 1 is shown in FIG. 22D.
  • the notch hole 52b having a wide width in the arrow direction over the entire width is formed. Accordingly, it is possible to more reliably pass both the leg portions 36 of the staple 3A with respect to the binding sheet 37 as compared with the stapler 1A including the first extraction blade 51a.
  • the stapler 1A of the present invention bends both the leg portions 36 of the staple 3A penetrated through the binding paper 37 in order along the binding paper 37 by the clincher light 61 and the clincher left 60 in a direction facing each other.
  • the overlapping portions of both leg portions that are held and bent are pressed by the clincher center 27 and bonded together.
  • the stapler 1A of the present invention can reliably fold and bond the both leg portions 36 of the paper staple 3A passed through the binding paper 37.
  • the stapler 1B binds the binding sheets to be bound by the paper staples 3B having no notches such as holes.
  • the outline of the stapler 1B is the same as that of the stapler 1A described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 3, and parts having the same configuration are described with the same reference numerals.
  • FIG. 99 and FIG. 101 are explanatory diagrams showing the internal configuration of the stapler 1B.
  • Figure 99 is a diagram.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view showing a HH cross section of FIG.
  • FIG. 100 is a perspective view showing a state in which the handle 5 is removed and the staple cover 6 is opened
  • FIG. 100 is a perspective view showing a state as seen obliquely from the rear.
  • a perspective view showing a state where the oblique forward force is also seen is the same as FIG.
  • FIG. 101 is a plan view showing a state where the handle 5 is removed and the staple cover 6 is opened.
  • the stapler 1B has the handle 5 pushed down by the user when performing the binding operation, and the binding sheet is inserted below the handle 5 to insert the binding paper.
  • a frame 8 having a sheet paper inlet 7 and the like, and a handle 5 and a base 9 for supporting the frame 8.
  • the handle 5 is pivotally attached to the upper part of the rear end of the frame 8 with a handle 'staple cover pivot shaft 10 as shown by an arrow I in FIG.
  • the handle 5 is rotated with respect to the frame 8 counterclockwise in FIG. 99 by being pushed down by the user when performing the binding operation.
  • the handle 5 is rotated clockwise in FIG. Force S Opened.
  • the frame 8 is rotatably attached to the rear end of the base 9 with a frame turning shaft 12.
  • the frame 8 has the staple cover 6 mounted on the upper surface in the same manner as the handle 5 with the handle 'staple cover rotating shaft 10 as a stable pressing portion. Prepare.
  • the frame 8 includes a staple holder 11 as a staple loading unit for loading the roll-shaped staple 4 at the rear end. Further, the frame 8 is provided with a planar transport path 13 as a stable transport section for transporting the stable 3B toward the front of the staple holder 11 force.
  • Leaf springs 14 are provided on the left and right sides of the conveyance path 13, and the staple cover 6 is pressed against the conveyance path 13 by the leaf springs 14 as shown in FIG.
  • the frame 8 is staple-cut-molded in the vicinity of the front end portion of the transport path 13 to cut the staple 3B and to be formed into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction by operating the handle 5.
  • Forming plate 15 is provided as a part.
  • the forming plate 15 is an example of cutting and forming means, cutting means, and forming means.
  • the frame 8 includes a driver 18 as a staple penetrating portion for penetrating the staple 3B with respect to the binding sheet by the operation of the handle 5.
  • the driver 18 is an example of a penetrating means.
  • the frame 8 includes a sheet presser 19 for pressing the binding sheet when the step 3B is cut, molded and penetrated.
  • the sheet presser 19 is an example of a pressing unit.
  • the frame 8 has a pusher spring as a moving mechanism for moving the staple 3B to the position where the staple 3B is cut and molded and to the position where the staple 3B is penetrated to the lower portion of the conveyance path 13. 16 and a pusher spring 17 urged forward by a pusher spring 16. Below the forming plate 15, the dryer 18, the sheet presser 19, and the pusher 17, a sheet input port 7 into which a binding sheet to be bound is inserted and a table 20 on which the binding sheet 37 is installed are provided.
  • the lower portion of the table 20 is provided with a bent portion for bending both the leg portions of the staple 3B penetrated through the binding paper at the penetration position along the binding paper and bonding the bent leg portions together.
  • the stapler 1 includes a clincher unit 23 (see FIG. 33 described above) and an extrusion unit 24 that are attached to a fold portion mounting base 21 that is a bottom portion of the frame 8 as a fold portion. And a slider 26 urged forward by a slider panel 25.
  • the stapler 1B includes a clincher lifter 28 that supports the clincher center 27 and determines a position as a bent portion on the base 9.
  • the folding part is an example of a folding means.
  • the stapler 1B includes a slider holder 29 that supports the slider 26, and a bending portion installation base.
  • the return line 22 that supports 21 is provided.
  • the stapler 1B has such a configuration, and performs the work of binding the binding paper set on the table 20 in the paper tray inlet 7 with the stable 3B based on the operation of the handle 5 by the user. is there.
  • FIGS. 103A and 103B are explanatory views showing the configuration of the connected staple 2 in which the staple 3B and the staple 3B are connected.
  • FIG. 102A is a plan view showing details of the linked staple 2.
  • FIG. 102B is a perspective view showing a state in which the staple 3B is formed into a shape bent in both end force directions
  • FIG. 102C is a cross-sectional view showing a state in which the binding paper 37 is bound by the stable 3B.
  • 103A and 103B are explanatory views showing a state in which the linked staple 2 is attached to the release paper 30 and wound as a roll as the roll-shaped staple 4.
  • the stable 3B, the connecting stable 2 and the roll-shaped staple 4 are configured as follows, for example.
  • a plurality of staples 3B having a long and straight shape are connected to each other to form a connected staple 2.
  • Each of the staples 3B has, for example, a width of about 5 to 10 mm in FIG. 102A (upper direction of staple 3B) and a width of about 30 to 40 mm in the left and right direction of FIG. 102A (longitudinal direction of staple 3B). is there.
  • the vicinity of the end in the longitudinal direction of each staple 3B is formed in a trapezoidal shape, and the width becomes narrower toward the tip.
  • each staple 3B is completely cut off as a slit portion 33 at the center of the side to which each staple 3B is connected. Out of the slit portion 33, both ends of the side to which each staple 3B is connected are in a state where each staple 3B is connected as the staple connecting portion 34.
  • the stapler 1B separates the staple 3B at the end from the connected staple 2 shown in Fig. 102A, and the leg 36 is bent at right angles from the crown 35 and the crown 35 as shown in Fig. 102B. It is molded into a shape that is bent in the direction of the force applied to both ends. As shown in FIG. 102C, the staple 3B formed into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction is penetrated through the binding paper 37, and both legs 36 are bent along the binding paper 37, so that the binding paper 37 and one leg are bent. The adhesive part 31 of the part 36 and the adhesive part of one leg part 36 and the other leg part 36 are bonded together.
  • the staple 3B shown in Figs. 102A, 102B, and 102C is provided with the adhesive portion 31 on the back surface in the vicinity of both ends in the longitudinal direction.
  • the adhesive portion 31 may be provided only on the back surface in the vicinity of one leg portion.
  • the leg part 36 without the adhesive part 31 is bent along the binding sheet 37
  • the leg part 36 with the adhesive part 31 is bent along the binding sheet 37 and the leg part without the adhesive part 31 is provided.
  • the part 36 and the leg part 36 provided with the adhesion part 31 are bonded together.
  • the linked staple 2 is attached to the release paper 30 and wound in the stored state.
  • a predetermined length of release paper 30 is peeled off from the end and loaded into the stapler 1B. Details on how to load the stapler 1B will be described later.
  • the stapler 1B includes the staple holder 11 at the rear end of the frame 8 as a staple loading unit for loading the roll-shaped staple 4. As shown in FIG. 100 and the like, by opening the handle 5 and the staple cover 6, it is possible to access the staple holder 11 as a staple loading unit.
  • the upper portion of the frame 8 is connected to the continuous portion peeled from the release paper 30 from the staple holder 11 toward the front side including the stable cutting and forming portion.
  • a transport path 13 for transporting the binding table 2 is provided.
  • the peeling block 38 is an example of a peeling means.
  • the release paper discharge path 40 extends from the lower portion of the release block 38 to the release paper discharge port 39 provided on the rear end surface of the frame 8 via the lower portion of the roll staple 4 installed in the staple holder 11. Is provided.
  • the staple loading unit is loaded with the roll-shaped staple 4 and the linked staple 2 as follows.
  • the release paper 30 is peeled off by the release block 38 from the connecting staple 2 with the release paper 30 drawn out from the roll-shaped staple 4 loaded in the staple holder 11.
  • the connected stable 2 from which the release paper 30 has been peeled is transported through the transport path 13, and the peeled release paper 30 is discharged from the release paper discharge port via the release paper discharge path 40.
  • FIG. 104A and 104B are explanatory views showing the staple conveying unit, the staple cutting and molding unit, and the staple penetrating unit.
  • FIG. 104A is a state in which the staple conveying unit 'cutting and molding unit / penetrating unit is viewed at an oblique forward force. It is a perspective view shown.
  • FIG. 104B is a perspective view showing a state in which the stable conveying portion / cutting forming portion'penetrating portion is viewed obliquely from the rear side, and shows a state where the stable 3 is installed in a part of the conveying path 13 for explanation. Yes.
  • the front view of the stable conveyance unit 'cutting and molding unit / penetrating part is the same as FIG.
  • FIG. 12A described above
  • the rear view of the staple conveying unit / cutting and molding unit / penetrating part is the same as that of FIG. 12B.
  • the side view showing the state of the stable transfer section'cutting forming section / penetrating section viewed from the left is the same as FIG. 13A described above.
  • the cross-sectional views of the stable transport section, the cutting molding section, and the through section are the same as those in FIGS. 13B and 14 described above.
  • the staple conveying unit, the staple cutting and molding unit, and the staple penetrating unit are provided in the upper part of the frame 8 and in front of the staple loading unit.
  • the stapler IB includes a conveyance path 41, a pusher receiver 42, a conveyance unit installation base 43, and the like as a stable conveyance unit that conveys the connected stable 2.
  • the stapler 1B also has a forming plate 15 as a staple cutting and molding unit that cuts and molds the staple 3B located at the end from the connected staple 2 and a staple penetration that penetrates the staple 3B that has been cut and molded into the binding paper.
  • a driver 18 is provided as a part.
  • the frame 8 includes a paper presser 19 for pressing the binding paper when the staple 3B is cut and molded and penetrated. These are located in the order of the transport path 41, the forming plate 15, the driver 18, and the sheet presser 19 in the order from the position of the stable loading unit.
  • FIG. 105 is an exploded perspective view showing the configuration of the staple transport unit.
  • the stable transport section includes a transport path section 41, a pusher 17, a pusher spring 16, a pusher receiver 42, and a transport section installation base 43.
  • the transport path 41 has a flat transport path 13 having a width corresponding to the width in the longitudinal direction of each staple 3B of the connected staple 2. Further, at both ends of the conveyance path 13, a conveyance path groove 13a is provided in a passage path through which an adhesive portion 31 provided on the back surface of the stable 3B passes. Further, the front end portion of the conveyance path 13 is provided with a feed claw groove 13 b for projecting the feed claw 44AA attached to the pusher 17 onto the conveyance path 13. In addition, the front end portion of the transport path 13 is provided with a receiving portion 13c into which the staple forming portion 15a of the forming plate 15 is fitted.
  • the transport path section 41 includes triangular side plates 45 at both ends of the front portion of the transport path 13.
  • the torsion coil spring 56 is located in a state where the staple conveying unit, the staple cutting and molding unit, and the staple penetrating unit are assembled.
  • FIG. 106A, FIG. 106B, and FIG. 106C are explanatory views showing a configuration example of the pusher 17.
  • FIG. 106A is a perspective view showing the configuration of the pusher 17
  • FIG. 106B is a perspective view of the first feed catch 44AAa
  • FIG. 106C is a perspective view of the second feed catch 44AAb.
  • FIG. 107 is a cross-sectional view of the main parts of the transport path 41 and the pusher 17.
  • the pusher 17 is located at the lower part of the transport path 41 in a state where the stapler 1B is assembled.
  • the pusher 17 includes a staple pushing portion 17a having protrusions 17aa at four corners at the front end.
  • the pusher 17 is connected to the transport path 41.
  • a feed catch 44AA is provided at a position corresponding to the feed catch groove 13b.
  • the feed catch 44AA has a shape in which the front end having the hook portion 44A to which the connecting portion of the staple 3B is hooked is opened at both ends. As shown in FIG. 107, the catch portion 44A has a wedge-shaped cross section. Further, the feed latch 44AA is attached to the pusher 17 so as to be pivotable by a feed pivot shaft 17b. Further, the feed latch 44AA is urged by the feed latch spring 17c in the direction indicated by the arrow Z in FIG. 106A and the arrow M in FIG. As a result, as shown in FIG. 107, the hooking force and the tip of the rib 44A protrude from the feed catch groove 13b of the transport path 13.
  • the feed catch 44AAa of the first example is provided with a hooking force with the tip formed in a straight line, a rib 44Aa, and as shown in FIG.
  • the feed latch 44AAb in this example has a hooking force, a tip 44Ab having a rugged tip.
  • the pusher 17 includes an L-shaped arm 17d formed in an L-shape at the bottom, and a pusher shaft hole 17e as shown in Fig. 106A.
  • the pusher receiver 42 has a rectangular parallelepiped shape that holds the transport path portion 41 and the pusher 17.
  • the pusher receiver 42 includes a long pusher shaft long hole 17f at a position corresponding to the pusher shaft hole 17e of the installed pusher 17.
  • the pusher shaft 58 is passed through the pusher shaft hole 17e of the pusher 17 and the pusher shaft long hole 17f of the pusher receiver 42 so that the pusher 17 can be slid forward and backward by a predetermined amount with respect to the pusher receiver 42. It becomes.
  • the pusher receiver 42 includes a pusher spring 16 that urges the rear portion of the L-shaped arm 17d of the pusher 17 forward.
  • the pusher receiver 42 that holds the transfer path 41 and the pusher 17 is attached to the frame 8 via the transfer unit installation base 43.
  • FIG. 108A and FIG. 108B are explanatory diagrams of a method for transporting the linked staple 2 by the feed tab 44AA attached to the pusher 17.
  • FIG. FIG. 108A shows a state in which the feed catch 44AA attached to the pusher 17 is moving forward
  • FIG. 108B shows a state in which the feed catch 44AA attached to the pusher 17 is moving backward.
  • the feeding portion 44AA urged in the direction of the arrow N 44A is a catch portion 44A force.
  • the connecting stable 2 is moved forward on the conveyance path 13 by the hooking force applied to the connecting portion. Further, as shown in FIG. 108B, when the pusher 17 moves backward, the bow I hooking force of the feed latch 44AA and the rib 44A are disengaged from the connecting portions of the stables 3B, and the arrow P As shown in Fig. 4, the feed 44AA rotates and moves backward.
  • the feed catch 44AA attached to the pusher 17 is an example of a conveying means.
  • the stapler 1B provided with the feed catch 44AA carries the transport by engaging the catching force of the feed catch 44AA and the hook portion 44A with the connection portion of each staple 3B of the connected staple 2.
  • the connected staple 2 is sandwiched between the feed catch 44AA and the check spring 59.
  • an excessive feed load does not act on the entire connection stable as the connection staple is fed, so the connection stable 2 can be accurately conveyed without deformation of the connection stable 2. It becomes.
  • FIG. 109 is a cross-sectional view of the main parts of the pusher 17 having the feed catch 44 ′ and the transport path 41.
  • the feed tab 44 ' includes a brush portion 44B made of rubber or the like at the tip.
  • the connecting stable 2 is transported by the friction of the brush part.
  • FIG. 110 is a cross-sectional view of the main parts of the pusher 17 having the feed catch 44 ′ ′ and the transport path 41.
  • the feed catch 44 ′ ′ includes the catch 44AA ′ ′ having a different shape from the feed catch 44AA described above.
  • the hooking / grinding portion 44A ′ ′ is provided with an uneven portion 44Aa ′ ′ on the upper surface, the front surface being formed vertically and the rear surface formed obliquely.
  • Fig. 111 is a cross-sectional view of the linked staple 2 'used in the stapler 1B provided with the feed catch 44''.
  • Each of the staples 3 ′ has a concavo-convex portion 3B ′ on which the concavo-convex portion 44Aa ′ ′ of the hook portion 44A ′ ′ is hooked.
  • FIG. 112A and FIG. 112B are explanatory views of a method of transporting the connecting stable 2 ′ by the feed catch 44 ′ attached to the pusher 17.
  • Fig. 112A shows the feed tab 44 '' attached to the pusher 17 moving forward
  • FIG. 112B shows a state in which the feed catch 44 ′ ′ attached to the pusher 17 is moving backward.
  • the stapler 1B provided with the feeding tabs 44 can reliably move the connected stable 2 'to which the staple 3' provided with the uneven portion 3B is connected. Further, the connecting stable 2 ′ is conveyed while being sandwiched between the feed catch 44 ′ ′ and the check panel 59. Further, it is possible to engage with the stable located on the leading side of the connecting stable and send the subsequent connecting staple to the leading side. As a result, an excessive feed load does not act on the entire linked stable along with the linked staple feeding operation, so that the linked stable 2 ′ can be accurately conveyed without deformation of the linked stable 2 ′. It becomes possible.
  • the forming plate 15 constituting the staple forming and cutting part and the driver 18 constituting the staple penetrating part will be described.
  • the forming plate 15 constituting the stable molding / cutting portion is the same as that described with reference to FIG.
  • FIG. 113 is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a driver.
  • FIG. 113 shows a position of a staple 3B having a shape in which a punching blade 51a is attached to the main body and both ends are bent in one direction in the punching blade 51a. It is a perspective view which shows the state which carried out.
  • the exploded perspective view showing the driver 18 as viewed obliquely from the rear is the same as FIG. 19A described above, and the exploded perspective view showing the driver 18 as viewed obliquely from the rear is the same as FIG. 19B described above. .
  • the driver 18 includes a plate-like driver main body 18a having a predetermined thickness, the protruding pin 18d described with reference to Figs. 19A and 19B, and two punching blades 51a.
  • the driver main body 18a contacts the driver pusher 66 provided on the back surface of the handle 5 shown in FIG.
  • a driver pusher contact portion 18b is provided at the upper end portion.
  • the driver main body portion 18a includes a rectangular parallelepiped stable push-down portion 18f projecting a predetermined amount with a width corresponding to the crown portion 35 of the staple 3B in Fig. 102B at the center of the lower end portion.
  • punching blades 51a are respectively attached to the left and right sides of the staple push-down portion 18f.
  • the configuration of the punching blade 51a is the same as that in FIGS. 21A, 21B, and 21C described above, and the punching blade 51a has a predetermined length and is provided with a cutting edge 51ae at one end.
  • the punching blade 51a includes a protrusion 51ad that has a slope on at least the blade tip 51ae side and protrudes by a predetermined amount in the vicinity of the end portion including the blade tip 51ae.
  • the punching blade 51a is provided with an extrusion hole 51ac having a predetermined shape at the center. By passing the punching blade 51a having such a configuration through the binding paper, the cut hole 52 having the shape as shown in FIG. 21D is formed.
  • the driver main body 18a includes convex portions B18g on the left and right sides, and is fitted into the side groove B53 of the frame 8 shown in FIG. Accordingly, the driver main body 18a can slide up and down with respect to the frame 8.
  • the forming plate 15 has a convex portion C15d on the side
  • the driver main body 18a has a convex B18g on the side
  • the paper presser main body 19a has a side.
  • the forming plate 15, the driver 18, and the paper presser 19 are respectively placed in predetermined positions by the projections fitting into the side grooves C50, side grooves B53, and side grooves A54 of the frame 8 as shown in FIG. Can move up and down
  • the forming plate 15 is in a state where the lower end portion 15d is placed on the upper portion of the L-shaped arm 17d of the pusher 17. Also, as shown in Fig. 9 9 etc., the paper presser 19 is attached to the frame 8 by the tension spring 55, It will be in the state pulled upwards.
  • the top dead center of the sheet presser 19 in the standby state is determined by the side groove A54 of the frame 8 and the convex part A19f of the sheet presser main body 19a.
  • a torsion coil spring 56 is provided between the paper presser main body portion 19a and the driver main body portion 18a, and urges the paper presser main body portion 19a downward.
  • the driver main body 18a is urged upward. That is, in the standby state, the driver main body 18a is urged upward with respect to the paper presser 19, and the top dead center of the driver main body 18a is caused by the side groove B53 of the frame 8 and the convex B18g of the driver main body 18a.
  • the driver main body 18a is rotatably attached to the link 57 at the side.
  • the link 57 is slidably engaged with the pusher shaft 58 through the long hole 57a, and is slidably engaged with the shaft 59Z through the long hole 57b.
  • the link 57 rotates in the direction indicated by the arrow E in FIG.
  • the pusher shaft 58 is moved from the long hole 57a in the direction indicated by the arrow F.
  • the side groove A54, the side groove B53, and the side groove C50 of the frame 8 have, for example, a force edged with a resin or the like in order to improve the slidability with the protrusions A19f, B18g, and C15d. It is equipped with a collar part.
  • FIG. 114A is a plan view showing a state in which the staple 3B of the connecting staple 2 is pressed by the check spring 59
  • FIG. 114B is a side view showing a state in which the stable 3B of the connecting stable 2 is pressed by the check spring 59.
  • the stapler 1B includes a staple cover 6 attached to the rear end portion of the upper end of the frame 8 so as to be rotatable by a handle's staple cover rotating shaft 10.
  • the staple cover 6 has a width corresponding to the width of the frame. It is pressed by the panel panel 14 while holding the connecting stable 2 on the feed path 13.
  • a check panel 59 which is an example of a pressing piece, is provided at the end of the staple cover 6 opposite to the attachment portion of the handle 'staple cover rotating shaft 10.
  • the check panel 59 is a thin metal plate having elasticity, and includes a first check panel 59a located in the center and second check panels 59b located on both sides of the first check panel 59a.
  • the first check spring 59a is the same as the above-described stable cutting molded portion.
  • the staple 3Ba positioned below the ming plate 15 is pressed against the conveyance path 13 at its end.
  • the second check panel 59b allows the staple 3Bb located next to the staple loading portion side of the staple 3Ba to be directed to the transport path 13 at its end as shown by S in FIG. 114A and U in FIG. 114B. Hold down
  • the non-return spring 59b presses the staple 3Ba and the staple 3Bb against the transport path 13 at their respective end portions in an oblique posture in which the back side (staple loading unit side) of the stapler 1B is positioned upward. Therefore, the staple 3Ba and the staple 3Bb are pressed in the direction indicated by the arrows in FIGS. 114A and 114B in a state where the staple 3Ba and the staple 3Bb are pressed against the conveyance path 13 by the first check panel 59a and the second check panel 59b, respectively. 2 can be moved.
  • FIG. 115A, FIG. 115B, FIG. 115C, FIG. 115D, and FIG. 115E are diagrams for explaining a method of cutting, forming, and conveying the staple 3B, and are cross-sectional views of the connecting stable 2, the check panel 59, and the feed tab 44AA. Shown in state. 115A to 115E, the stable after being formed into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction is shown in a non-sectional state.
  • FIG. 115A shows the staples 3B, the check spring 59, and the feed catch 44AA in the standby state of the stapler 1B.
  • the staple 3Ba is a staple 3B at the end of the connected staple 2 and is received below the forming plate 15.
  • the staple 3Bb is a staple 3B positioned next to the staple loading portion side of the staple 3Ba, and the staple 3Bc is a stable 3B formed in a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction and positioned below the driver 18. .
  • Figure 1 After 15B! /, Staple 3Bc is displayed! /, NA! / ,.
  • FIG. 115B shows a state where the feed latch 44AA is moving backward.
  • FIG. 115C shows a state in which the connecting portion between the staple 3Ba and the staple 3Bb is cut by the cutting blade 49.
  • FIG. 115D shows a state in which the staple 3Ba is formed by the forming plate 15.
  • FIG. 115E shows a state in which the linked staple 2 is moved by the feeding lever 44AA and the staple 3Bb is moved forward by the staple pushing portion 17a of the pusher 17.
  • the staple 3Bb is the second check spring 59 of the check spring 59.
  • the forming plate 15 is lowered by being pushed down by the driver 18.
  • the connecting portion between the staple 3Ba and the staple 3Bb is cut by the cutting blade 49.
  • 116A, 116B, and 116C are explanatory views showing the cutting of the staple 3B by the cutting blade 49 in time series.
  • each staple connecting portion 34 between the staple 3Ba and the staple 3Bb is pressed in the opposite direction from the center side in the longitudinal direction of the staple 3B to the outside, and each stable connecting portion 34 is cut.
  • a force in the opposite direction is simultaneously applied to the staple 3Ba and the staple 3Bb in the longitudinal direction of each staple 3B by the respective blade edges 49a.
  • FIGS. 118A, 118B, and 118C are explanatory diagrams that show time-series molding of the staple 3B by the cradle part 13c and the forming plate 15.
  • FIG. 118A, 118B, and 118C are explanatory diagrams that show time-series molding of the staple 3B by the cradle part 13c and the forming plate 15.
  • the forming plate 15 is lowered with respect to the staple 3Ba separated from 3B, and the receiving base 13c and the staple forming part 15a are fitted.
  • the staple 3Ba is formed into a shape bent in the direction of both ends force I so that a leg portion 36 bent at a right angle from the crown portion 35 and the crown portion 35 is formed.
  • FIG. 118A is a perspective view showing a state in which both legs 36 of the staple 3Ba are held by the flat plate 15c of the raised forming plate 15.
  • FIG. 120A, 120B and 121 are explanatory views showing a method of pushing out the staple 3B by the staple pushing portion 17a of the pusher 17.
  • FIG. 120A and FIG. 120B when the pusher 17 moves forward, the staple 3B having both ends bent in one direction by the stable pushing portion 17a is removed from the forming plate 15 by two screws 18 of the driver 18. It is pushed out between the blades 51a. At this time, the staple 3Ba is pushed out by the staple pusher 17a, as shown in FIG. 121, by the four protrusions 17aa provided on the staple pusher 17a. This is done by pressing.
  • the staple 3B is moved between the two extraction blades 51a of the driver 18 from the forming plate 15 where the staple 3Ba is not largely inclined. Therefore, the movement from the inside of the forming plate 15 of the staple 3B to the two extraction blades 51a of the driver 18 can be performed with high accuracy.
  • the legs 36 of the stable 3B which are penetrated through the binding paper by the stable penetration part, are bent along the binding paper 37, the bonding part 31 of the binding paper 37 and one leg 36, and the one leg 36 and the other.
  • the staple bending portions for bonding the leg portions 36 to each other are the same as those described in FIGS. 33 and 34A, 34B, and 34C.
  • the staple folding part is configured to include a turret unit 23, two push-out units 24, and a slider 26 that are attached to a bending part installation base 21 that is the bottom of the frame 8.
  • the clincher unit 23 has a cuboid clincher holder 23a having two adjacent open surfaces and a clincher shaft 23b.
  • the clincher left 60 and the clincher right 61 have shapes that are symmetrical with each other, and each include a fold portion and a fold portion protruding from the clincher holder 23a, and the clincher center It is attached to the clincher holder 23a with the 27 in between.
  • the clincher center 27 has a shell-dividing portion protruding from the clincher holder 23a. Between the center 27, a torsion coil panel (not shown) is provided. Thus, the clincher left 60 is urged upward with respect to the clincher center 27, and the clincher right 61 is urged upward with respect to the clincher center 27.
  • a clincher hole 23c is formed at a location where the clincher unit 23 of the bent portion installation base 21 is installed. Further, the clincher center 27 is provided with a long hole 27b.
  • the stapler 1B includes a clincher lifter 28 that supports the clincher center 27 and determines the position on the base 9 as a part of the bent portion.
  • the vertical lifter 28 has a length corresponding to the base 9 in the vertical direction, and has a convex portion that engages with the long hole 27b of the clinch center 27 at the upper end.
  • the push-out unit 24 provided in the staple bending section is the same as that described with reference to FIGS. 36A, 36B, 36C, and 36D, and the description thereof is omitted here.
  • the slider 26 provided in the staple bending portion is the same as the configuration described in FIG. 38A and FIG. 38B, and the description thereof is omitted here.
  • the stapler 1B includes a slider receiver 29 that supports the slider 26.
  • This slider receiver 29 is provided at a position corresponding to the slider hole 23d of the bent portion installation base 21, and in the standby state of the stapler 1B, the slider 26 is supported as shown in FIG. When the handle 5 is pushed down and the slider 26 moves rearward, the slider 26 is detached from the slider receiver 29.
  • the stapler 1B includes a return spring 22 that supports the bent portion installation base 21 on the base 9.
  • the bent portion installation base 21 is urged clockwise in FIG. 99 by the frame rotation shaft 12.
  • FIG. 122 is a perspective view showing the configuration of the staple cover 6 ′ of the stapler 1 C of the third example
  • FIG. 123 is a side view of the staple 1 C.
  • the stapler 1C of the third example includes a staple cover 6 ′ shown in FIG.
  • the staple cover 6 ' is rotatably attached to the handle 8' staple handle rotating shaft 10 of the frame 8 through the rotating shaft hole 6a 'and fixed to the conveying path 13 by the panel panel 14. It presses the installed connecting stable 2.
  • the staple cover 6 ' includes a belt conveyor 70 in the vicinity of the end on the opposite side of the rotation shaft hole 6a'.
  • the belt conveyor 70 includes a roller A72a rotatably attached by a roller A rotating shaft 74 and a roller B72b rotatably attached by a roller B rotating shaft 75.
  • the benore conveyor 70 includes a belt 73 attached to the rollers A72a and B72b.
  • gears 71 are attached to both ends of the roller A rotation shaft 74 so as to be rotatable with respect to the main body of the staple cover 6 ′.
  • the staple 1C includes a link 57 ′ having a rack 57k.
  • the gear 71 and the rack 57k have a ratchet mechanism, and when the handle 5 is pushed downward to move the driver 18 downward and the link 57 ′ moves in the direction opposite to the arrow E ′, Gear 71 and rack 57k do not mate, and gear 71 does not rotate.
  • the gear 71 and the rack 57k mesh with each other, and the gear 71 rotates in the direction indicated by the arrow r.
  • FIG. 124 is an explanatory view showing a state in which the connected stable 2 is conveyed by the belt conveyor 70.
  • FIG. 124 When the link 57 ′ moves in the direction of arrow E ′ in FIG. 123 and the gear 71 rotates in the direction indicated by arrow r, the rollers A72a and B72b rotate in the direction indicated by arrow o in FIG. As a result, the belt 73 moves in the direction indicated by the arrow q, and the connecting stable 2 is conveyed in the direction indicated by the arrow p.
  • the stapler 1C is different from the stapler 1B in that the pusher 17 is not provided with the feeding mechanism 44AA.
  • the configuration of the stapler 1C other than the staple cover 6 ', the link 57' and the pusher 17 is the same as that of the stapler 1B.
  • FIG. 125 is a side view of the stapler 1D.
  • the stapler 1D includes linear racks 76 attached to the node nore 5 on both left and right side surfaces.
  • the rack 76 is in contact with the gear 71.
  • the rack 76 is urged by a panel (not shown) in the direction indicated by the arrow s.
  • the gear 71 and the rack 76 have a ratchet mechanism, and when the rack 76 is pushed down together with the handle 5, the gear 71 and the rack 76 do not squeeze and the gear 71 does not rotate.
  • the rack 76 moves upward, the gear 71 and the rack 76 mesh with each other, and the gear 71 rotates in the direction indicated by the arrow r ′.
  • the gear 71 and the rack 76 do not include the latch mechanism, and the gear 71 includes the one-way mechanism, the gear 71 does not rotate when the handle 5 is pushed down, and the driver 18 When the gear moves upward, the gear 71 may rotate in the direction indicated by the arrow r '. Yes.
  • the connected staple 2 is conveyed by the belt 73 rotated by the roller 72.
  • the connected staple 2 may be transported by a single roller or a plurality of rollers 72 without including the belt 73.
  • the stapler 1C and the stapler 1D convey the connection stable 2 by the frictional force between the belt 73 and the connection stable 2. As a result, the linked stable 2 can be accurately and reliably conveyed.
  • 126 to 132 are cross-sectional views showing the operation of binding the binding paper 37 using the staple 3B by the stapler 1B. 126 to 132 show the stapler 1B in each state in the HH section of FIG.
  • FIG. 126 is an explanatory diagram showing the state of each part of the stapler 1 B in the standby state.
  • each part of the stapler 1B is in the following state.
  • the roll staple 4 is loaded into the staple holder 11, and the continuous paper 2 pulled out from the roll staple 4 is peeled off the release paper 30 as shown in FIG. It is installed on the conveyance path 13 in a state. Further, the release paper 30 peeled from the continuous staple is set in a state of being discharged from a release paper discharge port 39 provided at the rear portion of the stapler 1B through the release paper discharge path 40.
  • the staple 3Ba at the end of the connecting staple 2 is positioned in the receiving portion 13c of the transport path 13 which is the lower portion of the forming plate 15. Furthermore, in the cutting blade 51a of the driver 18 There is a stable 3Bc formed in a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction.
  • the sheet presser 19 is urged upward with respect to the frame 8 by the tension spring 55, and is positioned at the upper end portion determined by the convex portion A19f and the side groove A54.
  • the driver 18 is urged upward with respect to the sheet presser 19 by the torsion coil panel 56, and is positioned at the upper end portion determined by the convex portion B18g and the side groove B53.
  • the forming plate 15 is positioned at the upper end portion defined by the convex portion C15d and the side groove C50 by the protruding pin 18d of the driver 18.
  • the pusher 17 is urged forward from the pusher spring 16, and the staple pushing portion 17a is brought into contact with the extraction blade 51a of the driver 18. Further, the slider 26 is urged forward by the slider panel 25 and is placed on the slider receiver 29 provided in the base 9.
  • FIG. 127 is an explanatory view showing the state of each part of the stapler 1 in a state where the sheet presser 19 is installed on the table 20 and the operation of the forming plate 15 is started.
  • the punching blade 51a attached to the driver 18 passes through the binding paper 37 that is placed on the table 20 and pressed by the paper presser 19.
  • the projecting pin 18d of the driver 18 moves in the V groove A46 of the forming plate 15 and reaches the lower end 46a of the V groove A46. After the ejector pin 18d of the driver 18 reaches the lower end 46a of the V groove A4 6, the driver 18 further descends, so that the ejector pin 18d is engaged with the lower end 46a of the V groove A46. The forming plate 15 starts to descend.
  • FIG. 5 is an explanatory view showing the state of each part of the stapler 1B in a state where 3B molding is started.
  • the handle 5 is further pushed down from the state shown in FIG. 127, the handle 5 is rotated counterclockwise in FIG. 128 by the handle's staple cover rotating shaft 10, and the driver 18 is further pushed down by the driver pusher 66. It is done.
  • the punching blade 51a attached to the driver 18 is further penetrated through the binding paper 37 placed on the table 20 and pressed by the paper presser 19.
  • the protruding pin 18d is V? ⁇ ⁇ ⁇
  • the forming plate 15 is lowered together with the driver 18 while being engaged with the lower end 46a of A46.
  • the staple forming unit 15a of the forming plate 15 starts forming the staple 3Ba installed on the cradle unit 13c.
  • FIG. 129 is an explanatory view showing the state of each part of the stapler 1B in a state where the forming of the staple 3Ba is completed.
  • the handle 5 is rotated counterclockwise in FIG. 129 by the handle “staple cover rotating shaft 10, and the driver 18 is further pushed down by the driver pusher 66.
  • the punching blade 51a attached to the driver 18 is further penetrated through the binding paper 37 placed on the table 20 and pressed by the paper presser 19, and is positioned in the punching blade 51a. Both legs 36 of the staple 3Bc that is present are passed through the binding sheet 37.
  • the protruding pin 18d is V? ⁇ ⁇ ⁇
  • the forming plate 15 is lowered together with the driver 18 in a state where the lower end 46a of the A46 is engaged.
  • the lower end portion 15d of the forming plate 15 is in contact with a predetermined portion of the frame 8, and the forming plate 15 is lowered to a position where the forming plate 15 is not lowered with respect to the frame 8.
  • the staple forming portion 15a of the forming plate 15 causes the staple 3Ba installed on the cradle portion 13c to have both ends having the crown portion 35 and both leg portions 36 in one direction. It is molded into a shape folded.
  • FIG. 130 is an explanatory view showing the state of each part of the stapler 1B in a state where the penetration of the staple 3Bc is completed and the slider 26 is detached from the slider receiver 29.
  • the handle 5 is rotated counterclockwise in FIG. 130 by the handle 'staple cover turning shaft 10 and the driver 18 is further pushed down by the driver pusher 66.
  • the punching blade 51a attached to the driver 18 is further penetrated by the binding paper 37 placed on the table 20 and pressed by the paper presser 19, and is positioned in the punching blade 51a.
  • Staple 3Bc legs 36 Completely penetrates 1S binding paper 37.
  • each pusher pusher 24b urged by each double torsion panel 24f and in contact with the outer surface of each punching blade 51a is placed in the pushing hole 51ac of each punching blade 51a. Communicate with. As a result, both the leg portions 36 of the staple 3Bc are pushed inward by the push-out portions 24ba and bent, so that they are separated from the punching blades 51a.
  • FIG. 131 is an explanatory view showing the state of each part of the stapler 1B in a state where the clinching of the staple 3Bc is completed.
  • the clincher center 27 is rotated by the clincher shaft 23b by the clincher lifter 28 and is lifted upward with respect to the clincher holder 23a.
  • the clincher center 27 is lifted upward with respect to the clincher holder 23a, it is lifted upward with respect to the clincher left urged upward with respect to the clincher center 27 by the screw coil spring.
  • the clincher light 61 is provided with a top dead center above the clincher center 27 relative to the clincher left 60. Therefore, when the clincher center 27 is rotated by the clincher shaft 23b and lifted upward, the right leg 36 of the stable 3Bc is completely inward along the binding sheet 37 by the clincher light 61. It will be folded and held. [0423] Thereafter, the clincher center 27 is rotated by the clincher shaft 23b and further lifted upward, so that the left leg 36 of the staple 3Bc is inwardly aligned with the binding sheet 37 by the clincher left 60. Thus, it is completely folded inside and held.
  • FIG. 132 is an explanatory diagram showing the state of each part of the stapler 1B in a state where the return of the frame 8 is completed and the return of the driver 18 is started. From the state shown in FIG. 131, when the user releases the push-down of the handle 5, first, the return spring 22 provided in the base 9 shown in FIG. 99 causes the frame rotating shaft 12 and the frame 8 to move to the base 9. In contrast, it rotates clockwise in FIG.
  • the front end portion of the bending portion installation base 21 is in contact with the shaft 64 fixed to the base 9, and the frame 8 and the base 9 are in the same positional relationship as in the standby state shown in FIG.
  • the clincher center 27 is pulled down to the clincher holder 23a by the clincher lifter 28, and the clincher honoreda 23a, the clincher left 60, the clincher center 27, and the clincher right 61 are in the standby state shown in FIG.
  • the positional relationship is the same as the state.
  • the frame 8 is rotated by the frame rotating shaft 12 by the return spring 22, and the front end of the bent portion installation base 21 comes into contact with the shaft 64, and then the driver 18 and the paper presser shown in FIG.
  • the upward movement of the driver 18 is started by the torsion coil spring 56 provided between 19.
  • FIG. 133 is an explanatory view showing the state of each part of the stapler 1B in a state immediately before the pusher 17 returns. From the state shown in FIG. 132, first, the driver 18 is moved upward by the torsion coil panel 56.
  • the stapler 1E binds the binding paper to be bound by the paper-made staple 3B in which the release paper is provided with a feed hole.
  • 134 and 135 are explanatory views showing an outline of the stapler 1E.
  • Fig. 134 is a side view of stapler 1E
  • Fig. 135 is a schematic view of stapler 1E. It is sectional drawing.
  • the left direction in FIGS. 134 and 135 is the front side of the stapler 1E
  • the right direction in FIGS. 134 and 135 is the back side of the stapler 1E.
  • the left side of the stapler 1E viewed from the front side is the left side of the stapler 1E
  • the right side of the stapler 1E viewed from the front side is the right side of the stapler 1.
  • parts having the same configurations as those of the above-described stapler 1A, stapler 1B, etc. will be described with the same numbers.
  • the stapler 1E has a handle 5 that is pushed down by the user when performing the binding operation, and a binding paper that is positioned below the handle 5 and is inserted. It comprises a frame 8 having a paper tray entrance 7 and the like, and a handle 5 and a base 9 that supports the frame 8.
  • the handle 5 is pivotably attached to the upper part of the rear end of the frame 8 with the needle “staple cover rotating shaft 10”. It is The handle 5 is rotated with respect to the frame 8 counterclockwise in FIGS. 134 and 135 by being pushed down by the user when performing the binding operation. Further, when the roll-shaped staple 4 is loaded into the staple holder 11 of the frame 8, the handle 5 is rotated clockwise in FIGS. 134 and 135, and the upper surface of the frame 8 is opened.
  • the frame 8 is rotatably attached to the rear end of the base 9 with a frame rotation shaft 12, as indicated by an arrow Ba in FIG. 134 and an arrow Fa in FIG.
  • the frame 8 includes, as a staple pressing portion, a staple cover 6 attached to the upper surface of the frame 8 so as to be rotatable by the handle ′ staple cover rotating shaft 10 in the same manner as the handle 5.
  • the frame 8 includes a staple holder 11 as a staple loading unit for loading the roll-shaped staple 4 at the rear end. Further, the frame 8 is provided with a planar transport path 13 as a stable transport section for transporting the stable 3B toward the front of the staple holder 11 force.
  • Leaf springs 14 are provided on the left and right sides of the transport path 13, and the staple cover 6 is pressed against the transport path 13 by the leaf springs 14 as shown in FIG.
  • the frame 8 is staple-cut molded for cutting the staple 3B and molding it into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction by operating the handle 5 near the front end of the conveyance path 13.
  • Forming plate 15 is provided as a part.
  • frame 8 has handle 5
  • the driver 18 is provided as a staple penetrating portion for penetrating the staple 3B with respect to the binding paper by the above operation.
  • the frame 8 includes a sheet presser 19 for pressing the binding sheet when the staple 3B is cut, molded, and penetrated.
  • the frame 8 includes a sprocket 72 as a feeding unit for feeding the release paper 30 released from the connected staple 2 to the outside of the staple 1 at the lower part of the conveyance path 13.
  • a sprocket 72 as a feeding unit for feeding the release paper 30 released from the connected staple 2 to the outside of the staple 1 at the lower part of the conveyance path 13.
  • a sheet inlet 7 for inserting a binding sheet to be bound and a table 20 on which the binding sheet 37 is installed.
  • the lower portion of the table 20 is provided with a bent portion for bending both legs of the staple 3B penetrated through the binding paper at the penetration position along the binding paper and bonding the bent legs together (see the above-described figure). 33).
  • the stapler 1E includes a clincher unit 23 (see FIG. 33) attached to a fold portion mounting base 21 which is a bottom portion of the frame 8 as a fold portion, a pusher unit 24, and a slider 26 urged forward by a slider spring 25. Is provided.
  • the stapler 1E includes a clincher lifter 28 that supports the clincher center 27 and determines the position as a bent portion on the base 9.
  • the bent portion is an example of a bending means.
  • the stapler 1E includes a slider receiver 29 that supports the slider 26, and a return screw 22 that supports the bent portion installation base 21.
  • the stapler 1E has such a configuration, and performs the work of binding the binding paper set on the table 20 in the paper inlet 7 with the stable 3B based on the operation of the handle 5 by the user. is there.
  • FIG. 136 is an explanatory view showing a state in which the linked staple 2 is attached to the release paper 30 and wound as a roll staple 4 in a roll shape.
  • the configuration of the staple 3B that is supplied by being attached to the release paper 30 is the same as that shown in FIGS. 102A, 102B, and 102C. It is the same.
  • a plurality of staples 3B having a long and straight shape are connected to each other to form a connected staple 2.
  • the linked staple 2 is attached to the release paper 30 and wound in the stored state.
  • a predetermined length of release paper 30 is peeled off from the end and loaded into the stapler 1E shown in FIG. 135 and the like.
  • the release paper 30 is provided with feed holes 30a at regular intervals according to the staple 3B.
  • the feed hole 30a may be provided in the center of the force release paper 30 provided with the feed holes 30a on both sides of the place where the staple 3B is attached.
  • the position of the feed hole 30a in the release paper 30 corresponds to the position of the protrusion of the sprocket 72 of the stapler 1E.
  • FIG. 137 is a cross-sectional view showing a state in which the roll-shaped staple 4 is loaded in the staple loading unit
  • FIG. 138 is a perspective view showing the vicinity of the peeling unit 70.
  • the stapler 1E includes a staple holder 11 at the rear end of the frame 8 as a staple loading unit for loading the roll-shaped staple 4. As described above, by opening the handle 5 and the staple cover 6, it is possible to access the staple holder 11 which is a staple loading unit.
  • a conveyance path 13 for conveying the connected staples 2 drawn from the roll staple 4 from the staple holder 11 toward the front provided with a staple cutting and molding unit and the like.
  • a peeling portion 70 is provided at the end of the conveyance path 13.
  • the release paper discharge path 40 is provided as an example of the release paper feed path from the release section 70 to the release paper discharge port 39 provided at the rear end of the stapler 1E via the conveyance path 13 and the lower side of the staple holder 11. It is done.
  • a sprocket 72 is provided in the lower part of the conveyance path 13 in the middle of the release paper discharge path 40.
  • a cradle 13 c is provided at the tip of the peeling portion 70 of the transport path 13.
  • the sprocket 72 includes protrusions 72a provided at intervals corresponding to the feed holes 30a of the release paper 30.
  • the sprocket 72 is connected to a gear 71 shown in FIG. 134 through a gear (not shown).
  • the gear 71 is in mesh with a gear 57k provided on the link 57.
  • the vertical movement of the handle 5 and the rotational movement of the sprocket 72 will be described.
  • the gear 71 and the gear 57k are, for example, a ratchet mechanism.
  • connection stable on the transport path 13 is as follows. 2 is conveyed. With the connection stable 2 attached with the release paper 30, the transfer path is conveyed in the connection direction of the stable. Further, the release paper 30 is peeled off from the continuous staples 2 transported on the transport path 13 by the peeling portion 70. Further, the release paper 30 peeled off by the release portion 70 is sent by the release paper discharge path 40 by the sprocket 72.
  • the release paper 30 released from the connected staple 2 is sent by the sprocket 72 in the release paper discharge path 40 provided in a direction different from the transport path 13, thereby connecting the connection stable. 2 is transported on the transport path 13. As a result, it is possible to transport the connecting staple 2 with high accuracy.
  • the release paper 30 is fed through the release paper discharge path 40 by the sprocket 72 by engaging with the feed holes 30a provided in the release paper 30 at a predetermined interval. This makes it possible to reliably feed the release paper 30.
  • the connecting strap is interlocked with the vertical movement of the handle 5.
  • Table 2 is transported. As a result, the amount of work when the user performs the binding operation can be reduced, and the binding operation can be easily performed.
  • FIG. 139 is a cross-sectional view showing a state where the stable loading unit and the stable transport unit are rotated.
  • the staple loading unit and the staple conveying unit may be rotatably attached to the frame 8 by a staple holder rotating shaft 73.
  • FIG. 139 it is possible to easily attach the linked staple 2 and the release paper 30 by rotating the staple loading unit and the staple conveying unit.
  • a link 71 having a gear 57k that meshes with the gear 71 and a gear 57 connected to the sprocket 72 via a gear is provided.
  • the sprocket 72 is rotated according to the rotation in the Ca direction, and the release paper 30 is sent.
  • a dial connected to the sprocket 72 may be provided on the side of the main body of the stapler 1E, and the sprocket 72 may be rotated by manually turning the dial to feed the release paper 30. This makes it possible to transport the linked stable 2 with a simple configuration.
  • FIG. 140 and FIG. 141 are explanatory diagrams showing the staple cutting and forming unit, the staple penetrating unit, and the staple pressing unit.
  • FIG. 140 is a perspective view of the staple cutting / molding portion / penetrating portion / pressing portion
  • FIG. 141 is a cross-sectional view of the staple cutting / molding portion / penetrating portion / pressing portion.
  • the staple cutting and forming section, the staple penetrating section, and the staple pressing section are provided in front of the staple conveying section at the upper part of the frame 8.
  • the stapler 1E includes a forming plate 15 as a staple cutting and molding unit that cuts and molds the staple 3B located at the end from the connected staple 2 and has a stable penetration that penetrates the staple 3B that has been cut and formed through the binding paper.
  • a driver 18 is provided as a part.
  • the frame 8 is provided with a paper presser 19 for holding the binding paper when the stable 3B is cut and formed. These are positioned in the order of the forming plate 15, the driver 18, and the sheet presser 19 in the order from the position of the staple loading unit.
  • FIG. 142A and 142B are explanatory views showing the structure of the forming plate 15.
  • FIG. 142A is a perspective view of the forming plate 15, and
  • FIG. 142B is a front view of the forming plate 15. A part of the configuration is shown in a simplified state.
  • the forming plate 15 has a plate-like shape having an opening at the center and having a predetermined thickness.
  • An upper portion of the opening is provided with a stable molding portion 15a in which a lower portion fitted to the cradle portion 13c of the conveyance path 13 is opened.
  • the lower part of the staple molding part 15a is opened with a predetermined width wider than that of the staple molding part 15a.
  • a protruding hirasae 15c formed so that the inclined surfaces face each other with both side forces of the staple pushing portion piercing portion 15b also facing upward.
  • the forming plate 15 includes grooves on the left and right sides of the opening on the front surface side (side on which the driver 18 is located). As shown in FIG. 141 and FIG. 142A, as a groove, first, V? ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ Provide A46. V? ⁇ The lower end 46a of A46 is formed deeper than other parts. A V ′ groove B48 having the same depth as the lower end portion 46a of the V ′ groove A46 is provided below the V ′ groove A46 with the flat portion 47 having a predetermined length interposed therebetween.
  • the forming plate 15 is provided with two cutting blades 49 on the back side (side where the staple conveying unit is located). Each cutting blade 49 is attached to the forming plate 15 in a state in which each blade edge 49a is inclined outward and the blade edge protrudes a predetermined amount into the opening.
  • the forming plate 15 has left and right convex portions C15d, and is fitted into the side groove C50 of the frame 8 shown in FIG. As a result, the forming plate 15 can slide up and down with respect to the frame 8.
  • the driver 18 constituting the stable penetrating portion is the same as the configuration described with reference to Fig. 19B described above, and the driver 18 has convex portions B on the left and right sides of the driver main body portion 18a as shown in Fig. 19B. 18g and is fitted into the side groove B53 of the frame 8 shown in FIG. As a result, the driver main body 18a can slide up and down with respect to the frame 8.
  • the punching blade 51a attached to the driver 18 has the same configuration as that described with reference to Figs. 21A, 21B, and 21C, and the above-described drawing is obtained by passing the punching blade 51a through the binding sheet.
  • a cut hole 52 having a shape as shown in 21D is formed.
  • a paper presser that presses the binding paper against the table 20 when the staple 3B penetrates the staple paper through the staple penetration part and the both legs of the staple 3B are folded and pasted by the staple folding part. 19 is the same as the configuration described in FIG. 23A. As shown in FIG. 23A, the paper presser 19 includes convex portions A19f on the left and right sides of the paper presser main body portion 19a, and is fitted into the side groove A54 of the frame 8 shown in FIG. As a result, the driver main body 18a can slide up and down with respect to the frame 8.
  • the forming plate 15 has the convex portion C15d on the side
  • the driver main body portion 18a has the convex portion B18g on the side portion
  • the paper pressing main body portion 19a has the convex portion A19f on the side portion.
  • Each convex part fits and slides in the side groove C50, side groove B53, and side groove A54 of the frame 8, so that the forming plate 15, the driver 18 and the paper presser 19 are movable up and down at predetermined positions respectively. It becomes.
  • the sheet presser 19 is attached to the frame 8 by the tension spring 55 and is pulled upward.
  • the top dead center of the paper presser 19 in the standby state is determined by the side groove A54 of the frame 8 and the convex part A1 9f of the paper presser main body 19a.
  • a torsion coil spring 56 is provided between the paper pressing main body portion 19a and the driver main body portion 18a to urge the paper pressing main body portion 19a downward and to move the driver main body portion 18a upward. Energized. That is, in the standby state, the driver main body 18a is urged upward with respect to the paper retainer 19, and the top dead center of the driver main body 18a is the side groove B53 of the frame 8 and the convex portion of the driver main body 18a. Determined by B18g.
  • FIG. 143 is an explanatory view showing the configuration of the staple pressing unit, and FIG. 143 is a side view showing a state in which the staple 3B of the linked staple 2 is pressed by the check spring 59.
  • FIG. A plan view showing a state in which staple 3B of linked staple 2 is pressed by check spring 59 is the same as FIG. 114A described above.
  • the stapler 1E includes a staple cover 6 attached to the rear end of the upper end of the frame 8 so as to be rotatable by a handle's staple cover rotating shaft 10.
  • the staple cover 6 has a width corresponding to the width of the frame, and is pressed by the plate panel 14 while holding the connecting staple 2 on the conveyance path 13.
  • a check panel 59 is provided at the end of the staple cover 6 opposite to the portion where the staple cover 6 is attached to the handle cover rotating shaft 10.
  • the check panel 59 is a thin plate-like metal having elasticity, and as shown in FIG. 114A, the first check panel 59a located in the center and the second check panel located on both sides of the first check panel 59a. It is configured with a panel 59b.
  • the first check spring 59a is the same as the above-described stable cutting molded portion.
  • the staple 3Ba located below the ming plate 15 is pressed against the conveyance path 13 at its end.
  • the second check panel 59b allows the staple 3Bb located next to the staple loading unit side of the staple 3Ba to enter the conveyance path 13 at the end thereof as shown by S in FIG. 14A and U in FIG. 143. Hold against
  • the first check spring 59a and the second check spring 59b of the check spring 59 are inclined so that the back side (staple loading section side) of the stapler 1E is located upward.
  • the staple 3Ba and the staple 3Bb are pressed against the conveyance path 13 at their respective ends. Therefore, in the state where the staple 3Ba and the staple 3Bb are pressed against the conveyance path 13 by the first check spring 59a and the second check panel 59b, respectively, the connecting stable 2 in the direction indicated by each arrow in FIG. Can be moved.
  • a method of cutting, forming and conveying the staple 3 located at the end of the connected staple 2 by the staple cutting and forming unit will be described with reference to Figs. 144A to 144D.
  • 144A, 144B, 144C and 144D show the cutting, forming and carrying of staple 3. It is explanatory drawing about a sending method. In FIGS. 144A, 144B, 144C, and 144D, the conveyance path 13 and the cradle 13c are not shown.
  • Fig. 144A shows the staples 3B and the check spring 59 in the standby state of the stapler 1E.
  • the staple 3Ba is a staple 3B at the end of the connected staple 2, and is located on the receiving table 13c below the forming plate 15.
  • the staple 3Bb is a staple 3B located next to the staple loading portion side of the staple 3Ba, and the stable 3Bc is formed in a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction, and the staple 3B is located below the driver 18. is there.
  • Staple 3Bc is displayed as! /, NA! /.
  • FIG. 144B shows a state where the connecting portion between the staple 3Ba and the staple 3Bb is cut by the cutting blade 49.
  • FIG. 144C shows a state in which the staple 3Ba is formed by the forming plate 15.
  • FIG. 144D shows the state where the sprocket 72 moves the linked staple 2 and moves the stable 3Bc forward!
  • FIGS. 145A, 145B, and 145C, and FIGS. 146A, 146B, and 146C are explanatory views showing the formation of the staple 3B by the cradle part 13c and the forming plate 15 in time series.
  • the forming plate 15 is lowered with respect to the staple 3Ba separated from 3B, and the receiving base 13c and the staple forming part 15a are fitted.
  • staple 3Ba It is molded into a shape bent in the direction of force I at both ends so as to form a leg portion 36 that is bent at right angles from the union portion 35 and the crown portion 35.
  • the legs 36 of the stable 3B which are penetrated through the binding paper by the stable penetration part, are bent along the binding paper 37, the bonding part 31 of the binding paper 37 and one leg 36, and the one leg 36 and the other.
  • the staple bending portions for bonding the leg portions 36 to each other are the same as those described in FIGS. 33 and 34A, 34B, and 34C.
  • the staple folding part is configured to include a turret unit 23, two push-out units 24, and a slider 26 that are attached to a bending part installation base 21 that is the bottom of the frame 8.
  • the clincher unit 23 rotates the frame 8 with respect to the base 9 on the frame rotation shaft 12, thereby the clincher center 27 of the convex portion of the clincher lifter 28 being
  • the position of the clincher center 27 is determined by changing the position in the long hole 27b.
  • the positions of the clinch left 60 and the clinch light 61 described with reference to FIG. 34A and the like biased by the torsion coil spring with respect to the clinch center 27 are also determined.
  • the push-out unit 24 provided in the staple bending section is the same as that shown in Fig. 36A described above. This is the same as the configuration described in FIG. 36B, FIG. 36C, and FIG. 36D, and the description is omitted here. Further, the slider 26 provided in the staple bending portion is the same as the configuration described in FIG. 38A and FIG. 38B, and the description thereof is omitted here.
  • the stapler 1E includes a slider receiver 29 that supports the slider 26.
  • the slider receiver 29 is provided at a position corresponding to the slider hole 23b of the bent portion installation base 21, and in the standby state of the stapler 1E, the slider 26 is supported as shown in FIG. When the handle 5 is pushed down and the slider 26 moves rearward, the slider 26 is detached from the slider receiver 29.
  • the stapler 1E includes a return spring 22 that supports the bent portion installation base 21 on the base 9.
  • the bent portion installation base 21 is urged clockwise in FIG. 135 by the frame rotation shaft 12.
  • FIG. 147 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a configuration example of the staple loading unit and the staple conveyance unit of the stapler 1F of the fifth example.
  • the fifth stapler 1F is different from the stapler 1E in that a pusher 75 and a feed claw 74 attached to the pusher 75 are provided as a feeding means for feeding the release paper 30.
  • the fifth stapler 1F has a pusher 75 attached in the middle of the release paper discharge path 40 so as to be able to reciprocate along the discharge direction of the release paper 30, and rotates to the pusher 75.
  • a feed claw 74 attached freely.
  • the pusher 75 reciprocates along the discharge direction of the release paper 30 according to the top and bottom of the handle 5 by a gear or the like (not shown).
  • the feeding claw 74 is engaged with the feeding hole 30a of the release paper 30 when the pusher 75 moves in the direction of the arrow Ka in FIG.
  • the feed claw 74 rotates and is disengaged from the feed hole 30a of the release paper 30.
  • the pusher 75 is an example of a moving part
  • the feed claw 74 is an example of an engaging claw.
  • connection stable 2 is conveyed on the conveyance path 13 as follows. Connected stable 2 with release paper 30 In the pasted state, the transfer path is conveyed in the connecting direction of the stable. Further, the release paper 30 is peeled off by the peeling portion 70 from the connected stable 2 transported on the transport path 13. Further, the release paper 30 peeled off by the release portion 70 is sent through the release paper discharge path 40 by a feed claw 74 attached to the pusher 75.
  • the release paper 30 peeled from the connected staple 2 is fed by the feed claw 74 through the release paper discharge path 40 provided in a direction different from the transport path 13, thereby being connected.
  • the stable 2 is transported on the transport path 13. As a result, the linked stable 2 can be transported with high accuracy.
  • the release paper 30 is fed through the release paper discharge path 40 by the feed claws 74 by engaging with the feed holes 30a provided in the release paper 30 at predetermined intervals. This makes it possible to reliably feed the release paper 30.
  • connection stable 2 is transported in conjunction with the vertical movement of the handle 5. As a result, the amount of work when the user performs the binding operation is reduced, and the binding operation can be easily performed.
  • FIGS. 148 to 155 are cross-sectional views showing the operation of binding the binding paper 37 using the staple 3B with the stapler 1E.
  • FIG. 148 is an explanatory diagram showing the state of each part of the stapler 1E in the standby state.
  • each part of stapler 1E is as follows. It becomes a state.
  • the roll staple 4 is loaded in the staple holder 11, and the connection stable 2 pulled out from the roll staple 4 is installed on the conveyance path 13 as shown in FIG.
  • the release paper 30 peeled off from the connection stable is set in a state of being discharged from a release paper discharge port 39 provided at the rear portion of the stapler 1E through the release paper discharge path 40.
  • the projection 72a of the procket 72 is engaged with the feed hole 30a of the release paper 30.
  • the staple 3Ba at the end of the connecting staple 2 is positioned on the receiving portion 13c of the transport path 13 which is the lower portion of the forming plate 15. Further, a stable 3Bc formed in a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction is located in the extraction blade 51 of the driver 18.
  • the sheet presser 19 is urged upward with respect to the frame 8 by the tension spring 55, and is positioned at the upper end determined by the convex portion A19f and the side groove A54.
  • the driver 18 is urged upward with respect to the sheet presser 19 by the torsion coil panel 56, and is positioned at the upper end portion determined by the convex portion B18g and the side groove B53.
  • the forming plate 15 is positioned at the upper end defined by the convex portion C15d and the side groove C50 by the protruding pin 18d of the driver 18.
  • the slider 26 is urged forward by the slider panel 25 and is put on a slider receiver 29 provided in the base 9.
  • the bent portion installation base 21 1S which becomes the bottom of the frame 8 is urged upward by the return panel 22 of the base 9 and the front end force S of the bent portion installation base 21 and the base 9 It will be in the state which hits the shaft 64 fixed to.
  • FIG. 149 is an explanatory view showing the state of each part of the stapler 1E in a state where the sheet presser 19 is installed on the table 20 and the operation of the forming plate 15 is started.
  • the driver 18 when the driver 18 is further pushed down, the projecting pin 18d of the driver 18 moves in the V 'groove A46 of the forming plate 15 and reaches the lower end 46a of the V groove A46. After the protruding pin 18d of the driver 18 reaches the lower end 46a of the V 'groove A46, the driver 18 further descends, so that the protruding pin 18d is engaged with the lower end 46a of the V' groove A46. Together, the forming plate 15 begins to descend.
  • FIG. 6 is an explanatory view showing the state of each part of the stapler 1E in a state where 3B molding is started.
  • the handle 5 is further pushed down from the state shown in Fig. 149, the handle 5 is rotated counterclockwise in Fig. 150 by the handle's staple cover pivot shaft 10, and the driver 18 is further pushed down by the driver pusher 66. It is done.
  • the punching blade 51a attached to the driver 18 is further penetrated through the binding paper 37 placed on the table 20 and pressed by the paper presser 19.
  • the protruding pin 18d is V? ⁇ ⁇ ⁇
  • the forming plate 15 is lowered together with the driver 18 while being engaged with the lower end 46a of A46.
  • the staple forming unit 15a of the forming plate 15 starts forming the staple 3a installed on the receiving table 13c.
  • FIG. 151 is an explanatory view showing the state of each part of the stapler 1E in a state where the forming of the staple 3Ba is completed.
  • the handle 5 is rotated counterclockwise in FIG. 151 by the handle 'staple cover rotating shaft 10, and the driver 18 is further pushed down by the driver pusher 66.
  • the punching blade 51a attached to the driver 18 is further penetrated into the binding paper 37 placed on the table 20 and pressed by the paper presser 19, and is positioned in the punching blade 51a. Both legs 36 of the staple 3Bc that is present are passed through the binding sheet 37.
  • the protruding pin 18d is V? ⁇ ⁇ ⁇
  • the forming plate 15 is lowered together with the driver 18 in a state where the lower end 46a of the A46 is engaged.
  • the lower end portion 15d of the forming plate 15 is in contact with a predetermined portion of the frame 8, and the forming plate 15 is lowered to a position where the forming plate 15 is not lowered with respect to the frame 8.
  • the staple forming portion 15a of the forming plate 15 causes the staple 3Ba installed on the cradle portion 13c to be unidirectional with both ends having the crown portion 35 and both leg portions 36. It is molded into a shape that is bent into
  • FIG. 152 is an explanatory view showing the state of each part of the stapler 1E in a state where the penetration of the staple 3Bc is completed and the slider 26 is detached from the slider receiver 29.
  • the handle 5 is rotated counterclockwise in FIG. 152 by the handle 'staple cover turning shaft 10 and the driver 18 is further pushed down by the driver pusher 66.
  • the punching blade 51a attached to the driver 18 is further penetrated by the binding paper 37 placed on the table 20 and pressed by the paper presser 19, and is positioned in the punching blade 51a.
  • the staples 3Bc have both leg portions 36 force.
  • each pusher 24b which is urged by each double torsion panel 24f and is in contact with the outer surface of each punching blade 51a, is placed in the pushing hole 51ac of each punching blade 51a. Communicate with. As a result, both the leg portions 36 of the staple 3Ba are pushed inward by the push-out portions 24ba and bent, so that they are separated from the respective punching blades 51a.
  • FIG. 153 is an explanatory view showing the state of each part of the stapler 1E in a state where the clinching of the staple 3Bc is completed.
  • the clincher lifter 28 is rotated by the clincher center 27 force S and the clincher shaft 23b and is lifted upward with respect to the clincher holder 23a.
  • the clincher center 27 is lifted upward with respect to the clincher holder 23a, it is lifted upward with respect to the clincher left urged upward with respect to the clincher center 27 by the screw coil spring.
  • the clincher light 61 has a top dead center above the clincher center 27 relative to the clincher left 60. Therefore, when the clincher center 27 is rotated by the clincher shaft 23b and lifted upward, the right leg 36 of the stable 3Ba is completely inward along the binding sheet 37 by the clincher light 61. It will be folded and held.
  • the clincher center 27 is rotated by the clincher shaft 23b and further held upward.
  • the left leg 36 of the staple 3Ba is completely folded inward along the binding sheet 37 and held by the clinch left 60.
  • FIG. 154 is an explanatory diagram showing the state of each part of the stapler 1 in a state where the return of the frame 8 is completed and the return of the driver 18 is started.
  • the front end portion of the bent portion setting base 21 is in contact with the base 64 and the shaft 64 fixed, and the frame 8 and the base 9 are in the same positional relationship as in the standby state shown in FIG.
  • the clincher center 27 is pulled down to the clincher holder 23a by the clincher lifter 28.
  • the positional relationship is the same as the state.
  • the return spring 22 rotates the frame 8 around the frame rotation shaft 12, and after the front end of the bent portion installation base 21 comes into contact with the shaft 64, the driver 18 and the paper presser shown in FIG. The upward movement of the driver 18 is started by the torsion coil spring 56 provided between 19.
  • FIG. 155 is an explanatory diagram showing the state of each part of the stapler 1E in the state immediately before the pusher 17 returns. From the state shown in FIG. 154, first, the driver 18 is moved upward by the torsion coil panel 56.
  • the present invention is applied to a stable that binds binding sheets using a paper stable.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Textile Engineering (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Forests & Forestry (AREA)
  • Portable Nailing Machines And Staplers (AREA)

Abstract

A stapler with which a paper staple can be cut, formed in shape, and penetrated through paper sheets to be bound by single operation. The stapler (1A) has a handle (5) pushed down for binding operation, a frame (8) having a paper sheet insertion opening (7) located below the handle (5) and into which paper sheets are inserted, and a base (9) for supporting the handle (5) and the frame (8). The frame (8) has a forming plate (15) near the front end of a conveyance path (13) along which a connected staples (2) are conveyed, where the forming plate (15) forms a staple (3A) into a shape where it is cut off and its both ends are bent in one direction. Further, the frame (8) has a driver (18) for causing the staple (3A) to penetrate the paper sheets by operation of the handle (5). When the handle (5) is pushed down, the forming plate (15) is pushed down against the staple (3A) and simultaneously the driver (18) is pushed down against the paper sheets.

Description

明 細 書  Specification
ステープラ  Stapler
技術分野  Technical field
[0001] この発明は、紙製のステーブルにより綴じ用紙を綴じるステープラに関する。詳しく は、押し下げ手段により、連結ステープルの先頭部に位置するステープルに対して 連結部切断刃及び成型部を押し下げて切断及び成型を行うと共に、綴じ用紙に対し て貫通部を押し下げてステープルの貫通を行うことにより、 1つの動作により、ステー プルの切断、成型及び綴じ用紙に対する貫通を行うことを可能としたものである。 背景技術  [0001] The present invention relates to a stapler that binds binding sheets with a paper-made stable. Specifically, the pressing means pushes down the connecting portion cutting blade and the forming portion to cut and mold the staple located at the leading portion of the connected staple, and presses the penetrating portion against the binding paper to penetrate the staple. By doing so, the staple can be cut, molded and penetrated into the binding paper by one operation. Background art
[0002] 従来より、金属製のステーブルにより綴じ用紙を綴じるステープラが使用されている 。このようなステープラを用いて金属製のステーブルにより用紙を綴じた場合は、用紙 をシュレッダーにかける際、又はリサイクルのために用紙とステーブルを分別すること が求められる場合がある。また、安全性の問題から、食料品を扱う作業所で用いられ る書類を、金属製のステーブルで綴じることは好ましくなレ、。  Conventionally, a stapler that binds binding sheets with a metal stable has been used. When binding paper with a metal stable using such a stapler, it may be required to separate the paper from the stable for paper shredding or for recycling. Also, because of safety issues, it is preferable to bind the documents used in the grocery shop with metal stables.
[0003] また、上記とは別に、紙などの柔らかな素材により形成されたステーブルにより綴じ 用紙を綴じるステープラが提案されている(例えば、特開 2001— 300865号公報参 昭)  [0003] In addition to the above, there has been proposed a stapler that binds binding sheets with a stable formed of a soft material such as paper (see, for example, JP 2001-300865 A).
[0004] 特開 2001— 300865号公報に開示されるステープラは、予め両端が 1方向に折り 曲げられた形状に成型された紙製のステーブルにより綴じ用紙を綴じるものである。 特開 2001— 300865号公報に開示されるステープラは、カッターにより綴じ用紙に 切り込み孔を設け、この切り込み孔にステーブルの両脚部を貫通させた後、両脚部 をステープル受け台に沿わせて折り曲げて貼り合わせるものである。  [0004] A stapler disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-300865 binds binding sheets with a paper stable previously formed into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction. The stapler disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-300865 has a notch hole formed in a binding sheet by a cutter, and both legs of the stable are passed through the notch hole, and then both legs are bent along a staple receiving base. Are pasted together.
発明の開示  Disclosure of the invention
[0005] し力、し、従来のステープラは、次のような問題がある。特開 2001— 300865号公報 に開示されるステープラは、予め両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型された紙 製ステーブルにより綴じ用紙を綴じるものである力 予め両端が 1方向に折り曲げら れた形状に成型されたステーブルは、多数連結された状態でロール状に巻き回すこ とができない。このため、特開 2001— 300865号公報に開示されるステープラでは、 直線状に連結されたステープルを、ステープルマガジンの大きさに応じた量しか装填 できず、一度に装填できるステープルの数量が少ない。 [0005] The conventional stapler has the following problems. The stapler disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-300865 is a force that binds binding sheets with a paper-stable that has been formed into a shape in which both ends are folded in one direction. Both ends are folded in one direction in advance. The stable molded into a shape can be rolled up in a connected state. I can't. For this reason, in the stapler disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2001-300865, linearly connected staples can be loaded only in an amount corresponding to the size of the staple magazine, and the number of staples that can be loaded at one time is small.
[0006] 多数連結されたステープルをロール状に巻き回し、一度に装填できるステープルの 数量を多くするためには、真直状のステーブルが複数連結された連結ステーブルを 用いる必要がある。真直状のステーブルを用いた場合、連結ステーブルの先頭部の ステーブルを切断して分離し、両端力 方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型した後、綴 じ用紙に貫通させる必要がある力 従来のステープラの構造では、これらを 1つの動 作で行うことができない問題がある。 [0006] In order to increase the number of staples that can be loaded at a time by winding a number of staples that are connected in a roll, it is necessary to use a connected stable in which a plurality of straight stables are connected. When a straight stable is used, it is necessary to cut and separate the stable at the beginning of the connecting stable, form it into a shape bent in the direction of both ends, and then penetrate through the binding paper. However, there is a problem that these stapler structures cannot perform these operations in one operation.
[0007] 本発明は、このような問題を解決するためになされたもので、 1つの動作により、ステ 一プルの切断分離、成型及び綴じ用紙に対する貫通を行うことを可能にするステー ブラを提供することを目的とする。  [0007] The present invention has been made to solve such a problem, and provides a stapler that makes it possible to perform separation and separation of staples, molding, and penetration of binding sheets by one operation. The purpose is to do.
[0008] 上述した課題を解決するため、本発明に係るステープラは、略真直状の紙製ステ 一プルを並列に複数連結してなる連結ステーブルが搬送される搬送路と、搬送路の 所定の第 1位置で、連結ステーブルの先頭部に位置するステーブルを切断して該連 結ステープルから分離する連結部切断刃と、切断されたステーブルを、第 1位置で、 クラウン部とクラウン部の左右から略直角に折り曲げられた脚部とが形成されるように 成型する成型部と、成型部により成型されたステーブルを、第 1位置から、所定の第 2 位置に移動させる移動手段と、クラウン部の長さに応じた間隔で並設された二本の揷 入切断刃を有し、ステーブルを、第 2位置で揷入切断刃と共に綴じ用紙に対して押し 下げて貫通させる貫通部と、連結部切断刃及び成型部を、第 1位置で連結ステープ ルの先頭部に位置するステープルに対して押し下げると共に、貫通部を第 2位置で 綴じ用紙に対して押し下げる押し下げ手段と、押し下げ手段により押し下げられた貫 通部により、綴じ用紙に貫通したステーブルの両脚部を綴じ用紙に沿って折り曲げ、 互いに貼り合わせる折り曲げ手段とを備えることを特徴とするものである。  [0008] In order to solve the above-described problem, a stapler according to the present invention includes a conveyance path that conveys a connection stable formed by connecting a plurality of substantially straight paper staples in parallel, and a predetermined conveyance path. In the first position, the connecting portion cutting blade that cuts the stable located at the head of the connecting stable and separates it from the connecting staple, and the cut stable in the first position, the crown portion and the crown. And a moving means for moving the molding part molded by the molding part from the first position to the predetermined second position. And two insertion cutting blades arranged in parallel at intervals corresponding to the length of the crown portion, and the stable is pushed down with respect to the binding paper together with the insertion cutting blade at the second position to penetrate. The penetrating part, the connecting part cutting blade and the molded part Is pushed down with respect to the staple located at the leading portion of the connecting staple, and the penetrating portion is pushed down against the binding paper at the second position, and the penetrating portion pushed down by the pushing-down means penetrates the binding paper. And a bending means for bending both legs of the stable along the binding paper and sticking them together.
[0009] 本発明に係るステープラでは、次のように、紙製ステーブルにより綴じ用紙が綴じら れる。本発明に係るステープラでは、押し下げ手段により、搬送路の所定の第 1位置 で、連結ステーブルの先頭部に位置するステーブルに対して連結部切断刃及び成 型部が押し下げられると共に、第 2位置で綴じ用紙に対して貫通部が押し下げられるIn the stapler according to the present invention, the binding sheets are bound by the paper stable as follows. In the stapler according to the present invention, the connecting portion cutting blade and the forming blade are formed with respect to the stable positioned at the leading portion of the connecting stable at the predetermined first position of the conveying path by the pressing means. The mold part is pushed down and the penetrating part is pushed down against the binding paper in the second position.
Yes
[0010] これにより、第 1位置で、連結ステープルの先頭部に位置するステープルが、連結 部切断刃により切断されて連結ステーブルから分離すると共に、成型部によりクラウ ン部とクラウン部の左右から略直角に折り曲げられた脚部とが形成されるように成型さ れる。また、両端力 方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型されたステーブルが、第 2位 置で貫通部により揷入切断刃と共に綴じ用紙に対して押し下げられて綴じ用紙に貫 通する。  [0010] Thereby, at the first position, the staple positioned at the leading portion of the connected staple is cut by the connecting portion cutting blade and separated from the connecting stable, and from the left and right of the crown portion and the crown portion by the molding portion. It is molded so as to form legs that are bent at a substantially right angle. Further, the stable formed into a shape bent in the direction of the force at both ends is pushed down to the binding paper together with the insertion cutting blade by the penetrating portion at the second position and penetrates the binding paper.
[0011] 押し下げ手段により押し下げられた貫通部により、綴じ用紙に貫通したステーブル の両脚部は、折り曲げ手段により、折り曲げられて互いに貼り合わされる。更に、成型 部により成型されたステーブルは、移動手段により、第 1位置から第 2位置に移動す  [0011] The legs of the stable that have penetrated the binding sheet by the penetrating part pushed down by the pushing-down means are bent by the bending means and bonded to each other. Furthermore, the stable molded by the molding unit is moved from the first position to the second position by the moving means.
[0012] 本発明のステープラは、押し下げ手段により、連結ステープルの先頭部に位置する ステープルに対して連結部切断刃及び成型部を押し下げてステープルの切断及び 成型を行うと共に、綴じ用紙に対して貫通部を押し下げてステーブルの貫通を行う。 これにより、 1つの動作により、ステーブルの切断及び成型と、綴じ用紙に対するステ 一プルの貫通を行うことが可能になる。 [0012] The stapler of the present invention pushes down the connecting portion cutting blade and the forming portion with respect to the staple located at the leading portion of the connected staple by the pressing means to cut and form the staple, and penetrates the binding paper. Push down the part to penetrate the stable. This makes it possible to cut and mold the stable and penetrate the staples into the binding paper by one operation.
[0013] また、本発明に係るステープラは、略真直状の紙製ステーブルを並列に複数連結 した連結ステーブルの先頭部に位置するステーブルを切断する切断手段と、切断手 段により切断されたステーブルを、クラウン部とクラウン部の左右から其々略直角に折 り曲げられた脚部とが形成されるように成型する成型手段と、成型手段により成型さ れたステーブルの両脚部を、綴じ用紙に貫通させる貫通手段と、貫通手段により綴じ 用紙に貫通されたステーブルの両脚部を綴じ用紙に沿って折り曲げ、互いに貼り合 わせる折り曲げ手段とを備えることとしても良い。  [0013] Further, the stapler according to the present invention is cut by a cutting means that cuts a stable positioned at the head of a connecting stable in which a plurality of substantially straight paper stables are connected in parallel, and a cutting means. The molding means for molding the stable so that the crown part and the leg parts bent at substantially right angles from the left and right sides of the crown part are formed, and both legs of the stable part molded by the molding means May be provided with penetrating means for penetrating the binding paper and folding means for folding both legs of the stable penetrated by the binding means along the binding paper and bonding them together.
[0014] 上述したステープラでは、成型手段により成型されたステーブルを、貫通手段により 綴じ用紙に貫通させる貫通位置に移動させる移動手段を備える。  [0014] The stapler described above includes a moving unit that moves the stable formed by the forming unit to a penetrating position through which the staple is penetrated by the binding unit.
[0015] また、連結ステーブルが搬送される搬送路と、連結ステーブルを搬送路上で搬送 する搬送手段とを備える。 [0016] 上述した搬送路を備えたステープラでは、連結ステーブルの各ステーブルの裏面 に取り付けられた剥離紙を、搬送路の開始端部で、各ステーブルの裏面から剥離す る剥離手段を備える。 [0015] Further, a transport path for transporting the connected stable and transport means for transporting the connected stable on the transport path are provided. [0016] In the stapler provided with the conveyance path described above, a peeling means for peeling the release paper attached to the back of each stable of the connection stable from the back of each of the stable at the start end of the conveyance path. Prepare.
[0017] 上述した剥離手段を備えたステープラでは、連結ステーブルの各ステーブルの脚 部となる位置に設けられた接着部に剥離紙が取り付けられた状態で、ロール状に巻 き回されたロール状ステーブルを収納する収納手段と、剥離手段によりステーブルか ら剥離された剥離紙を、当該ステープラの外部へ排出する排出経路とを備える。  [0017] In the stapler provided with the peeling means described above, the paper is wound in a roll shape with the release paper attached to the adhesive portion provided at the position of the leg of each of the connected stables. A storage means for storing the roll-shaped stable and a discharge path for discharging the release paper peeled from the stable by the peeling means to the outside of the stapler.
[0018] 上述した搬送路を備えたステープラでは、切断手段により、連結ステーブルの先頭 部に位置するステープルを切断する切断位置で、先頭部に位置するステープル、及 び先頭部に位置するステーブルと隣り合うステーブルを、搬送路に対して押さえつけ る押さえ片を備える。  [0018] In the stapler provided with the conveyance path described above, the staple located at the leading portion and the staple located at the leading portion at the cutting position where the staple located at the leading portion of the connecting stable is cut by the cutting means. There is a holding piece that holds the adjacent table against the transport path.
[0019] また、切断手段は、刃先が互いに逆方向の外側を向くように配された一対の連結部 切断刃を有し、先頭部に位置するステープルと、先頭部に位置するステープルと隣り 合うステープルとの間の 2つの連結部の各々に対して、連結ステープルの内側から 外側に向けて、連結部切断刃の各々の刃先をそれぞれ反対方向に押し当て、各連 結部を切断する。  [0019] The cutting means has a pair of connecting portion cutting blades arranged so that the blade edges face outward in opposite directions, and the staple located at the leading portion and the staple located at the leading portion are adjacent to each other. For each of the two connecting portions between the staples, the respective cutting edges of the connecting portion cutting blades are pressed in opposite directions from the inner side to the outer side of the connecting staples to cut each connecting portion.
[0020] 更に、成型手段は、切断手段により切断されたステーブルが設置される、所定の幅 の受け台と、ステーブルが設置された受け台と嵌合し、ステーブルを両端が 1方向に 折り曲げられた形状に成型する嵌合部と、受け台と嵌合部とが嵌合して両端が 1方向 に折り曲げられた形状に成型したステーブルの両脚部を、両外側からそれぞれ押さ える一対の押さえ部材とを有する。  [0020] Further, the molding means is fitted with a receiving base having a predetermined width on which the stable cut by the cutting means is installed, and the receiving base on which the stable is installed, and the both ends of the stable in one direction. Press the both legs of the mating part that is molded into a bent shape and the legs of the stable that are molded into a shape in which both ends are folded in one direction with the cradle and the fitting part mated. A pair of pressing members.
[0021] また、貫通手段は、クラウン部の長さに応じた間隔で平行に固定された二本の揷入 切断刃を有し、両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型されたステーブルの両脚 部の各々を 2本の揷入切断刃の其々に沿わせた状態で、揷入切断刃と共に綴じ用 紙に対して押し下げてステープルの両脚部をそれぞれ貫通させる。  [0021] Further, the penetrating means has two insertion cutting blades fixed in parallel at an interval corresponding to the length of the crown portion, and a stable formed into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction. With each of the two leg portions aligned with the two insertion cutting blades, together with the insertion cutting blade, it is pushed down against the binding paper and penetrates both the leg portions of the staple.
[0022] 更に、折り曲げ手段は、綴じ用紙に貫通されたステーブルの両脚部の一方の第 1 脚部を、他方の第 2脚部の方向へ綴じ用紙に沿って折り曲げ、該折り曲げた状態で 保持する第 1折り曲げ部と、ステーブルの第 2脚部を、第 1脚部の方向へ綴じ用紙に 沿って、第 1脚部の一部に重なるように折り曲げ、該折り曲げた状態で保持する第 2 折り曲げ部と、第 1折り曲げ部により折り曲げられて保持された第 1脚部と、第 2折り曲 げ部により折り曲げられて保持された第 2脚部との重なり部を押圧して、接着部で両 脚部を互いに貼り合わせる貼り合わせ部とを有する。 [0022] Further, the bending means bends the first leg of one of the legs of the stable penetrating the binding paper along the binding paper in the direction of the other second leg, and in the bent state Place the first folded part to be held and the second leg of the stable on the binding paper in the direction of the first leg. A second bent portion that is bent and overlapped with a part of the first leg portion, and held in the bent state, a first leg portion that is bent and held by the first bent portion, and a second bent portion There is a bonding portion that presses the overlapping portion with the second leg portion that is bent and held by the flange portion, and bonds the two leg portions to each other at the bonding portion.
[0023] 本発明に係るステープラでは、切断手段により、略真直状の紙製ステーブルを並列 に複数連結した連結ステーブルから、先頭部に位置するステーブルが切断される。  [0023] In the stapler according to the present invention, the staple located at the leading end is cut by the cutting means from the connecting stable in which a plurality of substantially straight paper stables are connected in parallel.
[0024] その後、切断されたステーブルが、成型手段により、両端部から所定の長さが脚部 となるように、両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型される。その後、成型された ステーブルの両脚部が、貫通手段により綴じ用紙に貫通され、貫通されたステープ ルの両脚部が、折り曲げ手段により綴じ用紙に沿って折り曲げられて互いに貼り合わ される。  [0024] Thereafter, the cut stable is molded by a molding means into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction so that a predetermined length becomes a leg from both ends. Thereafter, both legs of the molded stable are penetrated into the binding paper by the penetrating means, and both legs of the penetrated staple are folded along the binding paper by the folding means and bonded to each other.
[0025] 従来のステープラでは、予め成型されたステーブルにより綴じ用紙を綴じており、ス テーブルが紙等の柔らかい素材により形成されているため、変形しやすぐステープ ルが変形することにより、ステーブルを綴じ用紙に確実に貫通させたり、貫通後にス テーブルの両脚部を定められた状態に正しく折り曲げて綴じ用紙を綴じることができ なかった。これに対して、本発明のステープラは、ステーブルを両端が 1方向に折り 曲げられた形状に成型した後に綴じ用紙に貫通させ、両脚部を折り曲げて貼り合わ せる。これにより、変形しやすい紙製のステーブルを用いて綴じ用紙を確実に綴じる ことが可能となる。  [0025] In the conventional stapler, the binding paper is bound by a pre-formed stable, and the stable is formed of a soft material such as paper. Therefore, the staple is deformed or the staple is deformed immediately. The table could not be passed through the binding paper securely, or after the penetration, the legs of the stable could not be folded correctly to bind the binding paper. In contrast, in the stapler of the present invention, the stable is formed into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction, and then penetrated into the binding paper, and both legs are bent and bonded. As a result, it is possible to reliably bind the binding sheets using a paper-made stable table.
[0026] また、本発明に係るステープラは、略真直状の紙製ステーブルが並列に複数連結 された連結ステープルから、該連結ステープルの先頭部に位置するステープルを切 断する切断手段と、切断手段により切断されたステーブルを、両端部から所定の長さ を脚部として、両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型する成型手段と、成型手段 により成型されたステーブルの両脚部を、綴じ用紙に貫通させる貫通手段と、貫通手 段により綴じ用紙に貫通させられたステーブルの両脚部を綴じ用紙に沿って折り曲 げ、互いに貼り合わせる折り曲げ手段とを備え、成型手段は、切断手段により切断さ れたステーブルが設置される、所定の幅の受け台と、ステーブルが設置された受け 台と嵌合し、ステーブルを両端力 方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型する嵌合部と、 受け台と嵌合部とを嵌合して両端力 I方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型したステープ ルの両脚部を、両外側から押さえる押さえ部材とを有することとしても良い。 [0026] Further, the stapler according to the present invention includes a cutting means for cutting a staple located at the leading portion of the connected staple from a connected staple in which a plurality of substantially straight paper stables are connected in parallel, and a cutting unit. A molding means for molding the stable cut by the means into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction with a predetermined length from both ends, and both legs of the stable molded by the molding means, The forming means comprises cutting means for penetrating the binding paper, and bending means for bending both legs of the stable penetrated through the binding paper by the penetrating means along the binding paper and bonding them together. Fits a cradle with a predetermined width and a cradle on which the stable is installed, and the stable is bent in both directions. And the fitting portion to be, It is good also as having a pressing member which presses both the leg parts of the staple which were formed in the shape where the cradle and the fitting part were fitted and bent at both ends force I direction.
[0027] 上述したステープラでは、押さえ部材は、嵌合部が受け台と嵌合した後の嵌合部の 受け台からの退避と連動して、両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型されたステ 一プルの両脚部を、両外側から押さえる。  [0027] In the stapler described above, the pressing member is molded into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction in conjunction with the retraction of the fitting portion from the cradle after the fitting portion is fitted to the cradle. Hold both legs of the staple from both sides.
[0028] 本発明に係るステープラでは、切断手段により、略真直状の紙製ステーブルを並列 に複数連結した連結ステーブルから、該連結ステーブルの先端部に位置するステー プルが切断される。その後、切断手段により切断されたステーブルは、成型手段によ り、両端部から所定の長さが脚部となるように、両端力 方向に折り曲げられた形状に 成型される。この成型手段によるステーブルの成型は、次のように行われる。  [0028] In the stapler according to the present invention, the staple located at the leading end of the connection stable is cut from the connection stable by connecting a plurality of substantially straight paper stables in parallel by the cutting means. Thereafter, the stable cut by the cutting means is formed by the forming means into a shape bent in the direction of the force at both ends so that a predetermined length from both ends becomes the leg portions. The stable is molded by the molding means as follows.
[0029] まず、切断されたステーブルが設置された受け台と嵌合部とを嵌合させ、ステープ ルを両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型する。両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた 形状に成型されたステーブルの両脚部は、押さえ部材により両外側から押さえられる 。このため、スプリングバックにより両脚部が開くことが防がれる。  [0029] First, the cradle on which the cut stable is installed and the fitting portion are fitted, and the staple is molded into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction. Both legs of the stable molded into a shape with both ends bent in one direction are pressed from both sides by the pressing members. For this reason, it is prevented that both legs are opened by the spring back.
[0030] その後、成型されたステーブルの両脚部が、貫通手段により綴じ用紙を貫通し、貫 通したステーブルの両脚部力 S、折り曲げ手段により折り曲げられて互いに貼り合わさ れる。  [0030] After that, both legs of the molded stable are passed through the binding sheet by the penetrating means, and are bent by the both legs leg force S of the penetrating stable and the folding means, and are bonded to each other.
[0031] さて、装填できるステープルの数量を多くするため、真直状のステープルを用いる 場合、連結ステーブルの先頭部のステーブルを切り離した後、綴じ用紙に貫通させ る前に両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型する必要がある。  [0031] Now, in order to increase the number of staples that can be loaded, when using straight staples, both ends must be in one direction after cutting the staple at the beginning of the connected stable before passing through the binding paper. It is necessary to mold into a bent shape.
[0032] このように、切り離したステーブルを両端力 方向に折り曲げられた形状に曲げ成型 した際には、ステーブル自身の弾性によって曲げ変形が弾性によって幾分元に戻つ てしまう(この現象をスプリングバックという)。このスプリングバックのため、綴じ用紙の 切り込み孔へ両脚部の貫通を制度良く行うことができなかった。  [0032] In this way, when the separated stable is bent into a shape bent in the direction of the force at both ends, the bending deformation is somewhat restored by the elasticity of the stable itself (this phenomenon). Is called springback). Due to this springback, it was not possible to systematically penetrate both legs into the cut hole of the binding paper.
[0033] これに対して、本発明のステープラは、両端力 方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型 されたステープラの両脚部が、押さえ部材により両外側から押さえられ、スプリングバ ックにより両脚部が開くことが防がれる。これにより、ステーブルを成型した後のスプリ ングバックによる影響を抑え、綴じ用紙へのステーブルの貫通を高精度に行うことが 可能になる。 [0033] On the other hand, in the stapler of the present invention, both legs of the stapler molded into a shape bent in the direction of the force at both ends are pressed from both sides by the pressing member, and both legs are opened by the spring back. It is prevented. As a result, the influence of the springback after molding the stable can be suppressed, and the stable can penetrate the binding paper. It becomes possible.
[0034] また、本発明に係るステープラは、略真直状の紙製ステーブルが並列に複数連結 された連結ステープルから、該連結ステープルの先頭部に位置するステープルを切 断する切断手段と、切断手段により切断されたステーブルを、クラウン部とクラウン部 の左右から其々略直角に折り曲げられた脚部とが形成されるように成型する成型手 段と、成型手段により成型されたステーブルを、綴じ用紙に貫通させるために待機さ せる貫通待機位置に移動させる移動手段と、移動手段により貫通待機位置に移動さ せたステーブルの両脚部を、綴じ用紙に貫通させる貫通手段と、貫通手段により綴じ 用紙に貫通させたステーブルの両脚部を綴じ用紙に沿って折り曲げ、互いに貼り合 わせる折り曲げ手段とを備え、成型手段は、両端力 a方向に折り曲げられた形状に成 型されたステーブルの両脚部を両外側から押さえる押さえ部材を有し、移動手段は、 押さえ部材により両脚部が押さえられたステーブルの、移動の方向と反対側の側面 の少なくとも上部及び下部を押圧付勢して、ステーブルを貫通待機位置に移動させ る押し部材を有することとしても良レ、。  [0034] Further, the stapler according to the present invention includes a cutting means for cutting a staple located at the leading portion of the connected staple from a connected staple in which a plurality of substantially straight paper stables are connected in parallel; A molding means for molding the stable cut by the means so as to form a crown part and leg parts bent at substantially right angles from the left and right of the crown part, and a stable part molded by the molding means. A moving means for moving to a penetrating standby position for waiting to pass through the binding paper, a penetrating means for penetrating both legs of the stable moved to the penetrating standby position by the moving means into the binding paper, and the penetrating means Bending means that bends both legs of the stable penetrated through the binding paper along the binding paper and bonds them together. It has a pressing member that holds both legs of the stable shaped from the outside, and the moving means is the side of the stable that has both legs pressed by the holding member. It is also possible to have a pressing member that presses and urges at least the upper and lower portions of the plate to move the stable to the penetrating standby position.
[0035] 上述したステープラでは、押し部材は、ステープルの両脚部の上部及び下部の辺 を其々押圧付勢する。  In the above-described stapler, the pressing member presses and urges the upper and lower sides of both the leg portions of the staple.
[0036] また、押し部材は、ステープルのクラウン部の辺と両脚部の下部の辺とを押圧付勢 する。  [0036] The pressing member presses and urges the side of the crown portion of the staple and the side of the lower portion of both leg portions.
[0037] 更に、押し部材は、クラウン部に備えられる係合孔と係合する係合部を有し、押さえ 部材により両脚部が押さえられたステーブルの、クラウン部の係合孔に係合した係合 部により、クラウン部を押圧付勢すると共に、両脚部の下部の辺を押圧付勢する。  [0037] Further, the push member has an engagement portion that engages with an engagement hole provided in the crown portion, and engages with the engagement hole of the crown portion of the stable, in which both leg portions are pressed by the pressing member. The engaging portion presses and urges the crown portion and presses and urges the lower sides of both leg portions.
[0038] 本発明に係るステープラでは、切断手段により、略真直状の紙製ステーブルを並列 に複数連結した連結ステーブルから、先頭部に位置するステーブルが切断される。 切断手段により切断されたステーブルは、成型手段により、クラウン部とクラウン部の 左右から其々略直角に折り曲げられた脚部とが形成されるように成型される。また、 押さえ部材により、両端力 方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型したステーブルの両脚 部は両外側から押さえられる。  [0038] In the stapler according to the present invention, the staple located at the head is cut by the cutting means from the connected stable in which a plurality of substantially straight paper stables are connected in parallel. The stable cut by the cutting means is formed by the forming means so as to form a crown portion and leg portions bent at substantially right angles from the left and right of the crown portion. In addition, the legs of the stable formed into a shape bent in the direction of the force at both ends are pressed by the pressing member from both outer sides.
[0039] 成型手段により両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型されたステーブルは、移 動手段により、ステーブルを綴じ用紙に貫通させるために待機させる貫通待機位置 に移動させられる。移動手段によるステーブルの移動は、ステーブルの移動の方向と 反対側の側面の少なくとも上部及び下部を押圧付勢して行われる。これにより、ステ 一プルが大きく傾くことなくステープルの貫通待機位置への移動が行われる。 [0039] The stable formed into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction by the forming means is transferred. By the moving means, the stable is moved to a penetrating standby position for waiting for penetrating the binding paper. The movement of the stable by the moving means is performed by pressing and urging at least the upper part and the lower part of the side surface opposite to the direction of movement of the stable. As a result, the staple is moved to the penetrating standby position without being largely inclined.
[0040] 移動手段により貫通待機位置に移動させられたステーブルは、貫通手段により、両 脚部が綴じ用紙に貫通させられる。両脚部が綴じ用紙に貫通したステーブルは、折り 曲げ手段により、両脚部が折り曲げられて互いに貼り合わされる。  [0040] The stable moved to the penetrating standby position by the moving means has both legs penetrate the binding sheet by the penetrating means. The stables having both leg portions penetrating the binding sheet are folded by the folding means and bonded to each other.
[0041] 上述したように、装填できるステープルの数量を多くするため、真直状のステープル を用いる場合、切り離したステーブルを両端力 方向に折り曲げられた形状に曲げ成 型した際のスプリングバックによる影響を抑えるためには、両端が 1方向に折り曲げら れた形状に成型したステーブルの両脚部を押さえ部材により押さえる必要がある。  [0041] As described above, when straight staples are used to increase the number of staples that can be loaded, the effect of springback when the separated stable is bent into a shape bent in the direction of both-end forces. In order to suppress this, it is necessary to hold the legs of the stable molded into a shape with both ends bent in one direction by pressing members.
[0042] ここで、両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型したステーブルの両脚部を押さ ぇ部材により押さえた場合、押さえ部材により押さえられた両脚部は、スプリングバッ クにより押さえ部材に対して突っ張つている。このため、ステーブルを綴じ用紙に貫通 させるための貫通待機位置に移動させる際に、ステーブルのクラウン部のみを押圧 付勢してステーブルを移動させる方法では、クラウン部の移動に対してスプリングバッ クによって押さえ部材に対して突っ張つている両脚部が追従できず、ステープルを正 しく貫通待機位置に移動できな力、つた。  [0042] Here, when both legs of the stable molded into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction are pressed by the pressing member, both legs pressed by the pressing member are pressed against the pressing member by the spring back. It is stretched out. For this reason, when the stable is moved to the penetrating standby position for penetrating the binding paper, only the crown portion of the stable is pressed and urged to move the stable. The two legs that were stretched against the holding member by the back could not follow, and the staple was not able to move correctly to the penetrating standby position.
[0043] これに対して、本発明のステープラでは、両端力 方向に折り曲げられた形状に成 型されたステープルは、移動の方向と反対側の側面の少なくとも上部及び下部が押 圧付勢されることにより、大きく傾くことなく、綴じ用紙に貫通させるための貫通待機位 置へ移動させられる。これにより、成型後のステーブルの貫通待機位置への移動を 高精度に行うことが可能となる。  [0043] On the other hand, in the stapler according to the present invention, at least the upper and lower portions of the side surface opposite to the moving direction of the staple formed in a shape bent in the direction of the force at both ends are pressed and urged. As a result, the sheet can be moved to the penetrating standby position for penetrating the binding sheet without being largely inclined. As a result, it is possible to move the stable post molding to the penetrating standby position with high accuracy.
[0044] また、本発明に係るステープラは、綴じ対象の綴じ用紙が載置される綴じ用紙載置 部と、略真直状で、所定の位置に接着部を有する紙製ステーブルを並列に複数連 結した連結ステープルから、該連結ステープルの先頭部に位置するステープルを切 断する切断手段と、切断手段により切断されたステーブルを、クラウン部とクラウン部 の左右から略直角に折り曲げられた脚部が形成されるように成型する成型手段と、成 型手段により成型されたステーブルの両脚部を、綴じ用紙載置部に載置された綴じ 用紙に貫通させる貫通手段と、貫通手段により綴じ用紙に貫通したステーブルの両 脚部を、綴じ用紙に沿って折り曲げ、接着部で互いに貼り合わせる折り曲げ手段とを 備え、折り曲げ手段は、綴じ用紙に貫通したステーブルの両脚部の一方の第 1脚部 を、他方の第 2脚部の方向へ綴じ用紙に沿って折り曲げ、該折り曲げた状態で保持 する第 1折り曲げ部と、ステーブルの第 2脚部を、第 1脚部の方向へ綴じ用紙に沿つ て、第 1折り曲げ部により保持された第 1脚部の一部に重なるように折り曲げ、該折り 曲げた状態で保持する第 2折り曲げ部と、第 1折り曲げ部により折り曲げられて保持さ れた第 1脚部と、第 2折り曲げ部により折り曲げられて保持された第 2脚部との重なり 部を押圧して、接着部で両脚部を互いに貼り合わせる貼り合わせ部とを有することと しても良い。 [0044] Further, the stapler according to the present invention includes a plurality of binding sheet mounting portions on which binding sheets to be bound are mounted, and a plurality of paper stables that are substantially straight and have adhesive portions at predetermined positions in parallel. A cutting means for cutting the staple located at the leading end of the connected staple from the connected linked staples, and a leg that is bent by the cutting means at a substantially right angle from the left and right of the crown part and the crown part. Forming means for forming the part to be formed, A penetrating means for penetrating both legs of the stable formed by the mold means into the binding paper placed on the binding paper placing portion, and a pair of legs of the stable penetrating the binding paper by the penetrating means to the binding paper And bending means for bonding together at the adhesive portion, and the bending means binds one first leg portion of both the legs of the stable penetrating the binding paper in the direction of the other second leg portion. Folded along the paper and held in the folded state, and the second leg of the stable was held by the first bent part along the binding paper in the direction of the first leg. A second bent portion that is bent so as to overlap with a part of the first leg portion and is held in the bent state, a first leg portion that is bent and held by the first bent portion, and a second bent portion. Second folded and held By pressing the overlapping portions of the parts it may be to having a bonding portion bonded to both legs to each other with an adhesive portion.
[0045] 上述したステープラでは、折り曲げ手段は、貫通手段により綴じ用紙に貫通したス テーブルの両脚部を、互いに向かい合う方向へ所定量折り曲げ、該折り曲げた状態 で保持する保持部を有し、保持部により第 2脚部の方向へ所定量折り曲げられて保 持された第 1脚部を、第 1折り曲げ部で、第 2脚部の方向へ綴じ用紙に沿って折り曲 げ、保持部により第 1脚部の方向へ所定量折り曲げられて保持された第 2脚部を、第 2折り曲げ部で、第 1脚部の方向へ綴じ用紙に沿って折り曲げる。  [0045] In the above-described stapler, the bending means has a holding part that holds both legs of the stable sheet penetrating the binding sheet by the penetrating means in a direction facing each other, and holds the bent part in the bent state. The first leg bent and held by a predetermined amount in the direction of the second leg is bent along the binding sheet in the direction of the second leg at the first bent part, and the first leg is bent by the holding part. The second leg portion that is bent and held in the direction of the leg portion is bent along the binding sheet at the second bending portion in the direction of the first leg portion.
[0046] また、貫通手段は、ステーブルを綴じ用紙に対して押し下げる押し部と、クラウン部 の長さに応じた間隔で並設されて押し部に固定された二本の揷入切断刃とを有し、 成型手段により両端力^方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型されたステーブルの両脚 部が、各揷入切断刃の互いに向かい合う面に付着した状態で、各揷入切断刃を綴じ 用紙に貫通させると共に、押し部によりステーブルを綴じ用紙に対して押し下げ、折り 曲げ手段は、貫通手段により綴じ用紙に貫通したステーブルの、各揷入切断刃の互 いに向かい合う面に付着した両脚部を、保持部で、互いに向かい合う方向へ所定量 折り曲げ、各揷入切断刃から離れた状態で保持し、保持部により揷入切断刃から離 れた状態で保持された第 1脚部を、第 1折り曲げ部で、第 2脚部の方向へ綴じ用紙に 沿って折り曲げ、保持部により揷入切断刃力も離れた状態で保持された第 2脚部を、 第 2折り曲げ部で、第 1脚部の方向へ綴じ用紙に沿って折り曲げる。 [0047] 更に、第 1折り曲げ部、第 2折り曲げ部及び貼り合わせ部は、綴じ用紙載置部の綴 じ用紙の載置面に対して反対側で回動自在に軸支され、折り曲げ手段として、第 1折 り曲げ部を回動させてステーブルの第 1脚部を折り曲げて保持し、第 2折り曲げ部を 回動させてステーブルの第 2脚部を折り曲げて保持し、貼り合わせ部を回動させて第 1脚部と第 2脚部とを貼り合わせる回動手段を備える。 [0046] Further, the penetrating means includes a pressing portion that pushes down the stable against the binding paper, and two insertion cutting blades that are arranged in parallel at intervals according to the length of the crown portion and are fixed to the pressing portion. Each of the insertion and cutting blades is bound in a state where both legs of the stable formed into a shape bent in the direction of the force ^ at both ends by the forming means are attached to the opposite surfaces of each insertion and cutting blade. And the pressing means pushes down the stable against the binding paper, and the bending means is attached to the legs of the stable that have penetrated the binding paper by the penetration means and are attached to the surfaces of the insertion cutting blades facing each other. The first leg is held in a state where the holding part is bent by a predetermined amount in a direction facing each other, separated from the insertion cutting blade, and held by the holding part away from the insertion cutting blade. At the first bend, towards the second leg The second leg that is folded in the direction along the binding sheet and held away from the insertion cutting blade force by the holding part is bent along the binding sheet in the direction of the first leg at the second bending part. [0047] Further, the first folding portion, the second folding portion, and the bonding portion are pivotally supported so as to be rotatable on the opposite side of the binding paper placement portion of the binding paper placement portion as the bending means. Rotate the first bent part to fold and hold the first leg of the stable, hold the second bent part to fold and hold the second leg of the stable, and hold the bonded part Rotating means for attaching the first leg part and the second leg part by rotating the first leg part.
[0048] また、貼り合わせ部は、所定の位置に長穴部を有し、回動手段として、当該ステー ブラの基底部に固定され、貝占り合わせ部の長穴部に摺動可能に係合して、貼り合わ せ部を基底部に対して支持する支持部と、綴じ用紙載置部を基底部に対して押し下 げる押し下げ手段とを備え、第 1折り曲げ部及び第 2折り曲げ部は、貼り合わせ部に 対して、上方へパネ付勢される。  [0048] Further, the bonding portion has a long hole portion at a predetermined position, and is fixed to the base portion of the stapler as a rotating means so as to be slidable in the long hole portion of the shell-separating portion. A first folding unit and a second folding unit, each of which includes a support unit that engages and supports the bonding unit with respect to the base unit, and a pressing unit that presses down the binding paper placement unit with respect to the base unit. The panel is biased upward with respect to the bonded part.
[0049] 本発明に係るステープラでは、綴じ用紙載置部に載置された綴じ用紙力 次のよう に紙製ステーブルにより綴じられる。まず、略真直状で、所定の位置に接着部を有す る紙製ステーブルを並列に複数連結した連結ステーブルから、連結ステーブルの先 頭部に位置するステーブルが、切断手段により切断されて分離される。  [0049] In the stapler according to the present invention, the binding paper force placed on the binding paper placement unit is bound by a paper stable as follows. First, from a connected stable in which a plurality of paper stables having adhesive portions at predetermined positions are connected in parallel, a stable located at the top of the connected stable is cut by a cutting means. To be separated.
[0050] その後、切断されたステープルが、成型手段により、クラウン部とクラウン部の左右 力 略直角に折り曲げられた脚部が形成されるように、両端が 1方向に折り曲げられ た形状に成型される。その後、成型されたステーブルの両脚部が、貫通手段により綴 じ用紙に貫通させられ、貫通したステーブルの両脚部が、折り曲げ手段により折り曲 げられて接着部で互いに貼り合わされる。  [0050] Thereafter, the cut staple is formed into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction so that the crown and the leg portion bent at a substantially right and left force of the crown portion are formed by the forming means. The Thereafter, both legs of the molded stable are passed through the binding paper by the penetrating means, and both legs of the penetrating stable are bent by the bending means and bonded to each other by the bonding part.
[0051] ここで、折り曲げ手段による、綴じ用紙に貫通したステーブルの両脚部の折り曲げ 及び貼り合わせは、次のように行われる。まず、綴じ用紙に貫通したステープルの両 脚部の一方の第 1脚部が、第 1折り曲げ部により、他方の第 2脚部の方向へ綴じ用紙 に沿って折り曲げられ、折り曲げられた状態で保持される。  [0051] Here, bending and bonding of both legs of the stable penetrating the binding sheet by the bending means are performed as follows. First, the first leg of one of the legs of the staple that penetrates the binding sheet is folded along the binding sheet in the direction of the other second leg by the first folding section, and held in a folded state. Is done.
[0052] その後、綴じ用紙に貫通したステーブルの両脚部の第 2脚部力 S、第 2折り曲げ部に より、第 1脚部の方向へ、綴じ用紙に沿って、第 1折り曲げ部により保持された第 1脚 部の一部に重なるように折り曲げられ、折り曲げられた状態で保持される。  [0052] After that, the second leg force S of both legs of the stable penetrating the binding paper and the second folding part are held by the first folding part along the binding paper in the direction of the first leg. The first leg is folded so as to overlap a part of the first leg, and is held in a folded state.
[0053] その後、貼り合わせ部により、第 1折り曲げ部により折り曲げられて保持された第 1 脚部と、第 2折り曲げ部により折り曲げられて保持された第 2脚部との重なり部が押圧 されて、両脚部が接着部で互いに貼り合わせられる。 [0053] After that, the overlapping portion of the first leg bent and held by the first bent portion and the second leg bent and held by the second bent portion is pressed by the bonding portion. Then, both the leg portions are bonded to each other at the bonding portion.
[0054] 従来のステープラでは、綴じ用紙に貫通させたステーブルの両脚部を、平らな中央 部と中央部の両側に形成された外側に向力、うにつれて斜め上方へ向力、う斜面部とを 有するステーブル受け台のステーブル受け面に当接させることにより、紙等の柔らか い素材で形成されたステーブルの両脚部を折り曲げていた。このため、綴じ用紙に 貫通させたステープルの両脚部の折り曲げ及び貼り合わせを、確実に行うことができ なかった。 [0054] In the conventional stapler, both the legs of the stable penetrated through the binding sheet are directed to the flat center part and the outside formed on both sides of the center part. The two legs of the stable formed of a soft material such as paper were bent by being brought into contact with the stable receiving surface of the stable receiving base. For this reason, it has not been possible to reliably perform the bending and bonding of the leg portions of the staples that have penetrated the binding paper.
[0055] これに対して、本発明のステープラは、綴じ用紙に貫通したステープルの両脚部を 、互いに向かい合う方向へ、折り曲げ部により順番に折り曲げて保持し、折り曲げら れて保持された両脚部の重なり部を、貼り合わせ部により押圧して互いに貼り合せる 。これにより、本発明のステープラは、綴じ用紙に貫通した紙製ステーブルの両脚部 の折り曲げ及び貼り合わせを確実に行うことが可能となる。  [0055] On the other hand, the stapler of the present invention holds both the leg portions of the staples penetrating the binding sheet in the direction facing each other in order by the bent portions, and holds both the folded and held leg portions. The overlapping portions are pressed together by the bonding portion and bonded together. As a result, the stapler of the present invention can surely bend and bond the both legs of the paper stable penetrating the binding paper.
[0056] また、本発明に係るステープラは、略真直状の紙製ステーブルが並列に複数配さ れている状態で連結部で互いに連結された連結ステーブルが搬送される搬送路と、 搬送路の所定の切断位置で、連結ステーブルの先頭部に位置する第 1ステーブルと 、第 1ステープルと隣接した第 2ステープルとの連結部を切断し、第 1ステープルを切 り離す切断手段と、切断位置で、第 1ステーブルと第 2ステーブルとを、搬送路に対し て押さえつける押さえ片と、切断手段により切り離した第 1ステーブルを両端力 方向 に折り曲げられた形状に成型して綴じ用紙に貫通させ、綴じ用紙に貫通させた第 1ス テーブルの両脚部を綴じ用紙に沿って折り曲げて互いに貼り合わせることにより、綴 じ用紙を緩じる緩じ手段とを備免ることとしてあ良い。  [0056] Further, the stapler according to the present invention includes a transport path for transporting the connected stables connected to each other at the connecting portion in a state where a plurality of substantially straight paper stables are arranged in parallel, and a transport path. Cutting means for cutting the first staple located at the leading portion of the connecting stable at the predetermined cutting position of the path and the connecting portion between the first staple and the adjacent second staple, and separating the first staple; At the cutting position, the first stable and the second stable are pressed against the conveying path, and the first stable separated by the cutting means is formed into a shape bent in the direction of both ends and bound. The leg of the first stable that penetrates the paper and bends the binding paper is bent along the binding paper and pasted together, thereby eliminating the loosening means for loosening the binding paper. good.
[0057] 上述したステープラでは、連結ステーブルを搬送路上で搬送する搬送手段を備え  [0057] The above-described stapler includes transport means for transporting the connected stable on the transport path.
[0058] また、搬送手段は、連結ステーブルのステーブル毎に設けられた送り孔と係合する 係合爪を備え、係合爪を、押さえ片により搬送路に対して押さえつけられた第 2ステ 一プルに応じた送り孔に係合させ、切断手段により第 1ステーブルを切り離した後、 係合爪を移動して連結ステーブルを切断位置に搬送する。 [0058] In addition, the conveying means includes an engaging claw that engages with a feed hole provided for each of the connected stables, and the engaging claw is pressed against the conveying path by a pressing piece. After engaging the feed hole corresponding to the staple and cutting off the first stable by the cutting means, the engaging claw is moved and the connected stable is conveyed to the cutting position.
[0059] 更に、搬送手段は、切断手段及び綴じ手段の綴じ動作に応じて、連結ステープノレ の搬送方向及び反搬送方向に所定距離往復移動する、係合爪が取り付けられた移 動部を備え、係合爪は、移動部が連結ステーブルの搬送方向に移動する際には、第 2ステーブルに応じた送り孔と係合し、移動部が連結ステーブルの反搬送方向に移 動する際には、連結ステーブルに設けられた送り孔と非係合となる。 [0059] Further, the conveying means is connected to the connection stapler according to the binding operation of the cutting means and the binding means. The moving claw is provided with a moving part attached with an engaging claw that reciprocates a predetermined distance in the conveying direction and the opposite conveying direction. When the moving part is engaged with the feed hole corresponding to the stable and moves in the direction opposite to the conveying direction of the connected stable, it is disengaged from the feed hole provided in the connected stable.
[0060] また、係合爪は、連結ステーブルに設けられた送り孔の中へ進入した係合位置と、 送り孔から退避した非係合位置とを取り得るよう、移動部に設けられると共に、係合位 置にある状態で、移動部が搬送方向に移動する際に送り孔と係合する係合斜面と、 係合位置にある状態で、移動部が反搬送方向に移動する際に、送り孔との協働で移 動部を非係合位置へ退避させる作用が発生する非係合斜面とを備える。  [0060] Further, the engaging claw is provided on the moving portion so as to be able to take the engaging position that has entered the feed hole provided in the connection stable and the non-engagement position that has been retracted from the feed hole. When the moving part moves in the anti-carrying direction in the engaged position, the engaging slope engages with the feed hole when the moving part moves in the carrying direction. And a non-engagement slope that generates an action of retracting the moving part to the non-engagement position in cooperation with the feed hole.
[0061] 本発明に係るステープラでは、略真直状の紙製ステーブルが並列に複数配されて V、る状態で連結部で互いに連結された連結ステーブルが搬送路を搬送され、搬送 路の所定の切断位置で、切断手段により連結ステーブルの先頭部に位置する第 1ス テープルと、第 1ステープルと隣接した第 2ステープルとの連結部が切断され、第 1ス テーブルが切り離される。  [0061] In the stapler according to the present invention, a plurality of substantially straight paper stables are arranged in parallel, and the connected stables connected to each other at the connecting portion in the state of V are transported on the transport path, At a predetermined cutting position, the connecting portion between the first staple located at the leading portion of the connecting stable and the second staple adjacent to the first staple is cut by the cutting means, and the first stable is cut off.
[0062] ここで、切断手段により第 1ステープルと第 2ステープルとの連結部の切断が行われ る際には、第 1ステーブルと第 2ステーブルとは押さえ片により、搬送路に対して押さ え付けられる。  [0062] Here, when the connecting portion between the first staple and the second staple is cut by the cutting means, the first stable and the second stable are separated from the transport path by the pressing piece. It can be pressed.
[0063] 切断手段により第 1ステーブルが切り離された後、綴じ手段により、切り離された第 1 ステーブルは両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型され、綴じ用紙へ貫通させ られる。綴じ用紙へ貫通した第 1ステーブルは両脚部が折り曲げられ互いに貼り合わ せられる。  [0063] After the first stable is cut by the cutting means, the cut first stable is formed into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction by the binding means and penetrated into the binding paper. The first stable penetrating through the binding paper is bent at both legs and pasted together.
[0064] 従来のステープラでは、連結されたステープルの先頭に位置するステープルを押し 板で下方に押して切り離す際に、先頭に位置するステーブルに隣接するステーブル は、ステープルを収納して!/、るステープルマガジンに対して押さえつけられて!/ヽなレヽ 。このため、先頭に位置するステーブルを押し板で押した際には、先頭に位置するス テーブルと共に隣接するステープルも移動してしまい、先頭に位置するステープルの 切り離しを高!/、精度で行うことができな力、つた。  [0064] In the conventional stapler, when the staple located at the beginning of the linked staple is pushed downward by the push plate and separated, the staple adjacent to the staple located at the beginning stores the staple! /, It is pressed against the staple magazine! For this reason, when the head-side stable is pushed with the push plate, the adjacent staple also moves together with the head-side stable, and the head-side staple is separated with high accuracy. I couldn't do it.
[0065] これに対して、本発明のステープラでは、連結ステープルの先頭部に位置する切り 離し対象のステープルと、切り離し対象のステープルと隣り合うステープルとの連結 部の切断が行われる際には、切り離し対象のステープルと、切り離し対象のステープ ルと隣り合うステーブルは押さえ片により、搬送路に対して押さえ付けられる。このた め、連結ステーブルの端部に位置するステーブルの切り離しを、高い精度で行うこと が可能となる。 [0065] In contrast, in the stapler of the present invention, the cut located at the leading portion of the linked staples. When the connecting portion between the staple to be separated and the staple to be separated and the adjacent staple is cut, the staple to be separated and the staple adjacent to the staple to be separated are separated by a holding piece. Is pressed against. Therefore, it is possible to separate the stable located at the end of the connecting stable with high accuracy.
[0066] また、本発明に係るステープラは、並設された複数の略真直状の紙製ステーブル が複数の連結部で互いに連結された連結ステーブルから、該連結ステーブルの先 頭部に位置する第 1ステーブルを切断する切断手段と、切断手段により切断した第 1 ステーブルを両端力 方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型して綴じ用紙に貫通させ、 綴じ用紙に貫通させた第 1ステーブルの両脚部を綴じ用紙に沿って折り曲げて互い に貼り合わせることにより、綴じ用紙を綴じる綴じ手段とを備え、切断手段は、刃先が 互いに逆方向の外側を向くように配された一対の連結部切断刃を有し、第 1ステープ ルと、第 1ステーブルと隣り合う第 2ステーブルとの間の各連結部に対して、連結ステ 一プルの内側から外側に向けて、連結部切断刃の各々の刃先をそれぞれ反対方向 に押し当て、各連結部を切断することとしても良い。  [0066] In addition, the stapler according to the present invention includes a connection stable in which a plurality of substantially straight paper stables arranged side by side are connected to each other by a plurality of connection portions, and is connected to the front of the connection stable. A cutting means for cutting the first stable, and the first stable cut by the cutting means is formed into a shape bent in the direction of the force at both ends, penetrates the binding paper, and the first staple penetrates the binding paper. The table has a binding means for binding the binding paper by bending the legs of the table along the binding paper and bonding them together, and the cutting means is a pair of couplings arranged so that the blade edges face outward in opposite directions. For each connecting part between the first staple and the second stable adjacent to the first stable, the connecting part is cut from the inside to the outside of the connecting staple. Each blade edge of the blade It is also possible to press each other in the opposite direction and cut each connecting part.
[0067] 上述したステープラでは、切断手段は、一対の連結部切断刃の刃先部が連結ステ 一プルの内側に対応した位置に配して、刃元部が連結ステーブルの外側に対応し た位置に配すると共に、一対の連結部切断刃を連結ステーブルに対して直線移動さ せることで、第 1ステーブルと第 2ステーブルとの間の各連結部を内側から外側に向 力、つて順次切断するよう一対の連結部切断刃を押し当てる移動手段とを有する。  [0067] In the stapler described above, the cutting means is arranged such that the blade tips of the pair of connecting portion cutting blades correspond to the inside of the connecting staple, and the blade base portion corresponds to the outside of the connecting stable. In addition to arranging the pair of connecting part cutting blades linearly with respect to the connecting stable, each connecting part between the first stable and the second stable is directed from the inside to the outside. And a moving means for pressing the pair of connecting portion cutting blades so as to cut sequentially.
[0068] 本発明に係るステープラでは、切断手段により、並設された複数の略真直状の紙 製ステープルが複数の連結部で互いに連結された連結ステープルから、先頭部に 位置する第 1ステーブルが切断される。  [0068] In the stapler according to the present invention, the plurality of substantially straight paper staples arranged side by side by the cutting means are connected to each other at the plurality of connecting portions, and the first stable is located at the leading portion. Is disconnected.
[0069] ここで切断手段による第 1ステープルの切断は、次のように行われる。連結ステープ ルの先頭部に位置する第 1ステープルと隣り合う第 2ステープルとの間の各連結部に 対して、一対の連結切断刃の各々の刃先が、連結ステープルの内側から外側に向 けてそれぞれ反対方向に押し当てられ、各連結部が切断される。これにより、連結部 の切断時には、第 1ステープルと第 2ステープルとへ各々の刃先により反対向きの力 が同時に加えられた状態となる。 Here, the cutting of the first staple by the cutting means is performed as follows. For each connecting portion between the first staple located at the beginning of the connecting staple and the adjacent second staple, each cutting edge of the pair of connecting cutting blades extends from the inside to the outside of the connecting staple. Each of the connecting portions is cut by being pressed in opposite directions. As a result, when the connecting portion is cut, the opposite force is applied to the first staple and the second staple by the respective blade edges. Are added at the same time.
[0070] 切断手段により連結ステープルの先頭部に位置する第 1ステープルが切断された 後、綴じ手段により、切断された第 1ステーブルは両端力^方向に折り曲げられた形 状に成型され、綴じ用紙に貫通される。綴じ用紙に貫通された第 1ステーブルの両脚 部は折り曲げられ互いに貼り合わせられる。 [0070] After the first staple located at the leading portion of the connected staples is cut by the cutting means, the first staple cut by the binding means is formed into a shape bent in the direction of both end forces ^ and bound. Penetration into the paper. The legs of the first stable penetrating through the binding paper are folded and bonded together.
[0071] 従来のステープラでは、ステープルマガジン内の先頭に位置するステープルを、押 し板で下方に押すことにより他のステープラから切り離している。この押し板で下方に 押すことによりステープラを切り離す方法では、切り離し後に、切り離したステープル と他のステープルの高さが大きく異なってしまう。  [0071] In the conventional stapler, the staple located at the head in the staple magazine is separated from the other staplers by being pushed downward by the push plate. In the method of separating the stapler by pushing downward with this push plate, the height of the separated staple and other staples is greatly different after separation.
[0072] このため、高さを変更せずにステープルの切り離しを行うためには、切断刃によりス テーブルの連結部の切断を行う必要がある。ここで、切断刃によるステープルの連結 部の切断を安定して行うためには、切断対象のステープルを広い範囲で支える必要 があり、切断を行うための構成が複雑になってしまう。  For this reason, in order to separate the staples without changing the height, it is necessary to cut the connecting portion of the stable with the cutting blade. Here, in order to stably cut the staple connecting portion by the cutting blade, it is necessary to support the staple to be cut in a wide range, and the configuration for cutting becomes complicated.
[0073] これに対して、本発明のステープラでは、一対の連結部切断刃の各々の刃先が、ス テーブルの各連結部に連結ステーブルの内側から外側に向けてそれぞれ反対方向 に押し当てられて、ステープルの各連結部が切断される。このため、切断対象のステ 一プルと、切断対象のステープルと隣り合うステープルとに、刃先により、ステープル の長手方向に外側向きの力が同時に加えられた状態で、ステープルの切断が行わ れる。よって、切断対象のステープルと、切断対象のステープルと隣り合うステープル を広い範囲で支えることなぐ簡易な構成で安定してステーブルの切断を行うことが 可能となる。  [0073] On the other hand, in the stapler of the present invention, the blade tips of the pair of connecting portion cutting blades are pressed against the connecting portions of the stable in the opposite directions from the inside to the outside of the connecting stable. Thus, each connecting portion of the staple is cut. For this reason, the staple is cut in a state in which an outward force is simultaneously applied to the staple to be cut and the staple adjacent to the staple to be cut by the blade edge in the longitudinal direction of the staple. Therefore, it is possible to stably perform the stable cutting with a simple configuration in which the staple to be cut and the staple adjacent to the staple to be cut are not supported in a wide range.
[0074] また、本発明に係るステープラは、略真直状で、裏面の所定の位置に接着部を有 する紙製ステープルを並列に複数連結した連結ステープルが、各ステープルの裏面 を下向きにして搬送される搬送路と、搬送路を搬送された連結ステーブルから、先頭 部に位置するステーブルを切断し、該切断したステーブルを両端力 方向に折り曲 げられた形状に成型して綴じ用紙に貫通させ、綴じ用紙に貫通させたステーブルの 両脚部を綴じ用紙に沿って折り曲げて接着部で互いに貼り合わせることにより、綴じ 用紙を綴じる綴じ手段とを備え、搬送路は、連結ステーブルが搬送される際に各ステ 一プルの裏面の接着部が通過する通過経路に、接着部との接触を避ける溝部を有 することとしてあ良い。 [0074] Further, the stapler according to the present invention is substantially straight, and the connected staples in which a plurality of paper staples having adhesive portions at predetermined positions on the back surface are connected in parallel are conveyed with the back surface of each staple facing downward. From the transport path and the connected stable transported through the transport path, the head located at the head is cut, and the cut stable is formed into a shape bent in the direction of both ends. And a binding means for binding the binding paper by bending both legs of the stable penetrating the binding paper along the binding paper and bonding them together at the adhesive portion. Each stage is It is good to have a groove part that avoids contact with the adhesive part in the passage route through which the adhesive part on the back of one pull passes.
[0075] 上述したステープラでは、連結ステープルは、少なくとも各ステープルの裏面の接 着部に取り付けられた剥離紙を備え、搬送路は、該搬送路の開始端部で、剥離紙を 各ステーブルの裏面から剥離する剥離手段を備える。  [0075] In the stapler described above, the linked staple includes a release paper attached to at least the attachment portion on the back surface of each staple, and the transport path is the start end of the transport path, and the release paper is attached to each of the stable sheets. A peeling means for peeling from the back surface is provided.
[0076] また、連結ステープルの各ステープルの裏面の接着部に剥離紙が取り付けられた 状態で、該連結ステープルをロール状に巻き回してなるロール状ステープルを収納 する収納手段と、剥離手段によりステーブルから剥離された剥離紙を、当該ステープ ラの外部へ排出する排出経路とを備える。更に、連結ステーブルを搬送路上で搬送 する搬送手段を備える。  [0076] In addition, with the release paper attached to the adhesive portion on the back surface of each staple of the linked staples, a storage means for storing the roll staples obtained by winding the linked staples in a roll shape, and A discharge path for discharging the release paper released from the table to the outside of the stapler. Furthermore, a transport means for transporting the connected stable on the transport path is provided.
[0077] また、搬送手段は、綴じ手段の綴じ動作に応じて、連結ステーブルの搬送方向及 び反搬送方向に所定距離往復移動する移動部と、移動部に設けられた係合爪とを 備え、係合爪は、移動部が連結ステーブルの搬送方向に移動する際には、連結ステ 一プルに設けられた送り孔と係合し、移動部が連結ステーブルの反搬送方向に移動 する際には、連結ステーブルに設けられた送り孔と非係合となる。  [0077] Further, the conveying means includes a moving part that reciprocates a predetermined distance in the conveying direction and the counter-conveying direction of the connecting stable according to the binding operation of the binding means, and an engaging claw provided in the moving part. The engaging claw engages with a feed hole provided in the connecting step when the moving part moves in the conveying direction of the connected stable, and the moving part moves in the opposite conveying direction of the connecting stable. When doing so, it is disengaged from the feed hole provided in the connecting stable.
[0078] 更に、係合爪は、連結ステーブルに設けられた送り孔の中へ進入した係合位置と、 送り孔から退避した非係合位置とを取り得るよう、移動部に設けられると共に、係合位 置にある状態で、移動部が搬送方向に移動する際に送り孔と係合する係合斜面と、 係合位置にある状態で、移動部が反搬送方向に移動する際に、送り孔との協働で移 動部を非係合位置へ退避させる作用が発生する非係合斜面とを備える。  Further, the engaging claw is provided in the moving portion so as to be able to take an engaging position that has entered into the feed hole provided in the connection stable and a non-engagement position that has been retracted from the feed hole. When the moving part moves in the anti-carrying direction in the engaged position, the engaging slope engages with the feed hole when the moving part moves in the carrying direction. And a non-engagement slope that generates an action of retracting the moving part to the non-engagement position in cooperation with the feed hole.
[0079] 本発明に係るステープラでは、略真直状で、裏面の所定の位置に接着部を有する 紙製ステープルを並列に複数連結した連結ステープルが、各ステープルの裏面を下 向きにした状態で、搬送路を搬送される。  [0079] In the stapler according to the present invention, the connected staples, each of which is substantially straight and has a plurality of paper staples connected in parallel at a predetermined position on the back surface, with the back surface of each staple facing downward, It is transported through the transport path.
[0080] また、綴じ手段により、搬送路を搬送された紙製ステーブルの先頭部に位置するス テーブルが切断される。切断されたステーブルは両端力 方向に折り曲げられた形 状に成型され、綴じ用紙を貫通する。綴じ用紙を貫通したステーブルは両脚部が折り 曲げられ、接着部で互いに貼り合わせられる。  In addition, the staple located at the head of the paper-made stable conveyed on the conveyance path is cut by the binding means. The cut stable is formed into a shape bent in the direction of force at both ends, and penetrates the binding paper. The stables that pass through the binding paper are folded at both legs and bonded together at the adhesive.
[0081] ここで、搬送路は、連結ステーブルが搬送される際に各ステーブルの裏面の接着 部が通過する通過経路に、接着部との接触を避ける溝部を有するため、連結ステー プルが搬送路を搬送される際に、各ステーブルの裏面の接着部と搬送路は接触しな い。 [0081] Here, the transport path is the adhesion of the back surface of each stable when the connected stable is transported. Since the passage path through which the section passes has a groove portion that avoids contact with the adhesive portion, the adhesive portion on the back surface of each stable and the conveyance path do not come into contact when the connecting staple is conveyed along the conveyance path.
[0082] 従来のステープラでは、連結されたステープルがステープルマガジン内に収納され 、圧縮パネによりステープラの前方へ付勢される。この圧縮パネの付勢力により、連 結されたステープルはステープルマガジン内をステープラの前方へ搬送される。  In the conventional stapler, the connected staples are stored in the staple magazine and urged forward of the stapler by the compression panel. By the urging force of the compression panel, the connected staples are conveyed in the staple magazine to the front of the stapler.
[0083] また、従来のステープラで使用されるステーブルは、脚部の接着部に感圧性の接 着材が塗布される。このため、従来のステープラのステープルマガジン内には、ステ 一プルの搬送時に、ステーブルの脚部の接着部とステープラ本体側との接着を避け る構成を備えていない。よって、圧力を加えなくても接着力を有する通常の接着材を ステーブルの脚部の接着部に使用した場合、ステーブルの搬送を円滑に行うことが できなかった。  [0083] In addition, in a stable used in a conventional stapler, a pressure-sensitive adhesive is applied to an adhesive portion of a leg portion. For this reason, the staple magazine of the conventional stapler is not provided with a configuration that avoids the adhesion between the adhesion portion of the leg portion of the stable and the stapler body side when the staple is conveyed. Therefore, when a normal adhesive having an adhesive force is used for the adhesive portion of the stable leg without applying pressure, the stable transfer cannot be performed.
[0084] これに対して、本発明のステープラは、連結されたステーブルの搬送を行う搬送路 の各ステーブルの接着部の通過経路に、接着部との接触を避ける溝部を有する。こ のため、連結されたステーブルが搬送路を搬送される際に、各ステーブルの裏面の 接着部と搬送路とが接触せず、連結されたステーブルの搬送を円滑に行うことが可 能になる。  [0084] In contrast, the stapler of the present invention has a groove portion that avoids contact with the adhesive portion in the passage path of the adhesive portion of each stable in the conveyance path that conveys the connected stable. For this reason, when the connected stables are transported along the transport path, the adhesive portion on the back surface of each stable does not come into contact with the transport path, and the connected stables can be transported smoothly. Become capable.
[0085] また、本発明に係るステープラは、略真直状の紙製のステーブルの裏面の長手方 向の少なくとも一方の端部の近傍に接着部を備えた当該ステーブルを平行に複数並 設して相互に連結した連結ステーブルが搬送される搬送路と、搬送路上で連結ステ 一プルを搬送する搬送手段と、搬送路を搬送された連結ステーブルから、端部に位 置するステーブルを切断し、切断したステーブルを両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた形 状に成型して綴じ用紙に貫通させ、綴じ用紙に貫通させたステーブルの両脚部を綴 じ用紙に沿って折り曲げて接着部で互いに貼り合わせることにより、綴じ用紙を綴じる 綴じ手段とを備え、搬送手段は、綴じ手段の動作に応じて、連結ステーブルに設けら れた被係合部と係合して連結ステーブルを搬送することとしてもよい。  [0085] Further, the stapler according to the present invention includes a plurality of the stables provided in parallel in the vicinity of at least one end in the longitudinal direction of the back surface of the substantially straight paper-made stable. The transport path for transporting the linked stables connected to each other, the transport means for transporting the connected staples on the transport path, and the stable positioned at the end from the connected stable transported on the transport path. The cut stable is molded into a shape with both ends folded in one direction and penetrated into the binding paper, and both legs of the stable penetrated through the binding paper are folded along the binding paper and bonded. Binding means for binding the binding sheets together, and the conveying means engages with the engaged portion provided on the connection stable according to the operation of the binding means. Also as carrying There.
[0086] 上述したステープラでは、搬送手段は、綴じ手段の綴じ動作に応じて、連結ステー プルの搬送方向及び反対方向に所定距離往復移動する移動部と、移動部に取り付 けられた係合爪とを備え、係合爪は、移動部が連結ステーブルの搬送方向に移動す る際に、連結ステーブルの各ステーブルの被係合部と係合し、移動部が連結ステー プルの搬送方向の反対方向に移動する際に、連結ステーブルの各ステーブルの被 係合部と非係合となる形状を有する。 [0086] In the above-described stapler, the conveying unit is attached to the moving unit and the moving unit that reciprocates a predetermined distance in the conveying direction and the opposite direction of the connecting staple according to the binding operation of the binding unit. The engaging claw engages with the engaged portion of each stable of the connecting stable when the moving portion moves in the conveying direction of the connecting stable, Has a shape that is disengaged from the engaged portion of each stable of the connecting stable when moving in the direction opposite to the conveying direction of the connecting staple.
[0087] また、係合爪は、連結ステーブルの各ステーブルの連結部と係合する形状を有す る。更に、係合爪は、連結ステーブルの各ステーブルに設けられた凹凸部と係合する 形状を有する。 [0087] Further, the engaging claw has a shape that engages with the connecting portion of each stable of the connecting stable. Furthermore, the engaging claw has a shape that engages with the concavo-convex portion provided on each stable of the connecting stable.
[0088] 本発明に係るステープラでは、略真直状の紙製ステーブルを連結した連結ステー プルが、搬送手段により搬送路を搬送される。搬送手段による連結ステーブルの搬 送は、連結ステーブルに設けられた被係合部と係合して行われる。  [0088] In the stapler according to the present invention, the connecting staples connected to the substantially straight paper stable are transported along the transport path by the transport means. The transport of the connection stable by the conveying means is performed by engaging with an engaged portion provided on the connection stable.
[0089] また、綴じ手段により、搬送路を搬送された紙ステーブルの端部に位置するステー プルが切断される。切断されたステーブルは両端力 方向に折り曲げられた形状に 成型され、綴じ用紙に貫通される。綴じ用紙に貫通されたステーブルの両脚部は綴 じ用紙に沿って折り曲げられ、接着部で互いに貼り合わせられる。  Further, the staple located at the end portion of the paper stable transported through the transport path is cut by the binding means. The cut stable is formed into a shape bent in the direction of force at both ends, and penetrates the binding paper. The legs of the stable penetrated through the binding sheet are bent along the binding sheet and bonded together at the bonding part.
[0090] また、本発明に係るステープラは、略真直状の紙製のステーブルの裏面の長手方 向の少なくとも一方の端部の近傍に接着部を備えた当該ステーブルを平行に複数並 設して相互に連結した連結ステーブルが搬送される搬送路と、搬送路上で、連結ス テーブルとの摩擦力により連結ステーブルを搬送する搬送手段と、搬送路を搬送さ れた連結ステープルから、端部に位置するステープルを切断し、切断したステープル を両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型して綴じ用紙に貫通させ、綴じ用紙に 貫通させたステーブルの両脚部を綴じ用紙に沿って折り曲げて接着部で互いに貼り 合わせることにより、緩じ用紙を緩じる緩じ手段とを備免ることとしてあよい。  [0090] Further, the stapler according to the present invention includes a plurality of the stables provided in parallel in the vicinity of at least one end in the longitudinal direction of the back surface of the substantially straight paper-made stable. A transport path for transporting the linked stables connected to each other, transport means for transporting the connected stable on the transport path by frictional force with the connected stable, and connected staples transported in the transport path. Cut the staple located at the end, form the cut staple into a shape with both ends folded in one direction, pass it through the binding paper, and connect the legs of the stable that penetrated the binding paper along the binding paper It is possible to eliminate the loosening means for loosening the paper by bending it and bonding it together at the adhesive part.
[0091] 上述したステープラでは、搬送手段として、搬送路上の連結ステーブルに対して押 し付けられ、綴じ手段の動作に応じて、連結ステーブルの送り方向に回転するローラ を備える。  In the above-described stapler, a roller that is pressed against the connection stable on the conveyance path and rotates in the feeding direction of the connection stable according to the operation of the binding means is provided as the conveyance unit.
[0092] 本発明に係るステープラでは、略真直状の紙製ステーブルを連結した連結ステー プルが、搬送手段により搬送路を搬送される。搬送手段による連結ステーブルの搬 送は、連結ステーブルとの摩擦力により行われる。 [0093] また、綴じ手段により、搬送路を搬送された紙ステーブルの端部に位置するステー プルが切断される。切断されたステーブルは両端力 方向に折り曲げられた形状に 成型され、綴じ用紙に貫通される。綴じ用紙に貫通されたステーブルの両脚部は綴 じ用紙に沿って折り曲げられ、接着部で互いに貼り合わせられる。 [0092] In the stapler according to the present invention, the connecting staples connected to the substantially straight paper stable are transported along the transport path by the transport means. The transport of the connected stable by the transport means is performed by the frictional force with the connected stable. Further, the staple located at the end of the paper stable transported through the transport path is cut by the binding means. The cut stable is formed into a shape bent in the direction of force at both ends, and penetrates the binding paper. The legs of the stable penetrated through the binding sheet are bent along the binding sheet and bonded together at the bonding part.
[0094] 従来のステープラで使用されるステーブルは、紙などの柔らかな素材により形成さ れているため変形しやすい。また、従来のステープラは、連結された連結ステーブル の後端部を圧縮パネ等で押圧することにより、連結ステーブルを所定の方向に搬送 するものである。このため、圧縮パネ等で押圧された連結ステーブルが変形してしま い、所定の位置に精度良く搬送することができなかった。  [0094] The stable used in the conventional stapler is easily deformed because it is made of a soft material such as paper. Further, the conventional stapler conveys the connected stable in a predetermined direction by pressing the rear end of the connected connected stable with a compression panel or the like. For this reason, the connecting stable pressed by the compression panel or the like is deformed and cannot be accurately transported to a predetermined position.
[0095] これに対して、本発明のステープラでは、搬送手段により、連結ステーブルに設けら れた被係合部と係合して、搬送路上を連結ステーブルが搬送される。これにより、精 度良く連結ステーブルの搬送を行うことが可能となる。  On the other hand, in the stapler of the present invention, the transporting means engages with the engaged portion provided on the connection stable, and the connection stable is transported on the transport path. This makes it possible to carry the linked stable with high accuracy.
[0096] また、本発明のステープラでは、搬送手段により、連結ステーブルとの摩擦力で、搬 送路上を連結ステーブルが搬送される。これにより、精度良く連結ステーブルの搬送 を行うことが可能となる。  [0096] Further, in the stapler of the present invention, the connection stable is conveyed on the conveyance path by the conveying means by the frictional force with the connection stable. This makes it possible to carry the linked stable with high accuracy.
[0097] また、本発明に係るステープラは、略真直状の紙製のステーブルを連結した連結ス テーブルがステーブルの連結方向に搬送される搬送路と、搬送路を搬送される連結 ステーブルから該連結ステーブルの接着部に貼り付けられた剥離紙が剥離される、 搬送路に設けられた剥離部と、剥離部で搬送路に連結して搬送路と異なる方向に設 けられた、連結ステーブルから剥離された剥離紙が送られる剥離紙送り経路と、剥離 紙送り経路で剥離紙を送り、剥離部で連結ステーブルから剥離紙を剥離すると共に 、搬送路でステーブルの連結方向に連結ステーブルを搬送する送り手段とを備える こととしても良い。  [0097] Further, the stapler according to the present invention includes a transport path in which a connection stable, in which substantially straight paper stables are connected, is transported in the connection direction of the stable, and a connection stable in which the transport path is transported. The release paper affixed to the bonding part of the connecting stable is peeled off, the peeling part provided in the conveyance path, and the separation part connected to the conveyance path and arranged in a direction different from the conveyance path. Release paper feed path through which the release paper peeled from the connection stable is sent, and release paper is sent by the release paper feed path, and the release paper is peeled from the connection stable by the release section, and the connection direction of the stable in the transport path It is good also as providing the feeding means which conveys a connection stable.
[0098] 上述したステープラでは、送り手段は、剥離紙に所定の間隔で設けられた送り孔と 係合して、剥離紙送り経路で剥離紙を送る。  [0098] In the above-described stapler, the feeding means engages with the feeding holes provided in the release paper at a predetermined interval, and feeds the release paper through the release paper feed path.
[0099] また、送り手段は、剥離紙に設けられた送り孔と係合する歯列を有し、綴じ手段の 綴じ動作に応じて回転して剥離紙送り経路で剥離紙を送るスプロケットを備える。 [0099] The feeding means includes a sprocket that has a tooth row that engages with a feeding hole provided in the release paper, and that rotates according to the binding operation of the binding means and feeds the release paper through the release paper feed path. .
[0100] 更に、送り手段は、綴じ手段の綴じ動作に応じて、剥離紙の送り方向及び反対方向 に所定距離往復移動する移動部と、移動部に取り付けられた係合爪とを備え、係合 爪は、移動部が剥離紙の送り方向に移動する際には、剥離紙に設けられた送り孔と 係合し、移動部が剥離紙の送り方向の反対方向に移動する際には、剥離紙に設けら れた送り孔と非係合となる。 [0100] Further, the feeding means moves the release paper in the opposite direction according to the binding operation of the binding means. A moving portion that reciprocates for a predetermined distance, and an engaging claw attached to the moving portion. The engaging claw is fed to the release paper when the moving portion moves in the feeding direction of the release paper. When engaged with the hole and the moving part moves in the direction opposite to the feeding direction of the release paper, it is disengaged from the feed hole provided in the release paper.
[0101] また、剥離紙が剥離された連結ステーブルから、端部に位置するステーブルを切断 し、切断したステーブルを両端力 方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型して綴じ用紙に 貫通させ、綴じ用紙に貫通させたステーブルの両脚部を綴じ用紙に沿って折り曲げ て両脚部に設けられた接着部で互いに貼り合わせることにより、綴じ用紙を綴じる綴 じ手段とを備える。 [0101] Further, from the connected stable from which the release paper has been peeled off, the stable located at the end is cut, the cut stable is formed into a shape bent in the direction of both ends, and is passed through the binding paper. A binding unit that binds the binding paper by bending the legs of the stable penetrating the binding paper along the binding paper and bonding the legs together with an adhesive portion provided on the legs;
[0102] 本発明に係るステープラでは、連結ステーブルが剥離紙を貼り付けられた状態で、 ステーブルの連結方向に搬送路を搬送される。また、搬送路上を搬送される連結ス テーブルから、剥離部で剥離紙が剥離される。更に、剥離部で剥離された剥離紙は 、送り手段により剥離紙送り経路で送られる。  [0102] In the stapler according to the present invention, the connecting stable is transported along the transport path in the connecting direction of the stable with the release paper attached. Further, the release paper is peeled off at the peeling portion from the connected stable transported on the transport path. Further, the release paper peeled off at the release portion is fed by a feed means through the release paper feed path.
[0103] このように、剥離紙が送り手段により剥離紙送り経路で送られることにより、剥離部で 連結ステーブルから剥離紙が剥離されると共に、搬送路を連結ステーブルがステー プルの連結方向に搬送される。  [0103] In this way, when the release paper is fed by the feeding means through the release paper feed path, the release paper is peeled from the connection stable at the release portion, and the connection stable is connected to the staple in the transport path. It is conveyed to.
[0104] 本発明に係るステープラでは、連結ステーブルから剥離された剥離紙を搬送路と 異なる方向に送ることにより、連結ステーブルを搬送路で搬送する。これにより、精度 良く連結ステーブルの搬送を行うことが可能となる。  [0104] In the stapler according to the present invention, the release paper peeled from the connection stable is sent in a direction different from the transfer path, so that the connection stable is transferred in the transfer path. This makes it possible to carry the linked stable with high accuracy.
[0105] また、本発明に係るステープラは、略真直状の紙製のステーブルが連結され、剥離 紙が貼り付けられた連結ステーブルから、剥離紙を剥離し、連結ステーブルの端部 に位置するステーブルにより綴じ用紙を綴じるステープラにおける、ステーブルの搬 送方法において、連結ステーブルから剥離紙を剥離する剥離部で、連結ステーブル が搬送される搬送路と連結して搬送路と異なる方向に設けられた剥離紙送り経路で 、剥離紙を送り、剥離部で連結ステーブルから剥離紙を剥離すると共に、搬送路でス テーブルの連結方向に連結ステーブルを搬送することとしても良い。  [0105] Further, the stapler according to the present invention is configured such that a substantially straight paper stable is connected, the release paper is peeled off from the connected stable to which the release paper is pasted, and is attached to the end of the connected stable. In a staple transporting method in a stapler that binds binding sheets with a stable staple, a separation unit that separates the separation sheet from the connection stable and is connected to a conveyance path through which the connection stable is conveyed and is different from the conveyance path. The release paper may be fed through the release paper feed path provided in the direction, and the release paper may be peeled off from the connection stable by the peeling unit, and the connection stable may be conveyed in the connection direction of the stable by the conveyance path.
[0106] 本発明に係るステーブルの搬送方法では、略真直状の紙製のステーブルが連結さ れ、剥離紙が貼り付けられた連結ステーブルから、剥離紙を剥離し、連結ステーブル の端部に位置するステーブルにより綴じ用紙を綴じるステープラにおいて、次のよう に、ステーブルが搬送される。 In the stable transport method according to the present invention, a substantially straight paper-made stable is connected, and the release paper is peeled off from the connected stable to which the release paper is attached. In the stapler that binds the binding sheets with the stable located at the end of the sheet, the stable is conveyed as follows.
[0107] 本発明に係るステーブルの搬送方法では、搬送路で連結ステーブルが搬送される[0107] In the stable transport method according to the present invention, the connected stable is transported along the transport path.
。また、連結ステーブルに貼り付けられた剥離紙は、搬送路に設けられた剥離部で剥 離され、剥離部で搬送路と異なる方向に連結された剥離紙送り経路を送られる。 . Also, the release paper affixed to the connection stable is peeled off by a release portion provided in the transport path, and is sent through a release paper feed path connected in a direction different from the transport path by the release portion.
[0108] 剥離紙が剥離紙送り経路で送られることにより、剥離部で連結ステーブルから剥離 紙が剥離されると共に、搬送路を連結ステーブルがステーブルの連結方向に搬送さ れる。 [0108] When the release paper is sent through the release paper feed path, the release paper is peeled from the connection stable at the release portion, and the connection stable is transported along the transport path in the connection direction of the stable.
[0109] 本発明に係るステーブルの搬送方法では、連結ステーブルの裏面から剥離した剥 離紙を搬送路と異なる方向に送ることにより、連結ステーブルを搬送路上で搬送する 。これにより、精度良く連結ステーブルの搬送を行うことが可能となる。  [0109] In the method for transporting the stable according to the present invention, the connected paper is transported on the transport path by sending the release paper peeled from the back surface of the connected stable in a direction different from the transport path. As a result, the connected stable can be conveyed with high accuracy.
図面の簡単な説明  Brief Description of Drawings
[0110] [図 1]第 1のステープラの構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 1 is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a first stapler.
[図 2]第 1のステープラの構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 2 is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a first stapler.
[図 3]第 1のステープラの構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 3 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a first stapler.
[図 4]第 1のステープラの構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 4 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a first stapler.
[図 5]第 1のステープラの構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 5 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a first stapler.
[図 6]第 1のステープラの構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 6 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a first stapler.
[図 7]第 1のステープラの構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 7 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a first stapler.
[図 8A]第 1のステープラで用いられるステーブルの構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 8A is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable used in the first stapler.
[図 8B]第 1のステープラで用いられるステーブルの構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 8B is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable used in the first stapler.
[図 8C]第 1のステープラで用いられるステーブルの構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 8C is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable used in the first stapler.
[図 9A]第 1のステープラで用いられるステーブルの構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 9A is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable used in the first stapler.
[図 9B]第 1のステープラで用いられるステーブルの構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 9B is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable used in the first stapler.
[図 10]ステーブル装填部の構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable loading unit.
[図 11A]ステーブル搬送部'切断成型部'貫通部の構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 11A is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a stable transfer section “cut molding section” penetrating section.
[図 11B]ステーブル搬送部 '切断成型部 ·貫通部の構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 11B is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a stable transport section, a cutting molding section and a penetrating section.
[図 12A]ステーブル搬送部'切断成型部'貫通部の構成例を示す説明図である。 [図 12B]ステーブル搬送部 '切断成型部 ·貫通部の構成例を示す説明図である。 園 13A]ステーブル搬送部 ·切断成型部 ·貫通部の構成例を示す説明図である。 FIG. 12A is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a stable transfer section “cut molding section” penetrating section. FIG. 12B is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a stable conveying section, a cutting molding section and a penetrating section. 13A] It is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a stable transport unit, a cutting molding unit, and a penetration unit.
[図 13B]ステーブル搬送部 '切断成型部 ·貫通部の構成例を示す説明図である。 園 14]ステーブル搬送部 ·切断成型部 ·貫通部の要部断面図である。  FIG. 13B is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a stable transport section, a cutting molding section and a penetrating section. 14] It is a cross-sectional view of the main part of the stable transport section, the cutting molding section, and the penetration section.
園 15]ステーブル搬送部の分解構成図である。 15] It is an exploded configuration diagram of the stable transport unit.
園 16]搬送路部 ·プッシャの要部断面図である。 16] A cross-sectional view of the main part of the conveyance path portion and pusher.
園 17A]ステーブルの搬送方法を示す説明図である。 FIG. 17A] is an explanatory view showing a method of conveying the stable.
園 17B]ステーブルの搬送方法を示す説明図である。 [FIG. 17B] It is explanatory drawing which shows the conveyance method of a stable.
[図 18A]フォーミングプレートの構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 18A is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a forming plate.
[図 18B]フォーミングプレートの構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 18B is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of the forming plate.
[図 18C]フォーミングプレートの構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 18C is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of the forming plate.
園 19A]ドライバの分解構成図である。 19A] is an exploded configuration diagram of the driver.
園 19B]ドライバの分解構成図である。 Fig. 19B] is an exploded configuration diagram of the driver.
園 20]ドライバの構成例を示す説明図である。 FIG. 20 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a driver.
[図 21A]第 1の抜き刃の構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 21A is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a first punching blade.
[図 21B]第 1の抜き刃の構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 21B is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a first punching blade.
[図 21C]第 1の抜き刃の構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 21C is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a first punching blade.
園 21D]第 1の抜き孔の形状を示す説明図である。 FIG. 21D] is an explanatory view showing the shape of the first punch hole.
[図 22A]第 2の抜き刃の構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 22A is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a second punching blade.
[図 22B]第 2の抜き刃の構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 22B is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a second punching blade.
[図 22C]第 2の抜き刃の構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 22C is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of the second punching blade.
園 22D]第 2の抜き孔の形状を示す説明図である。 22D] is an explanatory view showing the shape of the second punch hole.
園 23A]用紙押さえの分解構成図である。 FIG. 23A] is an exploded configuration diagram of the paper presser.
[図 23B]用紙押さえの分解構成図である。  FIG. 23B is an exploded configuration diagram of the sheet presser.
園 24A]ステーブル押さえ部の構成例を示す説明図である。 FIG. 24A] is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a stable holding part.
園 24B]ステーブル押さえ部の構成例を示す説明図である。 FIG. 24B] is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a stable holding part.
園 25A]ステーブルの切断 ·成型 ·搬送方法を示す説明図である。 Garden 25A] is an explanatory diagram showing a method of cutting, forming and conveying a stable.
園 25B]ステーブルの切断 ·成型 ·搬送方法を示す説明図である。 園 25C]ステーブルの切断 ·成型 ·搬送方法を示す説明図である。 25B] It is an explanatory diagram showing a method of cutting / molding / conveying the stable. Garden 25C] is an explanatory diagram showing a method of cutting, forming and conveying a stable.
園 25D]ステーブルの切断 ·成型 ·搬送方法を示す説明図である。 Gaku 25D] is an explanatory diagram showing a method of cutting, forming and conveying a stable.
園 25E]ステーブルの切断 ·成型 ·搬送方法を示す説明図である。 Gakuen 25E] is an explanatory diagram showing a method of cutting / forming / conveying the stable.
[図 26A]ステープルの切断方法を示す説明図である。  FIG. 26A is an explanatory view showing a staple cutting method.
[図 26B]ステープルの切断方法を示す説明図である。  FIG. 26B is an explanatory view showing a staple cutting method.
[図 26C]ステープルの切断方法を示す説明図である。  FIG. 26C is an explanatory diagram showing a staple cutting method.
園 27A]ステーブルの成型方法を示す説明図である。 [Gakuen 27A] It is explanatory drawing which shows the shaping | molding method of a stable.
園 27B]ステーブルの成型方法を示す説明図である。 [Gakuen 27B] It is explanatory drawing which shows the molding method of a stable.
園 27C]ステーブルの成型方法を示す説明図である。 Fig. 27C] is an explanatory view showing a method for forming a stable.
園 28A]ステーブルの成型方法を示す説明図である。 [28A] It is explanatory drawing which shows the shaping | molding method of a stable.
園 28B]ステーブルの成型方法を示す説明図である。 [28B] It is an explanatory view showing a method for forming a stable.
園 28C]ステーブルの成型方法を示す説明図である。 [28C] It is explanatory drawing which shows the shaping | molding method of a stable.
園 29]ヒラキォサェによりステーブルを保持した状態を示す説明図である。 [Sen 29] It is an explanatory view showing a state in which a stable is held by Hiragiosae.
[図 30A]プッシャによるステープルの押し出し方法を示す説明図である。  FIG. 30A is an explanatory view showing a method for pushing out staples with a pusher.
[図 30B]プッシャによるステープルの押し出し方法を示す説明図である。  FIG. 30B is an explanatory view showing a method for pushing out staples with a pusher.
園 31]ステーブル押し部によるステーブルの押し出し方法を示す説明図である。 31] It is explanatory drawing which shows the extrusion method of the stable by a stable push part.
[図 32]他の例のステープル押し部によるステープルの押し出し方法を示す説明図で ある。  FIG. 32 is an explanatory view showing a method of pushing out staples by another example of a staple pushing unit.
園 33]ステーブル曲げ部の構成例を示す説明図である。 FIG. 33] It is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a stable bending portion.
園 34A]ステーブル曲げ部の構成例を示す説明図である。 FIG. 34A] is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable bending portion.
園 34B]ステーブル曲げ部の構成例を示す説明図である。 FIG. 34B] is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable bending portion.
園 34C]ステーブル曲げ部の構成例を示す説明図である。 FIG. 34C] is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable bending portion.
[図 35A]クリンチヤユニットの構成例を示す説明図である。 FIG. 35A is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a clincher unit.
[図 35B]クリンチヤユニットの構成例を示す説明図である。 FIG. 35B is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a clincher unit.
園 36A]押し出しユニットの構成例を示す説明図である。 FIG. 36A] is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of the extrusion unit.
園 36B]押し出しユニットの構成例を示す説明図である。 FIG. 36B] is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of the extrusion unit.
園 36C]押し出しユニットの構成例を示す説明図である。 FIG. 36C] is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of an extrusion unit.
園 36D]押し出しユニットの構成例を示す説明図である。 園園 3377AA]]押押しし出出ししユユニニッットトのの構構成成例例をを示示すす説説明明図図ででああるる。。 [36D] is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of an extrusion unit. [Garden 3377AA]] is an explanatory explanatory diagram showing an example of the configuration of the unit by pushing and pushing out. .
園園 3377BB]]押押しし出出ししユユニニッットトのの構構成成例例をを示示すす説説明明図図ででああるる。。 [Garden 3377BB]] is an explanatory explanatory diagram showing an example of the configuration of the unit by pushing and pushing out. .
園園 3377CC]]押押しし出出ししユユニニッットトのの構構成成例例をを示示すす説説明明図図ででああるる。。 [Garden 3377CC]] It is an explanatory explanatory diagram showing an example of the configuration of the unit by pushing and pushing out. .
園園 3377DD]]押押しし出出ししユユニニッットトのの構構成成例例をを示示すす説説明明図図ででああるる。。 [Garden 3377DD]] is an explanatory explanatory diagram showing an example of the configuration of the unit by pushing and pushing out. .
園園 3377EE]]押押しし出出ししユユニニッットトのの構構成成例例をを示示すす説説明明図図ででああるる。。 [Garden 3377EE]] is an explanatory explanatory diagram showing an example of the configuration of the unit that is pushed out and pushed out. .
園園 3377FF]]押押しし出出ししユユニニッットトのの構構成成例例をを示示すす説説明明図図ででああるる。。 [Garden 3377FF]] is an explanatory explanatory diagram showing an example of the configuration of the unit by pushing and pushing out. .
園園 3388AA]]ススラライイダダのの構構成成例例をを示示すす説説明明図図ででああるる。。 [Environment 3388AA]] is an explanatory explanatory diagram showing an example of the configuration of the Suslaray Ida. .
園園 3388BB]]ススラライイダダのの構構成成例例をを示示すす説説明明図図ででああるる。。 [Garden 3388BB]] is an explanatory explanatory diagram showing an example of the configuration of the Suslarai Idada. .
園園 3399AA]]ススラライイダダのの構構成成例例をを示示すす説説明明図図ででああるる。。 [Garden 3399AA]] is an explanatory explanatory diagram showing an example of the configuration of the Suslaray Ida. .
園園 3399BB]]ススラライイダダのの構構成成例例をを示示すす説説明明図図ででああるる。。 [Garden 3399BB]] is an explanatory explanatory diagram showing an example of the configuration of the Susla Raiidada. .
園園 4400]]待待機機状状態態ににおおけけるるスステテーーププララをを示示すす断断面面図図ででああるる。。 (Orchard 4400]] is a cross-sectional view showing a step-up plara in a standby state. .
園園 4411]]用用紙紙押押ささええががテテーーブブルル上上へへ設設置置さされれたた状状態態ににおおけけるるスステテーーププララをを示示すす断断面面図図 ででああるる。。 [Garden 4411]] is a cross-sectional view showing a stapler that can be placed in a state in which the paper presser foot is installed on the table bull. It is a figure. .
園園 4422]]フフォォーーミミンンググププレレーートトのの作作動動がが開開始始さされれたた状状態態ににおおけけるるスステテーーププララをを示示すす断断面面 図図ででああるる。。 [Garden 4422]] Cross section showing a state-of-the-art plala in a state in which the operation of the foaming pre-plate has been started. FIG. .
園園 4433]]スステテーーブブルルのの切切断断がが開開始始さされれ、、ススラライイダダのの移移動動がが開開始始さされれたた状状態態ににおおけけるるスステテ
Figure imgf000025_0001
Garden 4433]] The state in which the cutting of the steerable bull has begun to open, and the moving movement of the susuraraiida has begun to open.
Figure imgf000025_0001
園園 4444]]スステテーーブブルルのの成成型型がが開開始始さされれたた状状態態ににおおけけるるスステテーーププララをを示示すす断断面面図図ででああるる 園 45]カムの回転が開始された状態におけるステープラを示す断面図である。 園 46]ステーブルの成型が完了した状態におけるステープラを示す断面図である。 園 47]突き出しピンがフラット部に乗り上げた状態におけるステープラを示す断面図 である。 [Garden 4444]] is a sectional view showing a state-of-the-art plala in a state in which the forming mold of the stateable bull has begun to open. FIG. 45 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where rotation of the cam is started. [46] FIG. 46 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the molding of the stable is completed. Fig. 47] is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the protruding pin rides on the flat portion.
園 48]ステーブルの貫通が完了し、スライダ受けからスライダが外れた状態における ステープラを示す断面図である。 48] is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the penetration of the stable is completed and the slider is detached from the slider receiver.
園 49]クリンチヤライトがクリンチヤホルダ内で右方向へ開いた状態におけるステープ ラを示す断面図である。 [49] FIG. 49 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the clincher light is opened rightward in the clincher holder.
園 50]クリンチヤレフトがクリンチヤホルダ内で左方向へ開き、押し出しユニット右の力 ムが待機位置に戻った状態におけるステープラを示す断面図である。 50] The clincher left opens to the left in the clincher holder, and the force on the right of the extrusion unit It is sectional drawing which shows a stapler in the state which returned to the standby position.
園 51]右脚部がクリンチされ、押し出しユニット左のカムが待機位置に戻った状態に おけるステープラを示す断面図である。 [51] FIG. 51 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the right leg portion is clinched and the cam on the left side of the push-out unit returns to the standby position.
園 52]左脚部がクリンチされた状態におけるステープラを示す断面図である。 Fig. 52] is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the left leg portion is clinched.
[図 53]ステープルのクリンチが完了した状態におけるステープラを示す断面図である 園 54]フレームのリターンが完了し、ドライバのリターンが開始された状態におけるス テープラを示す断面図である。  FIG. 53 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the clinching of the staple is completed. FIG. 53 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the return of the frame is completed and the return of the driver is started.
園 55]フォーミングプレートのリターンが開始された状態におけるステープラを示す断 面図である。 FIG. 55 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the return of the forming plate is started.
園 56]ヒラキォサェで両脚部を保持した状態におけるステープラを示す断面図である 37] It is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where both legs are held by Hirachosae
[図 57]フォーミングプレートのリターンが完了した状態におけるステープラを示す断面 図である。 FIG. 57 is a sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the return of the forming plate is completed.
園 58]プッシャが前方に移動を開始した状態におけるステープラを示す断面図であ 園 59]用紙押さえのリターンを開始した状態におけるステープラを示す断面図である FIG. 58 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the pusher starts moving forward, and FIG. 59] is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the return of the sheet presser is started.
[図 60]プッシャのリターン直前の状態におけるステープラを示す断面図である。 園 61]待機状態におけるステープラ切断成型部 ·貫通部を示す断面図である。 園 62]用紙押さえがテーブル上へ設置された状態におけるステープラ切断成型部- 貫通部を示す断面図である。 FIG. 60 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state immediately before the pusher returns. Fig. 61] is a cross-sectional view showing a stapler cutting molded portion / penetrating portion in a standby state. FIG. 62] is a cross-sectional view showing a stapler cutting molded portion-penetrating portion in a state where the sheet presser is installed on the table.
園 63]フォーミングプレートの作動が開始された状態におけるステープラ切断成型部 '貫通部を示す断面図である。 Fig. 63] is a cross-sectional view showing a stapler cutting molded part 'penetrating part in a state in which the forming plate is started to operate.
園 64]ステーブルの切断が開始され、スライダの移動が開始された状態におけるステ ブラ切断成型部 ·貫通部を示す断面図である。 Fig. 64] is a cross-sectional view showing the stubber cutting molded portion / penetrating portion in a state where the cutting of the stable is started and the movement of the slider is started.
園 65]ステーブルの成型が開始された状態におけるステープラ切断成型部 ·貫通部 を示す断面図である。 園園 6666]]スステテーーブブルルのの成成型型がが完完了了ししたた状状態態ににおおけけるるスステテーーププララ切切断断成成型型部部 ··貫貫通通部部をを 示示すす断断面面図図ででああるる。。 [65] FIG. 65 is a cross-sectional view showing a stapler cutting molded portion / penetrating portion in a state where molding of a stable is started. Garden 6666]] Stage taper cutting and cutting mold part in the state where the mold of the stage bull has been completed is completed. FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view showing a section. .
園園 6677]]突突きき出出ししピピンンががフフララッットト部部にに乗乗りり上上げげたた状状態態ににおおけけるるスステテーーププララ切切断断成成型型部部--貫貫 通通部部をを示示すす断断面面図図ででああるる。。 Garden 6677]] Steep taper cutting and cutting mold part that can be placed in a state in which Pippin sticks out and rides on the flat part. It is a cutaway sectional view showing a communication part. .
園園 6688]]スステテーーブブルルのの貫貫通通がが完完了了しし、、ススラライイダダ受受けけかかららススラライイダダがが外外れれたた状状態態ににおおけけるる スステテーーププララ切切断断成成型型部部 ··貫貫通通部部をを示示すす断断面面図図ででああるる。。 園園 6699]]フフォォーーミミンンググププレレーートトののリリタターーンンがが開開始始さされれたた状状態態ににおおけけるるスステテーーププララ切切断断成成型型 部部 ··貫貫通通部部をを示示すす断断面面図図ででああるる。。 [Gakuen 6688]] The steerable bull through has been completed and the Suslarai Ida has been removed from the state where it has been removed. FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view showing a cross section of a pierlar cut and cut mold part. . [Sparkling 6699]] Stamp taper cutting and cutting mold part in the state where the Ririta turn of the foaming pre-plate has begun to open. It is a cutaway sectional view showing a through-penetrating portion. .
[[図図 7700]]ヒヒララキキォォササェェでで両両脚脚部部をを保保持持ししたた状状態態ににおおけけるるスステテーーププララ切切断断成成型型部部 ··貫貫通通部部 をを示示すす断断面面図図ででああるる。。  [[Fig. 7700]] Steeple plalar cutting and cutting mold part that can be used in the state where both legs are held and held at Hihiraraki Kosa Saye FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view showing a part-through-penetrating part. .
園園 7711]]フフォォーーミミンンググププレレーートトののリリタターーンンがが完完了了ししたた状状態態ににおおけけるるスステテーーププララ切切断断成成型型部部 ''貫貫通通部部をを示示すす断断面面図図ででああるる。。 Zoen 7711]] The state of the cutting plara cutting and cutting mold part in the state that the ritter turn of the forging group is completed It is a cutaway sectional view showing a passing part. .
園園 7722]]ププッッシシャャがが前前方方にに移移動動をを開開始始ししたた状状態態ににおおけけるるスステテーーププララ切切断断成成型型部部 ··貫貫通通 部部をを示示すす断断面面図図ででああるる。。 Garden 7722]] The state of the state where the pusher has started to move forward and forward, and in the state where the pusher has started to open and cut The mold part ·············· It is a cross-sectional view showing a part. .
園園 7733]]用用紙紙押押ささええののリリタターーンンをを開開始始ししたた状状態態ににおおけけるるスステテーーププララ切切断断成成型型部部 ··貫貫通通部部 をを示示すす断断面面図図ででああるる。。 [Sonoen 7733]] Stay tape plaer cutting and cutting mold part in the state of starting the opening of the ritter turner of the paper sheet press-and-holding ·············································· FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view showing a part. .
園園 7744]]ププッッシシャャののリリタターーンンをを開開始始ししたた状状態態ににおおけけるるスステテーーププララ切切断断成成型型部部 ··貫貫通通部部をを 示示すす断断面面図図ででああるる。。 Garden 7744]] Shows the state of the stapling plater cutting and cutting mold part in the state of starting the pusher's Ririta turn. It is a cross-sectional view. .
園園 7755]]待待機機状状態態ににおおけけるるスステテーーププララをを示示すす断断面面図図ででああるる。。 (Garden 7755]] FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view showing a step plara in a standby machine state. .
園園 7766]]用用紙紙押押ささええががテテーーブブルル上上へへ設設置置さされれたた状状態態ににおおけけるるスステテーーププララをを示示すす断断面面図図 ででああるる。。 [Garden 7766]] is a cross-sectional view showing a stapler that can be placed in a state in which the paper presser foot is installed on the table bull. It is a figure. .
園園 7777]]フフォォーーミミンンググププレレーートトのの作作動動がが開開始始さされれたた状状態態ににおおけけるるスステテーーププララをを示示すす断断面面 図図ででああるる。。 (Garden 7777]] Cross-section showing a state-of-the-art plala in a state in which the working of the foaming pre-plate is started to open. FIG. .
園園 7788]]スステテーーブブルルのの切切断断がが開開始始さされれ、、ススラライイダダのの移移動動がが開開始始さされれたた状状態態ににおおけけるるスステテ
Figure imgf000027_0001
(Garden 7788]] The state in which the cutting of the steerable bull has begun to open, and the moving movement of the susuraraiida has begun to open.
Figure imgf000027_0001
園園 7799]]スステテーーブブルルのの成成型型がが開開始始さされれたた状状態態ににおおけけるるスステテーーププララをを示示すす断断面面図図ででああるる Garden 7799]] is a cross-sectional view showing a state-of-the-art plala in a state where the forming mold of the stateable bull has begun to open. Is
[図 80]カムの回転が開始された状態におけるステ 園 81]ステーブルの成型が完了した状態におけるステープラを示す断面図である。 園 82]突き出しピンがフラット部に乗り上げた状態におけるステープラを示す断面図 である。 [Fig.80] Step in the state where cam rotation has started. FIG. 81 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the molding of the stable is completed. Fig. 82] is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the protruding pin rides on the flat portion.
園 83]ステーブルの貫通が完了し、スライダ受けからスライダが外れた状態における ステープラを示す断面図である。 FIG. 83] is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state in which the penetration of the stable is completed and the slider is detached from the slider receiver.
園 84]クリンチヤライトがクリンチヤホルダ内で右方向へ開いた状態におけるステープ ラを示す断面図である。 48] A sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the clincher light is opened rightward in the clincher holder.
園 85]クリンチヤレフトがクリンチヤホルダ内で左方向へ開き、押し出しユニット右の力 ムが待機位置に戻った状態におけるステープラを示す断面図である。 FIG. 85 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the clincher left opens leftward in the clincher holder and the force on the right side of the pushing unit returns to the standby position.
[図 86]右脚部がクリンチされ、押し出しユニット左のカムが戻った状態におけるステー ブラを示す断面図である。 FIG. 86 is a cross-sectional view showing the stubber in a state where the right leg is clinched and the cam on the left side of the push-out unit returns.
園 87]左脚部がクリンチされた状態におけるステープラを示す断面図である。 37] is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the left leg portion is clinched.
[図 88]ステープルのクリンチが完了した状態におけるステープラを示す断面図である 園 89]フレームのリターンが完了し、ドライバのリターンが開始された状態におけるス テープラを示す断面図である。  FIG. 88 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the clinching of the staple is completed. FIG. 88 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the return of the frame is completed and the return of the driver is started.
園 90]フォーミングプレートのリターンが開始された状態におけるステープラを示す断 面図である。 FIG. 90] is a sectional view showing the stapler in a state in which the return of the forming plate is started.
園 91]ヒラキォサェで両脚部を保持した状態におけるステープラを示す断面図である 37] It is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where both legs are held by Hirachosae
[図 92]フォーミングプレートのリターンが完了した状態におけるステープラを示す断面 図である。 FIG. 92 is a sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the return of the forming plate is completed.
園 93]プッシャが前方に移動を開始した状態におけるステープラを示す断面図であ 園 94]用紙押さえのリターンを開始した状態におけるステープラを示す断面図である FIG. 93 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the pusher has started to move forward, and FIG. 94] is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the return of the sheet presser has been started.
[図 95]プッシャのリターン直前の状態におけるステープラを示す断面図である。 園 96A]待機状態におけるステーブル折り曲げ部を示す説明図である。 園 96B]待機状態におけるステーブル折り曲げ部を示す説明図である。 FIG. 95 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state immediately before the pusher returns. Fig. 96A] is an explanatory diagram showing a stable bent portion in a standby state. FIG. 96B] is an explanatory view showing a stable bent portion in a standby state.
園 97A]カムの回転が開始された状態におけるステーブル折り曲げ部を示す説明図 である。 FIG. 97A] is an explanatory view showing the stable bent portion in a state where the rotation of the cam is started.
園 97B]カムの回転が開始された状態におけるステーブル折り曲げ部を示す説明図 である。 FIG. 97B] is an explanatory diagram showing a stable bent portion in a state where the rotation of the cam is started.
[図 98A]ステープルの貫通が完了し、スライダ受けからスライダが外れた状態におけ るステーブル折り曲げ部を示す説明図である。  FIG. 98A is an explanatory view showing a stable bent portion in a state where the penetration of staples is completed and the slider is detached from the slider receiver.
[図 98B]ステープルの貫通が完了し、スライダ受けからスライダが外れた状態における ステーブル折り曲げ部を示す説明図である。  FIG. 98B is an explanatory view showing the stable bent portion in a state where the penetration of the staple is completed and the slider is detached from the slider receiver.
[図 99]第 2のステープラの構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 99 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a second stapler.
[図 100]第 2のステープラの構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 100 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a second stapler.
[図 101]第 2のステープラの構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 101 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a second stapler.
園 102A]第 2のステープラで用いられるステーブルの構成例を示す説明図である。 [102A] is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable used in the second stapler.
[図 102B]第 2のステープラで用いられるステーブルの構成例を示す説明図である。 園 102C]第 2のステープラで用いられるステーブルの構成例を示す説明図である。 園 103A]第 2のステープラで用いられるステーブルの構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 102B is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable used in the second stapler. [102] Garden 102C] is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a stable used in the second stapler. 103A] is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable used in the second stapler.
[図 103B]第 2のステープラで用いられるステーブルの構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 103B is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable used in the second stapler.
[図 104A]ステーブル搬送部 '切断成型部 ·貫通部の構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 104A is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a stable transport section, a cutting molding section and a penetrating section.
[図 104B]ステーブル搬送部 '切断成型部 ·貫通部の構成例を示す説明図である。 園 105]ステーブル搬送部の分解構成図である。  FIG. 104B is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a stable transport section, a cutting molding section and a penetrating section. Fig. 105] is an exploded configuration diagram of the stable transport unit.
[図 106A]プッシャの構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 106A is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a pusher.
[図 106B]プッシャの構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 106B is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a pusher.
[図 106C]プッシャの構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 106C is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a pusher.
園 107]搬送路部 ·プッシャの要部断面図である。 107] It is a cross-sectional view of the main part of the conveyance path portion and pusher.
園 108A]ステーブルの搬送方法を示す説明図である。 FIG. 108A] is an explanatory view showing a method of conveying the stable.
園 108B]ステーブルの搬送方法を示す説明図である。 FIG. 108B] is an explanatory view showing a method of conveying the stable.
園 109]他の例の搬送路部 ·プッシャの要部断面図である。 FIG. 109] is a cross-sectional view of the main part of another example of the conveyance path portion and the pusher.
園 110]他の例の搬送路部 ·プッシャの要部断面図である。 [図 111]他の例の連結ステープルの断面図である。 FIG. 110] is a cross-sectional view of the main part of another example of the conveyance path portion and pusher. FIG. 111 is a cross-sectional view of another example of a linked staple.
園 112A]他の例のステーブルの搬送方法を示す説明図である。 Garden 112A] is an explanatory view showing another example of a method for conveying a stable.
園 112B]他の例のステーブルの搬送方法を示す説明図である。 Garden 112B] is an explanatory view showing another example of a method for conveying a stable.
園 113]ドライバの構成例を示す説明図である。 FIG. 113] is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a driver.
園 114A]ステーブル押さえ部の構成例を示す説明図である。 114A] is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a stable holding part.
園 114B]ステーブル押さえ部の構成例を示す説明図である。 Garden 114B] is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a stable holding part.
園 115A]ステーブルの切断 ·成型 ·搬送方法を示す説明図である。 Garden 115A] is an explanatory view showing a method of cutting / molding / conveying a stable.
園 115B]ステーブルの切断 ·成型 ·搬送方法を示す説明図である。 Garden 115B] is an explanatory view showing a method of cutting / molding / conveying a stable.
園 115C]ステーブルの切断 ·成型 ·搬送方法を示す説明図である。 Garden 115C] is an explanatory view showing a method of cutting / molding / conveying the stable.
園 115D]ステーブルの切断 ·成型 ·搬送方法を示す説明図である。 Garden 115D] is an explanatory view showing a method of cutting / molding / conveying a stable.
園 115E]ステーブルの切断 ·成型 ·搬送方法を示す説明図である。 Gakuen 115E] is an explanatory view showing a method of cutting / molding / conveying the stable.
[図 116A]ステープルの切断方法を示す説明図である。  FIG. 116A is an explanatory diagram showing a staple cutting method.
[図 116B]ステープルの切断方法を示す説明図である。  FIG. 116B is an explanatory diagram showing a staple cutting method.
[図 116C]ステープルの切断方法を示す説明図である。  FIG. 116C is an explanatory diagram showing a staple cutting method.
園 117A]ステーブルの成型方法を示す説明図である。 [Gakuen 117A] It is explanatory drawing which shows the shaping | molding method of a stable.
園 117B]ステーブルの成型方法を示す説明図である。 Sono 117B] It is explanatory drawing which shows the shaping | molding method of a stable.
園 117C]ステーブルの成型方法を示す説明図である。 Sono 117C] is an explanatory view showing a method of forming a stable.
園 118A]ステーブルの成型方法を示す説明図である。 [Gakuen 118A] It is explanatory drawing which shows the shaping | molding method of a stable.
園 118B]ステーブルの成型方法を示す説明図である。 [Gakuen 118B] It is explanatory drawing which shows the shaping | molding method of a stable.
園 118C]ステーブルの成型方法を示す説明図である。 Sono 118C] is an explanatory view showing a method of forming a stable.
園 119]ヒラキォサェによりステーブルを保持した状態を示す説明図である。 119] It is an explanatory diagram showing a state in which a stable is held by Hirakisae.
[図 120A]プッシャによるステープルの押し出し方法を示す説明図である。  FIG. 120A is an explanatory diagram showing a method for pushing out staples with a pusher.
[図 120B]プッシャによるステープルの押し出し方法を示す説明図である。  FIG. 120B is an explanatory diagram showing a method for pushing out staples with a pusher.
園 121]ステーブル押し部によるステーブルの押し出し方法を示す説明図である。 [FIG. 121] It is explanatory drawing which shows the extrusion method of the stable by a stable push part.
[図 122]第 3のステープラのステープルカバーの構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 122 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a staple cover of a third stapler.
[図 123]第 3のステープラの構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 123 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a third stapler.
[図 124]第 3のステープラのステーブルの搬送方法を示す説明図である。  FIG. 124 is an explanatory view showing a method of conveying a stable of the third stapler.
[図 125]第 3のステープラの構成例を示す説明図である。 園 126]待機状態におけるステープラを示す断面図である。 FIG. 125 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a third stapler. Fig. 126 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a standby state.
園 127]フォーミングプレートの作動が開始された状態におけるステープラを示す断 面図である。 Fig. 127] is a sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the operation of the forming plate is started.
園 128]ステーブルの成型が開始された状態におけるステープラを示す断面図である 園 129]ステーブルの成型が完了した状態におけるステープラを示す断面図である。 園 130]ステーブルの貫通が完了し、スライダ受けからスライダが外れた状態における ステープラを示す断面図である。 Fig. 128 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the molding of the stable is started. Fig. 129 is a sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the molding of the stable is completed. Fig. 130] is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the penetration of the stable is completed and the slider is detached from the slider receiver.
[図 131]ステープルのクリンチが完了した状態におけるステープラを示す断面図であ 園 132]フレームのリターンが完了し、ドライバのリターンが開始された状態におけるス テープラを示す断面図である。  FIG. 131 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where staple clinching is completed. FIG. 131 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the return of the frame is completed and the return of the driver is started.
[図 133]プッシャのリターン直前の状態におけるステープラを示す断面図である。  FIG. 133 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state immediately before the pusher returns.
[図 134]第 4のステープラの構成例を示す説明図である。 FIG. 134 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a fourth stapler.
[図 135]第 4のステープラの構成例を示す説明図である。 FIG. 135 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a fourth stapler.
園 136A]ステーブルの構成例を示す説明図である。 FIG. 136A] is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable.
園 136B]ステーブルの構成例を示す説明図である。 FIG. 136B] is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable.
園 137]ステーブル装填部'ステーブル搬送部の構成例を示す説明図である。 FIG. 137 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable loading unit's stable transport unit.
園 138]剥離部の構成例を示す説明図である。 En 138] It is explanatory drawing which shows the structural example of a peeling part.
園 139]ステーブル装填部'ステーブル搬送部の構成例を示す説明図である。 FIG. 139 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable loading unit's stable transport unit.
[図 140]ステーブル切断成型部'ステーブル貫通部'用紙押さえ部の構成例を示す説 明図である。  FIG. 140 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a stable cutting / molding portion 'stable penetration portion' paper pressing portion.
[図 141]ステープル切断成型部'ステープル貫通部 ·用紙押さえ部の断面図である。  FIG. 141 is a cross-sectional view of a staple cutting / molding portion 'staple penetration portion · sheet pressing portion.
[図 142A]フォーミングプレートの構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 142A is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a forming plate.
[図 142B]フォーミングプレートの構成例を示す説明図である。  FIG. 142B is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a forming plate.
園 143]ステーブル押さえ部の構成例を示す説明図である。 143] It is explanatory drawing which shows the structural example of a stable holding | suppressing part.
園 144A]ステーブルの切断 ·成型 ·搬送方法を示す説明図である。 [Gakuen 144A] It is an explanatory view showing a method of cutting / molding / conveying the stable.
園 144B]ステーブルの切断 ·成型 ·搬送方法を示す説明図である。 [図 144C]ステーブルの切断 ·成型 ·搬送方法を示す説明図である。 [Sen 144B] It is an explanatory view showing a method of cutting / molding / conveying the stable. FIG. 144C is an explanatory diagram showing a method of cutting / molding / conveying the stable.
[図 144D]ステーブルの切断 ·成型 ·搬送方法を示す説明図である。  FIG. 144D is an explanatory diagram showing a method of cutting / molding / conveying the stable.
[図 145A]ステーブルの成型方法を示す説明図である。  FIG. 145A is an explanatory view showing a method for forming a stable.
[図 145B]ステーブルの成型方法を示す説明図である。  FIG. 145B is an explanatory view showing a method for forming a stable.
[図 145C]ステーブルの成型方法を示す説明図である。  FIG. 145C is an explanatory view showing a method for forming a stable.
[図 146A]ステープルの成型方法を示す説明図である。  FIG. 146A is an explanatory diagram showing a staple forming method.
[図 146B]ステープルの成型方法を示す説明図である。  FIG. 146B is an explanatory diagram showing a staple forming method.
[図 146C]ステーブルの成型方法を示す説明図である。  FIG. 146C is an explanatory view showing a method for forming a stable.
[図 147]第 5のステープラのステープル装填部'ステープル搬送部の構成例を示す説 明図である。  FIG. 147 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration example of a staple loading unit ′ staple transfer unit of a fifth stapler.
[図 148]待機状態におけるステープラを示す断面図である。  FIG. 148 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a standby state.
[図 149]フォーミングプレートの作動が開始された状態におけるステープラを示す断 面図である。  FIG. 149 is a sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the operation of the forming plate is started.
[図 150]ステーブルの成型が開始された状態におけるステープラを示す断面図である  FIG. 150 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where molding of the stable is started.
[図 151]ステーブルの成型が完了した状態におけるステープラを示す断面図である。 FIG. 151 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where molding of the stable is completed.
[図 152]ステーブルの貫通が完了し、スライダ受けからスライダが外れた状態における ステープラを示す断面図である。  FIG. 152 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where penetration of the stable is completed and the slider is detached from the slider receiver.
[図 153]ステープルのクリンチが完了した状態におけるステープラを示す断面図であ  FIG. 153 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where clinching of the staple is completed.
[図 154]フレームのリターンが完了し、ドライバのリターンが開始された状態におけるス テープラを示す断面図である。 FIG. 154 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state where the return of the frame is completed and the return of the driver is started.
[図 155]プッシャのリターン直前の状態におけるステープラを示す断面図である。 発明を実施するための最良の形態  FIG. 155 is a cross-sectional view showing the stapler in a state immediately before the pusher returns. BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
[0111] 以下、図面を参照しながら本発明のステープラの実施の形態について説明する。ま ず、本発明の第 1の実施の形態のステープラ 1A及びステープラ 1Aで用いる第 1の 実施の形態のステープル 3Aの構成について説明する。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the stapler of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. First, the configuration of the stapler 1A according to the first embodiment of the present invention and the staple 3A according to the first embodiment used in the stapler 1A will be described.
[0112] <第 1のステープラ及びステープルの構成〉 (1 1)ステープラ 1 Aの概要 [0112] <Configuration of first stapler and staple> (1 1) Outline of stapler 1 A
ステープラ 1 Aは、後述する紙製のステーブル 3Aにより、綴じ対象である綴じ用紙 を綴じるものである。図 1から図 3はステープラ 1Aの概要を示す説明図である。図 1は ステープラ 1Aを示す斜視図であり、図 2は図 1の矢印 Aから見た状態を示す側面図 であり、図 3は図 1の矢印 Bから見た状態を示す正面図である。以下の説明において は、図 2の左方向をステープラ 1Aの前面側とし、図 2の右方向をステープラ 1Aの背 面側とする。また、図 3の左方向をステープラ 1Aの左側とし、図 3の右方向をステー ブラ 1Aの右側とする。  The stapler 1A binds the binding sheets to be bound by a paper stable 3A described later. 1 to 3 are explanatory views showing an outline of the stapler 1A. 1 is a perspective view showing the stapler 1A, FIG. 2 is a side view showing the state seen from the arrow A in FIG. 1, and FIG. 3 is a front view showing the state seen from the arrow B in FIG. In the following description, the left direction in FIG. 2 is the front side of the stapler 1A, and the right direction in FIG. 2 is the back side of the stapler 1A. The left direction in FIG. 3 is the left side of the stapler 1A, and the right direction in FIG. 3 is the right side of the stapler 1A.
[0113] 図 4から図 7は、ステープラ 1Aの内部の構成を示す説明図である。図 4は、図 3の H —H断面を示す断面図である。図 5及び図 6は、ハンドル 5を取り外し、後述するステ 一プルカバー 6を開いた状態を示す斜視図である。図 5は斜め前方から見た状態を 示す斜視図であり、図 6は斜め後方から見た状態を示す斜視図である。図 7は、ハン ドル 5を取り外し、後述するステープルカバー 6を開いた状態を示す平面図である。  FIGS. 4 to 7 are explanatory diagrams showing the internal configuration of the stapler 1A. FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view showing the HH cross section of FIG. 5 and 6 are perspective views showing a state in which the handle 5 is removed and a later-described staple cover 6 is opened. FIG. 5 is a perspective view showing a state seen from diagonally forward, and FIG. 6 is a perspective view showing a state seen from diagonally backward. FIG. 7 is a plan view showing a state in which the handle 5 is removed and a staple cover 6 described later is opened.
[0114] 図 1から図 3に示すように、ステープラ 1Aは、綴じ動作を行う際に使用者により押し 下げられるハンドル 5と、ハンドル 5の下方に位置して綴じ用紙が揷入される用紙揷 入口 7等を有するフレーム 8と、ハンドル 5及びフレーム 8を支えるベース 9とを備えて 構成される。  [0114] As shown in Figs. 1 to 3, the stapler 1A includes a handle 5 that is pushed down by a user when performing a binding operation, and a paper tray that is positioned below the handle 5 and into which binding paper is inserted. It comprises a frame 8 having an inlet 7 and the like, and a handle 5 and a base 9 that supports the frame 8.
[0115] ハンドル 5は、図 2の矢印 C及び図 4の矢印 Iに示すように、ハンドル'ステープルカ バー回動軸 10でフレーム 8の後端の上部に回動可能に取り付けられている。ハンド ル 5は、綴じ動作を行う際に使用者により押し下げられることにより、図 2及び図 4の反 時計回りにフレーム 8に対して回転する。また、後述するフレーム 8のステープルホル ダ 11へのロール状ステープル 4の装填等を行う際には、ハンドル 5は図 2及び図 4の 時計回りに回転され、フレーム 8の上面が開いた状態となる。  [0115] The handle 5 is rotatably attached to the upper part of the rear end of the frame 8 by a handle 'staple cover rotating shaft 10 as shown by an arrow C in FIG. 2 and an arrow I in FIG. The handle 5 is rotated with respect to the frame 8 counterclockwise in FIGS. 2 and 4 by being pushed down by the user when performing the binding operation. When the roll staple 4 is loaded into the staple holder 11 of the frame 8 to be described later, the handle 5 is rotated clockwise in FIGS. 2 and 4 so that the upper surface of the frame 8 is opened. Become.
[0116] フレーム 8は、図 2の矢印 D及び図 4の矢印 Jに示すように、フレーム回動軸 12でべ ース 9の後端に回動可能に取り付けられている。また、図 4から図 7に示すように、フレ ーム 8は、上面に、ハンドル'ステープルカバー回動軸 10でハンドル 5と同様に回動 可能に取り付けられたステープルカバー 6をステープル押さえ部として備える。  [0116] As shown by arrow D in FIG. 2 and arrow J in FIG. 4, the frame 8 is rotatably attached to the rear end of the base 9 with a frame rotation shaft 12. Further, as shown in FIGS. 4 to 7, the frame 8 has the staple cover 6 attached to the upper surface of the frame 8 so as to be rotatable in the same manner as the handle 5 by the handle 'staple cover rotating shaft 10 as a staple pressing portion. Prepare.
[0117] またフレーム 8は、後端部にロール状ステープル 4を装填するステープル装填部とし てステープルホルダ 11を備える。更にフレーム 8はステープルホルダ 11力、ら前方へ 向けて、ステーブル 3Aの搬送を行うステーブル搬送部として略平面状の搬送路 13 を備える。搬送路 13の左右には板バネ 14が備えられており、この板バネ 14により、ス テープルカバー 6は、図 4に示すように搬送路 13に対して押さえつけられた状態とな [0117] The frame 8 is a staple loading section for loading the roll-shaped staple 4 at the rear end. The staple holder 11 is provided. Further, the frame 8 is provided with a substantially planar conveying path 13 as a stable conveying portion for conveying the stable 3A toward the front of the staple holder 11. Leaf springs 14 are provided on the left and right sides of the conveyance path 13, and the staple cover 6 is pressed against the conveyance path 13 as shown in FIG. 4 by the leaf springs 14.
[0118] またフレーム 8は、搬送路 13の前端部の近傍に、ハンドル 5の操作により、ステープ ノレ 3Aの切断及び両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた形状への成型を行うためのステー プル切断成型部としてフォーミングプレート 15を備える。フォーミングプレート 15は切 断成型手段、切断手段及び成型手段の一例である。更にフレーム 8は、ハンドル 5の 操作により、ステープル 3Aの綴じ用紙に対する貫通を行うためのステープル貫通部 としてドライバ 18を備える。ドライバ 18は貫通手段の一例である。更にフレーム 8は、 ステーブル 3Aの切断、成型及び貫通を行う際に、綴じ用紙を押さえるための用紙押 さえ 19を備える。用紙押さえ 19は押さえ手段の一例である。 [0118] In addition, the frame 8 is formed by staple cutting in order to cut the staple 3A in the vicinity of the front end portion of the conveyance path 13 and to form a shape in which both ends are folded in one direction by operating the handle 5. Forming plate 15 is provided as a part. The forming plate 15 is an example of cut molding means, cutting means, and molding means. Further, the frame 8 includes a driver 18 as a staple penetrating portion for penetrating the staple 3A with respect to the binding sheet by operating the handle 5. The driver 18 is an example of a penetrating means. Further, the frame 8 is provided with a paper press 19 for holding the binding paper when the stable 3A is cut, molded and penetrated. The sheet presser 19 is an example of a pressing unit.
[0119] また、フレーム 8は、搬送路 13の下部に、前述したステープル 3Aの切断及び成型 を行う位置力、らステープル 3Aの貫通を行う位置ヘステープル 3Aを移動させるための 移動機構として、プッシャバネ 16及びプッシャバネ 16により前方へ付勢されたプッシ ャ 17を備える。フォーミングプレート 15、ドライノ 18、用紙押さえ 19及びプッシャ 17 の下方には、綴じ対象の綴じ用紙が揷入される用紙揷入口 7及び綴じ用紙 37が設 置されるテーブル 20を備える。  [0119] Further, the frame 8 has a pusher spring as a moving mechanism for moving the staple 3A to the position where the staple 3A is penetrated and the position force for cutting and forming the staple 3A described above at the lower portion of the conveyance path 13. 16 and a pusher spring 17 urged forward by a pusher spring 16. Below the forming plate 15, the dryer 18, the sheet presser 19, and the pusher 17, a sheet input port 7 into which a binding sheet to be bound is inserted and a table 20 on which the binding sheet 37 is installed are provided.
[0120] テーブル 20の下部には、貫通位置で綴じ用紙に貫通されたステープル 3Aの両脚 部を綴じ用紙に沿って折り曲げ、折り曲げた両脚部を貼り合わるための折り曲げ部を 備える。ステープラ 1Aは、折り曲げ部として、フレーム 8の底部となる折り曲げ部設置 台 21に取り付けられたクリンチャュュット 23、押し出しュュット 24及びスライダバネ 25 で前方に付勢されたスライダ 26を備える。  [0120] A lower portion of the table 20 is provided with a bent portion for bending both legs of the staple 3A penetrated through the binding paper at the penetration position along the binding paper and bonding the bent legs together. The stapler 1A includes a slider 26 that is urged forward by a clincher 23, an extrusion cuff 24, and a slider spring 25 that are attached to a bent portion mounting base 21 that is the bottom of the frame 8 as a bent portion.
[0121] また、ステープラ 1Aは折り曲げ部として、ベース 9に、クリンチヤセンター 27を支持 して位置を定めるクリンチャリフタ 28を備える。折り曲げ部は折り曲げ手段の一例であ る。更にステープラ 1Aは、スライダ 26を支えるスライダ受け 29、及び折り曲げ部設置 台 21を支えるリターンバネ 22を備える。 [0122] ステープラ 1Aは、このような構成を備え、用紙揷入口 7内でテーブル 20に設置され た綴じ用紙を、使用者によるハンドル 5の操作に基づ!/、てステーブル 3Aにより綴じる 作業を行うものである。 [0121] Further, the stapler 1A includes a clincher lifter 28 that supports the clincher center 27 and determines a position on the base 9 as a bent portion. The bent portion is an example of a bending means. Further, the stapler 1A includes a slider receiver 29 that supports the slider 26, and a return spring 22 that supports the bent portion installation base 21. [0122] The stapler 1A has such a configuration, and binds the binding paper set on the table 20 in the paper tray entrance 7 based on the operation of the handle 5 by the user! Is to do.
[0123] 次に、ステープラ 1Aの各部の構成の詳細、及びステープル 3Aの構成の詳細につ いて説明する。まず、ステープラ 1Aで綴じ用紙を綴じるために用いられるステーブル 3A、及びステープル 3Aが連結された連結ステープル 2の構成につ!/、て説明する。  Next, the details of the configuration of each part of the stapler 1A and the details of the configuration of the staple 3A will be described. First, the configuration of the staple 3A used for binding the binding paper by the stapler 1A and the connected staple 2 to which the staple 3A is connected will be described.
[0124] (1 2)ステープル 3Aの構成  [0124] (1 2) Composition of staple 3A
図 8A、図 8B及び図 8Cと、図 9A及び図 9Bは、ステープル 3A及びステープル 3A が並列に複数連結された連結ステーブル 2の構成を示す説明図である。図 8Aは、連 結ステープル 2の詳細を示す平面図である。図 8Bは、ステープル 3Aを両端が 1方向 に折り曲げられた形状に成型した状態を示す斜視図であり、図 8Cはステーブル 3A により綴じ用紙 37を綴じた状態を示す断面図である。図 9A及び図 9Bは連結ステー プル 2が剥離紙 30に取り付けられ、ロール状ステープル 4としてロール状に巻き回さ れた状態を示す説明図である。ステーブル 3A、連結ステーブル 2及びロール状ステ 一プル 4は、例えば以下のような構成となる。  FIGS. 8A, 8B and 8C, and FIGS. 9A and 9B are explanatory views showing the configuration of the connection stable 2 in which a plurality of staples 3A and a plurality of staples 3A are connected in parallel. FIG. 8A is a plan view showing details of the continuous staple 2. FIG. 8B is a perspective view illustrating a state in which the staple 3A is formed into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction, and FIG. 8C is a cross-sectional view illustrating a state in which the binding sheet 37 is bound by the stable 3A. FIG. 9A and FIG. 9B are explanatory views showing a state where the connecting staple 2 is attached to the release paper 30 and wound as a roll staple 4 in a roll shape. The stable 3A, the connecting stable 2 and the roll-shaped staple 4 are configured as follows, for example.
[0125] 図 8Aに示すように、細長く略真直状の形状を有するステープル 3Aが並列に複数 連結されて、連結ステープル 2が構成される。各ステープル 3Aは、例えば、図 8Aの 上下方向(ステープル 3Aの連結方向)の幅は 5〜; 10mm程度であり、図 8Aの左右 方向(ステープル 3Aの長手方向)の幅は 30〜40mm程度である。各ステープル 3A の長手方向の端部近傍は台形状に形成されており、先端に向かうにつれて幅が狭く なる。また、各ステーブル 3Aの長手方向の端部近傍の裏面(剥離紙 30が付着される 面)には、接着剤が塗布された接着部 31を備える。  [0125] As shown in FIG. 8A, a plurality of staples 3A having an elongated and substantially straight shape are connected in parallel to form connected staple 2. Each of the staples 3A has, for example, a width of about 5 to 10 mm in FIG. 8A (up and down direction of the staples 3A), and a width of about 30 to 40 mm in the left and right direction of FIG. 8A (longitudinal direction of the staples 3A). is there. The vicinity of the end of each staple 3A in the longitudinal direction is formed in a trapezoidal shape, and the width becomes narrower toward the tip. In addition, an adhesive portion 31 to which an adhesive is applied is provided on the back surface (the surface to which the release paper 30 is attached) in the vicinity of the end portion in the longitudinal direction of each stable 3A.
[0126] また、各ステーブル 3Aが連結される辺の両端部から所定の位置には、楕円状の送 り孔 32が設けられている。二つの送り孔 32の間はスリット部 33として、各ステープル 3 Aは完全に切り離されている。二つの送り孔 32の外側で、各ステープル 3Aが連結さ れる辺の両端部までが、ステープル連結部 34として各ステープル 3Aが連結された 状態となる。なお送り孔 32は、後述する送り爪 44が係合可能であれば、真円状や長 孔状に設けられて!/、ても良レ、。 [0127] また、ステープラ 1Aにより、図 8Aに示す連結ステープル 2から端部のステープル 3 Aが切り離されて、図 8Bに示すように、クラウン部 35とクラウン部 35の左右から略直 角に脚部 36が折り曲げられて両端力 方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型される。両 端が 1方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型されたステーブル 3Aは、図 8Cに示すように 、綴じ用紙 37を貫通した両脚部 36が綴じ用紙 37に沿って折り曲げられ、綴じ用紙 3 7と一方の脚部 36の接着部 31、及び一方の脚部 36の接着部 31と他方の脚部 36が それぞれ貼り合わされる。 [0126] In addition, an elliptical feed hole 32 is provided at a predetermined position from both ends of the side to which each stable 3A is connected. The slits 33 are formed between the two feeding holes 32, and each staple 3A is completely cut off. Each staple 3A is connected as the staple connecting portion 34 up to both ends of the side where each staple 3A is connected outside the two feed holes 32. The feed hole 32 is provided in a perfect circle shape or a long hole shape as long as a feed claw 44 described later can be engaged! [0127] Further, the stapler 1A separates the end staple 3A from the connected staple 2 shown in FIG. 8A, and as shown in FIG. 8B, the legs are substantially perpendicular from the left and right of the crown 35 and the crown 35. The part 36 is bent and formed into a shape bent in the direction of force at both ends. As shown in FIG. 8C, the stable 3A formed into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction has both leg portions 36 penetrating the binding paper 37 bent along the binding paper 37, and the binding paper 37 and The adhesion part 31 of one leg part 36 and the adhesion part 31 of one leg part 36 and the other leg part 36 are bonded together.
[0128] 図 8A、図 8B及び図 8Cに示すステープル 3Aは、長手方向の両端部近傍の裏面 の其々に接着部 31を備えるとした。しかし、一方の脚部近傍の裏面のみに接着部 31 を備えるとしてもよい。この場合、接着部 31を備えない脚部 36が綴じ用紙 37に沿つ て折り曲げられた後、接着部 31を備える脚部 36が綴じ用紙 37に沿って折り曲げられ 、接着部 31を備えない脚部 36と接着部 31を備える脚部 36とが貼り合わされる。  [0128] The staple 3A shown in Figs. 8A, 8B, and 8C is provided with the adhesive portions 31 on the back surfaces in the vicinity of both ends in the longitudinal direction. However, the adhesive portion 31 may be provided only on the back surface in the vicinity of one leg portion. In this case, after the leg part 36 without the adhesive part 31 is bent along the binding sheet 37, the leg part 36 with the adhesive part 31 is bent along the binding sheet 37 and the leg part without the adhesive part 31 is provided. The part 36 and the leg part 36 provided with the adhesion part 31 are bonded together.
[0129] また連結ステープル 2は、図 9Aに示すように、保存されている状態においては、剥 離紙 30に取り付けられて巻き回されている。図 9Bに示すように、先頭部から所定の 長さ分の剥離紙 30が剥がされて、ステープラ 1Aに装填される。ステープラ 1Aへの詳 細な装填方法にっレ、ては後述する。  [0129] As shown in FIG. 9A, the linked staple 2 is attached to the release paper 30 and wound in the stored state. As shown in FIG. 9B, a predetermined length of release paper 30 is peeled off from the top and loaded into the stapler 1A. Details on how to load the stapler 1A will be described later.
[0130] (1 3)ステープル装填部の構成例  [0130] (1 3) Configuration example of staple loading unit
次に、ステープラ 1Aのステープル装填部の構成例について説明する。図 10はステ 一プル装填部にロール状ステープル 4が装填された状態を示す説明図である。ロー ル状ステープル 4を装填するステープル装填部として、ステープラ 1Aはフレーム 8の 後端部にステープルホルダ 11を備える。前述したように、図 5から図 7に示すように、 ハンドル 5及びステープルカバー 6を開くことにより、ステープル装填部であるステー プルホルダ 11にアクセスすることが可能となる。  Next, a configuration example of the staple loading unit of the stapler 1A will be described. FIG. 10 is an explanatory view showing a state in which the roll-shaped staple 4 is loaded in the staple loading unit. As a staple loading unit for loading the roll-shaped staple 4, the stapler 1A includes a staple holder 11 at the rear end of the frame 8. As described above, as shown in FIGS. 5 to 7, by opening the handle 5 and the staple cover 6, it is possible to access the staple holder 11 which is a staple loading unit.
[0131] また、図 4及び図 10等に示すように、フレーム 8の上部には、ステープルホルダ 11 から、ステーブル切断成型部等を備える前方へ向けて、剥離紙 30より剥離された連 結ステーブル 2の搬送を行うための搬送路 13を備える。この搬送路 13の開始端に、 剥離紙 30の形状に応じて形成された突起状の剥離ブロック 38を有する。剥離ブロッ ク 38は剥離手段の一例である。また、この剥離ブロック 38の下方部からステープルホ ルダ 11内に設置されたロール状ステープル 4の下方を経由してフレーム 8の後端面 に設けられた剥離紙排出口 39まで、剥離紙排出経路 40を備える。 Further, as shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 10 and the like, the upper part of the frame 8 is connected to the staple holder 11 from the release paper 30 toward the front side including a stable cutting and molding unit. A transport path 13 for transporting the stable 2 is provided. At the start end of the conveyance path 13, there is a protruding peeling block 38 formed according to the shape of the release paper 30. The peeling block 38 is an example of a peeling means. In addition, the staple A release paper discharge path 40 is provided to the release paper discharge port 39 provided on the rear end surface of the frame 8 via the lower side of the roll staple 4 installed in the rudder 11.
[0132] このような構成を備えることにより、ステープル装填部には、次のようにロール状ステ 一プル 4、連結ステープル 2が装填される。図 10に示すように、ステープルホルダ 11 内に装填されたロール状ステープル 4から引き出された剥離紙 30付きの連結ステー プル 2から、剥離ブロック 38により剥離紙 30が剥離される。剥離紙 30が剥離された 連結ステーブル 2は搬送路 13を搬送され、剥離された剥離紙 30は剥離紙排出経路 40を経由して剥離紙排出口から排出される。  By providing such a configuration, the staple loading unit is loaded with the roll-shaped staple 4 and the linked staple 2 as follows. As shown in FIG. 10, the release paper 30 is peeled off by the release block 38 from the connecting staple 2 with the release paper 30 drawn out from the roll-shaped staple 4 loaded in the staple holder 11. The connected stable 2 from which the release paper 30 has been peeled is transported through the transport path 13, and the peeled release paper 30 is discharged from the release paper discharge port via the release paper discharge path 40.
[0133] (1 4)ステーブル搬送'切断成型'貫通部'押さえ部の構成例  (1 4) Configuration example of stable conveyance 'cut molding' penetrating part 'holding part
次に、剥離紙 30が剥離された連結ステーブル 2の搬送を行うステーブル搬送部、 搬送された連結ステーブル 2から端部に位置するステーブル 3Aの切断及び成型を 行うステーブル切断成型部、及び成型されたステーブル 3Aの綴じ用紙に対する貫 通を行うステープル貫通部の構成例について説明する。  Next, a stable transport unit that transports the connected stable 2 from which the release paper 30 has been peeled off, and a stable cut molding unit that cuts and molds the stable 3A located at the end from the transported connected stable 2 A configuration example of the staple penetrating portion that penetrates the formed staple 3A to the binding sheet will be described.
[0134] 図 11A、図 11B、図 12A、図 12B及び図 13A、図 13Bは、ステープル搬送部、ス テープル切断成型部及びステープル貫通部を示す説明図である。図 11Aはステー プル搬送部 ·切断成型部 ·貫通部を斜め前方力 見た状態を示す斜視図である。図 11Bはステーブル搬送部 ·切断成型部 ·貫通部を斜め後方から見た状態を示す斜視 図であり、説明のため搬送路 13の一部にステーブル 3Aが設置された状態を示して いる。図 12Aはステープル搬送部.切断成型部.貫通部の正面図であり、図 12Bはス テーブル搬送部 ·切断成型部 ·貫通部の背面図である。図 13 Aはステーブル搬送部 •切断成型部 ·貫通部を左方向から見た状態を示す側面図であり、図 13Bは図 12A の L L断面を示す断面図である。また図 14は、ステープル搬送部、ステープル切 断成型部及びステープル貫通部の要部の断面図であり、図 12Aの K K断面を示 す。  FIG. 11A, FIG. 11B, FIG. 12A, FIG. 12B, and FIG. 13A and FIG. 13B are explanatory views showing a staple transport unit, a staple cutting and forming unit, and a staple penetrating unit. FIG. 11A is a perspective view showing a state in which the staple conveying portion, the cutting molding portion, and the penetrating portion are viewed at an oblique forward force. FIG. 11B is a perspective view showing a state in which the stable conveying portion, the cutting and forming portion, and the penetrating portion are viewed obliquely from the rear, and shows a state in which the stable 3A is installed in a part of the conveying path 13 for explanation. . FIG. 12A is a front view of the staple conveying unit, the cutting and molding unit, and the penetration unit, and FIG. 12B is a rear view of the stable conveyance unit, the cutting and molding unit, and the penetration unit. FIG. 13A is a side view showing a state in which the stable conveying portion, the cutting and forming portion, and the penetrating portion are viewed from the left direction, and FIG. 13B is a cross-sectional view showing the LL cross section of FIG. FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view of the main parts of the staple conveyance unit, staple cutting and forming unit, and staple penetrating unit, and shows the KK cross section of FIG. 12A.
[0135] 図 4に示すように、ステープル搬送部、ステープル切断成型部及びステープル貫通 部はフレーム 8の上部でステープル装填部の前方に備えられる。図 11A、図 11B、 図 12A、図 12B及び図 13A、図 13Bに示すように、ステープラ 1Aは、連結ステープ ノレ 2を搬送するステーブル搬送部として、搬送路部 41、プッシャ受け 42及び搬送路 設置台 43等を備える。またステープラ 1Aは、連結ステーブル 2から端部に位置する ステープル 3Aを切断し成型するステープル切断成型部としてフォーミングプレート 1 5を備え、切断成型したステーブル 3Aを綴じ用紙に対して貫通させるステーブル貫 通部としてドライバ 18を備える。またフレーム 8は、ステープル 3Aの切断成型及び貫 通を行う際に、綴じ用紙を押さえるための用紙押さえ 19を備える。これらは、ステープ ル装填部の位置から前方へ、搬送路部 41、フォーミングプレート 15、ドライバ 18、用 紙押さえ 19の順に位置する。 As shown in FIG. 4, the staple transport unit, staple cutting and molding unit, and staple penetrating unit are provided at the upper part of the frame 8 and in front of the staple loading unit. As shown in FIGS. 11A, 11B, 12A, 12B, 13A, and 13B, the stapler 1A serves as a stable transport unit that transports the connected staple 2 as a transport path unit 41, a pusher receiver 42, and a transport path. Equipped with installation stand 43 etc. The stapler 1A also includes a forming plate 15 as a staple cutting / molding section that cuts and molds the staple 3A located at the end from the connecting stable 2 and a stable that penetrates the cut and stable staple 3A with respect to the binding paper. A driver 18 is provided as a penetration. Further, the frame 8 includes a sheet presser 19 for pressing the binding sheet when the staple 3A is cut and formed and penetrated. These are located in the order of the transport path 41, the forming plate 15, the driver 18, and the paper presser 19 in the order from the position of the staple loading unit.
[0136] まず、ステーブル搬送部の構成について説明する。図 15はステーブル搬送部の構 成を示す分解斜視図である。図 15に示すように、ステーブル搬送部は、搬送路部 41 、プッシャ 17、プッシャバネ 16、プッシャ受け 42及び搬送路設置台 43を備えて構成 される。 [0136] First, the configuration of the stable transport unit will be described. FIG. 15 is an exploded perspective view showing the configuration of the stable transport section. As shown in FIG. 15, the stable transport unit includes a transport path unit 41, a pusher 17, a pusher spring 16, a pusher receiver 42, and a transport path installation base 43.
[0137] 搬送路部 41は連結ステープル 2の各ステープル 3Aの長手方向の幅に応じた幅を 有する平板状の搬送路 13を有する。また搬送路 13の両側部には、ステーブル 3Aの 裏面に設けられた接着部 31の通過する通過経路に搬送路溝 13aが備えられる。更 に搬送路 13の前端部には、後述するプッシャ 17に取り付けられた送りッメ 44が搬送 路 13上に突出するための送りッメ溝 13bを備える。また搬送路 13の前端部には後述 するフォーミングプレート 15のステープル成型部 15aが嵌合する受け台部 13cを備え  [0137] The transport path 41 has a flat transport path 13 having a width corresponding to the width in the longitudinal direction of each staple 3A of the connected staple 2. Further, on both sides of the conveyance path 13, a conveyance path groove 13a is provided in a passage path through which an adhesive portion 31 provided on the back surface of the stable 3A passes. Further, the front end of the transport path 13 is provided with a feed claw groove 13b for a feed claw 44 attached to a pusher 17 to be described later to protrude onto the transport path 13. In addition, the front end portion of the transport path 13 is provided with a receiving portion 13c into which a staple forming portion 15a of a forming plate 15 described later is fitted.
[0138] 更に搬送路部 41は、搬送路 13の前方部の両端に三角形状の側板 45を備える。こ の側板 45内には、図 13Bに示すように、ステープル搬送部、ステープル切断成型部 及びステープル貫通部が組み立てられた状態で、ネジリコイルバネ 56が位置する。 Further, the transport path portion 41 includes triangular side plates 45 at both ends of the front portion of the transport path 13. In this side plate 45, as shown in FIG. 13B, a torsion coil spring 56 is positioned in a state in which the staple conveying unit, the staple cutting and molding unit, and the staple penetrating unit are assembled.
[0139] 図 16は搬送路部 41とプッシャ 17の要部の断面図である。プッシャ 17は、ステープ ラ 1Aが組み立てられた状態では、搬送路部 41の下部に位置する。プッシャ 17は前 端部に突起部 17aaを四隅に有するステーブル押し部 17aを備える。また、プッシャ 1 7は搬送路部 41の送りッメ溝 13bに応じた位置に、送りッメ回動軸 17bで回動可能に 取り付けられた送りッメ 44を備える。  FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional view of the main parts of the transport path portion 41 and the pusher 17. The pusher 17 is located at the lower part of the transport path 41 in a state where the stapler 1A is assembled. The pusher 17 includes a stable pushing portion 17a having projections 17aa at four corners at the front end. The pusher 17 is provided with a feed catch 44 that is rotatably attached to the feed path turning shaft 17b at a position corresponding to the feed catch groove 13b of the transport path 41.
[0140] 図 16に示すように、送りッメ 44は、送りッメバネ 17cにより矢印 Mに示す方向に付 勢されている。また送りッメ 44の搬送路 13からの突出部は、前面が係合斜面 44aとし て垂直に形成され、後面が非係合斜面 44bとして斜めに形成されている。また、プッ シャ 17は、下部に L字型に形成された L字型アーム 17dを備えると共に、プッシャシャ フト孔 17eを備える。 [0140] As shown in FIG. 16, the feed catch 44 is urged in the direction indicated by the arrow M by the feed catch spring 17c. In addition, the front surface of the projecting portion of the feed catch 44 from the transport path 13 is an engaging slope 44a The rear surface is formed obliquely as a non-engaging slope 44b. The pusher 17 includes an L-shaped arm 17d formed in an L-shape at the lower portion and a pusher shaft hole 17e.
[0141] プッシャ受け 42は、搬送路部 41及びプッシャ 17を保持する直方体の形状を備える 。プッシャ受け 42は、設置されたプッシャ 17のプッシャシャフト孔 17eに対応する位 置に、長孔状のプッシャシャフト長孔 17fを備える。プッシャ 17のプッシャシャフト孔 1 7e及びプッシャ受け 42のプッシャシャフト長孔 17fに図示しないプッシャシャフト 58 が揷通されることにより、プッシャ 17はプッシャ受け 42に対して所定量前後方向に摺 動自在となる。また、プッシャ受け 42は、プッシャ 17の L字型アーム 17dの後部を前 方へ付勢するプッシャバネ 16を備える。搬送路部 41及びプッシャ 17を保持するプッ シャ受け 42は、搬送部設置台 43を介してフレーム 8に取り付けられる。  The pusher receiver 42 has a rectangular parallelepiped shape that holds the transport path portion 41 and the pusher 17. The pusher receiver 42 includes an elongated pusher shaft long hole 17f at a position corresponding to the pusher shaft hole 17e of the installed pusher 17. When a pusher shaft 58 (not shown) is passed through the pusher shaft hole 17 e of the pusher 17 and the pusher shaft long hole 17 f of the pusher receiver 42, the pusher 17 can be slid forward and backward by a predetermined amount with respect to the pusher receiver 42. Become. The pusher receiver 42 includes a pusher spring 16 that urges the rear portion of the L-shaped arm 17d of the pusher 17 forward. The pusher receiver 42 that holds the transfer path 41 and the pusher 17 is attached to the frame 8 via the transfer unit installation base 43.
[0142] ここで、プッシャ 17に取り付けられた送りッメ 44による、連結ステープル 2の搬送路 13上での搬送の方法について説明する。図 17A、図 17Bは、プッシャ 17に取り付け られた送りッメ 44による連結ステープル 2の搬送方法の説明図である。図 17Aはプッ シャ 17に取り付けられた送りッメ 44が前方に移動している状態を示し、図 17Bはプッ シャ 17に取り付けられた送りッメ 44が後方に移動している状態を示す。  [0142] Here, a method of transporting the linked staples 2 on the transport path 13 by the feed tab 44 attached to the pusher 17 will be described. FIGS. 17A and 17B are explanatory diagrams of a method for conveying the linked staple 2 by the feed tab 44 attached to the pusher 17. FIG. 17A shows a state in which the feed catch 44 attached to the pusher 17 is moving forward, and FIG. 17B shows a state in which the feed catch 44 attached to the pusher 17 is moving backward.
[0143] 図 17Aに示すように、プッシャ 17が前方に移動する際には、矢印 N方向に付勢さ れた送りッメ 44の突出部が、前方に位置する係合斜面 44aで連結ステーブル 2の送 り孔 32と係合することにより、連結ステーブル 2が搬送路 13上を前方へ移動される。 また、図 17Bに示すように、プッシャ 17が後方に移動する際には、送りッメ 44の突出 部が、後方に位置する非係合斜面 44bにより連結ステーブル 2の送り孔 32と非係合 となり、矢印 Pに示すように送りッメ 44が回転して後方に移動する。  [0143] As shown in Fig. 17A, when the pusher 17 moves forward, the protruding portion of the feed stopper 44 biased in the direction of the arrow N is connected to the engagement slope 44a positioned at the front. By engaging with the feed hole 32 of the table 2, the connecting stable 2 is moved forward on the transport path 13. Further, as shown in FIG. 17B, when the pusher 17 moves rearward, the protrusion of the feed catch 44 is disengaged from the feed hole 32 of the connecting stable 2 by the non-engagement slope 44b located rearward. The feed latch 44 rotates and moves backward as indicated by the arrow P.
[0144] 次に、ステープル成型切断部を構成するフォーミングプレート 15の構成例について 説明する。図 18A、図 18B、図 18Cは、フォーミングプレート 15の構成を示す説明図 である。図 18Aは斜め前方から見た状態を示す斜視図であり、図 18Bは斜め後方か らみた状態を示す斜視図である。図 18Cはフォーミングプレート 15の正面図であり、 一部の構成を簡略化した状態で示してレ、る。  [0144] Next, a configuration example of the forming plate 15 constituting the staple forming and cutting unit will be described. 18A, 18B, and 18C are explanatory views showing the configuration of the forming plate 15. FIG. FIG. 18A is a perspective view showing a state seen from diagonally forward, and FIG. 18B is a perspective view showing a state seen from diagonally backward. FIG. 18C is a front view of the forming plate 15 and shows a part of the structure in a simplified state.
[0145] 図 18A、図 18B、図 18Cに示すように、フォーミングプレート 15は、中央に開口部 を有し、所定の厚さを有する板状の形状を備える。開口部の上部には、前述した搬 送路部 41の受け台部 13cと嵌合する下部が開口した形状のステーブル成型部 15a を備える。ステープル成型部 15aの下部はステープル成型部 15aより広い所定の幅 で開口される。また、開口部の下部には、前述したプッシャ 17のステーブル押し部 1 7aが揷通されるステープル押し部揷通部 15bを備える。 [0145] As shown in FIGS. 18A, 18B, and 18C, the forming plate 15 has an opening in the center. And has a plate-like shape having a predetermined thickness. An upper portion of the opening is provided with a stable molding portion 15a having a shape in which a lower portion that fits with the receiving portion 13c of the transport path portion 41 is opened. The lower portion of the staple forming portion 15a is opened with a predetermined width wider than that of the staple forming portion 15a. Further, at the lower portion of the opening portion, a staple pushing portion insertion portion 15b through which the above-described stable pushing portion 17a of the pusher 17 is inserted is provided.
[0146] 更にフォーミングプレート 15の開口部内には、ステープル押し部揷通部 15bの両端 力も上方に向けて、斜面が互いに向かい合うように形成された突起状のヒラキォサェ 15cを備える。 [0146] Further, in the opening of the forming plate 15, there is provided a protrusion-shaped flat surface 15c formed so that the inclined surfaces face each other with both end forces of the staple pushing portion insertion portion 15b facing upward.
[0147] またフォーミングプレート 15は、前面側(ドライバ 18の位置する側)の開口部の左右 に溝部を備える。溝部として、図 14及び図 18Aに示すように、まず、所定の深さで上 下に所定の長さ分形成された V?冓 A46を備える。 V?冓 A46の下端部 46aは、他の箇 所と比較して深く形成されてレ、る。 V'溝 A46から所定長さのフラット部 47を挟んだ下 方に、 V'溝 A46の下端部 46 aと同じ深さを備える V'溝 B48を備える。  [0147] The forming plate 15 is provided with groove portions on the left and right sides of the opening on the front surface side (side on which the driver 18 is located). As shown in FIG. 14 and FIG. 18A, as a groove, first, V?備 え る Provide A46. V?下端 The lower end 46a of A46 is formed deeper than other parts. A V ′ groove B48 having the same depth as the lower end portion 46a of the V ′ groove A46 is provided below the flat part 47 having a predetermined length from the V ′ groove A46.
[0148] 更にフォーミングプレート 15は、背面側(ステープル搬送部の位置する側)に連結 部切断刃としての二つの切断刃 49が取り付けられる。各切断刃 49は、それぞれの刃 先 49aが斜めに外側を向いた状態で、且つ刃先が開口部内に所定量突出した状態 で、フォーミングプレート 15に取り付けられる。  Furthermore, the forming plate 15 is provided with two cutting blades 49 as connecting portion cutting blades on the back side (side where the staple conveying unit is located). Each cutting blade 49 is attached to the forming plate 15 in a state in which the respective blade edge 49a is inclined outward and the blade edge protrudes a predetermined amount into the opening.
[0149] 更にフォーミングプレート 15は、左右に凸部 C15dを備えており、図 5及び図 6に示 す、フレーム 8の側溝 C50に嵌合される。これにより、フォーミングプレート 15は、フレ ーム 8に対して上下に摺動可能となる。  [0149] Further, the forming plate 15 is provided with convex portions C15d on the left and right sides, and is fitted into a side groove C50 of the frame 8 shown in Figs. As a result, the forming plate 15 can slide up and down with respect to the frame 8.
[0150] 次に、ステープル貫通部を構成するドライバ 18の構成例について説明する。図 19 Aはドライバ 18を斜め前方から見た状態を示す分解斜視図であり、図 19Bはドライバ 18を斜め後方力 見た状態を示す分解斜視図である。図 20は本体部に揷入切断刃 としての抜き刃 51 (a, b)が取り付けられ、抜き刃 51内に両端が 1方向に折り曲げられ た形状のステーブル 3Aが位置した状態を示す斜視図である。  Next, a configuration example of the driver 18 that constitutes the staple penetrating portion will be described. FIG. 19A is an exploded perspective view showing the driver 18 as viewed obliquely from the front, and FIG. 19B is an exploded perspective view showing the driver 18 as seen from the oblique rear force. FIG. 20 is a perspective view showing a state in which a punching blade 51 (a, b) as an insertion cutting blade is attached to the main body, and a stable 3A having both ends bent in one direction is positioned in the punching blade 51. It is.
[0151] ドライバ 18は、所定の厚さを有する板状のドライバ本体部 18aと、突き出しピン 18d と、二枚の抜き刃 51とを備える。ドライバ本体部 18aは、図 4に示すハンドル 5の裏面 に備えられるドライバプッシャ 66が当接するドライバプッシャ当接部 18bを上端部に 備える。 [0151] The driver 18 includes a plate-like driver main body 18a having a predetermined thickness, a protruding pin 18d, and two punching blades 51. The driver main body 18a has a driver pusher abutting portion 18b with which the driver pusher 66 provided on the back surface of the handle 5 shown in FIG. Prepare.
[0152] また、ドライバ本体部 18aは、下端部近傍で左右両端部の近傍の突き出しピン取り 付け部 18cに突き出しピン 18dが取り付けられる。図 14に示すように、突き出しピン 1 8dは、先端部が円錐形で内部が空洞に形成されており、圧縮パネである突き出しピ ンバネ 18eを内部に有した状態で、ドライバ 18に取り付けられる。これにより、突き出 しピン 18dは、図 14の矢印に示すように前後方向に摺動自在であり、且つ、背面方 向(フォーミングプレート 15が位置する方向)へ突き出しピンバネ 18eにより付勢され た状態でドライバ本体部 18aに取り付けられる。  [0152] In addition, the driver body 18a has a protruding pin 18d attached to a protruding pin mounting portion 18c in the vicinity of the left and right ends near the lower end. As shown in FIG. 14, the protruding pin 18d has a conical tip and a hollow interior, and is attached to the driver 18 with a protruding pin spring 18e as a compression panel inside. As a result, the protruding pin 18d is slidable in the front-rear direction as indicated by the arrow in FIG. 14, and is urged by the protruding pin spring 18e in the rear direction (direction in which the forming plate 15 is located). To be attached to the driver body 18a.
[0153] また、突き出しピン 18dの先端部の円錐形部は、フォーミングプレート 15に備えられ る 溝 A46及び V溝 B48に応じた形状を備える。更に、突き出しピン 18dが 溝 A46 内にある際には、突き出しピン 18dの円錐形部の一部が溝内に位置した状態となり、 突き出しピン 18dが V溝 A46の 46a及び V溝 B48内にある際には、突き出しピン 18d の円錐形部の全部が溝内に位置した状態となる形状を、突き出しピン 18d及び V?冓 A46及び V?冓 B48は備える。  [0153] Further, the conical portion at the tip of the protrusion pin 18d has a shape corresponding to the groove A46 and the V groove B48 provided in the forming plate 15. Further, when the protruding pin 18d is in the groove A46, a part of the conical portion of the protruding pin 18d is positioned in the groove, and the protruding pin 18d is in the 46a of the V groove A46 and the V groove B48. In this case, the shape of the protruding pin 18d and the V?冓 A46 and V?冓 B48 is provided.
[0154] また、ドライバ本体部 18aは、下端部の中央に、図 8Bのステープル 3Aのクラウン部 35に応じた幅で所定量突出した直方体のステーブル押し下げ部 18fを備える。ステ 一プル押し下げ部 18fの左右には、図 20に示すようにそれぞれ抜き刃 51が取り付け られる。ここで、抜き刃 51の構成について説明する。まず、抜き刃 51の第 1実施例と しての第 1の抜き刃 51aの構成について説明する。図 21A、図 21B、図 21Cは第 1の 抜き刃 51aの構成を示す説明図である。図 21Aは第 1の抜き刃 51aの斜視図であり、 図 21Bは第 1の抜き刃 51aの側面図であり、図 21Cは第 1の抜き刃 51aの正面図で ある。  [0154] Further, the driver main body 18a includes a rectangular parallelepiped stable push-down portion 18f projecting a predetermined amount with a width corresponding to the crown portion 35 of the staple 3A in Fig. 8B at the center of the lower end. As shown in FIG. 20, punching blades 51 are respectively attached to the left and right of the staple push-down portion 18f. Here, the configuration of the punching blade 51 will be described. First, the configuration of the first punching blade 51a as the first embodiment of the punching blade 51 will be described. 21A, FIG. 21B, and FIG. 21C are explanatory views showing the configuration of the first punching blade 51a. FIG. 21A is a perspective view of the first punching blade 51a, FIG. 21B is a side view of the first punching blade 51a, and FIG. 21C is a front view of the first punching blade 51a.
[0155] 図 21A、図 21B、図 21Cに示すように、第 1の抜き刃 51aは、所定の長さを有し、一 方の端部に刃先 51aeを備える。また第 1の抜き刃 51aは、刃先 51aeを備える端部の 近傍に、少なくとも刃先 51ae側に斜面を有して所定量突出した突起部 51adを備え る。ここで突起部 51adは第 1の抜き刃 51aの幅いっぱいには形成されず、第 1の抜き 刃 51aは、図 21Bに示すように、長手方向に一方の端部から他方の端部までつなが つた直線部 51afを有する。このため、図 21Cに示す状態の紙面左右方向に対する 曲げに対して所定の強度を有する。また、突起部 51adはプレス加工により、モールド 加工と比較して安価に形成することが可能である。 As shown in FIG. 21A, FIG. 21B, and FIG. 21C, the first punching blade 51a has a predetermined length and is provided with a cutting edge 51ae at one end. Further, the first punching blade 51a includes a protruding portion 51ad having a slope at least on the blade tip 51ae side and protruding by a predetermined amount in the vicinity of the end portion including the blade tip 51ae. Here, the protrusion 51ad is not formed to the full width of the first punching blade 51a, and the first punching blade 51a is connected in the longitudinal direction from one end to the other end as shown in FIG. It has a straight part 51af. For this reason, with respect to the horizontal direction of the paper in the state shown in FIG. Has a predetermined strength against bending. In addition, the protrusion 51ad can be formed by press processing at a lower cost than mold processing.
[0156] 更に、第 1の抜き刃 51aは中央部に所定の形状の押し出し孔 51acを備え、押し出 し孔 51acの上方に、ドライバ本体部 18aのステープル押し下げ部 18fに取り付けるた めの取り付け孔 51agを備える。このような構成を備える第 1の抜き刃 51aを綴じ用紙 に貫通させることにより、図 21Dに示すような形状の切り込み孔 52aが形成される。  [0156] Furthermore, the first punching blade 51a is provided with an extrusion hole 51ac having a predetermined shape at the center, and an attachment hole for attaching to the staple push-down part 18f of the driver main body 18a above the extrusion hole 51ac. Equipped with 51ag. By passing the first punching blade 51a having such a configuration through the binding paper, a cut hole 52a having a shape as shown in FIG. 21D is formed.
[0157] 次に、抜き刃 51の第 2実施例としての第 2の抜き刃 51bの構成について説明する。  Next, the configuration of the second punching blade 51b as the second embodiment of the punching blade 51 will be described.
図 22A、図 22B、図 22Cは第 2の抜き刃 51bの構成を示す説明図である。図 22Aは 第 2の抜き刃 51bの斜視図であり、図 22Bは第 2の抜き刃 51bの側面図であり、図 22 Cは第 2の抜き刃 51bの正面図である。  22A, 22B, and 22C are explanatory views showing the configuration of the second punching blade 51b. 22A is a perspective view of the second punching blade 51b, FIG. 22B is a side view of the second punching blade 51b, and FIG. 22C is a front view of the second punching blade 51b.
[0158] 図 22A、図 22B、図 22Cに示すように、第 2の抜き刃 51bは、第 1の抜き刃 51aと同 様に所定の長さを有し、一方の端部に刃先 51beを備える。また第 2の抜き刃 51bは、 刃先 51beを備える端部の近傍に、少なくとも刃先 51be側に斜面を有して所定量突 出した突起部 51bdを二つ備える。ここで二つの突起部 51bdは、第 2の抜き刃 51bの 幅方向の両端部に備えられる。即ち突起部 51bdも図 21Bに示す突起部 51adと同 様に、第 2の抜き刃 51bの幅いっぱいには形成されず、第 2の抜き刃 51bは、図 22B に示すように、長手方向に一方の端部から他方の端部までつながった直線部 51bfを 有する。  [0158] As shown in Fig. 22A, Fig. 22B, and Fig. 22C, the second punching blade 51b has a predetermined length in the same manner as the first punching blade 51a, and has a blade edge 51be at one end. Prepare. The second punching blade 51b includes two protrusions 51bd that have a slope on at least the blade tip 51be side and protrude by a predetermined amount in the vicinity of the end portion including the blade tip 51be. Here, the two protrusions 51bd are provided at both ends in the width direction of the second punching blade 51b. That is, the protruding portion 51bd is not formed to the full width of the second punching blade 51b as in the protruding portion 51ad shown in FIG. 21B, and the second cutting blade 51b is arranged in the longitudinal direction as shown in FIG. It has a straight part 51bf connected from one end to the other end.
[0159] このため、図 22Cに示す状態の紙面左右方向に対する曲げに対して所定の強度を 有する。また、突起部 51bdはプレス加工により、モールド加工と比較して安価に形成 することが可能である。  [0159] For this reason, it has a predetermined strength against bending in the left-right direction on the paper surface in the state shown in FIG. 22C. In addition, the protrusion 51bd can be formed by press processing at a lower cost than mold processing.
[0160] 更に、第 2の抜き刃 51bは中央部に所定の形状の押し出し孔 51bcを備え、押し出 し孔 51bcの上方に、ドライバ本体部 18aのステープル押し下げ部 18fに取り付けるた めの取り付け孔 51bgを備える。このような構成を備える第 2の抜き刃 51bを綴じ用紙 に貫通させることにより、図 22Dに示すような形状の切り込み孔 52bが形成される。  [0160] Further, the second punching blade 51b is provided with an extrusion hole 51bc having a predetermined shape at the center, and an attachment hole for attaching to the staple push-down part 18f of the driver main body 18a above the extrusion hole 51bc. It has 51bg. By passing the second punching blade 51b having such a configuration through the binding paper, a cut hole 52b having a shape as shown in FIG. 22D is formed.
[0161] 図 19A、図 19B及び図 20に戻り、ドライバ本体部 18aは、左右に凸部 B18gを備え ており、図 5及び図 6に示す、フレーム 8の側溝 B53に嵌合される。これにより、ドライ バ本体部 18aは、フレーム 8に対して上下に摺動可能となる。 [0162] 次に、ステープル貫通部によるステープル 3Aの綴じ用紙に対する貫通、及び後述 するステープル折り曲げ部によりステープル 3Aの両脚部の折り曲げ及び貼り付けを 行う際に、綴じ用紙をテーブル 20に対して押さえつける用紙押さえ 19の構成につい て説明する。図 23A、図 23Bは用紙押さえ 19の構成を示す説明図である。図 23A は用紙押さえ 19を斜め前方から見た状態を示す分解斜視図であり、図 23Bは用紙 押さえ 19を斜め後方から見た状態を示す分解斜視図である。 Returning to FIG. 19A, FIG. 19B, and FIG. 20, the driver main body portion 18a includes convex portions B18g on the left and right sides, and is fitted into the side groove B53 of the frame 8 shown in FIGS. As a result, the driver main body 18a can slide up and down with respect to the frame 8. [0162] Next, a sheet for pressing the binding sheet against the table 20 when the staple 3A penetrates the staple sheet with the staple penetrating part and when both legs of the staple 3A are folded and pasted with the staple bending part described later. The structure of the retainer 19 will be described. FIG. 23A and FIG. 23B are explanatory views showing the configuration of the sheet presser 19. FIG. 23A is an exploded perspective view showing a state in which the sheet presser 19 is viewed obliquely from the front, and FIG. 23B is an exploded perspective view showing a state in which the sheet presser 19 is viewed from the oblique rear.
[0163] 図 23A、図 23Bに示すように、用紙押さえ 19は、所定の厚さを有する断面 L字状の 用紙押さえ本体部 19aと、角窓 19bとを備える。用紙押さえ本体部 19aは中央部に、 角窓 19bが開閉自在に取り付けられる角窓孔 19cを備える。また、用紙押さえ本体部 19aは、下端部に用紙押さえ部 19dを備え、用紙押さえ部 19dの中央にはステープ ル貫通部によるステープル貫通時に用いられるステープル綴じ孔 19eを備える。  [0163] As shown in FIGS. 23A and 23B, the sheet presser 19 includes a sheet presser main body portion 19a having a predetermined thickness and an L-shaped cross section, and a square window 19b. The sheet presser main body 19a is provided with a square window hole 19c at a central portion thereof, in which the square window 19b is attached to be freely opened and closed. The sheet presser main body 19a includes a sheet presser 19d at the lower end, and a staple binding hole 19e used at the time of staple passing through the staple passer 19d at the center of the sheet presser 19d.
[0164] 更に、用紙押さえ本体部 19aは、左右に凸部 A19fを備えており、図 5及び図 6に示 す、フレーム 8の側溝 A54に嵌合される。これにより、ドライバ本体部 18aは、フレーム 8に対して上下に摺動可能となる。  [0164] Further, the sheet presser main body portion 19a includes left and right convex portions A19f, and is fitted into a side groove A54 of the frame 8 shown in Figs. Accordingly, the driver main body 18a can slide up and down with respect to the frame 8.
[0165] 次に、フォーミングプレート 15、ドライバ 18及び用紙押さえ 19の上下方向の支持の 構成について説明する。前述したように、フォーミングプレート 15は側部に凸部 C15 dを有し、ドライバ本体部 18aは側部に凸部 B18gを有し、用紙押さえ本体部 19aは 側部に凸部 A19fを有する。それぞれの凸部がフレーム 8の側溝 C50、側溝 B53及 び側溝 A54に嵌合して摺動することにより、フォーミングプレート 15、ドライバ 18及び 用紙押さえ 19は、それぞれ所定の位置で上下方向に移動自在となる。  Next, the configuration for supporting the forming plate 15, the driver 18, and the sheet presser 19 in the vertical direction will be described. As described above, the forming plate 15 has the convex portion C15d on the side, the driver main body portion 18a has the convex portion B18g on the side portion, and the paper pressing main body portion 19a has the convex portion A19f on the side portion. Each convex part fits and slides in the side groove C50, side groove B53, and side groove A54 of the frame 8, so that the forming plate 15, the driver 18 and the paper presser 19 are movable up and down at predetermined positions respectively. It becomes.
[0166] まず図 14に示すように、待機状態においては、フォーミングプレート 15は、下端部 15eがプッシャ 17の L字型アーム 17dの上部に載った状態になる。また、図 4等に示 すように、用紙押さえ 19は引っ張りバネ 55によりフレーム 8に取り付けられ、上方へ引 つ張られた状態となる。待機状態における用紙押さえ 19の上死点は、フレーム 8の側 、溝 A54及び用紙押さえ本体部 19aの凸部 A19fにより定まる。  First, as shown in FIG. 14, in the standby state, the forming plate 15 is in a state where the lower end portion 15e is placed on the upper portion of the L-shaped arm 17d of the pusher 17. Further, as shown in FIG. 4 and the like, the sheet presser 19 is attached to the frame 8 by a tension spring 55 and is pulled upward. The top dead center of the paper presser 19 in the standby state is determined by the frame 8 side, the groove A54 and the convex portion A19f of the paper presser main body 19a.
[0167] また、図 13Bに示すように、用紙押さえ本体部 19a及びドライバ本体部 18aの間に は、ネジリコイルバネ 56が備えられており、用紙押さえ本体部 19aを下方へ付勢する と共に、ドライバ本体部 18aを上方へ付勢している。即ち待機状態においては、ドライ バ本体部 18aは用紙押さえ 19に対して上方へ付勢されており、ドライバ本体部 18a の上死点は、用紙おさえ溝 19mの上部とドライバ本体部 18aの正面側に突出してい るドライバ突起 18tにより定まる。 Further, as shown in FIG. 13B, a torsion coil spring 56 is provided between the paper presser main body portion 19a and the driver main body portion 18a, and the paper presser main body portion 19a is urged downward and the driver The main body 18a is urged upward. In other words, in the standby state, The main body 18a is urged upward with respect to the paper retainer 19, and the top dead center of the driver main body 18a is a driver protrusion 18t that protrudes above the paper holding groove 19m and the front side of the driver main body 18a. It depends on.
[0168] また、図 2に示すように、リンク 57は、ドライバ本体部 18aの側部で回動自在に取り 付けられている。リンク 57は長孔 57aでプッシャシャフト 58に摺動可能に係合し、長 孔 57bでシャフト 59Zに摺動可能に係合している。ここで、ハンドル 5が押し下げられ てドライバ本体部 18aが下降することにより、図 2の矢印 Eに示す方向にリンク 57が回 転する。リンク 57が回転することにより、矢印 Fに示す方向に長孔 57aよりプッシャシ ャフト 58が移動される。 [0168] Further, as shown in Fig. 2, the link 57 is rotatably attached to the side portion of the driver main body 18a. The link 57 is slidably engaged with the pusher shaft 58 through the long hole 57a, and is slidably engaged with the shaft 59Z through the long hole 57b. Here, when the handle 5 is pushed down and the driver main body 18a is lowered, the link 57 rotates in the direction indicated by the arrow E in FIG. As the link 57 rotates, the pusher shaft 58 is moved from the long hole 57a in the direction indicated by the arrow F.
[0169] これにより、図 4等に示すプッシャ 17が後退して、フォーミングプレート 15の下端部  [0169] As a result, the pusher 17 shown in FIG.
15eがプッシャ 17の L字型アーム 17dの上部からはずれ、フォーミングプレート 15は 下降することが可能となる。  15e is disengaged from the upper part of the L-shaped arm 17d of the pusher 17, and the forming plate 15 can be lowered.
[0170] また、フレーム 8の側溝 A54、側溝 B53及び側溝 C50には、凸部 A19f、凸部 B18 g及び凸部 C15dとの摺動性を向上させるため、例えば、樹脂等により縁取りされた力 ラー部を備える。 [0170] Further, in the side groove A54, the side groove B53, and the side groove C50 of the frame 8, in order to improve the slidability with the convex part A19f, the convex part B18g, and the convex part C15d, for example, a force edged with resin or the like It is equipped with a collar part.
[0171] 次に、ステープル押さえ部としてステープルカバー 6及びステープルカバー 6に備 えられる逆止バネ 59の構成例について説明する。図 24A、図 24Bはステープル押さ え部の構成を示す説明図である。図 24Aは逆止バネ 59により連結ステープル 2のス テープル 3Aを押さえた状態を示す平面図であり、図 24Bは、逆止バネ 59により連結 ステープル 2のステープル 3Aを押さえた状態を示す側面図である。  [0171] Next, a configuration example of the staple cover 6 and the check spring 59 provided in the staple cover 6 as a staple pressing unit will be described. 24A and 24B are explanatory diagrams showing the configuration of the staple pressing unit. 24A is a plan view showing a state in which the staple 3A of the connected staple 2 is pressed by the check spring 59, and FIG. 24B is a side view showing a state in which the staple 3A of the connected staple 2 is pressed by the check spring 59. is there.
[0172] 図 5から図 7に示すように、ステープラ 1Aは、フレーム 8上端の後端部にハンドノレ' ステープルカバー回動軸 10により回動可能に取り付けられたステープルカバー 6を 備える。ステープルカバー 6はフレームの幅に応じた幅を備え、図 4に示すように、搬 送路 13上の連結ステーブル 2を覆った状態で板パネ 14により押さえられる。  As shown in FIG. 5 to FIG. 7, the stapler 1 A includes a staple cover 6 attached to the rear end portion of the upper end of the frame 8 so as to be rotatable by a hand nose staple cover rotating shaft 10. The staple cover 6 has a width corresponding to the width of the frame, and is pressed by the plate panel 14 in a state of covering the connection stable 2 on the transport path 13 as shown in FIG.
[0173] また、ステープルカバー 6の、ハンドル'ステープルカバー回動軸 10への取り付け 部と逆側の端部には押さえ片の一例である逆止パネ 59が備えられる。逆止パネ 59 は、弾性を有する薄板状の金属であり、中央に位置する第 1逆止パネ 59aと、第 1逆 止パネ 59aの両側に位置する第 2逆止パネ 59bを備えて構成される。 [0174] ここで、第 1逆止バネ 59aは第 2逆止バネ 59bと比較して長ぐステープルカバー 6 が板パネ 14により押さえられた状態では、前述したステーブル切断成型部であるフォ 一ミングプレート 15の下方に位置するステープル 3Aaを、図 24Aの R及び図 24Bの Tで示すように、その端部で搬送路 13に対して押さえつける。また、第 2逆止パネ 59 bは、ステープル 3Aaのステープル装填部側の隣に位置するステープル 3Abを、図 2 4Aの S及び図 24Bの Uで示すように、その端部で搬送路 13に対して押さえつける。 [0173] Further, a check panel 59, which is an example of a pressing piece, is provided on the end of the staple cover 6 opposite to the attachment portion of the handle 'staple cover rotating shaft 10'. The check panel 59 is a thin metal plate having elasticity, and includes a first check panel 59a located in the center and second check panels 59b located on both sides of the first check panel 59a. The Here, in the state where the staple cover 6 that is longer than the first check spring 59b is pressed by the plate panel 14 as compared with the second check spring 59b, the first check spring 59a is the same as the above-described stable cutting molded portion. As shown by R in FIG. 24A and T in FIG. 24B, the staple 3Aa located below the ming plate 15 is pressed against the conveyance path 13 at its end. Further, the second check panel 59b allows the staple 3Ab, which is located next to the staple loading unit side of the staple 3Aa, to enter the conveyance path 13 at its end as shown by S in FIG. 24A and U in FIG. 24B. Press against it.
[0175] また、図 24A及び図 24Bに示すように、逆止バネ 59の第 1逆止バネ 59a及び第 2 逆止バネ 59bは、ステープラ 1Aの背面側(ステープル装填部側)が上方に位置する 斜めの姿勢で、ステープル 3Aa及びステープル 3Abをそれぞれの端部で搬送路 13 に対して押さえつける。このため、ステープル 3Aa及びステープル 3Abを、それぞれ 第 1逆止パネ 59a及び第 2逆止パネ 59bで搬送路 13に対して押さえつけた状態で、 図 24A及び図 24Bの各矢印に示す向きに連結ステープル 2を移動させることが可能 である。  [0175] Also, as shown in FIGS. 24A and 24B, the first check spring 59a and the second check spring 59b of the check spring 59 are positioned so that the back side (staple loading section side) of the stapler 1A is positioned upward. In a slanting posture, the staple 3Aa and the staple 3Ab are pressed against the transport path 13 at their respective ends. Therefore, the staple 3Aa and the staple 3Ab are pressed against the conveying path 13 by the first check panel 59a and the second check panel 59b, respectively, and connected in the direction indicated by the arrows in FIGS. 24A and 24B. 2 can be moved.
[0176] 次に、ステープル切断成型部による連結ステープル 2の端部に位置するステープ ノレ 3Aの切断、成型及び搬送の方法について図 25Aから図 25E等を用いて説明す る。図 25A、図 25B、図 25C、図 25D及び図 25Eは、ステープル 3Aの切断、成型及 び搬送方法についての説明図であり、連結ステープル 2、逆止バネ 59及び送りッメ 4 4を切断した状態で示す。図 25A、図 25B、図 25C、図 25D及び図 25Eにおいては 、両端力 方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型したステーブルよりも後方に位置するス テーブルは切断しな!/、状態で示して!/、る。  [0176] Next, a method of cutting, forming and conveying the staple 3A positioned at the end of the linked staple 2 by the staple cutting and forming unit will be described with reference to Figs. 25A to 25E. FIG. 25A, FIG. 25B, FIG. 25C, FIG. 25D, and FIG. 25E are explanatory views of the method for cutting, forming, and conveying the staple 3A, with the connected staple 2, the check spring 59, and the feed catch 4 4 cut. Shown in state. In FIGS. 25A, 25B, 25C, 25D and 25E, the stable located behind the stable formed into a shape folded in the direction of the force at both ends must not be cut! /
[0177] 図 25Aは、ステープラ 1Aの待機状態における各ステープル 3A、逆止バネ 59及び 送りッメ 44を示している。ステープル 3Aaは、図 24A、図 24Bと同様に、連結ステー プル 2の先頭側の端部のステープル 3Aであり、フォーミングプレート 15の下方で受 け台部 13c上に位置する。ステープル 3Abはステープル 3Aaのステープル装填部側 の隣に位置するステープル 3Aであり、ステープル 3Acは、既に両端が 1方向に折り 曲げられた形状に成型されるとともに後述する切断刃 49で連結ステーブル 2から切り 離された状態で、ドライバ 18の下方に位置するステープル 3Aである。なお、図 25B 以降にお!/、ては、ステープル 3Acは表示して!/、な!/、。 [0178] 図 25Bは、送りッメ 44が下方に移動している状態を示している。図 25Cは、切断刃 49によりステープル 3Aaとステープル 3Abとの連結部を切断している状態を示して いる。図 25Dは、フォーミングプレート 15によりステープル 3Aaを成型している状態を 示している。図 25Eは、送りッメ 44により連結ステープル 2を移動させると共に、プッ シャ 17のステープル押し部 17aによりステープル 3Aaを前方へ移動させる状態を示 している。 [0177] FIG. 25A shows the staples 3A, the check springs 59, and the feed catches 44 in the standby state of the stapler 1A. As in FIGS. 24A and 24B, the staple 3Aa is the staple 3A at the leading end of the connecting staple 2, and is located on the receiving table 13c below the forming plate 15. The staple 3Ab is a staple 3A located next to the staple loading unit side of the staple 3Aa. The staple 3Ac is already formed into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction and connected to the stable blade 2 by a cutting blade 49 described later. The staple 3A is located below the driver 18 in a state where the staple 3 is separated from the staple. In FIG. 25B and later,! /, Staple 3Ac is displayed! /, NA! / ,. [0178] FIG. 25B shows a state where the feed latch 44 is moving downward. FIG. 25C shows a state in which the connecting portion between the staple 3Aa and the staple 3Ab is cut by the cutting blade 49. FIG. FIG. 25D shows a state in which the staple 3Aa is formed by the forming plate 15. FIG. 25E shows a state in which the linked staple 2 is moved by the feed latch 44 and the staple 3Aa is moved forward by the staple pushing portion 17a of the pusher 17.
[0179] 図 25Aに示すステープラ 1Aの待機状態から、ハンドル 5が押し下げられることによ り、ドライバ 18が下降してリンク 57が回転し、プッシャ 17が後方へ移動する。これによ り、図 25B及び図 25Cに示すように、送りッメ 44が回転して後方に移動し、送りッメ 4 4の係合部 44cがステープル 3Aaのステープル装填部側(図 25Bの右側)の送り孔 3 2から外れ、ステープル 3Abのステープル装填部側の送り孔 32に係合した状態とな  [0179] When the handle 5 is pushed down from the standby state of the stapler 1A shown in FIG. 25A, the driver 18 descends, the link 57 rotates, and the pusher 17 moves rearward. As a result, as shown in FIGS. 25B and 25C, the feed latch 44 rotates and moves backward, and the engagement portion 44c of the feed latch 44 is moved to the staple loading portion side of the staple 3Aa (see FIG. 25B). The right side) is disengaged from the feed hole 3 2 and is engaged with the feed hole 32 on the staple loading section side of the staple 3Ab.
[0180] ここで、図 24Bに示すように、ステープル 3Abは逆止バネ 59の第 2逆止バネ 59bに より、図 16等に示す搬送路 13に対して押さえつけられている。このため、ステープル 3Abが搬送路 13から浮き上がることを防ぎ、送りッメ 44の係合部 44cが、ステープル 3Abのステーブル装填部側の送り孔 32に確実に係合することが可能となる。 Here, as shown in FIG. 24B, the staple 3Ab is pressed against the conveyance path 13 shown in FIG. 16 and the like by the second check spring 59b of the check spring 59. For this reason, it is possible to prevent the staple 3Ab from being lifted from the transport path 13, and the engaging portion 44c of the feeding catch 44 can be reliably engaged with the feeding hole 32 on the staple loading portion side of the staple 3Ab.
[0181] また、図 25Aから図 25Cに示す間、ドライバ 18により押し下げられることにより、フォ 一ミングプレート 15が下降する。ドライバ 18によるフォーミングプレート 15の押し下げ についての詳細は後述する。切断刃 49を備えるフォーミングプレート 15が連結ステ 一プル 2に対して下降することにより、切断刃 49によりステープル 3Aaとステープル 3 Abとの連結部が切断される。図 26A、図 26B及び図 26Cは切断刃 49によるステー プル 3Aの切断を時系列で示した説明図である。  [0181] Further, during the time shown in FIG. 25A to FIG. 25C, the forming plate 15 is lowered by being pushed down by the driver 18. Details of pushing down the forming plate 15 by the driver 18 will be described later. When the forming plate 15 having the cutting blade 49 is lowered with respect to the connecting step 2, the connecting portion between the staple 3Aa and the staple 3 Ab is cut by the cutting blade 49. FIG. 26A, FIG. 26B and FIG. 26C are explanatory views showing the cutting of the staple 3A by the cutting blade 49 in time series.
[0182] 図 26A、図 26B及び図 26Cに示すように、二つの切断刃 49がステープル 3Aに対 して下降することにより、二つの切断刃 49の刃先 49aで各ステープル連結部 34が切 断される。ここで、ステープル 3Aaとステープル 3Abとの間の各ステープル連結部 34 に対して、各刃先 49aが、ステープル 3Aの内側から外側に向けてそれぞれ反対方 向に押し当てられ、各ステープル連結部 34が切断される。これにより、各ステープル 連結部 34の切断時には、ステープル 3Aaとステープル 3Abとに、各ステープル 3A の長手方向に、各刃先 49aにより反対向きの力が同時に加えられた状態となる。 [0182] As shown in Fig. 26A, Fig. 26B and Fig. 26C, the two cutting blades 49 are lowered with respect to the staple 3A, whereby the staple connecting portions 34 are cut at the cutting edges 49a of the two cutting blades 49. Is done. Here, each blade edge 49a is pressed against the staple connecting portion 34 between the staple 3Aa and the staple 3Ab in the opposite direction from the inside to the outside of the staple 3A, so that each staple connecting portion 34 is Disconnected. As a result, when each staple connecting portion 34 is cut, the staple 3A is connected to the staple 3Aa and the staple 3Ab. In the longitudinal direction, a force in the opposite direction is simultaneously applied by each blade edge 49a.
[0183] これにより、切断対象のステープル 3Aaと、切断対象のステープル 3Aaと隣り合うス テーブル 3Abを広い範囲で支える必要がなぐ逆止パネ 59により押さえる簡易な構 成により、安定してステープル 3Aの切断を行うことが可能となる。  [0183] Thus, the staple 3A can be stably formed by the simple configuration in which the staple 3Aa to be cut and the staple 3Ab adjacent to the staple 3Aa to be cut are held by the check panel 59 which does not need to be supported in a wide range. Cutting can be performed.
[0184] 図 26Cでステープル 3Aaとステープル 3Abのステープル連結部 34を切断した後、 フォーミングプレート 15が更に下降することによりステープル 3Aaの両端が 1方向に 折り曲げられた形状への成型が行われる。図 27A、図 27B及び図 27Cと、図 28A、 図 28B及び図 28Cは、受け台部 13cとフォーミングプレート 15によるステープル 3A の成型を時系列で示した説明図である。  [0184] After cutting the staple connecting portion 34 of the staple 3Aa and the staple 3Ab in Fig. 26C, the forming plate 15 is further lowered to form the staple 3Aa into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction. 27A, 27B, and 27C, and FIGS. 28A, 28B, and 28C are explanatory views showing the formation of the staple 3A by the cradle part 13c and the forming plate 15 in time series.
[0185] 図 27A、図 27B、図 27C及び図 28Aに示すように、受け台部 13cに設置され隣接 するステープル 3Aから切り離されたステープル 3Aaに対して、フォーミングプレート 1 5が下降し、受け台部 13cとステープル成型部 15aが嵌合する。これにより、ステープ ノレ 3Aaは、クラウン部 35とクラウン部 35から略直角に折り曲げられた脚部 36が形成 されるように両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型される。  [0185] As shown in FIGS. 27A, 27B, 27C, and 28A, the forming plate 15 is lowered with respect to the staple 3Aa that is installed in the cradle part 13c and separated from the adjacent staple 3A. The portion 13c and the staple forming portion 15a are fitted. As a result, the staple 3Aa is molded into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction so as to form a crown portion 35 and a leg portion 36 bent substantially at right angles from the crown portion 35.
[0186] また、図 28Aに示すようにステープル 3Aaを両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた形状に 成型した後、ドライバ 18が上昇することにより、フォーミングプレート 15も上昇する。ド ライバ 18とフォーミングプレート 15の上昇についての詳細は後述する。ここで図 28B 及び図 28Cに示すように、フォーミングプレート 15が上昇する際には、両端が 1方向 に折り曲げられた形状に成型されたステープル 3Aaの両脚部 36がヒラキォサェ 15c により押さえられる。図 29は上昇したフォーミングプレート 15のヒラキォサェ 15cによ りステーブル 3Aaの両脚部 36を保持した状態を示す斜視図である。このように、両脚 部 36をヒラキォサェ 15cにより両外側から保持することにより、スプリングバックにより ステープル 3Aaの両脚部 36が開くことが防がれる。これにより、ステープル 3Aaを両 端力 方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型した後のスプリングバックによる影響を抑え、 次の工程を高精度に行うことが可能になる。  Further, as shown in FIG. 28A, after forming the staple 3Aa into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction, the driver 18 rises, so that the forming plate 15 also rises. Details of the rise of the driver 18 and the forming plate 15 will be described later. Here, as shown in FIGS. 28B and 28C, when the forming plate 15 is raised, both legs 36 of the staple 3Aa formed into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction are pressed by the flat face 15c. FIG. 29 is a perspective view showing a state in which both legs 36 of the stable 3Aa are held by the flat plate 15c of the forming plate 15 that has been lifted. In this way, by holding the both leg portions 36 from the both outer sides by the Hiratsae 15c, it is possible to prevent the both leg portions 36 of the staple 3Aa from being opened by the springback. As a result, it is possible to suppress the influence of the spring back after the staple 3Aa is formed into a shape bent in both end force directions, and to perform the next process with high accuracy.
[0187] フォーミングプレート 15が上昇して、ヒラキォサェ 15cにより両端が 1方向に折り曲 げられた形状のステーブル 3Aaの両脚部 36を保持した状態となった後、ドライバ 18 が更に上昇してリンク 57が回転し、プッシャバネ 16により付勢されたプッシャ 17が前 方に移動する。これより、図 25Eの矢印 1に示すように、送りッメ 44で連結ステープル 2が前方に移動すると共に、矢印 kに示すように、図示しないステーブル押し部 17aに よりステープル 3Aaが前方に押し出される。この結果、図 25Eに示すステープル 3Aa は、図 25Aに示すステープル 3Acと同等の状態となる。 [0187] After the forming plate 15 is raised and the legs 36 of the stable 3Aa having both ends bent in one direction by the Hirasae 15c are held, the driver 18 is further raised and linked. 57 rotates and pusher 17 biased by pusher spring 16 moves forward. Move towards. As a result, as shown by arrow 1 in FIG. 25E, the linked staple 2 is moved forward by the feed latch 44, and the staple 3Aa is pushed forward by the not-shown stable pushing portion 17a as shown by the arrow k. It is. As a result, the staple 3Aa shown in FIG. 25E is equivalent to the staple 3Ac shown in FIG. 25A.
[0188] 図 30A、図 30B及び図 31は、プッシャ 17のステープル押し部 17aによるステープ ル 3Aの押し出し方法を示す説明図である。図 30Bに示すように、プッシャ 17が前方 に移動することにより、ステーブル押し部 17aにより両端力 方向に折り曲げられた形 状のステープル 3Aがフォーミングプレート 15内からドライバ 18の二つの抜き刃 51の 間に押し出される。この時、ステーブル押し部 17aによるステーブル 3Aaの押し出し は、図 31に示すように、ステープル押し部 17aに設けられた四つの突起部 17aaによ り、ステープル 3Aの両脚部 36の背面側の上部及び下部を押すことにより行われる。  30A, 30B and 31 are explanatory views showing a method of pushing out the staple 3A by the staple pushing portion 17a of the pusher 17. FIG. As shown in FIG. 30B, when the pusher 17 is moved forward, the staple 3A is bent in the direction of both ends by the stable pushing portion 17a, so that the two cutting blades 51 of the driver 18 from the forming plate 15 Extruded in between. At this time, the pushing out of the stable 3Aa by the stable pushing portion 17a is caused by the four protrusions 17aa provided on the staple pushing portion 17a on the back side of the both leg portions 36 of the staple 3A as shown in FIG. This is done by pressing the top and bottom.
[0189] これにより、ステープル 3Aaが大きく傾くことなぐフォーミングプレート 15内力もドラ ィバ 18の二つの抜き刃 51の間にステープル 3Aの移動が行われる。よって、ステー プル 3Aのフォーミングプレート 15内からドライバ 18の二つの抜き刃 51の間への移動 を高精度に行うことが可能となる。  Thereby, the staple 3A is moved between the two punching blades 51 of the driver 18 in the forming plate 15 in which the staple 3Aa is not largely inclined. Therefore, it is possible to move the staple 3A from the inside of the forming plate 15 to the two cutting blades 51 of the driver 18 with high accuracy.
[0190] 図 32は、プッシャ 17の他の形状の例のステープル押し部 17bを示す説明図である 。図 32に示すように、ステープル押し部 17bが三つの突起部 17bbを備えて構成され るとしてもよい。図 32に示すステープル押し部 17bにより、ステーブル押し出し部 17b bに設けられた三つの突起部 17bb力 ステープル 3Aaのクラウン部の背面部、及び 両脚部 36の背面側の下部を押すことにより、ステープル 3Aaの押し出しが行われる。  FIG. 32 is an explanatory view showing a staple pushing portion 17b of another example of the pusher 17. As shown in FIG. 32, the staple pushing portion 17b may be configured to include three projecting portions 17bb. The staple pusher 17b shown in FIG. 32 causes the three protrusions 17bb force provided on the stable pusher 17b b to push the back part of the crown part of the staple 3Aa and the lower part on the back side of both leg parts 36, thereby stapling. 3Aa is extruded.
[0191] これにより、図 31に示すステープル押し部 17aと同様に、ステープル 3Aaが大きく 傾くことなく、フォーミングプレート 15内力もドライバ 18の二つの抜き刃 51の間にステ 一プル 3Aaの移動が行われ、ステープル 3Aaのフォーミングプレート 15内からドライ ノ 18の二つの抜き刃 51の間への移動を高精度に行うことが可能となる。  [0191] As a result, the staple 3Aa is not inclined greatly, and the internal force of the forming plate 15 is also moved between the two extraction blades 51 of the driver 18 in the same manner as the staple pushing portion 17a shown in FIG. Therefore, it is possible to move the staple 3Aa from the forming plate 15 to the space between the two punching blades 51 of the dryer 18 with high accuracy.
[0192] また、クラウン部 35に係合孔を有するステープル 3Aを用いる場合は、プッシャ 17の ステープル押し部 17bが、クラウン部 35に係合する係合部と、両脚部 36の背面側の 下部を押す押し部を備え、係合部でクラウン部 35を押すと共に押し部で両脚部 36の 背面側の下部を押すことにより、ステープルの押し出しを行うとしてもよい。 [0193] これにより、図 31に示すステープル押し部 17a及び図 32に示すステープル押し部 17bと同様に、ステーブル 3Aが大きく傾くことなぐフォーミングプレート 15内からドラ ィバ 18の二つの抜き刃 51の間にステープル 3Aの移動が行われ、ステープル 3Aの フォーミングプレート 15内力もドライバ 18の二つの抜き刃 51の間への移動を高精度 に行うことが可能となる。 [0192] When the staple 3A having an engagement hole in the crown portion 35 is used, the staple pushing portion 17b of the pusher 17 is engaged with the engagement portion that engages with the crown portion 35, and the lower portion on the back side of both leg portions 36. It is also possible to push out the staple by pressing the crown portion 35 with the engaging portion and pushing the lower part of the back side of the both leg portions 36 with the pushing portion. Thus, similar to the staple pushing part 17a shown in FIG. 31 and the staple pushing part 17b shown in FIG. 32, the two punching blades 51 of the driver 18 from the inside of the forming plate 15 where the stable 3A does not largely tilt. During this time, the staple 3A is moved, and the internal force of the forming plate 15 of the staple 3A can be moved between the two extraction blades 51 of the driver 18 with high accuracy.
[0194] (1 - 5)ステープル折り曲げ部の構成例  [0194] (1-5) Configuration example of staple folding section
次に、ステープル貫通部により綴じ用紙に貫通されたステープル 3Aの両脚部 36を 綴じ用紙 37に沿って折り曲げ、綴じ用紙 37と一方の脚部 36の接着部 31、及び一方 の脚部 36と他方の脚部 36とをそれぞれ貼り合わせるステープル折り曲げ部の構成 例について説明する。  Next, both the leg portions 36 of the staple 3A penetrated by the staple paper through the staple penetration portion are bent along the binding paper 37, the bonding portion 31 of the binding paper 37 and one leg portion 36, and the one leg portion 36 and the other side. An example of the configuration of the staple bending portion for bonding the leg portions 36 to each other will be described.
[0195] 図 33と、図 34A、図 34B及び図 34Cはステープル折り曲げ部の一部の構成を示す 説明図である。図 33はステーブル折り曲げ部の一部の構成を示す斜視図である。図 34Aは、ステープル折り曲げ部の一部の構成を上方から見た状態を示す平面図で ある。図 34Bはステープル折り曲げ部の一部の構成を示す断面図であり、図 34Aの V— V断面を示している。図 34Cは、ステープル折り曲げ部の一部の構成を下方から 見た状態を示す平面図である。  FIG. 33, FIG. 34A, FIG. 34B, and FIG. 34C are explanatory views showing a partial configuration of the staple bending portion. FIG. 33 is a perspective view showing a configuration of a part of the stable folding portion. FIG. 34A is a plan view showing a part of the configuration of the staple bending portion as viewed from above. 34B is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration of a part of the staple bending portion, and shows a V-V cross section of FIG. 34A. FIG. 34C is a plan view showing a part of the configuration of the staple bending portion as viewed from below.
[0196] 図 33と、図 34A、図 34B及び図 34Cに示すように、ステープル折り曲げ部は、フレ ーム 8の底部である折り曲げ部設置台 21に取り付けられたクリンチヤユニット 23、二 つの押し出しユニット 24、及びスライダ 26を備えて構成される。まずクリンチヤユニット 23の構成について説明する。図 35A及び図 35Bはクリンチヤユニット 23の構成を示 す説明図である。図 35Aはクリンチヤユニット 23を斜め後方から見た状態を示す斜視 図であり、図 35Bはクリンチャュュット 23の背面図である。  [0196] As shown in Fig. 33, Fig. 34A, Fig. 34B and Fig. 34C, the staple folding part is the clincher unit 23 attached to the folding part mounting base 21 which is the bottom of the frame 8, and two extrusions. A unit 24 and a slider 26 are provided. First, the configuration of the clincher unit 23 will be described. 35A and 35B are explanatory views showing the configuration of the clincher unit 23. FIG. 35A is a perspective view showing the clincher unit 23 as viewed obliquely from the rear, and FIG. 35B is a rear view of the clincher 23. FIG.
[0197] 図 33と、図 34A、図 34B及び図 34C、図 35A及び図 35Bに示すように、クリンチヤ ユニット 23は、隣り合った 2面が開放した直方体状のクリンチヤホルダ 23aと、クリンチ ャシャフト 23bで図 35Aの矢印に示すようにクリンチヤホルダ 23aに回動可能に取り て構成される。  [0197] As shown in Fig. 33, Fig. 34A, Fig. 34B and Fig. 34C, Fig. 35A and Fig. 35B, the clincher unit 23 includes a cuboid clincher holder 23a having two adjacent surfaces opened, and a clincher shaft. 23b, the clincher holder 23a is configured to be turnable as indicated by the arrow in FIG. 35A.
[0198] クリンチヤレフト 60とクリンチヤライト 61は互いに左右対称となる形状を有し、それぞ れクリンチヤホルダ 23aから突出した折り曲げ部 60a、折り曲げ部 61aを備え、クリンチ ャセンター 27を挟んだ状態でクリンチヤホルダ 23aに取り付けられる。またクリンチヤ センター 27は、クリンチヤホルダ 23aから突出した、貼り合わせ部 27aを有する。 センター 27との間には、それぞれ図示しないネジリコイルパネが備えられている。こ れにより、クリンチヤレフト 60はクリンチヤセンター 27に対して上方に付勢され、クリン チヤライト 61はクリンチヤセンター 27に対して上方に付勢された状態となる。 [0198] The clincher left 60 and the clincherite 61 have symmetrical shapes, The clincher holder 23a is provided with a bent portion 60a and a bent portion 61a, and is attached to the clincher holder 23a with the clincher center 27 interposed therebetween. The clincher center 27 has a bonding portion 27a protruding from the clincher holder 23a. Between the center 27, a torsion coil panel (not shown) is provided. Thus, the clincher left 60 is urged upward with respect to the clincher center 27, and the clincher right 61 is urged upward with respect to the clincher center 27.
[0200] また、クリンチヤセンター 27の左右に設けられた図示しない溝部、及びクリンチャレ フト 60、クリンチヤライト 61にそれぞれ設けられた、クリンチヤセンター 27左右の溝部 に摺動可能に係合する図示しない凸部により、クリンチヤセンター 27に対するクリン チヤレフト 60の上死点、及びクリンチヤセンター 27に対するクリンチヤライト 61の上死 点が定まる。ここでステープラ 1Aにおいては、例えば、クリンチヤセンター 27に対す るクリンチヤライト 61の上死点力 クリンチヤセンター 27に対するクリンチヤレフト 60の 上死点より高い位置となる。即ち、ステープラ 1Aの待機状態においては、図 35B等 に示すように、クリンチヤライト 61の折り曲げ部 61aが、クリンチヤレフト 60の折り曲げ 部 60aに対して高い位置にある。クリンチヤライト 61は第 1折り曲げ部の一例であり、 クリンチヤレフト 60は第 2折り曲げ部の一例である。  [0200] Also, the groove portions (not shown) provided on the left and right sides of the clincher center 27 and the groove portions on the left and right sides of the clincher center 60 and the clincher light 61 provided on the left and right sides of the clincher center 27 are slidably engaged. The top notches of clinchier left 60 with respect to clincher center 27 and the top dead center of clincherlite 61 with respect to clincher center 27 are determined by the not-convex portion. Here, in the stapler 1A, for example, the top dead center force of the clincher light 61 against the clincher center 27 is higher than the top dead center of the clincher left 60 with respect to the clincher center 27. That is, in the standby state of the stapler 1A, as shown in FIG. 35B and the like, the bent portion 61a of the clincher right 61 is positioned higher than the bent portion 60a of the clincher left 60. The clincher light 61 is an example of a first bent portion, and the clincher left 60 is an example of a second bent portion.
[0201] また、折り曲げ部設置台 21のクリンチヤユニット 23が設置される箇所には、図 34A 及び図 35Bに示すようにクリンチャ孔部 23cが形成されている。更に、図 34Bに示す ように、クリンチヤセンター 27には長孔 27bが備えられている。ここで図 4に示すように 、ステープラ 1Aは、折り曲げ部の一部としてベース 9に、クリンチヤセンター 27を支持 してベース 9に対する位置を定めるクリンチャリフタ 28を備えている。クリンチャリフタ 2 8はベース 9に応じた高さを有し、上端部にはクリンチヤセンター 27の長孔 27bと係合 する凸部を備える。  [0201] Further, a clincher hole portion 23c is formed at a location where the clincher unit 23 of the bending portion installation base 21 is installed, as shown in FIGS. 34A and 35B. Further, as shown in FIG. 34B, the clincher center 27 is provided with a long hole 27b. Here, as shown in FIG. 4, the stapler 1A includes a clincher lifter 28 that supports the clincher center 27 and determines the position with respect to the base 9 as a part of the bent portion. The clincher lifter 28 has a height corresponding to the base 9, and has a convex portion that engages with the long hole 27 b of the clincher center 27 at the upper end.
[0202] 図 4の矢印 Jに示すように、フレーム回動軸 12でフレーム 8がベース 9に対して回転 することにより、クリンチャリフタ 28の凸部のクリンチヤセンター 27の長孔 27b内の位 置が変化して、クリンチヤセンター 27のベース 9に対する位置が定められる。同時に、 クリンチヤセンター 27に対してネジリコイルバネにより付勢されているクリンチヤレフト 6 0及びクリンチヤライト 61の位置も定まる。 [0202] As indicated by an arrow J in FIG. 4, when the frame 8 is rotated with respect to the base 9 by the frame rotation shaft 12, the convex portion of the clincher lifter 28 is positioned in the long hole 27b of the clincher center 27. The position of the clincher center 27 relative to the base 9 is determined. At the same time, the clincher left 6 urged by the torsion coil spring against the clincher center 27 6 The positions of 0 and clincher light 61 are also determined.
[0203] また、図 35Bに示すように、クリンチヤホルダ 23aの側壁は下部(Yで示す箇所)が 上部(Wで示す箇所)よりも厚い。このため、クリンチヤホルダ 23a内の幅は、下部より も上部の方が広くなる。更に、クリンチヤセンター 27と、クリンチヤレフト 60及びクリン チヤライト 61との間に備えられているネジリコイルパネは、圧縮パネとしても働き、タリ げる方向に付勢する。 [0203] Further, as shown in FIG. 35B, the side wall of the clincher holder 23a is thicker at the lower part (shown by Y) than at the upper part (shown by W). For this reason, the width in the clincher holder 23a is wider in the upper part than in the lower part. Further, the torsion coil panel provided between the clincher center 27 and the clincher left 60 and the clincher light 61 also functions as a compression panel and urges it in the direction of turning.
[0204] このため、図 4の反時計回りにフレーム回動軸 12でフレーム 8がベース 9に対して回 転し、クリンチャリフタ 28によりクリンチヤセンター 27が押し上げられて、図 34Bの矢 印 mに示す方向にクリンチヤレフト 60、クリンチヤセンター 27及びクリンチヤライト 61 が回転することにより、クリンチヤレフト 60及びクリンチヤライト 61は、クリンチヤセンタ 一 27に対して左右に押し広げられる。  [0204] For this reason, the frame 8 is rotated with respect to the base 9 by the frame rotation shaft 12 counterclockwise in FIG. 4, and the clincher center 27 is pushed up by the clincher lifter 28, and the arrow m in FIG. 34B. When the clincher left 60, the clincher center 27, and the clincher right 61 rotate in the direction shown in FIG. 1, the clincher left 60 and the clincher right 61 are pushed to the left and right with respect to the clincher center 27.
[0205] 次に、押し出しユニット 24の構成について説明する。図 33に示す折り曲げ部設置 台 21に取り付けられた二つの押し出しユニット 24は同一の構成を備えるものである。 また各押し出しユニット 24は、ドライバ 18に対応した位置に設置される。図 36A、図 3 6B、図 36C及び図 36Dと、図 37A、図 37B、図 37C、図 37D、図 37E及び図 37F は、押し出しユニット 24の構成を示す説明図である。図 36A、図 36Bと、図 37A、図 37B及び図 37Cは、後述するカム 24a及び押し出しプッシャ 24bが待機位置にある 状態を示している。図 36C、図 36Dと、図 37D、図 37E及び図 37Fは、後述するカム 24a及び押し出しプッシャ 24bが押し出し位置にある状態を示している。  [0205] Next, the configuration of the extrusion unit 24 will be described. The two extruding units 24 attached to the folding part installation base 21 shown in FIG. 33 have the same configuration. Each extrusion unit 24 is installed at a position corresponding to the driver 18. 36A, 36B, 36C, and 36D, and FIGS. 37A, 37B, 37C, 37D, 37E, and 37F are explanatory views showing the configuration of the extrusion unit 24. FIG. 36A, 36B, and FIGS. 37A, 37B, and 37C show a state where the cam 24a and the pusher pusher 24b, which will be described later, are in the standby position. FIG. 36C, FIG. 36D, FIG. 37D, FIG. 37E, and FIG. 37F show a state in which the cam 24a and the pusher pusher 24b described later are in the push-out position.
[0206] また、図 36A、図 36B、図 36C及び図 36Dはそれぞれ押し出しユニット 24の斜視 図であり、図 37A及び図 37Dは押し出しユニット 24の平面図、図 37B及び図 37Eは 押し出しユニット 24の正面図、図 37C及び図 37Fは押し出しユニット 24の側面図で ある。  36A, 36B, 36C and 36D are perspective views of the extrusion unit 24, respectively. FIGS. 37A and 37D are plan views of the extrusion unit 24. FIGS. 37B and 37E are diagrams of the extrusion unit 24. Front views, FIG. 37C and FIG. 37F are side views of the extrusion unit 24.
[0207] 図 36A、図 36B、図 36C及び図 36Dと、図 37A、図 37B、図 37C、図 37D、図 37 E及び図 37Fに示すように、押し出しユニット 24は、上部が開口した形状を有する押 し出しユニットベース 24c、カム 24a及び押し出しプッシャ 24bを備えて構成される。 カム 24aは、屈曲した形状を有する爪部 24dを両端に備え、押し出しユニットベース 2 4c内で、カムシャフト 24eにより押し出しユニットベース 24cに図 36Aの矢印に示すよ うに回動可能に取り付けられている。 [0207] As shown in FIGS. 36A, 36B, 36C, and 36D, and FIGS. 37A, 37B, 37C, 37D, 37E, and 37F, the extrusion unit 24 has a shape with an open top. It has an extrusion unit base 24c, a cam 24a and an extrusion pusher 24b. The cam 24a is provided with claw portions 24d having bent shapes at both ends, and the extrusion unit base 2 Within 4c, the camshaft 24e is rotatably attached to the extrusion unit base 24c as shown by the arrow in FIG. 36A.
[0208] 押し出しプッシャ 24bは直方体状の形状を備え、ダブルトーシヨンパネ 24fの上端 部に取り付けられる。ダブルトーシヨンパネ 24fは、ダブルトーシヨンパネシャフト 24g により押し出しユニットベース 24cに回動自在に取り付けられる。これにより、押し出し プッシャ 24bは図 36Bの矢印に示す方向に付勢された状態となる。また、押し出しプ ッシャ 24bは、ダブルトーシヨンパネ 24fにより付勢される方向に薄板の円弧状の押し 出し部 24baを備える。この押し出し部 24baは、図 21A、図 21Bに示す第 1の抜き刃 51aの押し出し孔 51acと、図 22A、図 22Bに示す第 2の抜き刃 51bの押し出し孔 51 beに揷通可能な形状を備える。  [0208] The pusher pusher 24b has a rectangular parallelepiped shape and is attached to the upper end of the double torsion panel 24f. The double torsion panel 24f is rotatably attached to the extrusion unit base 24c by a double torsion panel shaft 24g. As a result, the pusher pusher 24b is biased in the direction indicated by the arrow in FIG. 36B. The pusher pusher 24b is provided with a thin plate arcuate pusher 24ba in a direction urged by the double torsion panel 24f. The extruding portion 24ba has a shape that can be passed through the extruding hole 51ac of the first extracting blade 51a shown in FIGS. 21A and 21B and the extruding hole 51be of the second extracting blade 51b shown in FIGS. 22A and 22B. Prepare.
[0209] 押し出しプッシャ 24b力 図 36A、図 36B及び図 37A、図 37B、図 37Cに示す待 機位置にある状態において、図 37Bの反時計回りにカム 24aを回転させることにより 、ダブルトーシヨンパネ 24fにより付勢された押し出しプッシャ 24bは、図 36C、図 36 D及び図 37D、図 37E、図 37Fに示すように押し出し位置に移動する。反対に、押し 出しプッシャ 24bが、押し出し位置にある状態において、図 37Eの時計回りにカム 24 aを回転させることにより、ダブルトーシヨンパネ 24fがカム 24aに押され、押し出しプッ シャ 24bは待機位置に移動する。  Extrusion pusher 24b force When the cam 24a is rotated counterclockwise in FIG. 37B in the standby position shown in FIGS. 36A, 36B, 37A, 37B, and 37C, a double torsion panel is obtained. The pusher pusher 24b urged by 24f moves to the push-out position as shown in FIGS. 36C, 36D, 37D, 37E, and 37F. Conversely, when the pusher pusher 24b is in the pushout position, rotating the cam 24a clockwise in FIG. 37E causes the double torsion panel 24f to be pushed by the cam 24a, so that the pusher pusher 24b is in the standby position. Move to.
[0210] 次に、スライダ 26の構成例について説明する。図 38A及び図 38Bと、図 39A及び 図 39Bは、スライダ 26の構成例を示す説明図である。図 38Aはスライダ 26を斜め前 方から見た状態を示す斜視図であり、図 38Bはスライダ 26を斜め後方から見た状態 を示す斜視図である。図 39Aはスライダ 26の平面図であり、図 39Bはスライダ 26の 側面図である。  [0210] Next, a configuration example of the slider 26 will be described. 38A and 38B, and FIGS. 39A and 39B are explanatory views showing a configuration example of the slider 26. FIG. FIG. 38A is a perspective view showing a state in which the slider 26 is viewed obliquely from the front, and FIG. 38B is a perspective view showing a state in which the slider 26 is viewed from the oblique rear. FIG. 39A is a plan view of the slider 26, and FIG. 39B is a side view of the slider 26.
[0211] 図 38A及び図 38Bと、図 39A及び図 39Bに示すように、スライダ 26は、直方体状 の形状を有し、両端より前方に向けて伸びたスライダアーム 26a及びスライダアーム 2 6bを備える。スライダアーム 26aは前端部にアーム斜面 A26aa及びアーム斜面 B26 abを備える。アーム斜面 A26aaはスライダ 26の内側で、且つ下側及び前側を向いた 角度に形成される。アーム斜面 B26abはスライダ 26の内側で、且つ上側及び後ろ側 を向いた角度に、アーム斜面 A26aaの後部に形成される。 [0212] スライダアーム 26bもスライダアーム 26aと同様に、前端部にアーム斜面 A26ba及 びアーム斜面 B26bbを備える。アーム斜面 A26baはスライダ 26の内側で、且つ下 側及び前側を向いた角度に形成される。アーム斜面 B26bbはスライダ 26の内側で、 且つ上側及び後ろ側を向いた角度に、アーム斜面 A26baの後部に形成される。 [0211] As shown in FIGS. 38A and 38B and FIGS. 39A and 39B, the slider 26 has a rectangular parallelepiped shape, and includes a slider arm 26a and a slider arm 26b extending forward from both ends. . The slider arm 26a includes an arm slope A26aa and an arm slope B26ab at the front end. The arm slope A26aa is formed at an angle inside the slider 26 and facing the lower side and the front side. The arm slope B26ab is formed at the rear of the arm slope A26aa at an angle inside the slider 26 and facing the upper side and the rear side. [0212] Similarly to the slider arm 26a, the slider arm 26b includes an arm slope A26ba and an arm slope B26bb at the front end. The arm slope A26ba is formed inside the slider 26 and at an angle facing the lower side and the front side. The arm slope B26bb is formed at the rear of the arm slope A26ba inside the slider 26 and at an angle facing the upper side and the rear side.
[0213] また、スライダ 26は、後端部の近傍にスライダシャフト 63が揷通されるスライダシャ フト孔 26cを備え、図 34Aの矢印及び図 34Bの矢印 nに示すように、前後に摺動可 能に取り付けられている。ステープラ 1Aが組み立てられた状態では、図 2に示すよう に、スライダシャフト 63はフレーム 8の長孔 64内に位置した状態となる。ここで、ハンド ノレ 5が押し下げられてドライバ本体部 18aが下降することにより、図 2の矢印 Eに示す 方向にリンク 57が回転し、リンク 57の下端部に設けられた突起部 57cがスライダシャ フト 63と係合してスライダシャフト 63を後方に押し下げることより、スライダ 26が後方 へ移動される。  [0213] Further, the slider 26 includes a slider shaft hole 26c through which the slider shaft 63 is inserted in the vicinity of the rear end portion, and is slidable back and forth as indicated by the arrows in FIG. 34A and the arrow n in FIG. 34B. Attached to Noh. In the assembled state of the stapler 1A, the slider shaft 63 is positioned in the long hole 64 of the frame 8 as shown in FIG. Here, when the hand nose 5 is pushed down and the driver main body 18a is lowered, the link 57 is rotated in the direction indicated by the arrow E in FIG. 2, and the protrusion 57c provided at the lower end of the link 57 is the slider shaft. The slider 26 is moved backward by engaging with 63 and pushing the slider shaft 63 downward.
[0214] 更に、スライダ 26は、背面部にスライダバネ 25が設置されるスライダバネ穴 26dを 備えており、ステープラ 1Aが組み立てられた状態ではスライダパネ 25により折り曲げ 部設置台 21に対して前方に付勢された状態となる。また、図 34B及び図 34Cに示す ように、折り曲げ部設置台 21のスライダ 26の下部には、所定の大きさのスライダ孔部 23dが形成される。  [0214] Further, the slider 26 has a slider spring hole 26d in which a slider spring 25 is installed on the back surface. When the stapler 1A is assembled, the slider 26 is urged forward by the slider panel 25 with respect to the bent portion installation base 21. It becomes a state. As shown in FIGS. 34B and 34C, a slider hole 23d having a predetermined size is formed in the lower portion of the slider 26 of the bent portion installation base 21.
[0215] 次に、押し出しユニット 24とクリンチヤユニット 23の動作の関係について説明する。  [0215] Next, the operation relationship between the push-out unit 24 and the clincher unit 23 will be described.
図 33と、図 34A、図 34B及び図 34Cに示すように、クリンチヤレフト 60の折り曲げ、咅 Oa、クリンチヤセンター 27の貼り合わせ部 27a及びクリンチヤライト 61の折り曲げ部 6 laが上下する箇所を挟んだ位置に、各押し出しユニット 24は配置される。各押し出し ユニット 24の押し出しプッシャ 24bが押し出し位置にある状態で、クリンチヤレフト 60 、クリンチヤセンター 27及びクリンチヤライト 61が図 34Bの矢印に示す方向に回転す ることにより、クリンチヤレフト 60及びクリンチヤライト 61により各押し出しュュット 24の 爪部 24dが押し上げられてカム 24aが回転し、押し出しプッシャ 24bが待機位置に移 動する。  As shown in Fig. 33 and Fig. 34A, Fig. 34B and Fig. 34C, the folding of the clinch left 60, the heel Oa, the bonding part 27a of the clincher center 27 and the bending part 6 la of the clincher light 61 are moved up and down. Each extruding unit 24 is arranged at a position sandwiching the. With the pusher pusher 24b of each pusher unit 24 in the push-out position, the clincher left 60, the clincher center 27, and the clincher right 61 rotate in the direction indicated by the arrow in FIG. The claw portion 24d of each push-out mute 24 is pushed up by the clincher light 61, the cam 24a rotates, and the push-out pusher 24b moves to the standby position.
[0216] 次に、押し出しユニット 24とスライダ 26の動作の関係について説明する。図 33と、 図 34A、図 34B及び図 34Cに示す状態では、各押し出しユニット 24の押し出しプッ シャ 24b力 S待機位置にあり、スライダ 26のスライダアーム 26a、 26bの前端部が各押 し出しユニット 24の二つの爪部 24dの間にある。この状態から、スライダ 26が後方に 移動することにより、スライダアーム 26aのアーム斜面 B26ab及びスライダアーム 26b のアーム斜面 B26bbが、各押し出しユニット 24の後方に位置する爪部 24dに当接し てカム 24aが回転し、押し出しプッシャ 24bが押し出し位置に移動する。 Next, the relationship between the operations of the extrusion unit 24 and the slider 26 will be described. In the state shown in FIG. 33, FIG. 34A, FIG. 34B, and FIG. Shaft 24b force S is in the standby position, and the front ends of the slider arms 26a and 26b of the slider 26 are located between the two claw portions 24d of each push-out unit 24. From this state, when the slider 26 moves rearward, the arm slope B26ab of the slider arm 26a and the arm slope B26bb of the slider arm 26b come into contact with the claw portions 24d located behind the push-out units 24 so that the cam 24a Rotates and pusher pusher 24b moves to the pushout position.
[0217] また、各押し出しユニット 24の押し出しプッシャ 24bが待機位置にあり、スライダ 26 のスライダアーム 26a、 26bの前端部が各押し出しユニット 24の二つの爪部 24dの間 力も外れて後方にある状態から、スライダ 26を前方に移動した際には、スライダァー ム 26aのアーム斜面 A26aa及びスライダアーム 26bのアーム斜面 A26baが、各押し 出しユニット 24の後方に位置する爪部 24dに当接してスライダアーム 26a、 26bが両 側に広がり、スライダ 26のスライダアーム 26a、 26bの前端部が各押し出しユニット 24 の二つの爪部 24dの間に位置した状態となる。  [0217] In addition, the pusher 24b of each pusher unit 24 is in the standby position, and the front ends of the slider arms 26a and 26b of the slider 26 are in the rear with the force between the two claws 24d of each pusher unit 24 removed. Therefore, when the slider 26 is moved forward, the arm slope A26aa of the slider arm 26a and the arm slope A26ba of the slider arm 26b come into contact with the claw portions 24d located at the rear of each push-out unit 24, and the slider arm 26a 26b spreads on both sides, and the front end portions of the slider arms 26a, 26b of the slider 26 are located between the two claw portions 24d of each push-out unit 24.
[0218] (1 6)その他ベース部の構成例  [0218] (1 6) Other examples of base configuration
次に、ベース 9の他の構成について説明する。ステープラ 1Aは、スライダ 26を支え るスライダ受け 29を備える。このスライダ受け 29は、折り曲げ部設置台 21のスライダ 孔部 23dに対応した位置に備えられており、ステープラ 1Aの待機状態においては、 図 4に示すように、スライダ 26を支えた状態となる。ハンドル 5が押し下げられてスライ ダ 26が後方に移動することにより、スライダ 26はスライダ受け 29から外れた状態とな  Next, another configuration of the base 9 will be described. The stapler 1A includes a slider receiver 29 that supports the slider 26. The slider receiver 29 is provided at a position corresponding to the slider hole 23d of the bent portion installation base 21, and in the standby state of the stapler 1A, the slider 26 is supported as shown in FIG. When the handle 5 is pushed down and the slider 26 moves rearward, the slider 26 is detached from the slider receiver 29.
[0219] また、図 4に示すように、ステープラ 1Aは、ベース 9に折り曲げ部設置台 21を支える リターンバネ 22を備える。このリターンバネ 22により、折り曲げ部設置台 21は、フレー ム回動軸 12で図 4の時計回りに付勢された状態となる。 [0219] Further, as shown in FIG. 4, the stapler 1A includes a return spring 22 that supports the bent portion installation base 21 on the base 9. Due to the return spring 22, the bent portion installation base 21 is urged clockwise in FIG. 4 by the frame rotation shaft 12.
[0220] <第 1のステープラの動作例〉  [0220] <First stapler operation example>
次に、ステープラ 1Aの動作例について説明する。図 40から図 98Bはステープラ 1 Aによりステーブル 3Aを用いて綴じ用紙 37を綴じる動作を示す説明図である。図 40 から図 60は、各状態におけるステープラ 1Aを図 3の H— H断面で示す説明図である 。図 61から図 74は、各状態における用紙押さえ 19、ドライバ本体部 18a及びフォーミ ングプレート 15の断面を示す説明図である。図 75力、ら図 95は、各状態におけるステ ープラ 1Aを図 2の G— G断面で示す説明図である。図 96Aから図 98Bは、各状態に おけるステープル折り曲げ部の一部の状態を示す説明図である。図 96A、図 97A及 び図 98Aはステープル折り曲げ部の一部を示す平面図であり、図 96B、図 97B及び 図 98Bはステープル折り曲げ部の一部を示す側面図である。 Next, an operation example of the stapler 1A will be described. 40 to 98B are explanatory views showing the operation of binding the binding paper 37 using the staple 3A by the stapler 1A. 40 to 60 are explanatory views showing the stapler 1A in each state in the section HH in FIG. 61 to 74 are explanatory views showing cross sections of the sheet presser 19, the driver main body 18a, and the forming plate 15 in each state. Figure 75 shows the force in each state. FIG. 3 is an explanatory view showing the polypropylene 1A in a GG section of FIG. FIG. 96A to FIG. 98B are explanatory views showing a part of the staple folding portion in each state. 96A, 97A, and 98A are plan views showing a part of the staple folding part, and FIGS. 96B, 97B, and 98B are side views showing a part of the staple folding part.
[0221] 以下において、図面を参照しながら、ステープラ 1Aによりステープノレ 3Aを用いて 綴じ用紙 37を綴じる動作について説明する。図 40、図 61、図 75及び図 96A、図 96 Bは、待機状態におけるステープラ 1Aの各部の状態を示す説明図である。  [0221] Hereinafter, an operation of binding the binding sheet 37 using the staple 3A by the stapler 1A will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 40, FIG. 61, FIG. 75 and FIG. 96A and FIG. 96B are explanatory views showing the state of each part of the stapler 1A in the standby state.
[0222] 図 40、図 61、図 75及び図 96A、図 96Bに示すステープラ 1Aの待機状態では、ス テープラ 1Aの各部は以下のような状態となる。ステープラ 1Aの待機状態では、ステ 一プルホルダ 11内にロール状ステープル 4が装填され、図 10に示すように、ロール 状ステープル 4から引き出された連結ステープル 2が剥離紙 30を剥がされた状態で 搬送路 13上に設置される。また、連結ステーブルから剥がされた剥離紙 30は、剥離 紙排出経路 40を通じてステープラ 1Aの後部に設けられた剥離紙排出口 39から排 出された状態に設置される。  [0222] In the standby state of the stapler 1A shown in FIGS. 40, 61, 75, 96A, and 96B, each part of the stapler 1A is in the following state. In the standby state of the stapler 1A, the roll staple 4 is loaded into the staple holder 11, and the connected staple 2 pulled out from the roll staple 4 is conveyed with the release paper 30 peeled off as shown in FIG. Installed on Road 13. Further, the release paper 30 peeled off from the connection stable is set in a state of being discharged from the release paper discharge port 39 provided at the rear portion of the stapler 1A through the release paper discharge path 40.
[0223] また、フォーミングプレート 15の下部である搬送路 13の受け台部 13cには、連結ス テープル 2の先頭部のステープル 3Aaが位置している。更にドライバ 18の抜き刃 51 内には、両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型されたステーブル 3Acが位置し ている。  [0223] Further, the staple 3Aa at the leading end of the connecting staple 2 is positioned on the cradle part 13c of the transport path 13 which is the lower part of the forming plate 15. Further, a stable 3Ac formed in a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction is located in the extraction blade 51 of the driver 18.
[0224] また、ステープラ 1Aの待機状態では、用紙押さえ 19は、引っ張りバネ 55によりフレ ーム 8に対して上方へ付勢され、凸部 A19f及び側溝 A54で定まる上端部に位置し ている。ドライバ 18はネジリコイルパネ 56により、用紙押さえ 19に対して上方へ付勢 され、ドライバ突起 18tと用紙押さえ溝 19mの上部とが当接する状態に位置している 。フォーミングプレート 15はドライバ 18の突き出しピン 18dにより、凸部 C15d及び側 溝 C50で定まる上端部に位置している。  [0224] Further, in the standby state of the stapler 1A, the sheet presser 19 is urged upward against the frame 8 by the tension spring 55, and is positioned at the upper end determined by the convex portion A19f and the side groove A54. The driver 18 is urged upward with respect to the paper presser 19 by the torsion coil panel 56, and the driver protrusion 18t and the upper part of the paper presser groove 19m are in contact with each other. The forming plate 15 is positioned at the upper end defined by the convex portion C15d and the side groove C50 by the protruding pin 18d of the driver 18.
[0225] 更に、ステープラ 1Aの待機状態では、プッシャ 17はプッシャバネ 16により前方へ 付勢され、ステープル押し部 17aがドライバ 18の抜き刃 51に当てついた状態となる。 また、スライダ 26はスライダパネ 25により前方へ付勢され、ベース 9に備えられるスラ イダ受け 29に乗った状態となる。 [0226] また、ステープラ 1 Aの待機状態では、フレーム 8の底部となる折り曲げ部設置台 21 1S ベース 9のリターンパネ 22により上方へ付勢され、折り曲げ部設置台 21の前端 部力 S、ベース 9に固定されたシャフト 64に当てついた状態となる。 [0225] Further, in the standby state of the stapler 1A, the pusher 17 is urged forward by the pusher spring 16, and the staple pushing portion 17a is brought into contact with the extraction blade 51 of the driver 18. Further, the slider 26 is urged forward by the slider panel 25 and is in a state of riding on a slider receiver 29 provided in the base 9. [0226] Further, in the standby state of the stapler 1A, the bent portion installation base 21 1S which becomes the bottom of the frame 8 is urged upward by the return panel 22 of the base 9, and the front end force S of the bent portion installation base 21 and the base It will be in the state where it hits the shaft 64 fixed to 9.
[0227] 図 41、図 62及び図 76は、用紙押さえ 19がテーブル 20上の綴じ用紙 37上へ接地 した状態におけるステープラ 1Aの各部の状態を示す説明図である。図 40等に示す 待機状態から、使用者がハンドル 5を押し下げることにより、ハンドル'ステープルカバ 一回動軸 10でハンドル 5が図 41の反時計回りに回動し、ドライバプッシャ 66によりド ライバ 18が押し下げられる。ここで、図 13Bに示すように、用紙押さえ本体部 19a及 びドライバ本体部 18aの間には、ネジリコイルバネ 56が備えられており、用紙押さえ 本体部 19aを下方へ付勢すると共に、ドライバ本体部 18aを上方へ付勢している。  41, 62, and 76 are explanatory views showing the state of each part of the stapler 1A in a state where the sheet presser 19 is in contact with the binding sheet 37 on the table 20. FIG. When the user depresses the handle 5 from the standby state shown in FIG. 40, the handle 5 is rotated counterclockwise as shown in FIG. Is pushed down. Here, as shown in FIG. 13B, a torsion coil spring 56 is provided between the paper presser main body portion 19a and the driver main body portion 18a to urge the paper presser main body portion 19a downward and to drive the driver main body. The part 18a is urged upward.
[0228] このため、ドライバ 18が押し下げられることにより、用紙押さえ 19も下方に押し下げ られ、図 41、図 62及び図 76に示すように、テーブル 20上の綴じ用紙 37が用紙押さ え 19の用紙押さえ部 19dに押さえられた状態となる。  [0228] For this reason, when the driver 18 is pushed down, the paper presser 19 is also pushed down, and the binding paper 37 on the table 20 becomes the paper of the paper presser 19 as shown in FIGS. 41, 62 and 76. It is in a state of being pressed by the holding part 19d.
[0229] また、ドライバ 18が押し下げられることにより、図 2の矢印 Eに示す方向にリンク 57が 回転し、長孔 57aに係合したプッシャシャフト 58が後方へ押され、プッシャ 17が後方 に移動を開始する。即ち、図 25Bに示すように、プッシャ 17に取り付けられた送りッメ 44の連結ステーブル 2の送り孔 32に対する係合が外れて、後方への移動を開始す る。また、図 61及び図 62に示すように、ドライバ 18の突き出しピン 18dは、フォーミン グプレート 15の V溝 A46内を移動する。  [0229] Further, when the driver 18 is pushed down, the link 57 rotates in the direction shown by the arrow E in FIG. 2, the pusher shaft 58 engaged with the long hole 57a is pushed backward, and the pusher 17 moves backward. To start. That is, as shown in FIG. 25B, the engagement of the feed tab 44 attached to the pusher 17 with respect to the feed hole 32 of the connection stable 2 is released, and the rearward movement is started. Further, as shown in FIGS. 61 and 62, the protruding pin 18d of the driver 18 moves in the V groove A46 of the forming plate 15.
[0230] 図 42、図 63及び図 77は、フォーミングプレート 15の作動が開始された状態におけ るステープラ 1Aの各部の状態を示す説明図である。図 41、図 62及び図 76に示す 用紙押さえ 19が接地された状態から、更にハンドル 5が押し下げられることにより、ハ ンドル 'ステープルカバー回動軸 10でハンドル 5が図 42の反時計回りに回動し、ドラ ィバプッシャ 66によりドライバ 18が更に押し下げられる。これにより、図 42及び図 77 に示すように、ドライバ 18に取り付けられた抜き刃 51が、テーブル 20上に設置され 用紙押さえ 19により押さえられた綴じ用紙 37に貫通される。  42, 63 and 77 are explanatory views showing the state of each part of the stapler 1A in a state where the operation of the forming plate 15 is started. When the paper holder 19 shown in Fig. 41, Fig. 62 and Fig. 76 is grounded and the handle 5 is further pushed down, the handle 5 rotates counterclockwise as shown in Fig. The driver 18 is further pushed down by the driver pusher 66. As a result, as shown in FIGS. 42 and 77, the punching blade 51 attached to the driver 18 is passed through the binding paper 37 placed on the table 20 and pressed by the paper presser 19.
[0231] また、ドライバ 18が更に押し下げられることにより、図 2の矢印 Eに示す方向にリンク 57が更に回転し、長孔 57aに係合したプッシャシャフト 58が後方へ押され、プッシャ 17が後方に更に移動する。これにより、図 14に示すフォーミングプレート 15の下端 部 15eが、プッシャ 17の L字型アーム 17dから外れた状態となる。 Further, when the driver 18 is further pushed down, the link 57 further rotates in the direction indicated by the arrow E in FIG. 2, and the pusher shaft 58 engaged with the elongated hole 57a is pushed rearward to push the pusher. 17 moves further back. As a result, the lower end portion 15e of the forming plate 15 shown in FIG. 14 is detached from the L-shaped arm 17d of the pusher 17.
[0232] また、図 63に示すように、ドライバ 18の突き出しピン 18dは、フォーミングプレート 1 5の V溝 A46内を移動し、 V溝 A46の下端部 46aに到達する。ドライバ 18の突き出し ピン 18dが、 V?冓 A46の下端部 46 aに到達後、ドライバ 18が更に下降することにより、 突き出しピン 18dが V?冓 A46の下端部 46aに係合した状態で、ドライバ 18共にフォー ミングプレート 15は下降を開始する。  As shown in FIG. 63, the projecting pin 18d of the driver 18 moves in the V groove A46 of the forming plate 15 and reaches the lower end 46a of the V groove A46. The protruding pin 18d of the driver 18 is V?後 After reaching the lower end 46a of A46, when the driver 18 further descends, the protruding pin 18d is V?で While engaged with the lower end 46a of A46, the forming plate 15 starts to descend together with the driver 18.
[0233] 図 43、図 64及び図 78は、ステープル 3Aaの切断が開始され、スライダ 26の移動 が開始された状態におけるステープラ 1Aの各部の状態を示す説明図である。図 42 、図 63及び図 77に示す、フォーミングプレート 15の作動が開始された状態から、更 にハンドル 5が押し下げられることにより、ハンドル'ステープルカバー回動軸 10でハ ンドル 5が図 43の反時計回りに回動し、ドライバプッシャ 66によりドライバ 18が更に押 し下げられる。これにより、図 43及び図 78に示すように、ドライバ 18に取り付けられた 抜き刃 51が、テーブル 20上に設置され用紙押さえ 19により押さえられた綴じ用紙 3 7に、更に貫通される。  FIGS. 43, 64 and 78 are explanatory views showing states of the respective parts of the stapler 1A in a state where the cutting of the staple 3Aa is started and the movement of the slider 26 is started. When the operation of the forming plate 15 shown in FIG. 42, FIG. 63, and FIG. 77 is started, the handle 5 is further pushed down, so that the handle 5 is rotated by the handle's staple cover rotating shaft 10 in the opposite direction of FIG. The driver 18 is further pushed down by the driver pusher 66 by rotating clockwise. As a result, as shown in FIGS. 43 and 78, the punching blade 51 attached to the driver 18 is further penetrated into the binding paper 37 installed on the table 20 and pressed by the paper presser 19.
[0234] また、ドライバ 18が下降することにより、図 64に示すように、突き出しピン 18dが V?冓 A46の下端部 46aに係合した状態で、ドライバ 18共にフォーミングプレート 15は下 降する。これにより、図 25Cに示すように、連結ステープル 2の先頭部に位置するステ 一プル 3Aaと連接するステープル 3Abとのステープル連結部 34力 フォーミングプレ ート 15に取り付けられた切断刃 49により切断される。  [0234] Also, as the driver 18 descends, the protruding pin 18d becomes V?フ ォ ー The forming plate 15 is lowered together with the driver 18 while being engaged with the lower end 46a of A46. Thus, as shown in FIG. 25C, the staple 3A connected to the staple 3Aa connected to the staple 3Aa located at the leading end of the connected staple 2 is cut by the cutting blade 49 attached to the staple forming force 15 and the forming plate 15. The
[0235] また、ドライバ 18が押し下げられることにより、図 2の矢印 Eに示す方向にリンク 57が 回転し、リンク 57の突起部 57cと係合したスライダシャフト 63と共にスライダ 26が後方 に移動を開始する。  [0235] When the driver 18 is pushed down, the link 57 rotates in the direction indicated by the arrow E in FIG. 2, and the slider 26 starts moving backward together with the slider shaft 63 engaged with the protrusion 57c of the link 57. To do.
[0236] 図 44、図 65及び図 79は、ステープル 3Aaの成型が開始された状態におけるステ ープラ 1Aの各部の状態を示す説明図である。図 43、図 64及び図 78に示す、ステー プル 3Aaの切断が開始され、スライダ 26の移動が開始された状態から、更にハンド ル 5が押し下げられることにより、ハンドル'ステープルカバー回動軸 10でハンドル 5 が図 44の反時計回りに回動し、ドライバプッシャ 66によりドライバ 18が更に押し下げ られる。これにより、図 44及び図 79に示すように、ドライバ 18に取り付けられた抜き刃 51が、テーブル 20上に設置され用紙押さえ 19により押さえられた綴じ用紙 37に、更 に負迪 れる。 FIGS. 44, 65 and 79 are explanatory views showing the state of each part of the stapler 1A in a state where the forming of the staple 3Aa is started. As shown in FIGS. 43, 64 and 78, the staple 3Aa is started to be cut and the slider 26 starts to move. The handle 5 rotates counterclockwise as shown in FIG. 44, and the driver 18 is further pushed down by the driver pusher 66. It is done. As a result, as shown in FIGS. 44 and 79, the punching blade 51 attached to the driver 18 is further loaded on the binding paper 37 placed on the table 20 and pressed by the paper presser 19.
[0237] また、ドライバ 18が下降することにより、図 65に示すように、突き出しピン 18dが V?冓 A46の下端部 46aに係合した状態で、ドライバ 18と共にフォーミングプレート 15が下 降する。これにより、図 27Cに示すように、フォーミングプレート 15のステープル成型 部 15aにより、受け台部 13cに設置されたステープル 3Aaの成型が開始される。  [0237] When the driver 18 is lowered, as shown in FIG.フ ォ ー The forming plate 15 is lowered together with the driver 18 while being engaged with the lower end 46a of A46. As a result, as shown in FIG. 27C, the staple forming unit 15a of the forming plate 15 starts forming the staple 3Aa installed on the receiving table 13c.
[0238] また、ドライバ 18が更に押し下げられることにより、図 2の矢印 Eに示す方向にリンク  [0238] When the driver 18 is further pushed down, the link is made in the direction indicated by the arrow E in FIG.
57が更に回転し、リンク 57の突起部 57cと係合したスライダシャフト 63と共にスライダ 26が更に後方に移動する。  57 further rotates, and the slider 26 further moves rearward together with the slider shaft 63 engaged with the projection 57c of the link 57.
[0239] 図 45、図 80及び図 97A、図 97Bは、カム 24aの回転が開始された状態におけるス テープラ 1Aの各部の状態を示す説明図である。ドライバ 18が押し下げられ、図 2の 矢印 Eに示す方向にリンク 57が回転し、リンク 57の突起部 57cと係合したスライダシ ャフト 63と共にスライダ 26が後方に移動する。  45, 80, 97A, and 97B are explanatory views showing the states of the respective parts of the stapler 1A in a state in which the rotation of the cam 24a is started. The driver 18 is pushed down, the link 57 rotates in the direction indicated by the arrow E in FIG. 2, and the slider 26 moves rearward together with the slider shaft 63 engaged with the projection 57c of the link 57.
[0240] これにより、図 97A及び図 97Bに示すように、スライダ 26のスライダアーム 26a及び スライダアーム 26bが、それぞれ各押し出しユニット 24の後側に位置する爪部 24dと 当接し図 36Bの矢印に示すようにカム 24aが回転する。これにより、各押し出しュニッ ト 24の押し出しプッシャ 24bが待機位置から押し出し位置の方向へ回転する。これに より、図 80に示すように、各押し出しプッシャ 24bの押し出し部 24baが、綴じ用紙 37 に貫通された抜き刃 51の外側の面に当接した状態となる。  As a result, as shown in FIGS. 97A and 97B, the slider arm 26a and the slider arm 26b of the slider 26 come into contact with the claw portions 24d located on the rear side of the push-out units 24, respectively, and the arrows in FIG. As shown, the cam 24a rotates. As a result, the pusher pusher 24b of each pusher unit 24 rotates from the standby position to the pusher position. As a result, as shown in FIG. 80, the pushing portion 24ba of each pusher pusher 24b comes into contact with the outer surface of the punching blade 51 penetrating the binding paper 37.
[0241] 図 46、図 66及び図 81は、ステープル 3Aaの成型が完了した状態におけるステー プラ 1Aの各部の状態を示す説明図である。図 44、図 65及び図 79に示す、ステープ ル 3Aaの成型が開始された状態から、更にハンドル 5が押し下げられることにより、ハ ンドル 'ステープルカバー回動軸 10でハンドル 5が図 46の反時計回りに回動し、ドラ ィバプッシャ 66によりドライバ 18が更に押し下げられる。これにより、図 46及び図 81 に示すように、ドライバ 18に取り付けられた抜き刃 51が、テーブル 20上に設置され 用紙押さえ 19により押さえられた綴じ用紙 37に更に貫通され、抜き刃 51内に位置し ているステープル 3Acの両脚部 36が、綴じ用紙 37に貫通される。 [0242] また、ドライバ 18が下降することにより、図 66に示すように、突き出しピン 18dが V?冓 A46の下端部 46aに係合した状態で、ドライバ 18と共にフォーミングプレート 15が下 降する。これにより、フォーミングプレート 15の凸部 C15dがフレーム 8の側溝 C50の 下端部に接して、フォーミングプレート 15がフレーム 8に対して下降しない位置まで、 フォーミングプレート 15が下降する。これにより、図 25D及び図 28Aに示すように、フ ォーミングプレート 15のステープル成型部 15aにより、受け台部 13cに設置されたス テープル 3Aaが、クラウン部 35と両脚部 36を有する両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた 形状に成型される。 [0241] Figs. 46, 66, and 81 are explanatory views showing states of the respective parts of the stapler 1A in a state where the forming of the staple 3Aa is completed. As shown in FIGS. 44, 65, and 79, the handle 5 is further pushed down from the state in which the molding of the staple 3Aa is started, so that the handle 5 is rotated counterclockwise as shown in FIG. The driver 18 is further pushed down by the driver pusher 66. As a result, as shown in FIGS. 46 and 81, the punching blade 51 attached to the driver 18 is further penetrated into the binding paper 37 placed on the table 20 and pressed by the paper presser 19, and into the punching blade 51. The both legs 36 of the staple 3Ac that is positioned are passed through the binding sheet 37. [0242] Also, as the driver 18 descends, the protruding pin 18d becomes V?フ ォ ー The forming plate 15 is lowered together with the driver 18 while being engaged with the lower end 46a of A46. As a result, the convex portion C15d of the forming plate 15 comes into contact with the lower end portion of the side groove C50 of the frame 8, and the forming plate 15 is lowered to a position where the forming plate 15 is not lowered with respect to the frame 8. Thus, as shown in FIGS. 25D and 28A, the staple forming portion 15a of the forming plate 15 causes the staple 3Aa installed on the cradle portion 13c to have both ends having the crown portion 35 and both leg portions 36. Molded into a shape folded in one direction.
[0243] また、ドライバ 18が更に押し下げられることにより、図 2の矢印 Eに示す方向にリンク  [0243] Further, when the driver 18 is further pushed down, the link is made in the direction indicated by the arrow E in FIG.
57が更に回転し、リンク 57の突起部 57cと係合したスライダシャフト 63と共にスライダ 26が更に後方に移動する。  57 further rotates, and the slider 26 further moves rearward together with the slider shaft 63 engaged with the projection 57c of the link 57.
[0244] 図 47、図 67及び図 82は、突き出しピン 18dがフラット部 47に乗り上げた状態にお けるステープラ 1Aの各部の状態を示す説明図である。図 46、図 66及び図 81に示す 、ステープル 3Aaの成型が完了した状態から、更にハンドル 5が押し下げられること により、ハンドル'ステープルカバー回動軸 10でハンドル 5が図 47の反時計回りに回 動し、ドライバプッシャ 66によりドライバ 18が更に押し下げられる。これにより、図 47 及び図 82に示すように、ドライバ 18に取り付けられた抜き刃 51が、テーブル 20上に 設置され用紙押さえ 19により押さえられた綴じ用紙 37に更に貫通され、抜き刃 51内 に位置しているステープル 3Acの両脚部 36が、綴じ用紙 37に更に貫通される。  FIGS. 47, 67 and 82 are explanatory views showing the state of each part of the stapler 1A in a state where the protruding pin 18d rides on the flat part 47. FIG. As shown in FIGS. 46, 66 and 81, when the forming of the staple 3Aa is completed, when the handle 5 is further pushed down, the handle 5 is rotated counterclockwise in FIG. The driver 18 is further pushed down by the driver pusher 66. As a result, as shown in FIGS. 47 and 82, the punching blade 51 attached to the driver 18 is further penetrated into the binding paper 37 placed on the table 20 and pressed by the paper presser 19, and into the punching blade 51. The both legs 36 of the staple 3Ac that is positioned are further penetrated into the binding sheet 37.
[0245] また、図 67に示すように、ドライバ 18が下降することにより、突き出しピン 18dが、フ ォーミングプレート 15の V溝 A46と V溝 B48の間に位置するフラット部 47に乗り上げ る。また、ドライバ 18が更に押し下げられることにより、図 2の矢印 Eに示す方向にリン ク 57が更に回転し、リンク 57の突起部 57cと係合したスライダシャフト 63と共にスライ ダ 26が更に後方に移動する。  Further, as shown in FIG. 67, when the driver 18 is lowered, the protruding pin 18d rides on the flat portion 47 located between the V-groove A46 and the V-groove B48 of the forming plate 15. . Further, when the driver 18 is further pushed down, the link 57 further rotates in the direction indicated by the arrow E in FIG. 2, and the slider 26 moves further rearward together with the slider shaft 63 engaged with the projection 57c of the link 57. To do.
[0246] 図 48、図 68、図 83及び図 98A、図 98Bは、ステープル 3Acの貫通が完了し、スラ イダ受け 29からスライダ 26が外れた状態におけるステープラ 1Aの各部の状態を示 す説明図である。図 47、図 67及び図 82に示す、突き出しピン 18dがフラット部 47に 乗り上げた状態から、更にハンドル 5が押し下げられることにより、ハンドル'ステープ ルカバー回動軸 10でハンドル 5が図 48の反時計回りに回動し、ドライバプッシャ 66 によりドライバ 18が更に押し下げられる。これにより、図 48及び図 83に示すように、ド ライバ 18に取り付けられた抜き刃 51が、テーブル 20上に設置され用紙押さえ 19によ り押さえられた綴じ用紙 37に更に貫通され、抜き刃 51内に位置しているステーブル 3 Acの両脚部 36が、綴じ用紙 37に完全に貫通される。 FIG. 48, FIG. 68, FIG. 83, FIG. 98A, and FIG. 98B are explanatory diagrams showing the state of each part of the stapler 1A when the penetration of the staple 3Ac is completed and the slider 26 is detached from the slider receiver 29. It is. When the handle 18 is further pushed down from the state in which the protruding pin 18d is on the flat portion 47 as shown in FIGS. The handle 5 is rotated counterclockwise in FIG. 48 by the cover cover rotating shaft 10, and the driver 18 is further pushed down by the driver pusher 66. As a result, as shown in FIGS. 48 and 83, the punching blade 51 attached to the driver 18 is further penetrated into the binding paper 37 placed on the table 20 and pressed by the paper presser 19, and the punching blade The both legs 36 of the stable 3 Ac located in 51 are completely penetrated by the binding sheet 37.
[0247] また、図 83に示すように、各ダブルトーシヨンパネ 24fにより付勢され、各抜き刃 51 の外側の面に当接した状態の各押し出しプッシャ 24bの押し出し部 24baが、各抜き 刃 51の押し出し孔 51c内に揷通する。これにより、ステープル 3Aaの両脚部 36が、 各押し出し部 24baにより内側へ押されて折り曲げられることにより、各抜き刃 51から 離れた状態となる。 [0247] As shown in Fig. 83, the pushing portions 24ba of the pusher pushers 24b, which are urged by the double torsion panel 24f and are in contact with the outer surface of the punching blades 51, Thread through 51 extrusion hole 51c. As a result, both the leg portions 36 of the staple 3Aa are separated from the punching blades 51 by being bent inwardly by the pushing portions 24ba.
[0248] また、ドライバ 18が下降することにより、図 68に示すように、突き出しピン 18dが V?冓 B48内に移動する。更に、図 2の矢印 Eに示す方向にリンク 57が更に回転し、リンク 5 7の突起部 57cと係合したスライダシャフト 63と共にスライダ 26が更に後方に移動す ることにより、図 48に示すように、スライダ 26がスライダ受け 29から外れた状態となる 。更に、図 98A及び図 98Bに示すように、スライダアーム 26a及び 26bの前端部が、 各押し出しユニット 24の各爪部 24dの間から、後方へ外れた状態となる。  [0248] When the driver 18 is lowered, as shown in FIG.移動 Move into B48. Further, the link 57 further rotates in the direction indicated by the arrow E in FIG. 2, and the slider 26 moves further rearward together with the slider shaft 63 engaged with the projection 57c of the link 57, as shown in FIG. In addition, the slider 26 is detached from the slider receiver 29. Further, as shown in FIGS. 98A and 98B, the front end portions of the slider arms 26a and 26b are in a state of being disengaged rearward from between the claw portions 24d of the push-out units 24.
[0249] 図 49及び図 84は、クリンチヤライト 61がクリンチヤホルダ 23aで右方向へ開いた状 態におけるステープラ 1Aの各部の状態を示す説明図である。図 48、図 68、図 83及 び図 98A、図 98Bに示す、ステープル 3Acの貫通が完了し、スライダ受け 29からスラ イダ 26が外れた状態から、更にハンドル 5が押し下げられることにより、フレーム回動 軸 12でフレーム 8がベース 9に対して、図 49の反時計回りに回動する。  FIGS. 49 and 84 are explanatory views showing the state of each part of the stapler 1A in a state where the clincher light 61 is opened rightward by the clincher holder 23a. As shown in FIGS. 48, 68, 83, 98A, and 98B, when the penetration of the staple 3Ac is completed and the slider 26 is detached from the slider receiver 29, the handle 5 is further pushed down, so that the frame is rotated. The frame 8 is rotated counterclockwise in FIG.
[0250] これにより、クリンチャリフタ 28により、クリンチヤセンター 27力 S、クリンチヤシャフト 23 bで回動してクリンチヤホルダ 23aに対して上方へ持ち上げられた状態となる。クリン チヤセンター 27がクリンチヤホルダ 23aに対して上方へ持ち上げられることにより、ネ ジリコイルバネによりクリンチヤセンター 27に対して上方に付勢されたクリンチヤレフト に対して上方へ持ち上げられる。  Accordingly, the clincher lifter 28 is rotated by the clincher center 27 force S and the clincher shaft 23 b and is lifted upward with respect to the clincher holder 23 a. When the clincher center 27 is lifted upward with respect to the clincher holder 23a, it is lifted upward with respect to the clincher left urged upward with respect to the clincher center 27 by the screw coil spring.
[0251] また、クリンチヤライト 61は、クリンチヤレフト 60よりもクリンチヤセンター 27に対する 上死点が上方に設けられている。このため、クリンチヤセンター 27がクリンチヤシャフト 23bで回動して上方へ持ち上げられることにより、クリンチヤライト 61がステープル 3A aの右側の脚部 36に外側から接し、ステープル 3Aaの右側の脚部 36の内側への折 り曲げが開始される。 [0251] In addition, the clincherite 61 is more effective against the clinchear center 27 than the clinchier left 60. A top dead center is provided above. Therefore, when the clincher center 27 is rotated by the clincher shaft 23b and lifted upward, the clincher light 61 comes into contact with the right leg 36 of the staple 3A a from the outside, and the right leg of the staple 3Aa Bending inside 36 begins.
[0252] ここで、図 35Bに示すように、クリンチヤホルダ 23aの側壁は下部(Yで示す箇所)が 上部(Wで示す箇所)よりも厚ぐクリンチヤホルダ 23a内の幅は、下部よりも上部の方 が広くなるように形成されている。更に、クリンチヤセンター 27と、クリンチヤレフト 60及 びクリンチヤライト 61との間に備えられているネジリコイルバネは、圧縮バネとしても働 押し広げる方向に付勢している。  [0252] Here, as shown in FIG. 35B, the side wall of the clinch holder 23a is thicker in the lower part (indicated by Y) than in the upper part (indicated by W). Also, the upper part is formed wider. Further, the torsion coil spring provided between the clincher center 27 and the clincher left 60 and the clincher light 61 is urged in the direction of working and expanding as a compression spring.
[0253] このため、クリンチヤライト 61がクリンチヤホルダ 23aに対して上方に持ち上げられる ことにより、クリンチヤライト 61が右側に押し広げられ、クリンチヤライト 61先端の折り曲 げ部 61 aが、確実に抜き刃 51と右側の脚部 36との間に入り込む。この時、クリンチヤ ライト 61の先端が抜き刃 51の内側面と接し、右側の脚部 36を根元から折り曲げる。  [0253] For this reason, when the clincher light 61 is lifted upward with respect to the clincher holder 23a, the clincher light 61 is pushed to the right and the bent portion 61a at the tip of the clincher light 61 is Make sure that it fits between the blade 51 and the right leg 36. At this time, the tip of the clincher light 61 is in contact with the inner surface of the punching blade 51, and the right leg 36 is bent from the base.
[0254] 図 50及び図 85は、クリンチヤレフト 60がクリンチヤホルダ 23a内で左方向へ開き、 右側の押し出しユニット 24のカム 24aが待機位置へ戻った状態におけるステープラ 1 Aの各部の状態を示す説明図である。図 49及び図 84に示す、クリンチヤライト 61が クリンチヤホルダ 23aで右方向へ開いた状態から、更にハンドル 5が押し下げられるこ とにより、フレーム回動軸 12でフレーム 8がベース 9に対して、図 50の反時計回りに 回動する。  FIG. 50 and FIG. 85 show the state of each part of the stapler 1 A when the clinch left 60 opens leftward in the clincher holder 23a and the cam 24a of the right pushing unit 24 returns to the standby position. It is explanatory drawing shown. When the clincher light 61 shown in FIGS. 49 and 84 is opened to the right by the clincher holder 23a and the handle 5 is further pushed down, the frame 8 is moved with respect to the base 9 by the frame rotating shaft 12. Rotate counterclockwise in Fig. 50.
[0255] これにより、クリンチャリフタ 28により、クリンチヤセンター 27力 S、クリンチヤシャフト 23 bで回動してクリンチヤホルダ 23aに対して上方へ更に持ち上げられ、クリンチヤレフト 60及びクリンチヤライト 61が、クリンチヤシャフト 23bで回動してクリンチヤホルダ 23a に対して上方へ更に持ち上げられる。  Thus, the clincher lifter 28 and the clincher right 61 are further lifted upward by the clincher lifter 28 by the clincher center 27 force S and the clincher shaft 23 b to be rotated upward with respect to the clincher holder 23 a. However, it is rotated by the clincher shaft 23b and further lifted upward with respect to the clincher holder 23a.
[0256] これにより、クリンチヤライト 61によりステープル 3Aaの右側の脚部 36が内側へ更に 折り曲げられる。また、この時、右側の押し出しユニット 24の爪部 24dが、クリンチャラ イト 61により下方から押し上げられる。これにより、待機位置へ向けて、右側の押し出 しユニット 24のカム 24aの、図 36Bの矢印と反対方向への回転が開始する。 [0257] また、クリンチヤレフト 60がクリンチヤホルダ 23aに対して更に持ち上げられてステー プル 3Aaの左側の脚部 36に外側力、ら接し、ステープル 3Acの左側の脚部 36の内側 への折り曲げが開始される。ここで、クリンチヤホルダ 23a内の幅は、下部よりも上部 の方が広くなるように形成されており、クリンチヤレフト 60はネジリコイルバネにより左 方向へ付勢されている。このため、クリンチヤレフト 60がクリンチヤホルダ 23aに対して 上方に持ち上げられることにより、クリンチヤレフト 60が左側に押し広げられ、クリンチ ャレフト 60先端の折り曲げ部 60aが、確実に抜き刃 51と左側の脚部 36との間に入り 込む。このとき、クリンチヤレフト 60の先端が抜き刃 51の内側面と接し、左側の脚部 3 6を根元から折り曲げる。 Thereby, the right leg 36 of the staple 3Aa is further bent inward by the clincher light 61. At this time, the claw portion 24d of the right extrusion unit 24 is pushed up from below by the clincher light 61. As a result, the cam 24a of the right pushing unit 24 starts to rotate in the direction opposite to the arrow in FIG. 36B toward the standby position. [0257] Further, the clincher left 60 is further lifted with respect to the clincher holder 23a and comes into contact with the left leg 36 of the staple 3Aa by an external force, and bends inward to the left leg 36 of the staple 3Ac. Is started. Here, the width in the clincher holder 23a is formed so that the upper part is wider than the lower part, and the clincher left 60 is urged to the left by a torsion coil spring. Therefore, when the clincher left 60 is lifted upward with respect to the clincher holder 23a, the clincher left 60 is spread to the left side, and the bent portion 60a at the tip of the clincher left 60 is securely connected to the left side of the cutting blade 51 and the left side. Enter between the legs 36. At this time, the tip of the clinch left 60 contacts the inner surface of the punching blade 51, and the left leg 36 is bent from the base.
[0258] 図 51及び図 86は、右脚部 36がクリンチされ、左側の押し出しユニット 24のカム 24a が戻った状態におけるステープラ 1Aの各部の状態を示す説明図である。図 50及び 図 85に示す、クリンチヤレフト 60がクリンチヤホルダ 23a内で右方向へ開き、押し出し ユニット 24右のカム 24aが待機位置へ戻った状態から、更にハンドル 5が押し下げら れることにより、フレーム回動軸 12でフレーム 8がベース 9に対して、図 51の反時計 回りに回動する。  51 and 86 are explanatory views showing the states of the respective parts of the stapler 1A in a state where the right leg portion 36 is clinched and the cam 24a of the left pushing unit 24 is returned. As shown in FIGS. 50 and 85, when the clinch left 60 opens in the right direction in the clincher holder 23a and the cam 24a on the right side of the push-out unit 24 returns to the standby position, the handle 5 is further pushed down. The frame 8 is rotated counterclockwise as shown in FIG.
[0259] これにより、クリンチャリフタ 28により、クリンチヤセンター 27力 S、クリンチヤシャフト 23 bで回動してクリンチヤホルダ 23aに対して上方へ更に持ち上げられ、クリンチヤレフト 60及びクリンチヤライト 61が、クリンチヤシャフト 23bで回動してクリンチヤホルダ 23a に対して上方へ更に持ち上げられる。  Thus, the clincher lifter 28 rotates the clincher center 27 force S and the clincher shaft 23 b to further lift the clincher holder 23 a upward, and the clincher left 60 and the clincher right 61 However, it is rotated by the clincher shaft 23b and further lifted upward with respect to the clincher holder 23a.
[0260] これにより、図 86に示すように、ステープル 3Acの右側の脚部 36が、綴じ用紙 37 に沿って内側に完全に折り曲げられて保持された状態となる。またこの時、右側の押 し出しユニット 24の爪部 24dがクリンチヤライト 61により更に押し上げられ、カム 24a が待機位置へ戻される。  As a result, as shown in FIG. 86, the right leg 36 of the staple 3Ac is completely folded inward along the binding sheet 37 and held. At this time, the claw portion 24d of the right pushing unit 24 is further pushed up by the clincher light 61, and the cam 24a is returned to the standby position.
[0261] また、クリンチヤレフト 60によりステープル 3Aaの左側の脚部 36が内側へ更に折り 曲げられる。また、この時、左側の押し出しュュット 24の爪部 24dが、クリンチヤレフト 60により下方から押し上げられる。これにより、待機位置へ向けて、左側の押し出し ユニット 24のカム 24aの、図 36Bの矢印と反対方向への回転が開始する。  [0261] Further, the left leg 36 of the staple 3Aa is further bent inward by the clinch left 60. At this time, the claw portion 24d of the left pushing mute 24 is pushed up from below by the clinch left 60. As a result, the cam 24a of the left pushing unit 24 starts to rotate in the direction opposite to the arrow in FIG. 36B toward the standby position.
[0262] 図 52及び図 87は、左脚部 36がクリンチされた状態におけるステープラ 1Aの各部 の状態を示す説明図である。図 51及び図 86に示す、右脚部 36がクリンチされ、押し 出しユニット 24左のカム 24aが戻った状態から、更にハンドル 5が押し下げられること により、フレーム回動軸 12でフレーム 8がベース 9に対して、図 52の反時計回りに回 動する。 [0262] FIGS. 52 and 87 show parts of the stapler 1A in a state where the left leg 36 is clinched. It is explanatory drawing which shows the state of. As shown in FIGS. 51 and 86, the right leg 36 is clinched and the push unit 24 left cam 24a returns. In contrast, it rotates counterclockwise in FIG.
[0263] これにより、クリンチャリフタ 28により、クリンチヤセンター 27カ、クリンチヤシャフト 23 bで回動してクリンチヤホルダ 23aに対して上方へ更に持ち上げられ、クリンチヤレフト 60、クリンチヤシャフト 23bで回動してクリンチヤホルダ 23aに対して上方へ更に持ち 上げられる。  [0263] Thus, the clincher lifter 28 is rotated by the clincher center 27 and the clincher shaft 23b and further lifted upward with respect to the clincher holder 23a, and the clincher left 60 and the clincher shaft 23b Rotate and lift upward further with respect to the clincher holder 23a.
[0264] これにより、図 51及び図 87に示すように、ステープル 3Acの左側の脚部 36が、綴 じ用紙 37に沿って内側に完全に折り曲げられて保持された状態となる。またこの時、 左側の押し出しユニット 24の爪部 24dがクリンチヤレフト 60により更に押し上げられ、 カム 24aが待機位置へ戻される。  As a result, as shown in FIGS. 51 and 87, the left leg portion 36 of the staple 3Ac is completely folded inward along the binding paper 37 and held. At this time, the claw portion 24d of the left pushing unit 24 is further pushed up by the clinch left 60, and the cam 24a is returned to the standby position.
[0265] 図 53及び図 88は、ステープル 3Acのクリンチが完了した状態におけるステープラ 1 Aの各部の状態を示す説明図である。図 52及び図 87に示す、左脚部 36がクリンチ された状態から、更にハンドル 5が押し下げられることにより、フレーム回動軸 12でフ レーム 8がベース 9に対して図 53の反時計回りに回動し、図 53及び図 88に示すよう に、ドライバ 18のステープル押し下げ部 18cと、クリンチヤセンター 27の先端の貼り合 わせ部 27aとで、ステープル 3Acと綴じ用紙 37がはさみ込まれた状態となり、ハンド ノレ 5の押し下げ動作が終了する。なお、この状態から、ハンドル 5を更に押し下げるこ とはできない。  53 and 88 are explanatory views showing the states of the respective parts of the stapler 1A in a state where the clinching of the staple 3Ac has been completed. When the left leg 36 shown in FIGS. 52 and 87 is clinched and the handle 5 is further pushed down, the frame 8 is rotated counterclockwise in FIG. As shown in FIGS. 53 and 88, the staple 3Ac and the binding sheet 37 are sandwiched between the staple pressing portion 18c of the driver 18 and the bonding portion 27a at the tip of the clincher center 27. Thus, the push-down operation of hand no. 5 ends. From this state, the handle 5 cannot be pushed down further.
[0266] 図 52及び図 87に示す状態からハンドル 5が更に押し下げられることにより、クリンチ ャリフタ 28により、クリンチヤセンター 27が、クリンチヤシャフト 23bで回動してクリンチ ャホルダ 23aに対して上方へ更に持ち上げられ、図 53及び図 88に示すように、ステ 一プル 3Acの両脚部 36の重なり部が、クリンチヤセンター 27の先端の貼り合わせ部 27aで押さえられた状態となる。これにより、図 8Cに示すように、ステープル 3Aaの左 側の脚部 36の接着部 31と右側の脚部 36、及び右側の脚部 36の接着部 31と綴じ用 紙 37が、それぞれ貼り合わされた状態となる。  When the handle 5 is further pushed down from the state shown in FIGS. 52 and 87, the clincher center 27 is rotated by the clincher shaft 23b by the clincher lifter 28 and further upward with respect to the clincher holder 23a. As shown in FIGS. 53 and 88, the overlapping portion of both the leg portions 36 of the staple 3Ac is pressed by the bonding portion 27a at the tip of the clincher center 27. As a result, as shown in FIG. 8C, the adhesive portion 31 and the right leg portion 36 of the left leg 36 of the staple 3Aa, and the adhesive portion 31 of the right leg 36 and the binding paper 37 are bonded together. It becomes the state.
[0267] 図 54及び図 89は、フレーム 8のリターンが完了し、ドライバ 18のリターンが開始され た状態におけるステープラ 1Aの各部の状態を示す説明図である。図 53及び図 88に 示す、ステープル 3Acのクリンチが完了した状態から、使用者がハンドル 5の押し下 げを解除することにより、まず、図 2に示すベース 9に備えられたリターンバネ 22により 、フレーム回動軸 12で、フレーム 8がベース 9に対して図 54の時計回りに回動する。 [0267] Figure 54 and Figure 89 show that frame 8 returns complete and driver 18 returns. FIG. 6 is an explanatory view showing a state of each part of the stapler 1A in the closed state. 53 and 88, after the clinching of the staple 3Ac is completed, the user releases the push-down of the handle 5, first, the return spring 22 provided in the base 9 shown in FIG. The frame 8 is rotated clockwise with respect to the base 9 in FIG.
[0268] これにより、折り曲げ部設置台 21の前端部が、ベース 9と固定されたシャフト 64と当 接し、フレーム 8とベース 9が、図 40及び図 75に示す待機状態と同じ位置関係となる 。また、クリンチャリフタ 28により、クリンチヤセンター 27がクリンチヤホルダ 23aに対し て引き下げられ、クリンチャホノレダ 23aと、クリンチヤレフト 60、クリンチヤセンター 27及 びクリンチヤライト 61が、図 40及び図 75に示す待機状態と同じ位置関係となる。  [0268] Thereby, the front end portion of the bent portion installation base 21 is in contact with the shaft 64 fixed to the base 9, and the frame 8 and the base 9 are in the same positional relationship as in the standby state shown in FIGS. 40 and 75. . The clincher center 27 is lowered by the clincher lifter 28 with respect to the clincher holder 23a, and the clincher phone 23a, the clincher left 60, the clincher center 27, and the clincher right 61 are shown in FIGS. 40 and 75. The same positional relationship as the standby state shown in FIG.
[0269] また、リターンバネ 22により、フレーム回動軸 12でフレーム 8が回動し、折り曲げ部 設置台 21の前端部がシャフト 64と当接した後、図 13Bに示すドライバ 18と用紙押さ え 19の間に設けられたネジリコイルバネ 56により、ドライバ 18の上方への移動が開 始する。  [0269] Further, the frame 8 is rotated by the frame rotating shaft 12 by the return spring 22, and the front end of the bent portion installation base 21 comes into contact with the shaft 64, and then the driver 18 and the paper presser shown in FIG. The upward movement of the driver 18 is started by the torsion coil spring 56 provided between 19.
[0270] 図 55、図 69及び図 90は、フォーミングプレート 15のリターンが開始された状態に おけるステープラ 1Aの各部の状態を示す説明図である。図 54及び図 89に示す、フ レーム 8のリターンが完了し、ドライバ 18のリターンが開始された状態から、ネジリコィ ルバネ 56により、ドライバ 18が上方へ移動する。  FIG. 55, FIG. 69 and FIG. 90 are explanatory views showing the states of the respective parts of the stapler 1A in a state where the return of the forming plate 15 is started. As shown in FIGS. 54 and 89, the return of the frame 8 is completed and the return of the driver 18 is started, and then the driver 18 moves upward by the threaded spring spring 56.
[0271] これにより、図 69に示すように、突き出しピン 18dが V?冓 B48内を上方へ移動し、 V 溝 B48の上端部で突き出しピン 18dが係合した状態となり、ドライバ 18の上方への移 動と共にフォーミングプレート 15も上方への移動を開始する。  [0271] As a result, as shown in FIG.移動 Moves upward in B48, the protruding pin 18d is engaged at the upper end of the V-groove B48, and the forming plate 15 starts to move upward as the driver 18 moves upward.
[0272] また、ドライバ 18が上方へ移動することにより、リンク 57が図 2の矢印 Eの反対方向 へ回転する。これにより、スライダシャフト 63を後方へ押さえていたリンク 57の突起部 57cが矢印 Eの反対方向へ移動し、スライダパネ 25で付勢されたスライダ 26が前方 へ移動を開始する。  [0272] Further, as the driver 18 moves upward, the link 57 rotates in the direction opposite to the arrow E in FIG. As a result, the projection 57c of the link 57 holding the slider shaft 63 rearward moves in the direction opposite to the arrow E, and the slider 26 biased by the slider panel 25 starts moving forward.
[0273] 図 56、図 70及び図 91は、ヒラキォサェ 15cで両脚部 36を保持した状態におけるス テープラ 1Aの各部の状態を示す説明図である。図 55、図 69及び図 90に示す、フォ 一ミングプレート 15のリターンが開始された状態から、ネジリコイルバネ 56により、ドラ ィバ 18が更に上方へ移動する。 [0274] これにより、図 70に示すように、突き出しピン 18dが V?冓 B48内の上端に係合した 状態で、ドライバ 18が上方へ移動する共にフォーミングプレート 15も上方へ移動する 。これにより、図 28Bに示すように、ステープル 3Aaの両脚部 36の先端部が、フォー ミングプレート 15のヒラキォサェ 15cにより保持された状態となる。 56, 70, and 91 are explanatory views showing the state of each part of the stapler 1A in a state where both the leg parts 36 are held by the Hirasae Sae 15c. The driver 18 is further moved upward by the torsion coil spring 56 from the state where the return of the forming plate 15 is started as shown in FIGS. 55, 69 and 90. [0274] As a result, as shown in FIG.ド ラ イ バ With the upper end in B48 engaged, the driver 18 moves upward and the forming plate 15 also moves upward. As a result, as shown in FIG. 28B, the leading end portions of both leg portions 36 of the staple 3Aa are held by the flat plate 15c of the forming plate 15.
[0275] また、ドライバ 18が上方へ移動することにより、リンク 57が図 2の矢印 Eの反対方向 へ更に回転し、スライダシャフト 63を押さえているリンク 57の突起部 57cが矢印 Eの 反対方向へ更に移動し、スライダパネ 25で付勢されたスライダ 26が前方へ更に移動 する。  Further, when the driver 18 moves upward, the link 57 further rotates in the direction opposite to the arrow E in FIG. 2, and the projection 57c of the link 57 holding the slider shaft 63 in the direction opposite to the arrow E The slider 26 urged by the slider panel 25 further moves forward.
[0276] 図 57、図 71及び図 92は、フォーミングプレート 15のリターンが完了した状態にお けるステープラ 1Aの各部の状態を示す説明図である。図 56、図 70及び図 91に示す 、ヒラキォサェ 15cで両脚部 36を保持した状態から、ネジリコイルバネ 56により、ドラ ィバ 18が更に上方へ移動する。  FIG. 57, FIG. 71, and FIG. 92 are explanatory views showing the state of each part of the stapler 1A in the state where the return of the forming plate 15 is completed. As shown in FIG. 56, FIG. 70, and FIG. 91, the driver 18 is further moved upward by the torsion coil spring 56 from the state in which both the leg portions 36 are held by the flat leaf 15c.
[0277] これにより、図 71に示すように、突き出しピン 18dが V?冓 B48内の上端に係合した 状態で、ドライバ 18が上方へ移動する共にフォーミングプレート 15が上端部まで移 動する。これにより、図 28Cに示すように、ステープル 3Aaの両脚部 36の先端部が、 フォーミングプレート 15のヒラキォサェ 15cにより完全に保持された状態となる。  [0277] As a result, as shown in FIG.ド ラ イ バ With the upper end in B48 engaged, driver 18 moves upward and forming plate 15 moves to the upper end. As a result, as shown in FIG. 28C, the leading ends of both legs 36 of the staple 3Aa are completely held by the flat plate 15c of the forming plate 15.
[0278] また、ドライバ 18が上方へ移動することにより、リンク 57が図 2の矢印 Eの反対方向 へ更に回転し、スライダシャフト 63を押さえているリンク 57の突起部 57cが矢印 Eの 反対方向へ更に移動し、スライダパネ 25で付勢されたスライダ 26が前方へ更に移動 する。  Further, when the driver 18 moves upward, the link 57 further rotates in the direction opposite to the arrow E in FIG. 2, and the projection 57c of the link 57 holding the slider shaft 63 in the direction opposite to the arrow E The slider 26 urged by the slider panel 25 further moves forward.
[0279] 図 58、図 72及び図 93は、プッシャ 17が前方に移動を開始した状態におけるステ ープラ 1Aの各部の状態を示す説明図である。図 57、図 71及び図 92に示す、フォー ミングプレート 15のリターンが完了した状態から、ネジリコイルバネ 56により、ドライバ 18が更に上方へ移動する。  58, 72 and 93 are explanatory diagrams showing the states of the respective parts of the stapler 1A in a state where the pusher 17 starts moving forward. The driver 18 is further moved upward by the torsion coil spring 56 from the state where the return of the forming plate 15 is completed as shown in FIGS.
[0280] これにより、図 72に示すように、突き出しピン 18dが V?冓 B48からフラット部 47を超 えて、 V?冓 A46内を上方へ移動する。また、ドライバ 18が上方へ移動することにより、 リンク 57が図 2の矢印 Eの反対方向へ更に回転し、スライダシャフト 63を押さえている リンク 57の突起部 57cが矢印 Eの反対方向へ更に移動し、スライダパネ 25で付勢さ れたスライダ 26が、図 40及び図 75で示す待機状態と同じ位置まで移動する。 [0280] As a result, as shown in FIG.冓 From B48 to flat part 47, V?移動 Move upward in A46. Further, when the driver 18 moves upward, the link 57 further rotates in the direction opposite to the arrow E in FIG. 2, and the projection 57c of the link 57 holding the slider shaft 63 further moves in the direction opposite to the arrow E. And urged by the slider panel 25 The slider 26 thus moved moves to the same position as in the standby state shown in FIGS.
[0281] 更に、プッシャシャフト 58を押さえているリンク 57の長孔 57aが移動することにより、 プッシャバネ 16で付勢されたプッシャ 17が前方へ移動を開始する。これにより、図 2 5Eに示すように、送りッメ 44により連結ステープル 2が前方へ搬送される。この時、図 10に示すように、ステープルホルダ 11内に装填されたロール状ステープル 4から引 き出された連結ステーブル 2から、剥離ブロック 38により、剥離紙 30が剥離される。ま た、剥離された剥離紙 30は剥離紙排出経路 40を経由して剥離紙排出口 39から排 出される。また、図 25Eに図示しないプッシャ 17のステープル押し部 17aによりステ 一プル 3Aaがドライバ 18の各抜き刃 51の間へ押し出される。押し出されたステープ ル 3Aaは、後述する図 60に示す状態を経て、新たな図 40に示すステープル 3Acと なる。 [0281] Furthermore, when the elongated hole 57a of the link 57 holding the pusher shaft 58 moves, the pusher 17 biased by the pusher spring 16 starts moving forward. As a result, as shown in FIG. 25E, the linked staple 2 is conveyed forward by the feeding catch 44. At this time, as shown in FIG. 10, the release paper 30 is peeled off by the peeling block 38 from the connected stable 2 drawn out from the roll-shaped staple 4 loaded in the staple holder 11. Also, the peeled release paper 30 is discharged from the release paper discharge port 39 via the release paper discharge path 40. Further, the staple 3Aa is pushed out between the punching blades 51 of the driver 18 by the staple pushing portion 17a of the pusher 17 (not shown in FIG. 25E). The extruded staple 3Aa becomes a new staple 3Ac shown in FIG. 40 through a state shown in FIG. 60 described later.
[0282] 図 59、図 73及び図 94は、用紙押さえ 19のリターンを開始した状態におけるステー プラ 1Aの各部の状態を示す説明図である。図 58、図 72及び図 93に示す、プッシャ 17が前方に移動を開始した状態から、ネジリコイルパネ 56により、ドライバ 18が更に 上方へ移動する。これにより、図 73に示すように、突き出しピン 18dが V?冓 A46内を 上方へ所定の位置まで移動する。  59, 73 and 94 are explanatory views showing the state of each part of the stapler 1A in a state where the return of the sheet presser 19 is started. The driver 18 is further moved upward by the torsion coil panel 56 from the state where the pusher 17 starts to move forward as shown in FIGS. As a result, as shown in FIG.を Move up inside A46 to the specified position.
[0283] ネジリコイルバネ 56により、ドライバ 18が所定の位置まで上昇した後、図 2に示す、 フレーム 8と用紙押さえ 19との間に備えられた引っ張りバネ 55により、用紙押さえ 19 及びドライバ 18のフレーム 8に対する上方への持ち上げが開始される。  [0283] After the driver 18 has been raised to a predetermined position by the torsion coil spring 56, the tension spring 55 provided between the frame 8 and the sheet retainer 19 shown in FIG. Lifting upward with respect to 8 is started.
[0284] 図 60、図 74及び図 95は、プッシャ 17のリターン直前の状態におけるステープラ 1 Aの各部の状態を示す説明図である。図 59、図 73及び図 94に示す、用紙押さえ 19 のリターンを開始した状態から、引っ張りパネ 55により、用紙押さえ 19及びドライバ 1 8力 フレーム 8に対して上方へ更に持ち上げられる。  60, 74 and 95 are explanatory views showing the state of each part of the stapler 1A in a state immediately before the pusher 17 returns. 59, 73 and 94, from the state in which the return of the sheet presser 19 is started, the sheet presser 19 and the driver 1 8 force frame 8 are further lifted upward by the pull panel 55.
[0285] ドライバ 18が上方へ移動することにより、リンク 57が図 2の矢印 Eの反対方向へ更 に回転し、プッシャシャフト 58を押さえているリンク 57の長孔 57aが移動することによ り、プッシャバネ 16で付勢されたプッシャ 17が、図 40及び図 75で示す待機状態と同 じ位置まで移動する。なお、ドライバが完全に待機状態になると、両端が 1方向に折り 曲げられた形状に成型されたステーブルの前方が開放されるので、圧縮状態にあつ たプッシャバネ 16の弾性によってプッシャ 17が前方へ移動する。このため、両端が 1 方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型されたステーブルの送り動作と、その他のステープ ルの送り動作とは、ほぼ同時に行われる。 [0285] When the driver 18 moves upward, the link 57 further rotates in the direction opposite to the arrow E in FIG. 2, and the long hole 57a of the link 57 holding the pusher shaft 58 moves. Then, the pusher 17 biased by the pusher spring 16 moves to the same position as in the standby state shown in FIGS. When the driver is completely in the standby state, the front of the stable molded into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction is released, so that the compressed state is maintained. The pusher 17 moves forward by the elasticity of the pusher spring 16. For this reason, the feeding operation of the stable formed into a shape where both ends are bent in one direction and the feeding operation of other staples are performed almost simultaneously.
[0286] 以上のようなステープラ 1Aの各部の動作より、用紙揷入口内のテーブル 20に設置 された綴じ用紙 37が、ステープル 3Aaにより綴じられる。 [0286] By the operation of each part of the stapler 1A as described above, the binding sheet 37 set on the table 20 in the sheet tray entrance is bound by the staple 3Aa.
[0287] 本発明のステープラ 1Aは、ステープル 3Aを所定の両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた 形状に成型した後に綴じ用紙 37に貫通させ、両脚部 36を折り曲げて貼り合わせる。 これにより、変形しやすい紙製のステーブル 3Aを用いて綴じ用紙 37を確実に綴じる ことが可能となる。 [0287] In the stapler 1A of the present invention, the staple 3A is molded into a shape in which predetermined both ends are folded in one direction, and then penetrated through the binding sheet 37, and both leg portions 36 are folded and bonded. This makes it possible to reliably bind the binding sheets 37 using the paper stable 3A that is easily deformed.
[0288] 本発明のステープラ 1Aは、図 8Aに示すように、略真直状のステープラ 3が連結さ れた連結ステープラ 2が用いられる。また、図 9Aに示すように、略真直状のステープ ラ 3を並列に複数連結した連結ステープラ 2は、ロール状ステープル 4としてロール状 に巻き回すことができる。これにより、本発明のステープル 1は、ロール状ステープル 4として、多数のステーブル 3Aを一度に装填することが可能となる。  [0288] As shown in Fig. 8A, the stapler 1A of the present invention uses a connection stapler 2 to which a substantially straight stapler 3 is connected. Further, as shown in FIG. 9A, a connecting stapler 2 in which a plurality of substantially straight staplers 3 are connected in parallel can be wound as a roll-like staple 4 in a roll shape. Thus, the staple 1 of the present invention can be loaded with a large number of stables 3A as the roll-shaped staple 4 at a time.
[0289] 本発明のステープラ 1Aによれば、用紙押さえ 19は、開閉自在な角窓 19bを備える 。これにより、ステープル 3Aを抜き刃 51へ移動させる際など、ステープラ 1Aの動作 中にステープル 3Aが詰まった場合に、角窓 19bを開けて詰まったステープル 3Aに アクセスすることにより、詰まったステープル 3Aの除去を容易に行うことが可能となる  [0289] According to the stapler 1A of the present invention, the sheet presser 19 includes the square window 19b that can be freely opened and closed. As a result, when the staple 3A is jammed during the stapler 1A operation, such as when moving the staple 3A to the extraction blade 51, the square window 19b is opened and the jammed staple 3A is accessed by opening the square window 19b. Removal can be easily performed
[0290] 本発明のステープラ 1Aは、ハンドル 5を押し下げることにより、連結ステープル 2の 端部に位置するステープル 3Aaに対してフォーミングプレート 15を押し下げて切断 及び成型を行うと共に、綴じ用紙 37に対してドライバ 18を押し下げてステーブル 3A cの貫通を行う。これにより、 1つの動作により、ステープル 3Aの切断、成型及び綴じ 用紙 37に対する貫通を行うことが可能になる。 [0290] The stapler 1A of the present invention pushes down the handle 5 to push down the forming plate 15 against the staple 3Aa located at the end of the linked staple 2 to perform cutting and molding, and to the binding paper 37. Push down the screwdriver 18 to penetrate the stable 3A c. As a result, the staple 3A can be cut, molded, and penetrated into the binding sheet 37 by one operation.
[0291] また、本発明のステープラ 1Aでは、図 40等に示すように、テーブル 20上に設置さ れた綴じ用紙 37が用紙押さえ 19の用紙押さえ部 19dにより押さえられた状態で、綴 じ用紙 37に対するステーブル 3Aの貫通、貫通した両脚部 36の折り曲げ及び貼り合 わせ等が行われる。これにより、綴じ用紙 37に対するステープル 3Aの貫通、貫通し た両脚部 36の折り曲げ及び貼り合わせ等の作業を、精度良く行うことが可能となる。 [0291] Further, in the stapler 1A of the present invention, as shown in FIG. 40 and the like, the binding paper 37 in a state where the binding paper 37 set on the table 20 is pressed by the paper pressing portion 19d of the paper presser 19 is used. The stable 3A is penetrated with respect to 37, and both legs 36 that are penetrated are bent and bonded. As a result, the staple 3A penetrates and penetrates the binding paper 37. Further, it is possible to perform operations such as bending and bonding of both leg portions 36 with high accuracy.
[0292] また、本発明のステープラ 1Aでは、ハンドル 5に取り付けられたドライバプッシャ 66 により押されて、ドライバ 18が綴じ用紙 37に対して押し下げられる。また、 V?冓 46の 下端部 46aに突き出しピン 18dが係合することにより、ドライバ 18と共に、フォーミング プレート 15がステープル 3Aに対して押し下げられる。 [0292] Further, in the stapler 1A of the present invention, the driver 18 is pushed by the driver pusher 66 attached to the handle 5, and the driver 18 is pushed down with respect to the binding sheet 37. Also V? By engaging the protruding pin 18d with the lower end 46a of the flange 46, the forming plate 15 is pushed down against the staple 3A together with the driver 18.
[0293] 更に、本発明のステープラ 1Aでは、ドライバ 18と用紙押さえ 19の間に備えられた ネジリコイルバネ 56により押されて、ドライバ 18が綴じ用紙 37から上方に押し上げら れる。また、 V?冓 48aに突き出しピン 18dが係合することにより、ドライバ 18と共に、フ ォーミングプレート 15がステープル 3Aから押し上げられる。 [0293] Furthermore, in the stapler 1A of the present invention, the driver 18 is pushed upward from the binding paper 37 by being pushed by the torsion coil spring 56 provided between the driver 18 and the paper presser 19. Also V? By engaging the protruding pin 18d with the collar 48a, the forming plate 15 is pushed up from the staple 3A together with the driver 18.
[0294] また、突き出しピン 18dは、下端部 46a以外の V'溝 46及びフラット部 47においては 係合せず、ドライバ 18のみが上下動し、フォーミングプレート 15は上下動しない。即 ち本発明のステープラ 1Aでは、ドライバ 18の上下の所定の位置においてのみ、ドラ ィバ 18とフォーミングプレート 15の押し下げ及び押し上げを連動させることが可能と なる。 [0294] Further, the protruding pin 18d is not engaged in the V 'groove 46 and the flat portion 47 other than the lower end portion 46a, only the driver 18 moves up and down, and the forming plate 15 does not move up and down. That is, in the stapler 1A of the present invention, it is possible to interlock the push-down and push-up of the driver 18 and the forming plate 15 only at predetermined positions above and below the driver 18.
[0295] また、本発明のステープラ 1Aは、図 40から図 60に示す一動作において、フォーミ ングプレート 15によるステープラ 3aの切断及び成型を行い、ドライバ 18によるステー プラ 3cの綴じ用紙 37への貫通行い、プッシャ 17により、フォーミングプレート 15によ り切断及び成型されたステープラ 3aのドライバ 18への移動を行う。即ち、一つのステ 一プル 3Aに対する切断及び成型と、綴じ用紙 37への貫通を、それぞれ別の位置で 別の動作で行う構成である。  [0295] Further, the stapler 1A of the present invention cuts and molds the stapler 3a by the forming plate 15 and penetrates the stapler 3c into the binding sheet 37 by the driver 18 in one operation shown in FIGS. 40 to 60. Then, the pusher 17 moves the stapler 3a cut and molded by the forming plate 15 to the driver 18. In other words, the cutting and molding for one staple 3A and the penetration to the binding paper 37 are performed in different operations at different positions.
[0296] これにより、一つのステープル 3Aに対する切断及び成型と、綴じ用紙 37への貫通 を、同じ場所で一度の動作で行う構成と比較して、各作動部材の上下方向のストロー クを短くすることができ、ステーブルの高さを小さく構成することが可能となる。  [0296] This shortens the vertical stroke of each actuating member as compared to a configuration in which cutting and molding for one staple 3A and penetration of the binding paper 37 are performed at the same place in a single operation. Therefore, the height of the stable can be reduced.
[0297] また、本発明のステープラ 1Aは、連結ステーブル 2が搬送される搬送路 13に、各ス テーブル 3Aの裏面の接着部 31との接触を避ける搬送路溝 13aを有する。このため、 連結ステーブル 2が搬送路 13を搬送される際に、各ステーブル 3Aの裏面の接着部 31と搬送路 31は接触せず、連結ステーブル 2の搬送を円滑に行うことが可能になる [0297] Further, the stapler 1A of the present invention has a conveyance path groove 13a that avoids contact with the adhesive portion 31 on the back surface of each stable 3A in the conveyance path 13 in which the connection stable 2 is conveyed. For this reason, when the connected stable 2 is transported along the transport path 13, the adhesive 31 on the back surface of each stable 3A and the transport path 31 do not contact each other, and the transport of the connected stable 2 can be performed smoothly. become
〇 [0298] また、本発明のステープラ 1Aでは、連結ステープル 2の端部に位置するステープ ル 3Aaと、ステープル 3Aaと隣り合うステープル 3Abとのステープル連結部 34力 切 断刃 49により切断される際には、ステープル 3Aaとステープル 3Abはそれぞれ逆止 パネ 59により、搬送路 13に対して押さえ付けられる。このため、連結ステーブル 2の 端部に位置するステーブル 3Aaの切り離しを、高い精度で行うことが可能となる。 Yes [0298] Further, in the stapler 1A of the present invention, when the staple 3A located at the end of the connected staple 2 and the staple 3Ab adjacent to the staple 3Ab are cut by the 34 force cutting blade 49, The staple 3Aa and the staple 3Ab are pressed against the conveyance path 13 by the check panel 59, respectively. For this reason, the stable 3Aa located at the end of the connecting stable 2 can be separated with high accuracy.
[0299] また、本発明のステープラ 1Aでは、各ステープル連結部 34に対して、各刃先 49a 1S ステーブル 3Aの内側から外側に向けてそれぞれ反対方向に押し当てられ、各ス テープル連結部 34が切断される。これにより、各ステープル連結部 34の切断時には 、各ステープル 3Aの長手方向に、各刃先 49aにより反対向きの力が同時に加えられ た状態となる。  [0299] In the stapler 1A of the present invention, each staple connecting portion 34 is pressed in the opposite direction from the inner side to the outer side of each blade edge 49a 1S stable 3A, so that each staple connecting portion 34 is Disconnected. As a result, when each staple connecting portion 34 is cut, a force in the opposite direction is simultaneously applied in the longitudinal direction of each staple 3A by each blade edge 49a.
[0300] これにより、切断対象のステープル 3Aaと、切断対象のステープル 3Aaと隣り合うス テーブル 3Abを広い範囲で支える必要がなぐ逆止パネ 59により押さえる簡易な構 成により、安定してステープル 3Aの切断を行うことが可能となる。  [0300] Thus, the staple 3A can be stably held by the non-return panel 59 that does not need to support the staple 3Aa to be cut and the staple 3Ab adjacent to the staple 3Aa to be cut in a wide range. Cutting can be performed.
[0301] また、本発明のステープラ 1Aは、ステープル 3Aの貫通を行うための切り込み孔を 綴じ用紙 37に設ける抜き刃 51として、幅方向の一部を突出させて突起部 51dを形成 することにより、長手方向に一方の端部から他方の端部までつながった直線部を有 する形状の切断刃を備える。これにより、綴じ用紙 37貫通時の抜き刃 51の強度が確 保され、ステープル 3Aの綴じ用紙 37への貫通を確実に行うことが可能となる。  [0301] Further, the stapler 1A of the present invention has a protruding portion 51d formed by projecting a part in the width direction as a cutting blade 51 provided with a notch hole in the binding paper 37 for penetrating the staple 3A. And a cutting blade having a shape having a linear portion connected in the longitudinal direction from one end to the other end. Thereby, the strength of the punching blade 51 when penetrating the binding paper 37 is ensured, and the staple 3A can be reliably penetrated into the binding paper 37.
[0302] また、図 21A、図 21B及び図 21Cに示す第 1の抜き刃 51aを備えるステープラ 1A によれば、ステープラ 3の両脚部 36を綴じ用紙 37に貫通させる際には、図 21Dに示 すように、矢印方向に広い幅を有する切り込み孔 52aが形成される。これにより、ステ 一プル 3Aの両脚部 36を確実に綴じ用紙 37に対して揷通させることが可能となる。  [0302] In addition, according to the stapler 1A including the first punching blade 51a shown in Figs. 21A, 21B, and 21C, when the legs 36 of the stapler 3 are passed through the binding sheet 37, the stapler 1 is shown in Fig. 21D. Thus, a cut hole 52a having a wide width in the direction of the arrow is formed. As a result, both the leg portions 36 of the staple 3A can be surely passed through the binding sheet 37.
[0303] また、図 22A、図 22B及び図 22Cに示す第 2の抜き刃 51bを備えるステープラ 1A によれば、ステープラ 3の両脚部 36を綴じ用紙 37に貫通させる際には、図 22Dに示 すように、切り込み孔 52aと異なり、全幅にわたって矢印方向に広い幅を有する切り 込み孔 52bが形成される。これにより、第 1の抜き刃 51aを備えるステープラ 1Aと比 較して、ステープル 3Aの両脚部 36をより確実に綴じ用紙 37に対して揷通させること が可能となる。 [0304] 本発明のステープラ 1Aは、綴じ用紙 37に貫通されたステープル 3Aの両脚部 36を 、互いに向かい合う方向へ、クリンチヤライト 61及びクリンチヤレフト 60により綴じ用紙 37に沿って順番に折り曲げて保持し、折り曲げられて保持された両脚部の重なり部 を、クリンチヤセンター 27により押圧して互いに貼り合せる。これにより、本発明のステ ープラ 1Aは、綴じ用紙 37に貫通させた紙製ステープル 3Aの両脚部 36の折り曲げ 及び貼り合わせを確実に行うことが可能となる。 [0303] Further, according to the stapler 1A including the second punching blade 51b shown in FIGS. 22A, 22B, and 22C, when the legs 36 of the stapler 3 are passed through the binding paper 37, the stapler 1 is shown in FIG. 22D. Thus, unlike the notch hole 52a, the notch hole 52b having a wide width in the arrow direction over the entire width is formed. Accordingly, it is possible to more reliably pass both the leg portions 36 of the staple 3A with respect to the binding sheet 37 as compared with the stapler 1A including the first extraction blade 51a. [0304] The stapler 1A of the present invention bends both the leg portions 36 of the staple 3A penetrated through the binding paper 37 in order along the binding paper 37 by the clincher light 61 and the clincher left 60 in a direction facing each other. The overlapping portions of both leg portions that are held and bent are pressed by the clincher center 27 and bonded together. As a result, the stapler 1A of the present invention can reliably fold and bond the both leg portions 36 of the paper staple 3A passed through the binding paper 37.
[0305] 次に、本発明の第 2の実施の形態のステープラ 1B及びステープラ 1Bで用いる第 2 の実施の形態のステープル 3Bの構成について説明する。  Next, the configuration of the stapler 1B according to the second embodiment of the present invention and the staple 3B according to the second embodiment used in the stapler 1B will be described.
[0306] <第 2のステープラ及びステープルの構成〉  <Configuration of second stapler and staple>
(2— 1)ステープラ 1Bの概要  (2-1) Outline of stapler 1B
ステープラ 1Bは、孔等の切り欠け部のない紙製のステープル 3Bにより、綴じ対象 である綴じ用紙を綴じるものである。ステープラ 1Bの概要は、図 1から図 3で説明した ステープラ 1Aと同様の構成で同様の構成であり、同様の構成の部品については、同 じ番号を付して説明する。  The stapler 1B binds the binding sheets to be bound by the paper staples 3B having no notches such as holes. The outline of the stapler 1B is the same as that of the stapler 1A described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 3, and parts having the same configuration are described with the same reference numerals.
[0307] 図 99力、ら図 101は、ステープラ 1Bの内部の構成を示す説明図である。図 99は、図  FIG. 99 and FIG. 101 are explanatory diagrams showing the internal configuration of the stapler 1B. Figure 99 is a diagram.
3の H— H断面を示す断面図である。図 100は、ハンドル 5を取り外し、ステープルカ バー 6を開いた状態を示す斜視図であり、図 100は斜め後方から見た状態を示す斜 視図である。ここで、斜め前方力も見た状態を示す斜視図は、図 5と同様である。図 1 01は、ハンドル 5を取り外し、ステープルカバー 6を開いた状態を示す平面図である。  FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view showing a HH cross section of FIG. FIG. 100 is a perspective view showing a state in which the handle 5 is removed and the staple cover 6 is opened, and FIG. 100 is a perspective view showing a state as seen obliquely from the rear. Here, a perspective view showing a state where the oblique forward force is also seen is the same as FIG. FIG. 101 is a plan view showing a state where the handle 5 is removed and the staple cover 6 is opened.
[0308] 図 99及び上述した図 1から図 3に示すように、ステープラ 1Bは、綴じ動作を行う際 に使用者により押し下げられるハンドル 5と、ハンドル 5の下方に位置して綴じ用紙が 揷入される用紙揷入口 7等を有するフレーム 8と、ハンドル 5及びフレーム 8を支える ベース 9とを備えて構成される。  [0308] As shown in FIG. 99 and FIGS. 1 to 3 described above, the stapler 1B has the handle 5 pushed down by the user when performing the binding operation, and the binding sheet is inserted below the handle 5 to insert the binding paper. A frame 8 having a sheet paper inlet 7 and the like, and a handle 5 and a base 9 for supporting the frame 8.
[0309] ハンドル 5は、図 99の矢印 Iに示すように、ハンドル'ステープルカバー回動軸 10で フレーム 8の後端の上部に回動可能に取り付けられている。ハンドル 5は、綴じ動作 を行う際に使用者により押し下げられることにより、図 99の反時計回りにフレーム 8に 対して回転する。また、フレーム 8のステープルホルダ 11へのロール状ステープル 4 の装填等を行う際には、ハンドル 5は図 99の時計回りに回転され、フレーム 8の上面 力 S開いた状態となる。 [0309] The handle 5 is pivotally attached to the upper part of the rear end of the frame 8 with a handle 'staple cover pivot shaft 10 as shown by an arrow I in FIG. The handle 5 is rotated with respect to the frame 8 counterclockwise in FIG. 99 by being pushed down by the user when performing the binding operation. When loading the roll staple 4 into the staple holder 11 of the frame 8, the handle 5 is rotated clockwise in FIG. Force S Opened.
[0310] フレーム 8は、図 99の矢印 Jに示すように、フレーム回動軸 12でベース 9の後端に 回動可能に取り付けられている。また、図 99から図 101に示すように、フレーム 8は、 上面に、ハンドル'ステープルカバー回動軸 10でハンドル 5と同様に回動可能に取り 付けられたステープルカバー 6をステーブル押さえ部として備える。  [0310] As shown by an arrow J in FIG. 99, the frame 8 is rotatably attached to the rear end of the base 9 with a frame turning shaft 12. As shown in FIGS. 99 to 101, the frame 8 has the staple cover 6 mounted on the upper surface in the same manner as the handle 5 with the handle 'staple cover rotating shaft 10 as a stable pressing portion. Prepare.
[0311] またフレーム 8は、後端部にロール状ステープル 4を装填するステープル装填部とし てステープルホルダ 11を備える。更にフレーム 8はステープルホルダ 11力、ら前方へ 向けて、ステーブル 3Bの搬送を行うステーブル搬送部として平面状の搬送路 13を備 える。搬送路 13の左右には板バネ 14が備えられており、この板バネ 14により、ステ 一プルカバー 6は、図 99に示すように搬送路 13に対して押さえられた状態となる。  [0311] The frame 8 includes a staple holder 11 as a staple loading unit for loading the roll-shaped staple 4 at the rear end. Further, the frame 8 is provided with a planar transport path 13 as a stable transport section for transporting the stable 3B toward the front of the staple holder 11 force. Leaf springs 14 are provided on the left and right sides of the conveyance path 13, and the staple cover 6 is pressed against the conveyance path 13 by the leaf springs 14 as shown in FIG.
[0312] またフレーム 8は、搬送路 13の前端部の近傍に、ハンドル 5の操作により、ステープ ノレ 3Bの切断及び両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた形状への成型を行うためのステープ ル切断成型部としてフォーミングプレート 15を備える。フォーミングプレート 15は切断 成型手段、切断手段及び成型手段の一例である。更にフレーム 8は、ハンドル 5の操 作により、ステープル 3Bの綴じ用紙に対する貫通を行うためのステープル貫通部とし てドライバ 18を備える。ドライバ 18は貫通手段の一例である。更にフレーム 8は、ステ 一プル 3Bの切断、成型及び貫通を行う際に、綴じ用紙を押さえるための用紙押さえ 19を備える。用紙押さえ 19は押さえ手段の一例である。  [0312] In addition, the frame 8 is staple-cut-molded in the vicinity of the front end portion of the transport path 13 to cut the staple 3B and to be formed into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction by operating the handle 5. Forming plate 15 is provided as a part. The forming plate 15 is an example of cutting and forming means, cutting means, and forming means. Further, the frame 8 includes a driver 18 as a staple penetrating portion for penetrating the staple 3B with respect to the binding sheet by the operation of the handle 5. The driver 18 is an example of a penetrating means. Further, the frame 8 includes a sheet presser 19 for pressing the binding sheet when the step 3B is cut, molded and penetrated. The sheet presser 19 is an example of a pressing unit.
[0313] また、フレーム 8は、搬送路 13の下部に、前述したステープル 3Bの切断及び成型 を行う位置力、らステープル 3Bの貫通を行う位置ヘステープル 3Bを移動させるための 移動機構として、プッシャバネ 16及びプッシャバネ 16により前方へ付勢されたプッシ ャ 17を備える。フォーミングプレート 15、ドライノ 18、用紙押さえ 19及びプッシャ 17 の下方には、綴じ対象の綴じ用紙が揷入される用紙揷入口 7及び綴じ用紙 37が設 置されるテーブル 20を備える。  [0313] Further, the frame 8 has a pusher spring as a moving mechanism for moving the staple 3B to the position where the staple 3B is cut and molded and to the position where the staple 3B is penetrated to the lower portion of the conveyance path 13. 16 and a pusher spring 17 urged forward by a pusher spring 16. Below the forming plate 15, the dryer 18, the sheet presser 19, and the pusher 17, a sheet input port 7 into which a binding sheet to be bound is inserted and a table 20 on which the binding sheet 37 is installed are provided.
[0314] テーブル 20の下部には、貫通位置で綴じ用紙に貫通されたステープル 3Bの両脚 部を綴じ用紙に沿って折り曲げ、折り曲げた両脚部を貼り合わるための折り曲げ部を 備える。ステープラ 1は、折り曲げ部として、フレーム 8の底部となる折り曲げ部設置台 21に取り付けられたクリンチヤユニット 23 (上述した図 33参照)、押し出しユニット 24 及びスライダパネ 25で前方に付勢されたスライダ 26を備える。 [0314] The lower portion of the table 20 is provided with a bent portion for bending both the leg portions of the staple 3B penetrated through the binding paper at the penetration position along the binding paper and bonding the bent leg portions together. The stapler 1 includes a clincher unit 23 (see FIG. 33 described above) and an extrusion unit 24 that are attached to a fold portion mounting base 21 that is a bottom portion of the frame 8 as a fold portion. And a slider 26 urged forward by a slider panel 25.
[0315] また、ステープラ 1Bは折り曲げ部として、ベース 9に、クリンチヤセンター 27を支持し て位置を定めるクリンチャリフタ 28を備える。折り曲げ部は折り曲げ手段の一例である[0315] In addition, the stapler 1B includes a clincher lifter 28 that supports the clincher center 27 and determines a position as a bent portion on the base 9. The folding part is an example of a folding means.
。更にステープラ 1Bは、スライダ 26を支えるスライダ受け 29、及び折り曲げ部設置台. Furthermore, the stapler 1B includes a slider holder 29 that supports the slider 26, and a bending portion installation base.
21を支えるリターンノ ネ 22を備える。 The return line 22 that supports 21 is provided.
[0316] ステープラ 1Bは、このような構成を備え、用紙揷入口 7内でテーブル 20に設置され た綴じ用紙を、使用者によるハンドル 5の操作に基づいてステーブル 3Bにより綴じる 作業を行うものである。 [0316] The stapler 1B has such a configuration, and performs the work of binding the binding paper set on the table 20 in the paper tray inlet 7 with the stable 3B based on the operation of the handle 5 by the user. is there.
[0317] 次に、ステープラ 1Bの各部の構成の詳細、及びステープル 3Bの構成の詳細につ いて説明する。まず、ステープラ 1Bで綴じ用紙を綴じるために用いられるステーブル 3B、及びステープル 3Bが連結された連結ステープル 2の構成につ!/、て説明する。  [0317] Next, the details of the configuration of each part of the stapler 1B and the details of the configuration of the staple 3B will be described. First, the configuration of the staple 3B used for binding the binding paper by the stapler 1B and the connected staple 2 to which the staple 3B is connected will be described.
[0318] <ステーブルの構成〉  [0318] <Structure of stable>
(2— 2)ステープル 3Bの構成  (2-2) Structure of staple 3B
図 102A、図 102B及び図 102Cと、図 103A及び図 103Bは、ステープノレ 3B及び ステープル 3Bが連結された連結ステープル 2の構成を示す説明図である。図 102A は、連結ステープル 2の詳細を示す平面図である。図 102Bは、ステープル 3Bを両 端力 方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型した状態を示す斜視図であり、図 102Cはス テーブル 3Bにより綴じ用紙 37を綴じた状態を示す断面図である。図 103A及び図 1 03Bは連結ステープル 2が剥離紙 30に取り付けられ、ロール状ステープル 4として口 ール状に巻き回された状態を示す説明図である。ステーブル 3B、連結ステーブル 2 及びロール状ステープル 4は、例えば以下のような構成となる。  102A, 102B, and 102C, and FIGS. 103A and 103B are explanatory views showing the configuration of the connected staple 2 in which the staple 3B and the staple 3B are connected. FIG. 102A is a plan view showing details of the linked staple 2. FIG. FIG. 102B is a perspective view showing a state in which the staple 3B is formed into a shape bent in both end force directions, and FIG. 102C is a cross-sectional view showing a state in which the binding paper 37 is bound by the stable 3B. 103A and 103B are explanatory views showing a state in which the linked staple 2 is attached to the release paper 30 and wound as a roll as the roll-shaped staple 4. The stable 3B, the connecting stable 2 and the roll-shaped staple 4 are configured as follows, for example.
[0319] 図 102Aに示すように、細長く真直状の形状を有するステープル 3Bが複数連結さ れて、連結ステープル 2が構成される。各ステープル 3Bは、例えば、図 102Aの上下 方向(ステープル 3Bの連結方向)の幅は 5〜10mm程度であり、図 102Aの左右方 向(ステープル 3Bの長手方向)の幅は 30〜40mm程度である。各ステープル 3Bの 長手方向の端部近傍は台形状に形成されており、先端に向かうにつれて幅が狭くな る。また、各ステーブル 3Bの長手方向の端部近傍の裏面(剥離紙 30が付着される面 )には、接着剤が塗布された接着部 31を備える。 [0320] また、各ステープル 3Bが連結される辺の中央部は、スリット部 33として各ステープ ル 3Bが完全に切り離されている。スリット部 33の外側で、各ステープル 3Bが連結さ れる辺の両端部までが、ステープル連結部 34として各ステープル 3Bが連結された状 態となる。 [0319] As shown in Fig. 102A, a plurality of staples 3B having a long and straight shape are connected to each other to form a connected staple 2. Each of the staples 3B has, for example, a width of about 5 to 10 mm in FIG. 102A (upper direction of staple 3B) and a width of about 30 to 40 mm in the left and right direction of FIG. 102A (longitudinal direction of staple 3B). is there. The vicinity of the end in the longitudinal direction of each staple 3B is formed in a trapezoidal shape, and the width becomes narrower toward the tip. In addition, an adhesive portion 31 to which an adhesive is applied is provided on the back surface (the surface on which the release paper 30 is attached) in the vicinity of the end portion in the longitudinal direction of each stable 3B. [0320] In addition, each staple 3B is completely cut off as a slit portion 33 at the center of the side to which each staple 3B is connected. Out of the slit portion 33, both ends of the side to which each staple 3B is connected are in a state where each staple 3B is connected as the staple connecting portion 34.
[0321] また、ステープラ 1Bにより、図 102Aに示す連結ステープル 2から端部のステープ ル 3Bが切り離されて、図 102Bに示すように、クラウン部 35とクラウン部 35から直角に 脚部 36が折り曲げられた両端力 方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型される。両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型されたステープル 3Bは、図 102Cに示すように、 綴じ用紙 37に貫通され両脚部 36を綴じ用紙 37に沿って折り曲げられ、綴じ用紙 37 と一方の脚部 36の接着部 31、及び一方の脚部 36と他方の脚部 36の接着部がそれ ぞれ貼り合わされる。  [0321] Further, the stapler 1B separates the staple 3B at the end from the connected staple 2 shown in Fig. 102A, and the leg 36 is bent at right angles from the crown 35 and the crown 35 as shown in Fig. 102B. It is molded into a shape that is bent in the direction of the force applied to both ends. As shown in FIG. 102C, the staple 3B formed into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction is penetrated through the binding paper 37, and both legs 36 are bent along the binding paper 37, so that the binding paper 37 and one leg are bent. The adhesive part 31 of the part 36 and the adhesive part of one leg part 36 and the other leg part 36 are bonded together.
[0322] 図 102A、図 102B及び図 102Cに示すステープル 3Bは、長手方向の両端部近傍 の裏面に接着部 31を備えるとした。しかし、一方の脚部近傍の裏面のみに接着部 31 を備えるとしてもよい。この場合、接着部 31を備えない脚部 36が綴じ用紙 37に沿つ て折り曲げられた後、接着部 31を備える脚部 36が綴じ用紙 37に沿って折り曲げられ 、接着部 31を備えない脚部 36と接着部 31を備える脚部 36とが貼り合わされる。  [0322] The staple 3B shown in Figs. 102A, 102B, and 102C is provided with the adhesive portion 31 on the back surface in the vicinity of both ends in the longitudinal direction. However, the adhesive portion 31 may be provided only on the back surface in the vicinity of one leg portion. In this case, after the leg part 36 without the adhesive part 31 is bent along the binding sheet 37, the leg part 36 with the adhesive part 31 is bent along the binding sheet 37 and the leg part without the adhesive part 31 is provided. The part 36 and the leg part 36 provided with the adhesion part 31 are bonded together.
[0323] また連結ステープル 2は、図 103Aに示すように、保存されている状態においては、 剥離紙 30に取り付けられて巻き回されている。図 103Bに示すように、端部から所定 の長さ分の剥離紙 30が剥がされて、ステープラ 1Bに装填される。ステープラ 1Bへの 詳細な装填方法にっレ、ては後述する。  [0323] Further, as shown in Fig. 103A, the linked staple 2 is attached to the release paper 30 and wound in the stored state. As shown in FIG. 103B, a predetermined length of release paper 30 is peeled off from the end and loaded into the stapler 1B. Details on how to load the stapler 1B will be described later.
[0324] (2— 3)ステープル装填部の構成例  [0324] (2-3) Configuration example of staple loading unit
次に、ステープラ 1Bのステープル装填部の構成例について説明する。図 10で説 明したように、ロール状ステープル 4を装填するステープル装填部として、ステープラ 1Bはフレーム 8の後端部にステープルホルダ 11を備える。図 100等に示すように、 ハンドル 5及びステープルカバー 6を開くことにより、ステープル装填部であるステー プルホルダ 11にアクセスすることが可能となる。  Next, a configuration example of the staple loading unit of the stapler 1B will be described. As described in FIG. 10, the stapler 1B includes the staple holder 11 at the rear end of the frame 8 as a staple loading unit for loading the roll-shaped staple 4. As shown in FIG. 100 and the like, by opening the handle 5 and the staple cover 6, it is possible to access the staple holder 11 as a staple loading unit.
[0325] また、図 99及び図 10等に示すように、フレーム 8の上部には、ステープルホルダ 11 から、ステーブル切断成型部等を備える前方へ向けて、剥離紙 30より剥離された連 結ステーブル 2の搬送を行うための搬送路 13を備える。この搬送路 13の開始端に、 剥離紙 30の形状に応じて形成された突起状の剥離ブロック 38を有する。剥離ブロッ ク 38は剥離手段の一例である。また、この剥離ブロック 38の下方部からステープルホ ルダ 11内に設置されたロール状ステープル 4の下方を経由してフレーム 8の後端面 に設けられた剥離紙排出口 39まで、剥離紙排出経路 40を備える。 [0325] Further, as shown in FIG. 99, FIG. 10 and the like, the upper portion of the frame 8 is connected to the continuous portion peeled from the release paper 30 from the staple holder 11 toward the front side including the stable cutting and forming portion. A transport path 13 for transporting the binding table 2 is provided. At the start end of the conveyance path 13, there is a protruding peeling block 38 formed according to the shape of the release paper 30. The peeling block 38 is an example of a peeling means. The release paper discharge path 40 extends from the lower portion of the release block 38 to the release paper discharge port 39 provided on the rear end surface of the frame 8 via the lower portion of the roll staple 4 installed in the staple holder 11. Is provided.
[0326] このような構成を備えることにより、ステープル装填部には、次のようにロール状ステ 一プル 4、連結ステープル 2が装填される。図 10に示すように、ステープルホルダ 11 内に装填されたロール状ステープル 4から引き出された剥離紙 30付きの連結ステー プル 2から、剥離ブロック 38により剥離紙 30が剥離される。剥離紙 30が剥離された 連結ステーブル 2は搬送路 13を搬送され、剥離された剥離紙 30は剥離紙排出経路 40を経由して剥離紙排出口から排出される。  By providing such a configuration, the staple loading unit is loaded with the roll-shaped staple 4 and the linked staple 2 as follows. As shown in FIG. 10, the release paper 30 is peeled off by the release block 38 from the connecting staple 2 with the release paper 30 drawn out from the roll-shaped staple 4 loaded in the staple holder 11. The connected stable 2 from which the release paper 30 has been peeled is transported through the transport path 13, and the peeled release paper 30 is discharged from the release paper discharge port via the release paper discharge path 40.
[0327] (2-4)ステーブル搬送 '切断成型 ·貫通部 ·押さえ部の構成例  [2327] (2-4) Stable conveyance 'Cutting molding · Penetration part · Pressure part configuration example
次に、剥離紙 30が剥離された連結ステーブル 2の搬送を行うステーブル搬送部、 搬送された連結ステーブル 2から端部に位置するステーブル 3Bの切断及び成型を 行うステーブル切断成型部、及び成型されたステーブル 3Bの綴じ用紙に対する貫 通を行うステープル貫通部の構成例について説明する。  Next, a stable transport unit that transports the connected stable 2 from which the release paper 30 has been peeled, and a stable cut molding unit that cuts and molds the stable 3B located at the end from the transported connected stable 2 A configuration example of the staple penetrating portion that penetrates the formed stable 3B to the binding sheet will be described.
[0328] 図 104A及び図 104Bは、ステープル搬送部、ステープル切断成型部及びステー プル貫通部を示す説明図で、図 104Aはステープル搬送部 '切断成型部 ·貫通部を 斜め前方力 見た状態を示す斜視図である。図 104Bはステーブル搬送部 ·切断成 型部'貫通部を斜め後方から見た状態を示す斜視図であり、説明のため搬送路 13の 一部にステーブル 3が設置された状態を示している。なお、ステーブル搬送部'切断 成型部 ·貫通部の正面図は、前述の図 12Aと同様、ステープル搬送部 ·切断成型部 •貫通部の背面図は、前述の図 12Bと同様である。また、ステーブル搬送部'切断成 型部 ·貫通部を左方向から見た状態を示す側面図は、前述の図 13Aと同様である。 更に、ステーブル搬送部 ·切断成型部 ·貫通部の断面図は、前述の図 13B及び図 1 4と同様である。  104A and 104B are explanatory views showing the staple conveying unit, the staple cutting and molding unit, and the staple penetrating unit. FIG. 104A is a state in which the staple conveying unit 'cutting and molding unit / penetrating unit is viewed at an oblique forward force. It is a perspective view shown. FIG. 104B is a perspective view showing a state in which the stable conveying portion / cutting forming portion'penetrating portion is viewed obliquely from the rear side, and shows a state where the stable 3 is installed in a part of the conveying path 13 for explanation. Yes. In addition, the front view of the stable conveyance unit 'cutting and molding unit / penetrating part is the same as FIG. 12A described above, and the rear view of the staple conveying unit / cutting and molding unit / penetrating part is the same as that of FIG. 12B. Further, the side view showing the state of the stable transfer section'cutting forming section / penetrating section viewed from the left is the same as FIG. 13A described above. Further, the cross-sectional views of the stable transport section, the cutting molding section, and the through section are the same as those in FIGS. 13B and 14 described above.
[0329] 図 99に示すように、ステープル搬送部、ステープル切断成型部及びステープル貫 通部はフレーム 8の上部でステープル装填部の前方に備えられる。図 104A及び図 1 04B等に示すように、ステープラ IBは、連結ステーブル 2を搬送するステーブル搬送 部として、搬送路部 41、プッシャ受け 42及び搬送部設置台 43等を備える。またステ ープラ 1Bは、連結ステープル 2から端部に位置するステープル 3Bを切断し成型する ステープル切断成型部としてフォーミングプレート 15を備え、切断成型したステープ ノレ 3Bを綴じ用紙に対して貫通させるステーブル貫通部としてドライバ 18を備える。ま たフレーム 8は、ステープル 3Bの切断成型及び貫通を行う際に、綴じ用紙を押さえる ための用紙押さえ 19を備える。これらは、ステーブル装填部の位置から前方へ、搬 送路部 41、フォーミングプレート 15、ドライバ 18、用紙押さえ 19の順に位置する。 As shown in FIG. 99, the staple conveying unit, the staple cutting and molding unit, and the staple penetrating unit are provided in the upper part of the frame 8 and in front of the staple loading unit. Figure 104A and Figure 1 As shown in 04B and the like, the stapler IB includes a conveyance path 41, a pusher receiver 42, a conveyance unit installation base 43, and the like as a stable conveyance unit that conveys the connected stable 2. The stapler 1B also has a forming plate 15 as a staple cutting and molding unit that cuts and molds the staple 3B located at the end from the connected staple 2 and a staple penetration that penetrates the staple 3B that has been cut and molded into the binding paper. A driver 18 is provided as a part. Further, the frame 8 includes a paper presser 19 for pressing the binding paper when the staple 3B is cut and molded and penetrated. These are located in the order of the transport path 41, the forming plate 15, the driver 18, and the sheet presser 19 in the order from the position of the stable loading unit.
[0330] まず、ステープル搬送部の構成について説明する。図 105はステープル搬送部の 構成を示す分解斜視図である。図 105に示すように、ステーブル搬送部は、搬送路 部 41、プッシャ 17、プッシャバネ 16、プッシャ受け 42及び搬送部設置台 43を備えて 構成される。 [0330] First, the configuration of the staple transport unit will be described. FIG. 105 is an exploded perspective view showing the configuration of the staple transport unit. As shown in FIG. 105, the stable transport section includes a transport path section 41, a pusher 17, a pusher spring 16, a pusher receiver 42, and a transport section installation base 43.
[0331] 搬送路部 41は連結ステープル 2の各ステープル 3Bの長手方向の幅に応じた幅を 有する平板状の搬送路 13を有する。また搬送路 13の両端部には、ステーブル 3Bの 裏面に設けられた接着部 31の通過する通過経路に搬送路溝 13aが備えられる。更 に搬送路 13の前端部には、プッシャ 17に取り付けられた送りッメ 44AAが搬送路 13 上に突出するための送りッメ溝 13bを備える。また搬送路 13の前端部にはフォーミン グプレート 15のステープル成型部 15aが嵌合する受け台部 13cを備える。  [0331] The transport path 41 has a flat transport path 13 having a width corresponding to the width in the longitudinal direction of each staple 3B of the connected staple 2. Further, at both ends of the conveyance path 13, a conveyance path groove 13a is provided in a passage path through which an adhesive portion 31 provided on the back surface of the stable 3B passes. Further, the front end portion of the conveyance path 13 is provided with a feed claw groove 13 b for projecting the feed claw 44AA attached to the pusher 17 onto the conveyance path 13. In addition, the front end portion of the transport path 13 is provided with a receiving portion 13c into which the staple forming portion 15a of the forming plate 15 is fitted.
[0332] 更に搬送路部 41は、搬送路 13の前方部の両端に三角形状の側板 45を備える。こ の側板 45内には、前述の図 13Bに示すように、ステープル搬送部、ステープル切断 成型部及びステープル貫通部が組み立てられた状態で、ネジリコイルバネ 56が位置 する。  [0332] Furthermore, the transport path section 41 includes triangular side plates 45 at both ends of the front portion of the transport path 13. In this side plate 45, as shown in FIG. 13B described above, the torsion coil spring 56 is located in a state where the staple conveying unit, the staple cutting and molding unit, and the staple penetrating unit are assembled.
[0333] 図 106A、図 106B及び図 106Cはプッシャ 17の構成例を示す説明図である。図 1 06Aはプッシャ 17の構成を示す斜視図であり、図 106Bは第 1の送りッメ 44AAaの 斜視図であり、図 106Cは第 2の送りッメ 44AAbの斜視図である。図 107は搬送路部 41とプッシャ 17の要部の断面図である。プッシャ 17は、ステープラ 1Bが組み立てら れた状態では、搬送路部 41の下部に位置する。プッシャ 17は前端部に突起部 17aa を四隅に有するステープル押し部 17aを備える。また、プッシャ 17は、搬送路部 41の 送りッメ溝 13bに応じた位置に、送りッメ 44AAを備える。 FIG. 106A, FIG. 106B, and FIG. 106C are explanatory views showing a configuration example of the pusher 17. FIG. 106A is a perspective view showing the configuration of the pusher 17, FIG. 106B is a perspective view of the first feed catch 44AAa, and FIG. 106C is a perspective view of the second feed catch 44AAb. FIG. 107 is a cross-sectional view of the main parts of the transport path 41 and the pusher 17. The pusher 17 is located at the lower part of the transport path 41 in a state where the stapler 1B is assembled. The pusher 17 includes a staple pushing portion 17a having protrusions 17aa at four corners at the front end. The pusher 17 is connected to the transport path 41. A feed catch 44AA is provided at a position corresponding to the feed catch groove 13b.
[0334] 送りッメ 44AAは、両端部に、ステープル 3Bの連結部が引っ掛かる引っ掛かり部 4 4Aを有する前端が開口した形状を備える。図 107に示すように、引っ掛かり部 44A は、断面が楔型の形状を備える。また、送りッメ 44AAは、プッシャ 17に送りッメ回動 軸 17bで回動可能に取り付けられる。また、送りッメ 44AAは、送りッメバネ 17cにより 、図 106Aの矢印 Z及び図 107の矢印 Mに示す方向に付勢されている。これにより、 図 107に示すように、引っ掛力、り部 44Aの先端が搬送路 13の送りッメ溝 13bより突出 した状態となる。 [0334] The feed catch 44AA has a shape in which the front end having the hook portion 44A to which the connecting portion of the staple 3B is hooked is opened at both ends. As shown in FIG. 107, the catch portion 44A has a wedge-shaped cross section. Further, the feed latch 44AA is attached to the pusher 17 so as to be pivotable by a feed pivot shaft 17b. Further, the feed latch 44AA is urged by the feed latch spring 17c in the direction indicated by the arrow Z in FIG. 106A and the arrow M in FIG. As a result, as shown in FIG. 107, the hooking force and the tip of the rib 44A protrude from the feed catch groove 13b of the transport path 13.
[0335] また、図 106Bに示すように、第 1の例の送りッメ 44AAaは先端が直線状に形成さ れた引っ掛力、り部 44Aaを備え、図 106Cに示すように、第 2の例の送りッメ 44AAb は先端が凹凸状に形成された引っ掛力、り部 44Abを備える。  Further, as shown in FIG. 106B, the feed catch 44AAa of the first example is provided with a hooking force with the tip formed in a straight line, a rib 44Aa, and as shown in FIG. The feed latch 44AAb in this example has a hooking force, a tip 44Ab having a rugged tip.
[0336] 更に、プッシャ 17は、下部に L字型に形成された L字型アーム 17dを備えると共に、 図 106Aに示すようにプッシャシャフト孔 17eを備える。  [0336] Further, the pusher 17 includes an L-shaped arm 17d formed in an L-shape at the bottom, and a pusher shaft hole 17e as shown in Fig. 106A.
[0337] 図 105に示すように、プッシャ受け 42は、搬送路部 41及びプッシャ 17を保持する 直方体の形状を備える。プッシャ受け 42は、設置されたプッシャ 17のプッシャシャフ ト孔 17eに対応する位置に、長孔状のプッシャシャフト長孔 17fを備える。プッシャ 17 のプッシャシャフト孔 17e及びプッシャ受け 42のプッシャシャフト長孔 17fに図示しな ぃプッシャシャフト 58が揷通されることにより、プッシャ 17はプッシャ受け 42に対して 所定量前後方向に摺動自在となる。また、プッシャ受け 42は、プッシャ 17の L字型ァ ーム 17dの後部を前方へ付勢するプッシャバネ 16を備える。搬送路部 41及びプッシ ャ 17を保持するプッシャ受け 42は、搬送部設置台 43を介してフレーム 8に取り付け られる。  As shown in FIG. 105, the pusher receiver 42 has a rectangular parallelepiped shape that holds the transport path portion 41 and the pusher 17. The pusher receiver 42 includes a long pusher shaft long hole 17f at a position corresponding to the pusher shaft hole 17e of the installed pusher 17. The pusher shaft 58 is passed through the pusher shaft hole 17e of the pusher 17 and the pusher shaft long hole 17f of the pusher receiver 42 so that the pusher 17 can be slid forward and backward by a predetermined amount with respect to the pusher receiver 42. It becomes. The pusher receiver 42 includes a pusher spring 16 that urges the rear portion of the L-shaped arm 17d of the pusher 17 forward. The pusher receiver 42 that holds the transfer path 41 and the pusher 17 is attached to the frame 8 via the transfer unit installation base 43.
[0338] ここで、プッシャ 17に取り付けられた送りッメ 44AAによる、連結ステープル 2の搬 送路 13上での搬送の方法について説明する。図 108A及び図 108Bは、プッシャ 17 に取り付けられた送りッメ 44AAによる連結ステープル 2の搬送方法の説明図である 。図 108Aはプッシャ 17に取り付けられた送りッメ 44AAが前方に移動している状態 を示し、図 108Bはプッシャ 17に取り付けられた送りッメ 44AAが後方に移動している 状態を示す。 [0339] 図 108Aに示すように、プッシャ 17が前方に移動する際には、矢印 N方向に付勢さ れた送りッメ 44AAの引っ掛かり部 44A力 凹部となっている、各ステープル 3Bの連 結部に引っ掛力、ることにより、連結ステーブル 2が搬送路 13上を前方へ移動される。 また、図 108Bに示すように、プッシャ 17が後方に移動する際には、送りッメ 44AAの 弓 Iっ掛力、り部 44Aが各ステーブル 3Bの連結部と非係合となり、矢印 Pに示すように送 りッメ 44AAが回転して後方に移動する。プッシャ 17に取り付けられた送りッメ 44AA は搬送手段の一例である。 [0338] Here, a method of transporting the linked staple 2 on the transport path 13 by the feed tab 44AA attached to the pusher 17 will be described. FIG. 108A and FIG. 108B are explanatory diagrams of a method for transporting the linked staple 2 by the feed tab 44AA attached to the pusher 17. FIG. FIG. 108A shows a state in which the feed catch 44AA attached to the pusher 17 is moving forward, and FIG. 108B shows a state in which the feed catch 44AA attached to the pusher 17 is moving backward. [0339] As shown in Fig. 108A, when the pusher 17 moves forward, the feeding portion 44AA urged in the direction of the arrow N 44A is a catch portion 44A force. The connecting stable 2 is moved forward on the conveyance path 13 by the hooking force applied to the connecting portion. Further, as shown in FIG. 108B, when the pusher 17 moves backward, the bow I hooking force of the feed latch 44AA and the rib 44A are disengaged from the connecting portions of the stables 3B, and the arrow P As shown in Fig. 4, the feed 44AA rotates and moves backward. The feed catch 44AA attached to the pusher 17 is an example of a conveying means.
[0340] 以上に示すように、送りッメ 44AAを備えるステープラ 1Bは、連結ステープル 2の各 ステープル 3Bの連結部に送りッメ 44AAの引っ掛力、り部 44Aを係合させて搬送を行 う。またこの時、連結ステープル 2は、送りッメ 44AA及び逆止バネ 59により挟まれた 状態となる。また、連結ステーブルの先頭側に位置するステーブルに係合して、後続 の連結ステーブルを先頭側へ引っ張るように送ることができる。これにより、連結ステ 一プルの送り動作に伴って連結ステーブル全体に過度の送り荷重が作用しなくなる ので、連結ステーブル 2が変形することなぐ精度よく連結ステーブル 2の搬送を行う ことが可能となる。  [0340] As described above, the stapler 1B provided with the feed catch 44AA carries the transport by engaging the catching force of the feed catch 44AA and the hook portion 44A with the connection portion of each staple 3B of the connected staple 2. Yeah. At this time, the connected staple 2 is sandwiched between the feed catch 44AA and the check spring 59. In addition, it is possible to engage with the stable located on the leading side of the connecting stable and send the subsequent connecting stable to be pulled to the leading side. As a result, an excessive feed load does not act on the entire connection stable as the connection staple is fed, so the connection stable 2 can be accurately conveyed without deformation of the connection stable 2. It becomes.
[0341] 次に、他の例の送りッメ 44'の構成について説明する。図 109は、送りッメ 44'を備 えるプッシャ 17と搬送路部 41の要部断面図である。送りッメ 44'は、先端にゴム等で 構成されるブラシ部 44Bを備える。このブラシ部の摩擦により連結ステーブル 2を搬 送するものである。  [0341] Next, the configuration of another example of the feed catch 44 'will be described. FIG. 109 is a cross-sectional view of the main parts of the pusher 17 having the feed catch 44 ′ and the transport path 41. The feed tab 44 'includes a brush portion 44B made of rubber or the like at the tip. The connecting stable 2 is transported by the friction of the brush part.
[0342] 次に、他の例の送りッメ 44' 'の構成について説明する。図 110は、送りッメ 44' 'を 備えるプッシャ 17と搬送路部 41の要部断面図である。送りッメ 44' 'は、前述した送り ッメ 44AAと、異なる形状の引っ掛かり部 44A' 'を備える。引っ掛力、り部 44A' 'は、 前面が垂直に形成され、後面が斜めに形成された凹凸部 44Aa' 'を上面に備える。  [0342] Next, the configuration of the feed catch 44 '' of another example will be described. FIG. 110 is a cross-sectional view of the main parts of the pusher 17 having the feed catch 44 ′ ′ and the transport path 41. The feed catch 44 ′ ′ includes the catch 44AA ′ ′ having a different shape from the feed catch 44AA described above. The hooking / grinding portion 44A ′ ′ is provided with an uneven portion 44Aa ′ ′ on the upper surface, the front surface being formed vertically and the rear surface formed obliquely.
[0343] 図 111は、送りッメ 44' 'を備えるステープラ 1Bで用いられる連結ステープル 2'の 断面図である。連結ステープル 2'は、引っ掛かり部 44A' 'の凹凸部 44Aa' 'が引つ 掛かる凹凸部 3B'を各ステープル 3'に備える。図 112A及び図 112Bは、プッシャ 1 7に取り付けられた送りッメ 44',による連結ステーブル 2'の搬送方法の説明図であ る。図 112Aはプッシャ 17に取り付けられた送りッメ 44' 'が前方に移動している状態 を示し、図 112Bはプッシャ 17に取り付けられた送りッメ 44' 'が後方に移動している 状態を示す。 [0343] Fig. 111 is a cross-sectional view of the linked staple 2 'used in the stapler 1B provided with the feed catch 44''. Each of the staples 3 ′ has a concavo-convex portion 3B ′ on which the concavo-convex portion 44Aa ′ ′ of the hook portion 44A ′ ′ is hooked. FIG. 112A and FIG. 112B are explanatory views of a method of transporting the connecting stable 2 ′ by the feed catch 44 ′ attached to the pusher 17. Fig. 112A shows the feed tab 44 '' attached to the pusher 17 moving forward FIG. 112B shows a state in which the feed catch 44 ′ ′ attached to the pusher 17 is moving backward.
[0344] 図 112Aに示すように、プッシャ 17が前方に移動する際には、矢印 N' '方向に付 勢された送りッメ 44' 'の引っ掛力、り部 44A, 'の凹凸部 44Aa' '力 各ステープル 3' の凹凸部 3B'に引っ掛力、ることにより、連結ステーブル 2'が搬送路 13上を前方へ移 動される。また、図 112Bに示すように、プッシャ 17が後方に移動する際には、送りッ メ 44',の引っ掛かり部 44A, 'の凹凸部 44Aa'が各ステープル 3'の凹凸部 3B'と非 係合となり、矢印 P',に示すように送りッメ 44',が回転して後方に移動する。  [0344] As shown in Fig. 112A, when the pusher 17 moves forward, the hooking force of the feed tab 44 '' urged in the direction of the arrow N '' and the uneven portion of the rib portions 44A, ' 44Aa ′ “Force” The connecting stable 2 ′ is moved forward on the conveyance path 13 by applying a catching force to the uneven portion 3B ′ of each staple 3 ′. Further, as shown in FIG. 112B, when the pusher 17 moves backward, the catch 44A of the feed mechanism 44 ', and the concavo-convex part 44Aa of the' feed mechanism 44 'are not related to the concavo-convex part 3B' of each staple 3 '. As shown by the arrow P ', the feed catch 44' rotates and moves backward.
[0345] これにより、送りッメ 44,,を備えるステープラ 1Bは、凹凸部 3B,を備えるステープル 3'が連結された連結ステーブル 2'の移動を確実に行うことが可能となる。また、連結 ステーブル 2'は、送りッメ 44' '及び逆止パネ 59により挟まれた状態で搬送される。 また、連結ステーブルの先頭側に位置するステーブルに係合して、後続の連結ステ 一プルを先頭側へ引っ張るように送ることができる。これにより、連結ステープルの送 り動作に伴って連結ステーブル全体に過度の送り荷重が作用しなくなるので、連結ス テーブル 2'が変形することなぐ精度よく連結ステーブル 2'の搬送を行うことが可能 となる。  [0345] Thus, the stapler 1B provided with the feeding tabs 44, can reliably move the connected stable 2 'to which the staple 3' provided with the uneven portion 3B is connected. Further, the connecting stable 2 ′ is conveyed while being sandwiched between the feed catch 44 ′ ′ and the check panel 59. Further, it is possible to engage with the stable located on the leading side of the connecting stable and send the subsequent connecting staple to the leading side. As a result, an excessive feed load does not act on the entire linked stable along with the linked staple feeding operation, so that the linked stable 2 ′ can be accurately conveyed without deformation of the linked stable 2 ′. It becomes possible.
[0346] 次に、ステープル成型切断部を構成するフォーミングプレート 15と、ステープル貫 通部を構成するドライバ 18の構成例について説明する。なお、ステーブル成型切断 部を構成するフォーミングプレート 15は、前述の図 18で説明した構成と同様である ので、ここでは説明を省略する。  [0346] Next, a configuration example of the forming plate 15 constituting the staple forming and cutting part and the driver 18 constituting the staple penetrating part will be described. The forming plate 15 constituting the stable molding / cutting portion is the same as that described with reference to FIG.
[0347] 図 113は、ドライバの構成例を示す説明図であり、図 113は本体部に抜き刃 51aが 取り付けられ、抜き刃 51a内に両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた形状のステープル 3B が位置した状態を示す斜視図である。なお、ドライバ 18を斜め後方から見た状態を 示す分解斜視図は、前述の図 19Aと同様、ドライバ 18を斜め後方から見た状態を示 す分解斜視図は、前述の図 19Bと同様である。  FIG. 113 is an explanatory view showing a configuration example of a driver. FIG. 113 shows a position of a staple 3B having a shape in which a punching blade 51a is attached to the main body and both ends are bent in one direction in the punching blade 51a. It is a perspective view which shows the state which carried out. The exploded perspective view showing the driver 18 as viewed obliquely from the rear is the same as FIG. 19A described above, and the exploded perspective view showing the driver 18 as viewed obliquely from the rear is the same as FIG. 19B described above. .
[0348] ドライバ 18は、所定の厚さを有する板状のドライバ本体部 18aと、前述の図 19A及 び図 19Bで説明した突き出しピン 18dと、二枚の抜き刃 51aとを備える。ドライバ本体 部 18aは、図 99に示すハンドル 5の裏面に備えられるドライバプッシャ 66が当接する ドライバプッシャ当接部 18bを上端部に備える。 [0348] The driver 18 includes a plate-like driver main body 18a having a predetermined thickness, the protruding pin 18d described with reference to Figs. 19A and 19B, and two punching blades 51a. The driver main body 18a contacts the driver pusher 66 provided on the back surface of the handle 5 shown in FIG. A driver pusher contact portion 18b is provided at the upper end portion.
[0349] また、ドライバ本体部 18aは、下端部の中央に、図 102Bのステープル 3Bのクラウン 部 35に応じた幅で所定量突出した直方体のステーブル押し下げ部 18fを備える。ス テープル押し下げ部 18fの左右には、図 113に示すようにそれぞれ抜き刃 51aが取り 付けられる。ここで、抜き刃 51aの構成については、前述の図 21A、図 21B及び図 2 1Cと同様であり、抜き刃 51aは、所定の長さを有し、一方の端部に刃先 51aeを備え る。また抜き刃 51aは、刃先 51aeを備える端部の近傍に、少なくとも刃先 51ae側に 斜面を有して所定量突出した突起部 51adを備える。  [0349] Further, the driver main body portion 18a includes a rectangular parallelepiped stable push-down portion 18f projecting a predetermined amount with a width corresponding to the crown portion 35 of the staple 3B in Fig. 102B at the center of the lower end portion. As shown in FIG. 113, punching blades 51a are respectively attached to the left and right sides of the staple push-down portion 18f. Here, the configuration of the punching blade 51a is the same as that in FIGS. 21A, 21B, and 21C described above, and the punching blade 51a has a predetermined length and is provided with a cutting edge 51ae at one end. . Further, the punching blade 51a includes a protrusion 51ad that has a slope on at least the blade tip 51ae side and protrudes by a predetermined amount in the vicinity of the end portion including the blade tip 51ae.
[0350] 更に、抜き刃 51aは中央部に所定の形状の押し出し孔 51acを備える。このような構 成を備える抜き刃 51aを綴じ用紙に貫通させることにより、前述の図 21Dに示すよう な形状の切り込み孔 52が形成される。  [0350] Furthermore, the punching blade 51a is provided with an extrusion hole 51ac having a predetermined shape at the center. By passing the punching blade 51a having such a configuration through the binding paper, the cut hole 52 having the shape as shown in FIG. 21D is formed.
[0351] 図 113に戻り、ドライバ本体部 18aは、左右に凸部 B18gを備えており、図 100に示 す、フレーム 8の側溝 B53に嵌合される。これにより、ドライバ本体部 18aは、フレーム 8に対して上下に摺動可能となる。  Returning to FIG. 113, the driver main body 18a includes convex portions B18g on the left and right sides, and is fitted into the side groove B53 of the frame 8 shown in FIG. Accordingly, the driver main body 18a can slide up and down with respect to the frame 8.
[0352] 次に、フォーミングプレート 15、ドライバ 18及び用紙押さえ 19の上下方向の支持の 構成について説明する。なお、ステーブル貫通部によるステーブル 3Bの綴じ用紙に 対する貫通、及びステープル折り曲げ部によりステープル 3Bの両脚部の折り曲げ及 び貼り付けを行う際に、綴じ用紙をテーブル 20に対して押さえつける用紙押さえ 19 の構成は、前述の図 23A及び図 23Bと同様であるので、ここでは説明を省略する。  Next, the configuration for supporting the forming plate 15, the driver 18, and the sheet presser 19 in the vertical direction will be described. Note that the paper presser that presses the binding paper against the table 20 when the staple 3B penetrates the binding paper of the stable 3B and the legs of the staple 3B are bent and pasted by the staple bending part 19 Since this configuration is the same as that of FIG. 23A and FIG. 23B described above, description thereof is omitted here.
[0353] 図 104A及び図 104Bに示すように、フォーミングプレート 15は側部に凸部 C15dを 有し、ドライバ本体部 18aは側部に凸部 B18gを有し、用紙押さえ本体部 19aは側部 に凸部 A19fを有する。それぞれの凸部が図 100に示すようにフレーム 8の側溝 C50 、側溝 B53及び側溝 A54に嵌合して摺動することにより、フォーミングプレート 15、ド ライバ 18及び用紙押さえ 19は、それぞれ所定の位置で上下方向に移動自在となる  As shown in FIGS. 104A and 104B, the forming plate 15 has a convex portion C15d on the side, the driver main body 18a has a convex B18g on the side, and the paper presser main body 19a has a side. Has a projection A19f. As shown in FIG. 100, the forming plate 15, the driver 18, and the paper presser 19 are respectively placed in predetermined positions by the projections fitting into the side grooves C50, side grooves B53, and side grooves A54 of the frame 8 as shown in FIG. Can move up and down
[0354] まず前述の図 14に示すように、待機状態においては、フォーミングプレート 15は、 下端部 15dがプッシャ 17の L字型アーム 17dの上部に載った状態になる。また、図 9 9等に示すように、用紙押さえ 19は引っ張りバネ 55によりフレーム 8に取り付けられ、 上方へ引っ張られた状態となる。待機状態における用紙押さえ 19の上死点は、フレ ーム 8の側溝 A54及び用紙押さえ本体部 19aの凸部 A19fにより定まる。 First, as shown in FIG. 14 described above, in the standby state, the forming plate 15 is in a state where the lower end portion 15d is placed on the upper portion of the L-shaped arm 17d of the pusher 17. Also, as shown in Fig. 9 9 etc., the paper presser 19 is attached to the frame 8 by the tension spring 55, It will be in the state pulled upwards. The top dead center of the sheet presser 19 in the standby state is determined by the side groove A54 of the frame 8 and the convex part A19f of the sheet presser main body 19a.
[0355] また、前述の図 13Bに示すように、用紙押さえ本体部 19a及びドライバ本体部 18a の間には、ネジリコイルバネ 56が備えられており、用紙押さえ本体部 19aを下方へ付 勢すると共に、ドライバ本体部 18aを上方へ付勢している。即ち待機状態においては 、ドライバ本体部 18aは用紙押さえ 19に対して上方へ付勢されており、ドライバ本体 部 18aの上死点は、フレーム 8の側溝 B53及ドライバ本体部 18aの凸部 B18gにより 疋ま ·ο。 Further, as shown in FIG. 13B described above, a torsion coil spring 56 is provided between the paper presser main body portion 19a and the driver main body portion 18a, and urges the paper presser main body portion 19a downward. The driver main body 18a is urged upward. That is, in the standby state, the driver main body 18a is urged upward with respect to the paper presser 19, and the top dead center of the driver main body 18a is caused by the side groove B53 of the frame 8 and the convex B18g of the driver main body 18a.疋 ま · ο.
[0356] また、前述の図 2に示すように、ドライバ本体部 18aは側部でリンク 57に回動自在に 取り付けられている。リンク 57は長孔 57aでプッシャシャフト 58に摺動可能に係合し、 長孔 57bでシャフト 59Zに摺動可能に係合している。ここで、ハンドル 5が押し下げら れてドライバ本体部 18aが下降することにより、図 2の矢印 Eに示す方向にリンク 57が 回転する。リンク 57が回転することにより、矢印 Fに示す方向に長孔 57aよりプッシャ シャフト 58が移動される。  [0356] Further, as shown in FIG. 2 described above, the driver main body 18a is rotatably attached to the link 57 at the side. The link 57 is slidably engaged with the pusher shaft 58 through the long hole 57a, and is slidably engaged with the shaft 59Z through the long hole 57b. Here, when the handle 5 is pushed down and the driver main body 18a is lowered, the link 57 rotates in the direction indicated by the arrow E in FIG. As the link 57 rotates, the pusher shaft 58 is moved from the long hole 57a in the direction indicated by the arrow F.
[0357] これにより、図 99等に示すプッシャ 17が後退して、フォーミングプレート 15の下端 部 15dがプッシャ 17の L字型アーム 17dの上部からはずれ、フォーミングプレート 15 は下降することが可能となる。  [0357] As a result, the pusher 17 shown in FIG. 99 and the like is retracted, the lower end portion 15d of the forming plate 15 is disengaged from the upper portion of the L-shaped arm 17d of the pusher 17, and the forming plate 15 can be lowered. .
[0358] また、フレーム 8の側溝 A54、側溝 B53及び側溝 C50には、凸部 A19f、凸部 B18 g及び凸部 C15dとの摺動性を向上させるため、例えば、樹脂等により縁取りされた力 ラー部を備える。  [0358] Further, the side groove A54, the side groove B53, and the side groove C50 of the frame 8 have, for example, a force edged with a resin or the like in order to improve the slidability with the protrusions A19f, B18g, and C15d. It is equipped with a collar part.
[0359] 次に、ステープル押さえ部としてステープルカバー 6及びステープルカバー 6に備 えられる逆止バネ 59の構成例につ!/、て説明する。図 114A及び図 114Bはステープ ル押さえ部の構成を示す説明図である。図 114Aは逆止バネ 59により連結ステープ ル 2のステープル 3Bを押さえた状態を示す平面図であり、図 114Bは、逆止バネ 59 により連結ステーブル 2のステーブル 3Bを押さえた状態を示す側面図である。  Next, a configuration example of the staple cover 6 and the check spring 59 provided in the staple cover 6 as a staple pressing unit will be described. 114A and 114B are explanatory views showing the configuration of the staple pressing portion. FIG. 114A is a plan view showing a state in which the staple 3B of the connecting staple 2 is pressed by the check spring 59, and FIG. 114B is a side view showing a state in which the stable 3B of the connecting stable 2 is pressed by the check spring 59. FIG.
[0360] 図 100等に示すように、ステープラ 1Bは、フレーム 8上端の後端部に、ハンドル'ス テープルカバー回動軸 10により回動可能に取り付けられたステープルカバー 6を備 える。ステープルカバー 6はフレームの幅に応じた幅を備え、図 99に示すように、搬 送路 13上の連結ステーブル 2を押さえた状態で板パネ 14により押さえられる。 [0360] As shown in Fig. 100 and the like, the stapler 1B includes a staple cover 6 attached to the rear end portion of the upper end of the frame 8 so as to be rotatable by a handle's staple cover rotating shaft 10. The staple cover 6 has a width corresponding to the width of the frame. It is pressed by the panel panel 14 while holding the connecting stable 2 on the feed path 13.
[0361] また、ステープルカバー 6の、ハンドル'ステープルカバー回動軸 10への取り付け 部と逆側の端部には押さえ片の一例である逆止パネ 59が備えられる。逆止パネ 59 は、弾性を有する薄板状の金属であり、中央に位置する第 1逆止パネ 59aと、第 1逆 止パネ 59aの両側に位置する第 2逆止パネ 59bを備えて構成される。 [0361] Further, a check panel 59, which is an example of a pressing piece, is provided at the end of the staple cover 6 opposite to the attachment portion of the handle 'staple cover rotating shaft 10. The check panel 59 is a thin metal plate having elasticity, and includes a first check panel 59a located in the center and second check panels 59b located on both sides of the first check panel 59a. The
[0362] ここで、第 1逆止バネ 59aは第 2逆止バネ 59bと比較して長ぐステープルカバー 6 が板パネ 14により押さえられた状態では、前述したステーブル切断成型部であるフォ 一ミングプレート 15の下方に位置するステープル 3Baを、図 114Aの R及び図 114B の Tで示すように、その端部で搬送路 13に対して押さえつける。また、第 2逆止パネ 5 9bは、ステープル 3Baのステープル装填部側の隣に位置するステープル 3Bbを、図 114Aの S及び図 114Bの Uで示すように、その端部で搬送路 13に対して押さえつけ Here, in the state where the staple cover 6 that is longer than the first check spring 59b is pressed by the plate panel 14 as compared with the second check spring 59b, the first check spring 59a is the same as the above-described stable cutting molded portion. As shown by R in FIG. 114A and T in FIG. 114B, the staple 3Ba positioned below the ming plate 15 is pressed against the conveyance path 13 at its end. In addition, the second check panel 59b allows the staple 3Bb located next to the staple loading portion side of the staple 3Ba to be directed to the transport path 13 at its end as shown by S in FIG. 114A and U in FIG. 114B. Hold down
[0363] また、図 114A及び図 114Bに示すように、逆止バネ 59の第 1逆止バネ 59a及び第 In addition, as shown in FIGS. 114A and 114B, the first check spring 59a and the first check spring 59a
2逆止バネ 59bは、ステープラ 1Bの背面側(ステープル装填部側)が上方に位置す る斜めの姿勢で、ステープル 3Ba及びステープル 3Bbをそれぞれの端部で搬送路 1 3に対して押さえつける。このため、ステープル 3Ba及びステープル 3Bbを、それぞれ 第 1逆止パネ 59a及び第 2逆止パネ 59bで搬送路 13に対して押さえつけた状態で、 図 114A及び図 114Bの各矢印に示す向きに連結ステープル 2を移動させることが可 能である。  2 The non-return spring 59b presses the staple 3Ba and the staple 3Bb against the transport path 13 at their respective end portions in an oblique posture in which the back side (staple loading unit side) of the stapler 1B is positioned upward. Therefore, the staple 3Ba and the staple 3Bb are pressed in the direction indicated by the arrows in FIGS. 114A and 114B in a state where the staple 3Ba and the staple 3Bb are pressed against the conveyance path 13 by the first check panel 59a and the second check panel 59b, respectively. 2 can be moved.
[0364] 次に、ステープル切断成型部による連結ステープル 2の端部に位置するステープ ル 3Bの切断、成型及び搬送の方法につ!/、て図 115Aから図 115E等を用いて説明 する。図 115A、図 115B、図 115C、図 115D及び図 115Eは、ステープル 3Bの切 断、成型及び搬送方法についての説明図であり、連結ステーブル 2、逆止パネ 59及 び送りッメ 44AAを断面状態で示す。図 115Aから図 115Eにおいては、両端が 1方 向に折り曲げられた形状に成型した後のステーブルは非断面状態で示している。  [0364] Next, a method of cutting, forming and conveying the staple 3B positioned at the end of the connected staple 2 by the staple cutting and forming unit will be described with reference to Figs. 115A to 115E. FIG. 115A, FIG. 115B, FIG. 115C, FIG. 115D, and FIG. 115E are diagrams for explaining a method of cutting, forming, and conveying the staple 3B, and are cross-sectional views of the connecting stable 2, the check panel 59, and the feed tab 44AA. Shown in state. 115A to 115E, the stable after being formed into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction is shown in a non-sectional state.
[0365] 図 115Aは、ステープラ 1Bの待機状態における各ステープル 3B、逆止バネ 59及 び送りッメ 44AAを示している。ステープル 3Baは、図 114A及び図 114Bと同様に、 連結ステープル 2の端部のステープル 3Bであり、フォーミングプレート 15の下方で受 け台部 13c上に位置する。ステープル 3Bbはステープル 3Baのステープル装填部側 の隣に位置するステープル 3Bであり、ステープル 3Bcは、両端が 1方向に折り曲げら れた形状に成型され、ドライバ 18の下方に位置するステーブル 3Bである。なお、図 1 15B以降にお!/、ては、ステープル 3Bcは表示して!/、な!/、。 [0365] FIG. 115A shows the staples 3B, the check spring 59, and the feed catch 44AA in the standby state of the stapler 1B. As in FIGS. 114A and 114B, the staple 3Ba is a staple 3B at the end of the connected staple 2 and is received below the forming plate 15. Located on the bench 13c. The staple 3Bb is a staple 3B positioned next to the staple loading portion side of the staple 3Ba, and the staple 3Bc is a stable 3B formed in a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction and positioned below the driver 18. . Figure 1 After 15B! /, Staple 3Bc is displayed! /, NA! / ,.
[0366] 図 115Bは、送りッメ 44AAが後方に移動している状態を示している。図 115Cは、 切断刃 49によりステープル 3Baとステープル 3Bbとの連結部を切断している状態を 示している。図 115Dは、フォーミングプレート 15によりステープル 3Baを成型してい る状態を示している。図 115Eは、送りッメ 44AAにより連結ステープル 2を移動させ ると共に、プッシャ 17のステープル押し部 17aによりステープル 3Bbを前方へ移動さ せる状態を示している。 [0366] FIG. 115B shows a state where the feed latch 44AA is moving backward. FIG. 115C shows a state in which the connecting portion between the staple 3Ba and the staple 3Bb is cut by the cutting blade 49. FIG. FIG. 115D shows a state in which the staple 3Ba is formed by the forming plate 15. FIG. 115E shows a state in which the linked staple 2 is moved by the feeding lever 44AA and the staple 3Bb is moved forward by the staple pushing portion 17a of the pusher 17.
[0367] 図 115Aに示すステープラ 1Bの待機状態から、ハンドル 5が押し下げられることによ り、ドライバ 18が下降してリンク 57が回転し、プッシャ 17が後方へ移動する。これによ り、図 115B及び図 115Cに示すように、送りッメ 44AAが回転して後方に移動し、送 りッメ 44AAの図 106A等に示す引っ掛力、り部 44A力 ステープル 3Baとステープル 3Bbの間の連結部力、ら外れ、ステープル 3Bbとステープル 3Bdの間の連結部に引つ 掛かった状態となる。  [0367] When the handle 5 is pushed down from the standby state of the stapler 1B shown in FIG. 115A, the driver 18 descends, the link 57 rotates, and the pusher 17 moves rearward. As a result, as shown in FIG. 115B and FIG. 115C, the feed latch 44AA rotates and moves rearward, and the hooking force shown in FIG. The connecting portion force between the staples 3Bb is disengaged, and the staple portion 3Bb is caught in the connecting portion between the staples 3Bb and 3Bd.
[0368] ここで、図 114Bに示すように、ステープル 3Bbは逆止めバネ 59の第 2逆止バネ 59  [0368] Here, as shown in FIG. 114B, the staple 3Bb is the second check spring 59 of the check spring 59.
により、搬送路 13に対して押さえつけられている。このため、ステープル 3Bbが搬送 路 13から浮き上がることを防ぎ、送りッメ 44AAの引っ掛力、り部 44Aを、ステープル 3 Bbとステーブル 3Bdとの連結部に確実に引っ掛けることが可能となる。  Therefore, it is pressed against the conveyance path 13. For this reason, it is possible to prevent the staple 3Bb from floating from the conveyance path 13, and to reliably hook the hooking force of the feeding catch 44AA and the hook portion 44A to the connecting portion between the staple 3Bb and the stable 3Bd.
[0369] また、図 115Aから図 115Cに示す間、ドライバ 18により押し下げられることにより、 フォーミングプレート 15が下降する。切断刃 49を備えるフォーミングプレート 15が連 結ステープル 2に対して下降することにより、切断刃 49によりステープル 3Baとステー プル 3Bbとの連結部が切断される。図 116A、図 116B及び図 116Cは切断刃 49に よるステープル 3Bの切断を時系列で示した説明図である。  [0369] Also, during the time shown in Figs. 115A to 115C, the forming plate 15 is lowered by being pushed down by the driver 18. When the forming plate 15 including the cutting blade 49 is lowered with respect to the continuous staple 2, the connecting portion between the staple 3Ba and the staple 3Bb is cut by the cutting blade 49. 116A, 116B, and 116C are explanatory views showing the cutting of the staple 3B by the cutting blade 49 in time series.
[0370] 図 116A力、ら図 116Cに示すように、二つの切断刃 49がステープル 3Bに対して下 降することにより、二つの切断刃 49の刃先 49aで各ステープル連結部 34が切断され る。ここで、ステープル 3Baとステープル 3Bbとの間の各ステープル連結部 34に対し て、各刃先 49aが、ステープル 3Bの長手方向の中心側から外方に向けてそれぞれ 反対方向に押し当てられ、各ステーブル連結部 34が切断される。これにより、各ステ 一プル連結部 34の切断時には、ステープル 3Baとステープル 3Bbとに、各ステープ ノレ 3Bの長手方向に、各刃先 49aにより反対向きの力が同時に加えられた状態となるAs shown in FIG. 116A force and FIG. 116C, when the two cutting blades 49 are lowered with respect to the staple 3B, the staple connecting portions 34 are cut at the cutting edges 49a of the two cutting blades 49. . Here, for each staple connecting portion 34 between the staple 3Ba and the staple 3Bb, Thus, each blade edge 49a is pressed in the opposite direction from the center side in the longitudinal direction of the staple 3B to the outside, and each stable connecting portion 34 is cut. As a result, when each staple connecting portion 34 is cut, a force in the opposite direction is simultaneously applied to the staple 3Ba and the staple 3Bb in the longitudinal direction of each staple 3B by the respective blade edges 49a.
Yes
[0371] 図 116Cでステープル 3Baとステープル 3Bbのステープル連結部 34を切断した後 、フォーミングプレート 15が更に下降することによりステープル 3Baの両端が 1方向に 折り曲げられた形状への成型が行われる。図 117A、図 117B及び図 117Cと、図 11 8A、図 118B及び図 118Cは、受け台部 13cとフォーミングプレート 15によるステー プル 3Bの成型を時系列で示した説明図である。  [0371] After cutting the staple connecting portions 34 of the staple 3Ba and the staple 3Bb in Fig. 116C, the forming plate 15 is further lowered to form the staple 3Ba into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction. 117A, 117B, and 117C, and FIGS. 118A, 118B, and 118C are explanatory diagrams that show time-series molding of the staple 3B by the cradle part 13c and the forming plate 15. FIG.
[0372] 図 117Aから図 118Aに示すように、受け台部 13cに設置され隣接するステープル  [0372] As shown in FIGS. 117A to 118A, adjacent staples installed in the cradle part 13c.
3Bから切り離されたステープル 3Baに対して、フォーミングプレート 15が下降し、受 け台部 13cとステープル成型部 15aが嵌合する。これにより、ステープル 3Baは、クラ ゥン部 35とクラウン部 35から直角に折り曲げられた脚部 36が形成されるように、両端 力 I方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型される。  The forming plate 15 is lowered with respect to the staple 3Ba separated from 3B, and the receiving base 13c and the staple forming part 15a are fitted. As a result, the staple 3Ba is formed into a shape bent in the direction of both ends force I so that a leg portion 36 bent at a right angle from the crown portion 35 and the crown portion 35 is formed.
[0373] また、図 118Aに示すようにステープル 3Baを両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた形状 に成型した後、ドライバ 18が上昇することにより、フォーミングプレート 15も上昇する。 ここで図 118B及び図 118Cに示すように、フォーミングプレート 15が上昇する際には 、両端力 方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型されたステーブル 3Baの両脚部 36がヒ ラキォサェ 15cにより押さえられる。図 119は上昇したフォーミングプレート 15のヒラキ ォサェ 15cによりステープル 3Baの両脚部 36を保持した状態を示す斜視図である。 このように、ヒラキォサェ 15cにより両外側から保持することにより、スプリングバックに よりステープル 3Baの両脚部 36が開くことが防がれる。これにより、ステープル 3Baを 両端力 方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型した後のスプリングバックによる影響を抑 え、次の工程を高精度に行うことが可能になる。  [0373] Further, as shown in Fig. 118A, after forming the staple 3Ba into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction, the driver 18 rises, so that the forming plate 15 also rises. Here, as shown in FIGS. 118B and 118C, when the forming plate 15 is raised, both legs 36 of the stable 3Ba formed into a shape bent in the direction of the force at both ends are pressed by the flat plate 15c. FIG. 119 is a perspective view showing a state in which both legs 36 of the staple 3Ba are held by the flat plate 15c of the raised forming plate 15. FIG. In this way, by holding from both sides by the Hirasakisae 15c, the leg portions 36 of the staple 3Ba are prevented from being opened by the spring back. As a result, the influence of the spring back after the staple 3Ba is formed into a shape bent in the direction of the force at both ends can be suppressed, and the next process can be performed with high accuracy.
[0374] フォーミングプレート 15が上昇して、ヒラキォサェ 15cにより両端が 1方向に折り曲 げられた形状のステーブル 3Baの両脚部 36を保持した状態となった後、ドライバ 18 が更に上昇してリンク 57が回転し、プッシャバネ 16により付勢されたプッシャ 17が前 方に移動する。これより、図 115Eの矢印 1に示すように、送りッメ 44AAで連結ステー プル 2が前方に移動すると共に、矢印 kに示すように、図示しないステーブル押し部 1 7aによりステープル 3Baが前方に押し出される。 [0374] After the forming plate 15 is lifted and the both ends 36 of the stable 3Ba are bent in one direction by the flat plate 15c, the driver 18 is further lifted and linked. 57 rotates and pusher 17 biased by pusher spring 16 moves forward. Move towards. Thus, as shown by the arrow 1 in FIG. 115E, the connecting staple 2 moves forward by the feed latch 44AA, and as shown by the arrow k, the staple 3Ba is moved forward by the not-shown stable pushing portion 17a. Extruded.
[0375] 図 120A,図 120B及び図 121は、プッシャ 17のステープル押し部 17aによるステ 一プル 3Bの押し出し方法を示す説明図である。図 120A及び図 120Bに示すように 、プッシャ 17が前方に移動することにより、ステーブル押し部 17aにより両端が 1方向 に折り曲げられた形状のステープル 3Bがフォーミングプレート 15内からドライバ 18の 二つの抜き刃 51aの間に押し出される。この時、ステープル押し部 17aによるステー プル 3Baの押し出しは、図 121に示すように、ステープル押し部 17aに設けられた四 つの突起部 17aaにより、ステープル 3Bの両脚部 36の背面側の上部及び下部を押 すことにより行われる。 120A, 120B and 121 are explanatory views showing a method of pushing out the staple 3B by the staple pushing portion 17a of the pusher 17. FIG. As shown in FIG. 120A and FIG. 120B, when the pusher 17 moves forward, the staple 3B having both ends bent in one direction by the stable pushing portion 17a is removed from the forming plate 15 by two screws 18 of the driver 18. It is pushed out between the blades 51a. At this time, the staple 3Ba is pushed out by the staple pusher 17a, as shown in FIG. 121, by the four protrusions 17aa provided on the staple pusher 17a. This is done by pressing.
[0376] これにより、ステープル 3Baが大きく傾くことなぐフォーミングプレート 15内からドラ ィバ 18の二つの抜き刃 51aの間にステープル 3Bの移動が行われる。よって、ステー プル 3Bのフォーミングプレート 15内からドライバ 18の二つの抜き刃 51aの間への移 動を高精度に行うことが可能となる。  [0376] Thereby, the staple 3B is moved between the two extraction blades 51a of the driver 18 from the forming plate 15 where the staple 3Ba is not largely inclined. Therefore, the movement from the inside of the forming plate 15 of the staple 3B to the two extraction blades 51a of the driver 18 can be performed with high accuracy.
[0377] (2— 5)ステーブル折り曲げ部の構成例  [0377] (2-5) Configuration example of the stable bent part
ステーブル貫通部により綴じ用紙に貫通されたステーブル 3Bの両脚部 36を綴じ用 紙 37に沿って折り曲げ、綴じ用紙 37と一方の脚部 36の接着部 31、及び一方の脚部 36と他方の脚部 36とをそれぞれ貼り合わせるステープル折り曲げ部は、前述の図 3 3と、図 34A、図 34B及び図 34Cで説明した構成と同様である。すなわち、ステープ ル折り曲げ部は、フレーム 8の底部である折り曲げ部設置台 21に取り付けられたタリ ンチヤユニット 23、二つの押し出しユニット 24、及びスライダ 26を備えて構成される。  The legs 36 of the stable 3B, which are penetrated through the binding paper by the stable penetration part, are bent along the binding paper 37, the bonding part 31 of the binding paper 37 and one leg 36, and the one leg 36 and the other. The staple bending portions for bonding the leg portions 36 to each other are the same as those described in FIGS. 33 and 34A, 34B, and 34C. In other words, the staple folding part is configured to include a turret unit 23, two push-out units 24, and a slider 26 that are attached to a bending part installation base 21 that is the bottom of the frame 8.
[0378] クリンチヤユニット 23は、前述の図 34A、図 34B及び図 34C等で説明したように、隣 り合った 2面が開放した直方体状のクリンチヤホルダ 23aと、クリンチヤシャフト 23bで クリンチヤホルダ 23aに回動可能に取り付けられたクリンチヤレフト 60、クリンチヤセン ター 27及びクリンチヤライト 61とを備えて構成される。  [0378] As described in Figs. 34A, 34B, 34C, etc., the clincher unit 23 has a cuboid clincher holder 23a having two adjacent open surfaces and a clincher shaft 23b. A clincher left 60, a clincher center 27, and a clincher light 61, which are rotatably attached to the holder 23a, are configured.
[0379] クリンチヤレフト 60とクリンチヤライト 61は互いに左右対称となる形状を有し、それぞ れクリンチヤホルダ 23aから突出した折り曲げ部、折り曲げ部を備え、クリンチヤセンタ 一 27を挟んだ状態でクリンチヤホルダ 23aに取り付けられる。またクリンチヤセンター 27は、クリンチヤホルダ 23aから突出した、貝占り合わせ部を有する。 センター 27との間には、それぞれ図示しないネジリコイルパネが備えられている。こ れにより、クリンチヤレフト 60はクリンチヤセンター 27に対して上方に付勢され、クリン チヤライト 61はクリンチヤセンター 27に対して上方に付勢された状態となる。 [0379] The clincher left 60 and the clincher right 61 have shapes that are symmetrical with each other, and each include a fold portion and a fold portion protruding from the clincher holder 23a, and the clincher center It is attached to the clincher holder 23a with the 27 in between. The clincher center 27 has a shell-dividing portion protruding from the clincher holder 23a. Between the center 27, a torsion coil panel (not shown) is provided. Thus, the clincher left 60 is urged upward with respect to the clincher center 27, and the clincher right 61 is urged upward with respect to the clincher center 27.
[0381] また、クリンチヤセンター 27の左右に設けられた図示しない溝部、及びクリンチャレ フト 60、クリンチヤライト 61にそれぞれ設けられた、クリンチヤセンター 27左右の溝部 に係合する図示しない凸部により、クリンチヤセンター 27に対するクリンチヤレフト 60 の上死点、及びクリンチヤセンター 27に対するクリンチヤライト 61の上死点が定まる。 ここでステープラ 1Bにおいては、例えば、クリンチヤセンター 27に対するクリンチャラ イト 61の上死点力 クリンチヤセンター 27に対するクリンチヤレフト 60の上死点より高 い位置となる。即ち、ステープラ 1Bの待機状態においては、クリンチヤライト 61の図 示しな!/、折り曲げ部が、クリンチヤレフト 60の図示しな!/、折り曲げ部に対して高!/、位 にめ · 。 [0381] In addition, groove portions (not shown) provided on the left and right sides of the clincher center 27 and convex portions (not shown) that engage with the groove portions on the left and right sides of the clincher center 60 and the clincher light 61, respectively. The top dead center of clinchier left 60 for clinchear center 27 and the top dead center of clinchyalite 61 for clinchear center 27 are determined. Here, in the stapler 1B, for example, the top dead center force of the clincherite 61 with respect to the clincher center 27 is higher than the top dead center of the clincher left 60 with respect to the clincher center 27. That is, in the standby state of the stapler 1B, the clincher light 61 is not shown! /, The bent part is not shown in the clinch left 60! /, And the bent part is high! /.
[0382] また、折り曲げ部設置台 21のクリンチヤユニット 23が設置される箇所にはクリンチヤ 孔部 23cが形成されている。更に、クリンチヤセンター 27には長孔 27bが備えられて いる。ここで図 99に示すように、ステープラ 1Bは、折り曲げ部の一部としてベース 9に 、クリンチヤセンター 27を支持して位置を定めるクリンチャリフタ 28を備えている。タリ ンチヤリフタ 28は上下方向にベース 9に応じた長さを有し、上端部にはクリンチヤセン ター 27の長孔 27bと係合する凸部を備える。  [0382] Further, a clincher hole 23c is formed at a location where the clincher unit 23 of the bent portion installation base 21 is installed. Further, the clincher center 27 is provided with a long hole 27b. Here, as shown in FIG. 99, the stapler 1B includes a clincher lifter 28 that supports the clincher center 27 and determines the position on the base 9 as a part of the bent portion. The vertical lifter 28 has a length corresponding to the base 9 in the vertical direction, and has a convex portion that engages with the long hole 27b of the clinch center 27 at the upper end.
[0383] 図 99の矢印 Jに示すように、フレーム回動軸 12でフレーム 8がベース 9に対して回 転することにより、クリンチャリフタ 28の凸部のクリンチヤセンター 27の長孔 27b内の 位置が変化して、クリンチヤセンター 27の位置が定められる。同時に、クリンチヤセン ター 27に対してネジリコイルバネにより付勢されているクリンチヤレフト 60及びクリンチ ャライト 61の位置も定まる。  [0383] As indicated by an arrow J in FIG. 99, when the frame 8 rotates with respect to the base 9 by the frame rotation shaft 12, the convex portion of the clincher lifter 28 has a long hole 27b in the clincher center 27. The position changes and the position of the clincher center 27 is determined. At the same time, the positions of the clinch left 60 and the clinch light 61 urged by the torsion coil spring with respect to the clinch center 27 are determined.
[0384] なお、ステープル折り曲げ部に備えられる押し出しユニット 24は、前述の図 36A、 図 36B、図 36C及び図 36Dで説明した構成と同様であり、ここでは説明を省略する。 また、ステープル折り曲げ部に備えられるスライダ 26は、前述の図 38A及び図 38B で説明した構成と同様であり、ここでは説明を省略する。 It should be noted that the push-out unit 24 provided in the staple bending section is the same as that described with reference to FIGS. 36A, 36B, 36C, and 36D, and the description thereof is omitted here. Further, the slider 26 provided in the staple bending portion is the same as the configuration described in FIG. 38A and FIG. 38B, and the description thereof is omitted here.
[0385] (2— 6)その他ベース部の構成例 [0385] (2-6) Other base configuration examples
次に、ベース 9の他の構成について説明する。ステープラ 1Bは、スライダ 26を支え るスライダ受け 29を備える。このスライダ受け 29は、折り曲げ部設置台 21のスライダ 孔部 23dに対応した位置に備えられており、ステープラ 1Bの待機状態においては、 図 99に示すように、スライダ 26を支えた状態となる。ハンドル 5が押し下げられてスラ イダ 26が後方に移動することにより、スライダ 26はスライダ受け 29から外れた状態と なる。  Next, another configuration of the base 9 will be described. The stapler 1B includes a slider receiver 29 that supports the slider 26. This slider receiver 29 is provided at a position corresponding to the slider hole 23d of the bent portion installation base 21, and in the standby state of the stapler 1B, the slider 26 is supported as shown in FIG. When the handle 5 is pushed down and the slider 26 moves rearward, the slider 26 is detached from the slider receiver 29.
[0386] また、図 99に示すように、ステープラ 1Bは、ベース 9に折り曲げ部設置台 21を支え るリターンバネ 22を備える。このリターンバネ 22により、折り曲げ部設置台 21は、フレ ーム回動軸 12で図 99の時計回りに付勢された状態となる。  [0386] As shown in FIG. 99, the stapler 1B includes a return spring 22 that supports the bent portion installation base 21 on the base 9. By this return spring 22, the bent portion installation base 21 is urged clockwise in FIG. 99 by the frame rotation shaft 12.
[0387] <第 3のステープラの構成例〉  [0387] <Configuration example of third stapler>
次に、第 3の実施の形態のステープラ 1Cの構成について説明する。図 122は第 3 の例のステープラ 1Cのステープルカバー 6 'の構成を示す斜視図であり、図 123はス テープル 1Cの側面図である。第 3の例のステープラ 1Cは、図 122に示すステープル カバー 6 'を備える。ステープルカバー 6 'は、ステープルカバー 6と同様に、回動軸孔 6a'でフレーム 8のハンドル'ステープルカバー回動軸 10に回動自在に取り付けられ 、板パネ 14で固定されて搬送路 13に設置された連結ステーブル 2を押さえつけるも のである。  Next, the configuration of the stapler 1C according to the third embodiment will be described. 122 is a perspective view showing the configuration of the staple cover 6 ′ of the stapler 1 C of the third example, and FIG. 123 is a side view of the staple 1 C. The stapler 1C of the third example includes a staple cover 6 ′ shown in FIG. As with the staple cover 6, the staple cover 6 'is rotatably attached to the handle 8' staple handle rotating shaft 10 of the frame 8 through the rotating shaft hole 6a 'and fixed to the conveying path 13 by the panel panel 14. It presses the installed connecting stable 2.
[0388] 図 122に示すように、ステープルカバー 6 'は、回動軸孔 6a'の逆側の端部近傍に ベルトコンベア 70を備える。ベルトコンベア 70は、ローラ A回動軸 74で回動自在に 取り付けられたローラ A72aと、ローラ B回動軸 75で回動自在に取り付けられたローラ B72bを備える。更にべノレトコンベア 70は、ローラ A72aとローラ B72bに取り付けられ たベルト 73を備える。また、ローラ A回動軸 74の両端にはギア 71が取り付けられ、ス テープルカバー 6 'の本体に対して回動自在となる。  [0388] As shown in Fig. 122, the staple cover 6 'includes a belt conveyor 70 in the vicinity of the end on the opposite side of the rotation shaft hole 6a'. The belt conveyor 70 includes a roller A72a rotatably attached by a roller A rotating shaft 74 and a roller B72b rotatably attached by a roller B rotating shaft 75. Further, the benore conveyor 70 includes a belt 73 attached to the rollers A72a and B72b. In addition, gears 71 are attached to both ends of the roller A rotation shaft 74 so as to be rotatable with respect to the main body of the staple cover 6 ′.
[0389] 更にステープル 1Cは、図 123に示すように、ラック 57kを有するリンク 57'を備える 。ステープルカバー 6 'が板バネ 14で固定された状態では、ギア 71とラック 57kが接 した状態となる。ここで例えば、ギア 71とラック 57kはラチェット機構となっており、ハン ドル 5を下方に押し下げてドライバ 18を下方へ移動させ、リンク 57'が矢印 E'の反対 方向へ移動する際には、ギア 71とラック 57kは嚙み合わず、ギア 71は回転しない。 逆に、ドライバ 18が上方へ移動し、リンク 57'が矢印 E'の方向へ移動する際には、ギ ァ 71とラック 57kは嚙み合い、ギア 71が矢印 rで示す方向に回転する。 Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 123, the staple 1C includes a link 57 ′ having a rack 57k. When the staple cover 6 'is fixed by the leaf spring 14, the gear 71 and the rack 57k are in contact with each other. It will be in the state. Here, for example, the gear 71 and the rack 57k have a ratchet mechanism, and when the handle 5 is pushed downward to move the driver 18 downward and the link 57 ′ moves in the direction opposite to the arrow E ′, Gear 71 and rack 57k do not mate, and gear 71 does not rotate. Conversely, when the driver 18 moves upward and the link 57 ′ moves in the direction of the arrow E ′, the gear 71 and the rack 57k mesh with each other, and the gear 71 rotates in the direction indicated by the arrow r.
[0390] また、ギア 71とラック 57kとがラチエツト機構を備えずに、ギア 71にワンウェイ機構を 備えることにより、ハンドル 5が下方に押し下げられてリンク 57'が矢印 E'の反対方向 へする際にはギア 71は回転せず、ドライバ 18が上方へ移動してリンク 57'が矢印 E' の方向へ移動する際には、ギア 71が矢印 rで示す方向に回転するとしてもよい。  [0390] In addition, since the gear 71 and the rack 57k do not have the ratchet mechanism, but the gear 71 has the one-way mechanism, the handle 5 is pushed downward and the link 57 'moves in the direction opposite to the arrow E'. In this case, the gear 71 does not rotate, and when the driver 18 moves upward and the link 57 ′ moves in the direction of the arrow E ′, the gear 71 may rotate in the direction indicated by the arrow r.
[0391] 図 124は、ベルトコンベア 70により、連結ステーブル 2を搬送する状態を示す説明 図である。リンク 57'が図 123の矢印 E'の方向に移動し、ギア 71が矢印 rで示す方向 に回転することにより、図 124の矢印 oに示す方向にローラ A72a及びローラ B72bが 回転する。これにより、矢印 qに示す方向にベルト 73が移動し、矢印 pに示す方向に 連結ステーブル 2が搬送される。  FIG. 124 is an explanatory view showing a state in which the connected stable 2 is conveyed by the belt conveyor 70. FIG. When the link 57 ′ moves in the direction of arrow E ′ in FIG. 123 and the gear 71 rotates in the direction indicated by arrow r, the rollers A72a and B72b rotate in the direction indicated by arrow o in FIG. As a result, the belt 73 moves in the direction indicated by the arrow q, and the connecting stable 2 is conveyed in the direction indicated by the arrow p.
[0392] ステープラ 1Cはステープラ 1Bと異なり、プッシャ 17に送りッメ 44AAを備えない構 成である。ステープルカバー 6 '、リンク 57'及びプッシャ 17以外のステープラ 1Cの構 成は、ステープラ 1Bと同じである。  [0392] The stapler 1C is different from the stapler 1B in that the pusher 17 is not provided with the feeding mechanism 44AA. The configuration of the stapler 1C other than the staple cover 6 ', the link 57' and the pusher 17 is the same as that of the stapler 1B.
[0393] 次に、他の例の第 3のステープラ 1Dの構成について説明する。図 125は、ステー プラ 1Dの側面図である。ステープラ 1Dは、左右の両側面に、ノヽンドノレ 5に取り付けら れた直線状のラック 76を備える。ラック 76は、ギア 71と接した状態となる。またラック 7 6は、矢印 sに示す方向へ図示しないパネにより付勢される。ここで例えば、ギア 71と ラック 76はラチェット機構となっており、ハンドル 5と共にラック 76が押し下げられる際 には、ギア 71とラック 76は嚙み合わず、ギア 71は回転しない。逆に、ラック 76が上方 へ移動する際には、ギア 71とラック 76は嚙み合い、ギア 71が矢印 r'で示す方向に 回転する。  [0393] Next, the configuration of another example of the third stapler 1D will be described. FIG. 125 is a side view of the stapler 1D. The stapler 1D includes linear racks 76 attached to the node nore 5 on both left and right side surfaces. The rack 76 is in contact with the gear 71. The rack 76 is urged by a panel (not shown) in the direction indicated by the arrow s. Here, for example, the gear 71 and the rack 76 have a ratchet mechanism, and when the rack 76 is pushed down together with the handle 5, the gear 71 and the rack 76 do not squeeze and the gear 71 does not rotate. On the other hand, when the rack 76 moves upward, the gear 71 and the rack 76 mesh with each other, and the gear 71 rotates in the direction indicated by the arrow r ′.
[0394] また、ギア 71とラック 76とがラチエツト機構を備えずに、ギア 71にワンウェイ機構を 備えることにより、ハンドル 5が下方に押し下げられる際にはギア 71は回転せず、ドラ ィバ 18が上方へ移動する際には、ギア 71が矢印 r'で示す方向に回転するとしてもよ い。 [0394] In addition, since the gear 71 and the rack 76 do not include the latch mechanism, and the gear 71 includes the one-way mechanism, the gear 71 does not rotate when the handle 5 is pushed down, and the driver 18 When the gear moves upward, the gear 71 may rotate in the direction indicated by the arrow r '. Yes.
[0395] これにより、図 124の矢印 oに示す方向にローラ A72a及びローラ B72bが回転し、 矢印 qに示す方向にベルト 73が移動して矢印 pに示す方向に連結ステーブル 2が搬 送される。  [0395] As a result, the roller A72a and the roller B72b rotate in the direction indicated by the arrow o in FIG. 124, the belt 73 moves in the direction indicated by the arrow q, and the connection stable 2 is conveyed in the direction indicated by the arrow p. The
[0396] 図 123及び図 125に示す例では、ローラ 72により回転されるベルト 73により連結ス テープル 2の搬送を行うとした。しかし、ベルト 73を備えず、単数又は複数のローラ 7 2により連結ステープル 2の搬送を行うとしてもよい。  In the example shown in FIG. 123 and FIG. 125, the connected staple 2 is conveyed by the belt 73 rotated by the roller 72. However, the connected staple 2 may be transported by a single roller or a plurality of rollers 72 without including the belt 73.
[0397] ステープラ 1C及びステープラ 1Dは、ベルト 73と連結ステーブル 2との摩擦力により 連結ステーブル 2を搬送するものである。これにより、連結ステーブル 2を精度良ぐ 確実に搬送することが可能となる。  [0397] The stapler 1C and the stapler 1D convey the connection stable 2 by the frictional force between the belt 73 and the connection stable 2. As a result, the linked stable 2 can be accurately and reliably conveyed.
[0398] <第 2のステープラの動作例〉  [0398] <Operation example of the second stapler>
次に、連結ステーブル 2を用いたステープラ 1Bによる綴じ用紙 37の綴じ動作につ いて説明する。以下では、ステープラ 1Bによる綴じ動作について説明する力 ステー プラ 1C及びステープラ 1Dでも同様の方法により綴じ動作が行われる。図 126から図 132はステープラ 1Bによりステープル 3Bを用いて綴じ用紙 37を綴じる動作を示す 断面図である。図 126から図 132は、各状態におけるステープラ 1Bを前述の図 3の H— H断面で示している。  Next, the binding operation of the binding sheet 37 by the stapler 1B using the connecting stable 2 will be described. Hereinafter, the binding operation is performed by the same method in the force stapler 1C and the stapler 1D which explain the binding operation by the stapler 1B. 126 to 132 are cross-sectional views showing the operation of binding the binding paper 37 using the staple 3B by the stapler 1B. 126 to 132 show the stapler 1B in each state in the HH section of FIG.
[0399] 以下において、図面を参照しながら、ステープラ 1Bによりステープル 3Bを用いて綴 じ用紙 37を綴じる動作について説明する。図 126は、待機状態におけるステープラ 1 Bの各部の状態を示す説明図である。  [0399] Hereinafter, the operation of binding the binding sheet 37 using the staple 3B by the stapler 1B will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 126 is an explanatory diagram showing the state of each part of the stapler 1 B in the standby state.
[0400] 図 126に示すステープラ 1Bの待機状態では、ステープラ 1Bの各部は以下のような 状態となる。ステープラ 1Bの待機状態では、ステープルホルダ 11内にロール状ステ 一プル 4が装填され、図 10に示すように、ロール状ステープル 4から引き出された連 結ステーブル 2が剥離紙 30を剥がされた状態で搬送路 13上に設置される。また、連 結ステープルから剥がされた剥離紙 30は、剥離紙排出経路 40を通じてステープラ 1 Bの後部に設けられた剥離紙排出口 39から排出された状態に設置される。  [0400] In the standby state of the stapler 1B shown in FIG. 126, each part of the stapler 1B is in the following state. In the standby state of the stapler 1B, the roll staple 4 is loaded into the staple holder 11, and the continuous paper 2 pulled out from the roll staple 4 is peeled off the release paper 30 as shown in FIG. It is installed on the conveyance path 13 in a state. Further, the release paper 30 peeled from the continuous staple is set in a state of being discharged from a release paper discharge port 39 provided at the rear portion of the stapler 1B through the release paper discharge path 40.
[0401] また、フォーミングプレート 15の下部である搬送路 13の受け台部 13cには、連結ス テープル 2の端部のステープル 3Baが位置している。更にドライバ 18の抜き刃 51a内 には、両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型されたステーブル 3Bcが位置して いる。 [0401] In addition, the staple 3Ba at the end of the connecting staple 2 is positioned in the receiving portion 13c of the transport path 13 which is the lower portion of the forming plate 15. Furthermore, in the cutting blade 51a of the driver 18 There is a stable 3Bc formed in a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction.
[0402] また、ステープラ 1Bの待機状態では、用紙押さえ 19は、引っ張りバネ 55によりフレ ーム 8に対して上方へ付勢され、凸部 A19f及び側溝 A54で定まる上端部に位置し ている。ドライバ 18はネジリコイルパネ 56により、用紙押さえ 19に対して上方へ付勢 され、凸部 B18g及び側溝 B53で定まる上端部に位置している。フォーミングプレート 15はドライバ 18の突き出しピン 18dにより、凸部 C15d及び側溝 C50で定まる上端部 に位置している。  [0402] Further, in the standby state of the stapler 1B, the sheet presser 19 is urged upward with respect to the frame 8 by the tension spring 55, and is positioned at the upper end portion determined by the convex portion A19f and the side groove A54. The driver 18 is urged upward with respect to the sheet presser 19 by the torsion coil panel 56, and is positioned at the upper end portion determined by the convex portion B18g and the side groove B53. The forming plate 15 is positioned at the upper end portion defined by the convex portion C15d and the side groove C50 by the protruding pin 18d of the driver 18.
[0403] 更に、ステープラ 1Bの待機状態では、プッシャ 17はプッシャバネ 16より前方へ付 勢され、ステープル押し部 17aがドライバ 18の抜き刃 51aに当てついた状態となる。 また、スライダ 26はスライダパネ 25により前方へ付勢され、ベース 9に備えられるスラ イダ受け 29に載った状態となる。  [0403] Further, in the standby state of the stapler 1B, the pusher 17 is urged forward from the pusher spring 16, and the staple pushing portion 17a is brought into contact with the extraction blade 51a of the driver 18. Further, the slider 26 is urged forward by the slider panel 25 and is placed on the slider receiver 29 provided in the base 9.
[0404] また、ステープラ 1Bの待機状態では、フレーム 8の底部となる折り曲げ部設置台 21  [0404] In addition, when the stapler 1B is in the standby state, the bent portion mounting base 21 that becomes the bottom of the frame 8 is provided.
1S ベース 9のリターンパネ 22により上方へ付勢され、折り曲げ部設置台 21の前端 部力 S、ベース 9に固定されたシャフト 64に当てついた状態となる。  1S It is urged upward by the return panel 22 of the base 9 and is in a state where it hits against the shaft 64 fixed to the base 9 and the front end force S of the bent portion installation base 21.
[0405] 図 127は、用紙押さえ 19がテーブル 20上へ設置され、フォーミングプレート 15の 作動が開始された状態におけるステープラ 1の各部の状態を示す説明図である。図 1 26に示す待機状態から、ハンドル 5が押し下げられることにより、ハンドル'ステープ ルカバー回動軸 10でハンドル 5が図 127の反時計回りに回動し、ドライバプッシャ 66 によりドライバ 18が押し下げられる。  FIG. 127 is an explanatory view showing the state of each part of the stapler 1 in a state where the sheet presser 19 is installed on the table 20 and the operation of the forming plate 15 is started. When the handle 5 is pushed down from the standby state shown in FIG. 1 26, the handle 5 is rotated counterclockwise in FIG. 127 by the handle's staple cover rotating shaft 10, and the driver 18 is pushed down by the driver pusher 66.
[0406] これにより、ドライバ 18が押し下げられることにより、ネジリコイルバネ 56により付勢さ れた用紙押さえ 19も下方に押し下げられ、図 127に示すように、テーブル 20上の綴 じ用紙 37が用紙押さえ 19の用紙押さえ部 19dに押さえられた状態となる。  [0406] As a result, when the driver 18 is pushed down, the paper presser 19 biased by the torsion coil spring 56 is also pushed down, and the binding paper 37 on the table 20 is pushed down as shown in FIG. The sheet is pressed by the 19 sheet pressing portion 19d.
[0407] また、ドライバ 18に取り付けられた抜き刃 51aが、テーブル 20上に設置され用紙押 さえ 19により押さえられた綴じ用紙 37に貫通される。  [0407] Further, the punching blade 51a attached to the driver 18 passes through the binding paper 37 that is placed on the table 20 and pressed by the paper presser 19.
[0408] また、ドライバ 18が更に押し下げられることにより、図 2の矢印 Eに示す方向にリンク 57が更に回転し、長孔 57aに係合したプッシャシャフト 58が後方へ押され、プッシャ 17が後方に更に移動する。これにより、図 14に示すフォーミングプレート 15に下端 部 15dが、プッシャ 17の L字型アーム 17dから外れた状態となる。この時、プッシャ 17 に取り付けられた送りッメ 44AAの、ステープル 3Baとステープル 3Bbとの間の連結 部に対する係合が外れて、送りッメ 44AAは後方へ移動する。 Further, when the driver 18 is further pushed down, the link 57 further rotates in the direction indicated by the arrow E in FIG. 2, the pusher shaft 58 engaged with the elongated hole 57a is pushed rearward, and the pusher 17 is moved rearward. Go further. As a result, the lower end of the forming plate 15 shown in FIG. The part 15d is detached from the L-shaped arm 17d of the pusher 17. At this time, the feed tab 44AA attached to the pusher 17 is disengaged from the connecting portion between the staple 3Ba and the staple 3Bb, and the feed tab 44AA moves rearward.
[0409] 更に、ドライバ 18の突き出しピン 18dは、フォーミングプレート 15の V溝 A46内を移 動し、 V溝 A46の下端部 46aに到達する。ドライバ 18の突き出しピン 18dが、 V溝 A4 6の下端部 46aに到達後、ドライバ 18が更に下降することにより、突き出しピン 18dが V溝 A46の下端部 46aに係合した状態で、ドライバ 18共にフォーミングプレート 15は 下降を開始する。 [0409] Further, the projecting pin 18d of the driver 18 moves in the V groove A46 of the forming plate 15 and reaches the lower end 46a of the V groove A46. After the ejector pin 18d of the driver 18 reaches the lower end 46a of the V groove A4 6, the driver 18 further descends, so that the ejector pin 18d is engaged with the lower end 46a of the V groove A46. The forming plate 15 starts to descend.
[0410] 図 128は、ステープル 3Baが切断され、スライダ 26の移動が開始され、ステープル  [0410] In FIG. 128, the staple 3Ba is cut, and the movement of the slider 26 is started.
3Bの成型が開始された状態におけるステープラ 1Bの各部の状態を示す説明図であ る。図 127に示す状態から、更にハンドル 5が押し下げられることにより、ハンドル'ス テープルカバー回動軸 10でハンドル 5が図 128の反時計回りに回動し、ドライバプッ シャ 66によりドライバ 18が更に押し下げられる。これにより、図 128に示すように、ドラ ィバ 18に取り付けられた抜き刃 51aが、テーブル 20上に設置され用紙押さえ 19によ り押さえられた綴じ用紙 37に、更に貫通される。  FIG. 5 is an explanatory view showing the state of each part of the stapler 1B in a state where 3B molding is started. When the handle 5 is further pushed down from the state shown in FIG. 127, the handle 5 is rotated counterclockwise in FIG. 128 by the handle's staple cover rotating shaft 10, and the driver 18 is further pushed down by the driver pusher 66. It is done. As a result, as shown in FIG. 128, the punching blade 51a attached to the driver 18 is further penetrated through the binding paper 37 placed on the table 20 and pressed by the paper presser 19.
[0411] また、ドライバ 18が下降することにより、突き出しピン 18dが V?冓 A46の下端部 46a に係合した状態で、ドライバ 18共にフォーミングプレート 15は下降する。これにより、 図 116Cに示すように、連結ステープル 2の端部に位置するステープル 3Baと連接す るステープル 3Bbとのステープル連結部 34力 フォーミングプレート 15に取り付けら れた切断刃 49により切断される。  [0411] When the driver 18 is lowered, the protruding pin 18d is V?フ ォ ー The forming plate 15 is lowered together with the driver 18 while being engaged with the lower end 46a of A46. As a result, as shown in FIG. 116C, the staple connecting portion 34 with the staple 3B connected to the staple 3Ba located at the end of the connected staple 2 is cut by the cutting blade 49 attached to the forming plate 15.
[0412] また、突き出しピン 18dが V?冓 A46の下端部 46aに係合した状態で、ドライバ 18共 にフォーミングプレート 15が下降する。これにより、図 117Cに示すように、フォーミン グプレート 15のステープル成型部 15aにより、受け台部 13cに設置されたステープル 3Baの成型が開始される。  [0412] Also, the protruding pin 18d is V?フ ォ ー The forming plate 15 is lowered together with the driver 18 while being engaged with the lower end 46a of A46. As a result, as shown in FIG. 117C, the staple forming unit 15a of the forming plate 15 starts forming the staple 3Ba installed on the cradle unit 13c.
[0413] 更に、ドライバ 18が押し下げられることにより、図 2の矢印 Eに示す方向にリンク 57 が回転し、リンク 57の突起部 57cと係合したスライダシャフト 63と共にスライダ 26が後 方に移動する。これにより、スライダ 26のスライダアーム 26a及びスライダアーム 26b 力 それぞれ各押し出しユニット 24の後側に位置する爪部 24dと当接し図 36Bの矢 印に示すようにカム 24aが回転する。これにより、各押し出しユニット 24の押し出しプ ッシャ 24bが待機位置から押し出し位置の方向へ回転する。これにより、各押し出し プッシャ 24bの押し出し部 24baが、綴じ用紙 37に貫通された抜き刃 51aの外側の面 に当接した状態となる。 [0413] Further, when the driver 18 is pushed down, the link 57 rotates in the direction shown by the arrow E in FIG. 2, and the slider 26 moves rearward together with the slider shaft 63 engaged with the projection 57c of the link 57. . As a result, the slider arm 26a and slider arm 26b of the slider 26 are brought into contact with the claw portions 24d located on the rear side of the respective push-out units 24, and the arrows in FIG. The cam 24a rotates as indicated by the mark. As a result, the pusher pusher 24b of each pusher unit 24 rotates from the standby position toward the pushout position. As a result, the extruding portion 24ba of each extruding pusher 24b comes into contact with the outer surface of the punching blade 51a penetrating the binding paper 37.
[0414] 図 129は、ステープル 3Baの成型が完了した状態におけるステープラ 1Bの各部の 状態を示す説明図である。図 128に示す状態から、更にハンドル 5が押し下げられる ことにより、ハンドル'ステープルカバー回動軸 10でハンドル 5が図 129の反時計回り に回動し、ドライバプッシャ 66によりドライバ 18が更に押し下げられる。これにより、図 129に示すように、ドライバ 18に取り付けられた抜き刃 51aが、テーブル 20上に設置 され用紙押さえ 19により押さえられた綴じ用紙 37に更に貫通され、抜き刃 51a内に 位置しているステープル 3Bcの両脚部 36が、綴じ用紙 37に貫通される。  [0414] FIG. 129 is an explanatory view showing the state of each part of the stapler 1B in a state where the forming of the staple 3Ba is completed. When the handle 5 is further pushed down from the state shown in FIG. 128, the handle 5 is rotated counterclockwise in FIG. 129 by the handle “staple cover rotating shaft 10, and the driver 18 is further pushed down by the driver pusher 66. Thus, as shown in FIG. 129, the punching blade 51a attached to the driver 18 is further penetrated through the binding paper 37 placed on the table 20 and pressed by the paper presser 19, and is positioned in the punching blade 51a. Both legs 36 of the staple 3Bc that is present are passed through the binding sheet 37.
[0415] また、ドライバ 18が下降することにより、突き出しピン 18dが V?冓 A46の下端部 46a に係合した状態で、ドライバ 18と共にフォーミングプレート 15が下降する。これにより 、フォーミングプレート 15の下端部 15dがフレーム 8の所定の箇所に接して、フォーミ ングプレート 15がフレーム 8に対して下降しない位置まで、フォーミングプレート 15が 下降する。これにより、図 115D及び図 118Aに示すように、フォーミングプレート 15 のステープル成型部 15aにより、受け台部 13cに設置されたステープル 3Baが、クラ ゥン部 35と両脚部 36を有する両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型される。  [0415] When the driver 18 is lowered, the protruding pin 18d is V?フ ォ ー The forming plate 15 is lowered together with the driver 18 in a state where the lower end 46a of the A46 is engaged. As a result, the lower end portion 15d of the forming plate 15 is in contact with a predetermined portion of the frame 8, and the forming plate 15 is lowered to a position where the forming plate 15 is not lowered with respect to the frame 8. As a result, as shown in FIGS. 115D and 118A, the staple forming portion 15a of the forming plate 15 causes the staple 3Ba installed on the cradle portion 13c to have both ends having the crown portion 35 and both leg portions 36 in one direction. It is molded into a shape folded.
[0416] また、ドライバ 18が更に押し下げられることにより、図 2の矢印 Eに示す方向にリンク  [0416] When the driver 18 is further pushed down, the link is made in the direction indicated by the arrow E in FIG.
57が更に回転し、リンク 57の突起部 57cと係合したスライダシャフト 63と共にスライダ 26が更に後方に移動する。  57 further rotates, and the slider 26 further moves rearward together with the slider shaft 63 engaged with the projection 57c of the link 57.
[0417] 図 130は、ステープル 3Bcの貫通が完了し、スライダ受け 29からスライダ 26が外れ た状態におけるステープラ 1Bの各部の状態を示す説明図である。図 129に示す状 態から、更にハンドル 5が押し下げられることにより、ハンドル'ステープルカバー回動 軸 10でハンドル 5が図 130の反時計回りに回動し、ドライバプッシャ 66によりドライバ 18が更に押し下げられる。これにより、図 130に示すように、ドライバ 18に取り付けら れた抜き刃 51aが、テーブル 20上に設置され用紙押さえ 19により押さえられた綴じ 用紙 37に更に貫通され、抜き刃 51a内に位置しているステープル 3Bcの両脚部 36 1S 綴じ用紙 37に完全に貫通される。 FIG. 130 is an explanatory view showing the state of each part of the stapler 1B in a state where the penetration of the staple 3Bc is completed and the slider 26 is detached from the slider receiver 29. When the handle 5 is further pushed down from the state shown in FIG. 129, the handle 5 is rotated counterclockwise in FIG. 130 by the handle 'staple cover turning shaft 10 and the driver 18 is further pushed down by the driver pusher 66. . As a result, as shown in FIG. 130, the punching blade 51a attached to the driver 18 is further penetrated by the binding paper 37 placed on the table 20 and pressed by the paper presser 19, and is positioned in the punching blade 51a. Staple 3Bc legs 36 Completely penetrates 1S binding paper 37.
[0418] また、各ダブルトーシヨンパネ 24fにより付勢され、各抜き刃 51aの外側の面に当接 した状態の各押し出しプッシャ 24bの押し出し部 24baが、各抜き刃 51aの押し出し孔 51 ac内に揷通する。これにより、ステープル 3Bcの両脚部 36が、各押し出し部 24ba により内側へ押されて折り曲げられることにより、各抜き刃 51 aから離れた状態となる。  [0418] Further, the pushing portion 24ba of each pusher pusher 24b urged by each double torsion panel 24f and in contact with the outer surface of each punching blade 51a is placed in the pushing hole 51ac of each punching blade 51a. Communicate with. As a result, both the leg portions 36 of the staple 3Bc are pushed inward by the push-out portions 24ba and bent, so that they are separated from the punching blades 51a.
[0419] また、ドライバ 18が下降することにより、突き出しピン 18dが V?冓 B47から V?冓 B48内 に移動する。更に、図 2の矢印 Eに示す方向にリンク 57が更に回転し、リンク 57の突 起部 57cと係合したスライダシャフト 63と共にスライダ 26が更に後方に移動すること により、図 130に示すように、スライダ 26がスライダ受け 29から外れた状態となる。更 に、スライダアーム 26a及び 26bの前端部力 各押し出しユニット 24の各爪部 24dの 間から、後方へ外れた状態となる。  [0419] When the driver 18 is lowered, the protruding pin 18d is V?冓 B47 to V?移動 Move to B48. Further, the link 57 further rotates in the direction indicated by the arrow E in FIG. 2, and the slider 26 further moves rearward together with the slider shaft 63 engaged with the protrusion 57c of the link 57, as shown in FIG. The slider 26 is detached from the slider receiver 29. In addition, the front end force of the slider arms 26a and 26b is in a state of being rearwardly disengaged from between the claw portions 24d of the push-out units 24.
[0420] 図 131は、ステープル 3Bcのクリンチが完了した状態におけるステープラ 1Bの各部 の状態を示す説明図である。図 130に示す状態から、更にハンドル 5が押し下げられ ることにより、フレーム回動軸 12でフレーム 8がベース 9に対して図 131の反時計回り に回動し、図 131に示すように、フレーム 8の底辺部である折り曲げ部設置台 21がべ ース 9に接した状態となる。なお、折り曲げ部設置台 21がベース 9に接した状態から、 ハンドル 5を更に押し下げることはできない。  [0420] FIG. 131 is an explanatory view showing the state of each part of the stapler 1B in a state where the clinching of the staple 3Bc is completed. When the handle 5 is further pushed down from the state shown in FIG. 130, the frame 8 is rotated counterclockwise in FIG. 131 with respect to the base 9 by the frame rotating shaft 12, and as shown in FIG. The bent base 21 which is the base of 8 is in contact with the base 9. It should be noted that the handle 5 cannot be pushed down further from the state in which the bending portion installation base 21 is in contact with the base 9.
[0421] これにより、クリンチャリフタ 28により、クリンチヤセンター 27が、クリンチヤシャフト 23 bで回動してクリンチヤホルダ 23aに対して上方へ持ち上げられた状態となる。クリン チヤセンター 27がクリンチヤホルダ 23aに対して上方へ持ち上げられることにより、ネ ジリコイルバネによりクリンチヤセンター 27に対して上方に付勢されたクリンチヤレフト に対して上方へ持ち上げられる。  [0421] Thus, the clincher center 27 is rotated by the clincher shaft 23b by the clincher lifter 28 and is lifted upward with respect to the clincher holder 23a. When the clincher center 27 is lifted upward with respect to the clincher holder 23a, it is lifted upward with respect to the clincher left urged upward with respect to the clincher center 27 by the screw coil spring.
[0422] ここで、クリンチヤライト 61は、クリンチヤレフト 60よりもクリンチヤセンター 27に対する 上死点が上方に設けられている。このため、クリンチヤセンター 27がクリンチヤシャフト 23bで回動して上方へ持ち上げられることにより、クリンチヤライト 61によりステーブル 3Bcの右側の脚部 36が内側に綴じ用紙 37に沿って内側に完全に折り曲げられて保 持された状態となる。 [0423] その後、クリンチヤセンター 27がクリンチヤシャフト 23bで回動して上方へ更に持ち 上げられることにより、クリンチヤレフト 60によりステープル 3Bcの左側の脚部 36が内 側に綴じ用紙 37に沿って内側に完全に折り曲げられて保持された状態となる。 [0422] Here, the clincher light 61 is provided with a top dead center above the clincher center 27 relative to the clincher left 60. Therefore, when the clincher center 27 is rotated by the clincher shaft 23b and lifted upward, the right leg 36 of the stable 3Bc is completely inward along the binding sheet 37 by the clincher light 61. It will be folded and held. [0423] Thereafter, the clincher center 27 is rotated by the clincher shaft 23b and further lifted upward, so that the left leg 36 of the staple 3Bc is inwardly aligned with the binding sheet 37 by the clincher left 60. Thus, it is completely folded inside and held.
[0424] その後、クリンチヤセンター 27がクリンチヤシャフト 23bで回動して上方へ更に持ち 上げられることにより、図 131に示すように、ステーブル 3Bcの両脚部 36の重なり部 1S クリンチヤセンター 27の先端の貼り合わせ部で押さえられた状態となる。これによ り、図 102Cに示すように、ステープル 3Bcの左側の脚部 36の接着部 31と右側の脚 部 36、及び右側の脚部 36の接着部 31と綴じ用紙 37が、それぞれ貼り合わされた状 態となる。  [0424] After that, when the clincher center 27 is rotated by the clincher shaft 23b and further lifted upward, as shown in FIG. 131, the overlapping portion of the legs 36 of the stable 3Bc 1S clincher center 27 It will be in the state pressed by the pasting part of the tip of. As a result, as shown in FIG. 102C, the adhesive part 31 and the right leg part 36 of the left leg 36 of the staple 3Bc, and the adhesive part 31 of the right leg part 36 and the binding sheet 37 are bonded to each other. It becomes a state.
[0425] 図 132は、フレーム 8のリターンが完了し、ドライバ 18のリターンが開始された状態 におけるステープラ 1Bの各部の状態を示す説明図である。図 131に示す状態から、 使用者がハンドル 5の押し下げを解除することにより、まず、図 99に示すベース 9に 備えられたリターンバネ 22により、フレーム回動軸 12で、フレーム 8がベース 9に対し て図 132の時計回りに回動する。  FIG. 132 is an explanatory diagram showing the state of each part of the stapler 1B in a state where the return of the frame 8 is completed and the return of the driver 18 is started. From the state shown in FIG. 131, when the user releases the push-down of the handle 5, first, the return spring 22 provided in the base 9 shown in FIG. 99 causes the frame rotating shaft 12 and the frame 8 to move to the base 9. In contrast, it rotates clockwise in FIG.
[0426] これにより、折り曲げ部設置台 21の前端部が、ベース 9と固定されたシャフト 64と当 接し、フレーム 8とベース 9が、図 126に示す待機状態と同じ位置関係となる。また、ク リンチャリフタ 28により、クリンチヤセンター 27がクリンチヤホルダ 23aに対して引き下 げられ、クリンチャホノレダ 23aと、クリンチヤレフト 60、クリンチヤセンター 27及びクリン チヤライト 61が、図 126に示す待機状態と同じ位置関係となる。  Thus, the front end portion of the bending portion installation base 21 is in contact with the shaft 64 fixed to the base 9, and the frame 8 and the base 9 are in the same positional relationship as in the standby state shown in FIG. The clincher center 27 is pulled down to the clincher holder 23a by the clincher lifter 28, and the clincher honoreda 23a, the clincher left 60, the clincher center 27, and the clincher right 61 are in the standby state shown in FIG. The positional relationship is the same as the state.
[0427] また、リターンバネ 22により、フレーム回動軸 12でフレーム 8が回動し、折り曲げ部 設置台 21の前端部がシャフト 64と当接した後、図 13Bに示すドライバ 18と用紙押さ え 19の間に設けられたネジリコイルバネ 56により、ドライバ 18の上方への移動が開 始する。  [0427] Further, the frame 8 is rotated by the frame rotating shaft 12 by the return spring 22, and the front end of the bent portion installation base 21 comes into contact with the shaft 64, and then the driver 18 and the paper presser shown in FIG. The upward movement of the driver 18 is started by the torsion coil spring 56 provided between 19.
[0428] 図 133は、プッシャ 17のリターン直前の状態におけるステープラ 1Bの各部の状態 を示す説明図である。図 132に示す状態から、まず、ネジリコイルパネ 56により、ドラ ィバ 18が上方へ移動する。  FIG. 133 is an explanatory view showing the state of each part of the stapler 1B in a state immediately before the pusher 17 returns. From the state shown in FIG. 132, first, the driver 18 is moved upward by the torsion coil panel 56.
[0429] これにより、突き出しピン 18dが V溝 B48内を上方へ移動し、 V?冓 B48の上端部で 突き出しピン 18dが係合した状態となり、ドライバ 18の上方への移動と共にフォーミン グプレート 15も上方への移動を開始する。 [0429] As a result, the protruding pin 18d moves upward in the V groove B48, and V? The projecting pin 18d is engaged at the upper end of B48. The plate 15 also starts moving upward.
[0430] また、ドライバ 18が上方へ移動することにより、リンク 57が図 2の矢印 Eの反対方向 へ回転する。これにより、スライダシャフト 63を後方へ押さえていたリンク 57の突起部 57cが矢印 Eの反対方向へ移動し、スライダパネ 25で付勢されたスライダ 26が前方 移動を開始する。 [0430] Further, when the driver 18 moves upward, the link 57 rotates in the direction opposite to the arrow E in FIG. As a result, the projection 57c of the link 57 holding the slider shaft 63 rearward moves in the direction opposite to the arrow E, and the slider 26 biased by the slider panel 25 starts moving forward.
[0431] その後、突き出しピン 18dが V?冓 B48内の上端に係合した状態で、ドライバ 18が上 方へ移動する共にフォーミングプレート 15も上方へ移動する。これにより、図 118Bに 示すように、ステープル 3Baの両脚部 36の先端部が、フォーミングプレート 15のヒラ キォサェ 15cにより保持された状態となる。  [0431] After that, the protruding pin 18d is V?ド ラ イ バ With the upper end in B48 engaged, the driver 18 moves upward and the forming plate 15 also moves upward. As a result, as shown in FIG. 118B, the leading ends of both leg portions 36 of the staple 3Ba are held by the flat plate 15c of the forming plate 15.
[0432] また、ドライバ 18が上方へ移動することにより、リンク 57が図 2の矢印 Eの反対方向 へ更に回転し、スライダシャフト 63を押さえているリンク 57の突起部 57cが矢印 Eの 反対方向へ更に移動し、スライダパネ 25で付勢されたスライダ 26が前方へ更に移動 する。  [0432] Further, when the driver 18 moves upward, the link 57 further rotates in the direction opposite to the arrow E in Fig. 2, and the projection 57c of the link 57 holding the slider shaft 63 in the direction opposite to the arrow E The slider 26 urged by the slider panel 25 further moves forward.
[0433] その後、突き出しピン 18dが V'溝 B48内の上端に係合した状態で、ドライバ 18が上 方へ移動する共にフォーミングプレート 15が上端部まで移動する。これにより、図 11 8Cに示すように、ステープル 3Baの両脚部 36の先端部が、フォーミングプレート 15 のヒラキォサェ 15cにより完全に保持された状態となる。  [0433] Thereafter, with the protruding pin 18d engaged with the upper end in the V 'groove B48, the driver 18 moves upward and the forming plate 15 moves to the upper end. As a result, as shown in FIG. 118C, the leading end portions of both leg portions 36 of the staple 3Ba are completely held by the flat plate 15c of the forming plate 15.
[0434] その後、ドライバ 18が上方へ移動することにより、突き出しピン 18dが V?冓 B48から フラット部 47を超えて、 V'溝 A46内を上方へ移動する。また、ドライバ 18が上方へ移 動することにより、リンク 57が図 2の矢印 Eの反対方向へ更に回転し、スライダシャフト 63を押さえているリンク 57の突起部 57cが矢印 Eの反対方向へ更に移動し、スライダ パネ 25で付勢されたスライダ 26が、図 126で示す待機状態と同じ位置まで移動する  [0434] Thereafter, when the driver 18 moves upward, the protruding pin 18d becomes V?冓 Move from B48 to the upper part of V 'groove A46 over flat part 47. Further, when the driver 18 moves upward, the link 57 further rotates in the direction opposite to the arrow E in FIG. 2, and the projection 57c of the link 57 holding the slider shaft 63 further in the direction opposite to the arrow E. The slider 26 moved and urged by the slider panel 25 moves to the same position as the standby state shown in FIG.
[0435] 更に、プッシャシャフト 58を押さえているリンク 57の長孔 57aが移動することにより、 プッシャバネ 16で付勢されたプッシャ 17が前方へ移動を開始する。これにより、図 1 15Eに示すように、送りッメ 44AAにより連結ステープル 2が前方へ搬送される。この 時、図 10に示すように、ステープルホルダ 11内に装填されたロール状ステープル 4 力も引き出された連結ステープル 2から、剥離ブロック 38により、剥離紙 30が剥離さ れる。また、剥離された剥離紙 30は剥離紙排出経路 40を経由して剥離紙排出口 39 力、ら排出される。また、図 115Eに図示しないプッシャ 17のステープル押し部 17aによ りステープル 3aがドライバ 18の各抜き刃 51aの間へ押し出される。 [0435] Further, when the elongated hole 57a of the link 57 holding the pusher shaft 58 moves, the pusher 17 biased by the pusher spring 16 starts moving forward. As a result, as shown in FIG. 115E, the linked staple 2 is conveyed forward by the feed catch 44AA. At this time, as shown in FIG. 10, the release paper 30 is peeled off by the peeling block 38 from the linked staple 2 in which the roll-shaped staple 4 loaded in the staple holder 11 is also drawn. It is. Further, the peeled release paper 30 is discharged from the release paper discharge port 39 via the release paper discharge path 40. In addition, the staple 3a is pushed out between the punching blades 51a of the driver 18 by the staple pushing portion 17a of the pusher 17 (not shown in FIG. 115E).
[0436] 更にその後、ドライバ 18が上方へ移動することにより、突き出しピン 18dが V'溝 A46 内を上方へ所定の位置まで移動する。ネジリコイルパネ 56により、ドライバ 18が所定 の位置まで上昇した後、図 99に示す、フレーム 8と用紙押さえ 19との間に備えられた 引っ張りバネ 55により、用紙押さえ 19及びドライバ 18のフレーム 8に対する上方への 持ち上げが開始される。  [0436] Thereafter, when the driver 18 moves upward, the protrusion pin 18d moves upward in the V 'groove A46 to a predetermined position. After the driver 18 is raised to a predetermined position by the torsion coil panel 56, the tension spring 55 provided between the frame 8 and the paper retainer 19 shown in FIG. Lifting up begins.
[0437] 更に、ドライバ 18が上方へ移動することにより、リンク 57が図 2の矢印 Eの反対方向 へ更に回転し、プッシャシャフト 58を押さえているリンク 57の長孔 57aが移動すること により、プッシャバネ 16で付勢されたプッシャ 17が、図 126で示す待機状態と同じ位 置まで移動する。  Further, when the driver 18 moves upward, the link 57 further rotates in the direction opposite to the arrow E in FIG. 2, and the long hole 57a of the link 57 holding the pusher shaft 58 moves. The pusher 17 biased by the pusher spring 16 moves to the same position as in the standby state shown in FIG.
[0438] 以上のようなステープラ 1Bの各部の動作より、用紙揷入口内のテーブル 20に設置 された綴じ用紙 37が、ステーブル 3Bにより綴じられる。  [0438] By the operation of each part of the stapler 1B as described above, the binding sheet 37 set on the table 20 in the sheet tray entrance is bound by the stable 3B.
[0439] 本発明のステープラ 1B、 1C及び IDでは、図 102Aに示すように、孔等の切り欠け 部のないステープル 3Bが連結された連結ステープル 2を用いることができる。これに より、強度の高いぃステープル 3Bを使用することができる。また、切り欠け部がないこ とから、綴じ用紙 37に対する貫通性の高いステーブル 3Bを使用することができる。 更に、切り欠け部がないことから、見栄えが良ぐ名入れ用の印刷スペースを有する ステーブル 3Bを使用することができる。  [0439] In the staplers 1B, 1C, and ID of the present invention, as shown in Fig. 102A, connected staples 2 to which staples 3B having no notches such as holes are connected can be used. This makes it possible to use high-strength staple 3B. Further, since there is no notch, a stable 3B having high penetrability with respect to the binding paper 37 can be used. Furthermore, since there is no notch, it is possible to use a stable 3B having a printing space for putting a name that looks good.
[0440] 次に、本発明の第 4の実施の形態のステープラ 1E、ステープラ IEで用いるステー プル 3Bの構成、及びステープラ 1Eによるステープル 3Bの搬送方法について説明す  [0440] Next, the configuration of the stapler 1E and the staple 3B used in the stapler IE according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention, and the staple 3B conveying method by the stapler 1E will be described.
[0441] <第 4のステープラ及びステープルの構成〉 [0441] <Fourth stapler and staple configuration>
(3— 1)ステープラ 1Eの概要  (3-1) Outline of stapler 1E
ステープラ 1Eは、剥離紙に送り孔を設けた紙製のステープル 3Bにより、綴じ対象 である綴じ用紙を綴じるものである。図 134及び図 135はステープラ 1Eの概要を示 す説明図である。図 134はステープラ 1Eの側面図であり、図 135はステープラ 1Eの 断面図である。以下の説明においては、図 134及び図 135の左方向をステープラ 1 Eの前面側とし、図 134及び図 135の右方向をステープラ 1Eの背面側とする。また、 ステープラ 1Eを前面側から見た際の左側をステープラ 1Eの左側とし、ステープラ 1E を前面側から見た際の右側をステープラ 1の右側とする。なお、ステープラ 1Eにおい て、前述のステープラ 1A及びステープラ 1B等と同様の構成の部品については、同じ 番号を付して説明する。 The stapler 1E binds the binding paper to be bound by the paper-made staple 3B in which the release paper is provided with a feed hole. 134 and 135 are explanatory views showing an outline of the stapler 1E. Fig. 134 is a side view of stapler 1E, and Fig. 135 is a schematic view of stapler 1E. It is sectional drawing. In the following description, the left direction in FIGS. 134 and 135 is the front side of the stapler 1E, and the right direction in FIGS. 134 and 135 is the back side of the stapler 1E. The left side of the stapler 1E viewed from the front side is the left side of the stapler 1E, and the right side of the stapler 1E viewed from the front side is the right side of the stapler 1. In the stapler 1E, parts having the same configurations as those of the above-described stapler 1A, stapler 1B, etc. will be described with the same numbers.
[0442] 図 134及び図 135に示すように、ステープラ 1Eは、綴じ動作を行う際に使用者によ り押し下げられるハンドル 5と、ハンドル 5の下方に位置して綴じ用紙が揷入される用 紙揷入口 7等を有するフレーム 8と、ハンドル 5及びフレーム 8を支えるベース 9とを備 えて構成される。 [0442] As shown in FIGS. 134 and 135, the stapler 1E has a handle 5 that is pushed down by the user when performing the binding operation, and a binding paper that is positioned below the handle 5 and is inserted. It comprises a frame 8 having a paper tray entrance 7 and the like, and a handle 5 and a base 9 that supports the frame 8.
[0443] ハンドル 5は、図 134の矢印 Aa及び図 135の矢印 Eaの反対方向に示すように、ノヽ ンドル 'ステープルカバー回動軸 10でフレーム 8の後端の上部に回動可能に取り付 けられている。ハンドル 5は、綴じ動作を行う際に使用者により押し下げられることによ り、図 134及び図 135の反時計回りにフレーム 8に対して回転する。また、フレーム 8 のステープルホルダ 11へのロール状ステープル 4の装填等を行う際には、ハンドル 5 は図 134及び図 135の時計回りに回転され、フレーム 8の上面が開いた状態となる。  [0443] As shown in the opposite direction of the arrow Aa in FIG. 134 and the arrow Ea in FIG. 135, the handle 5 is pivotably attached to the upper part of the rear end of the frame 8 with the needle “staple cover rotating shaft 10”. It is The handle 5 is rotated with respect to the frame 8 counterclockwise in FIGS. 134 and 135 by being pushed down by the user when performing the binding operation. Further, when the roll-shaped staple 4 is loaded into the staple holder 11 of the frame 8, the handle 5 is rotated clockwise in FIGS. 134 and 135, and the upper surface of the frame 8 is opened.
[0444] フレーム 8は、図 134の矢印 Ba及び図 135の矢印 Faに示すように、フレーム回動 軸 12でベース 9の後端に回動可能に取り付けられている。また、図 135に示すように 、フレーム 8は、上面に、ハンドル'ステープルカバー回動軸 10でハンドル 5と同様に 回動可能に取り付けられたステープルカバー 6をステープル押さえ部として備える。  [0444] The frame 8 is rotatably attached to the rear end of the base 9 with a frame rotation shaft 12, as indicated by an arrow Ba in FIG. 134 and an arrow Fa in FIG. As shown in FIG. 135, the frame 8 includes, as a staple pressing portion, a staple cover 6 attached to the upper surface of the frame 8 so as to be rotatable by the handle ′ staple cover rotating shaft 10 in the same manner as the handle 5.
[0445] またフレーム 8は、後端部にロール状ステープル 4を装填するステープル装填部とし てステープルホルダ 11を備える。更にフレーム 8はステープルホルダ 11力、ら前方へ 向けて、ステーブル 3Bの搬送を行うステーブル搬送部として平面状の搬送路 13を備 える。搬送路 13の左右には板バネ 14が備えられており、この板バネ 14により、ステ 一プルカバー 6は、図 135に示すように搬送路 13に対して押さえられた状態となる。  [0445] The frame 8 includes a staple holder 11 as a staple loading unit for loading the roll-shaped staple 4 at the rear end. Further, the frame 8 is provided with a planar transport path 13 as a stable transport section for transporting the stable 3B toward the front of the staple holder 11 force. Leaf springs 14 are provided on the left and right sides of the transport path 13, and the staple cover 6 is pressed against the transport path 13 by the leaf springs 14 as shown in FIG.
[0446] またフレーム 8は、搬送路 13の前端部の近傍に、ハンドル 5の操作により、ステープ ノレ 3Bの切断及び両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた形状への成型を行うためのステープ ル切断成型部としてフォーミングプレート 15を備える。更にフレーム 8は、ハンドル 5 の操作により、ステープル 3Bの綴じ用紙に対する貫通を行うためのステープル貫通 部としてドライバ 18を備える。更にフレーム 8は、ステープル 3Bの切断、成型及び貫 通を行う際に、綴じ用紙を押さえるための用紙押さえ 19を備える。 [0446] Also, the frame 8 is staple-cut molded for cutting the staple 3B and molding it into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction by operating the handle 5 near the front end of the conveyance path 13. Forming plate 15 is provided as a part. In addition, frame 8 has handle 5 The driver 18 is provided as a staple penetrating portion for penetrating the staple 3B with respect to the binding paper by the above operation. Further, the frame 8 includes a sheet presser 19 for pressing the binding sheet when the staple 3B is cut, molded, and penetrated.
[0447] また、フレーム 8は、搬送路 13の下部に、連結ステープル 2から剥離された剥離紙 3 0をステープル 1の外に送るための送り手段としてスプロケット 72を備える。フォーミン グプレート 15、ドライバ 18、用紙押さえ 19及びスプロケット 72の下方には、綴じ対象 の綴じ用紙が揷入される用紙揷入口 7及び綴じ用紙 37が設置されるテーブル 20を 備える。 In addition, the frame 8 includes a sprocket 72 as a feeding unit for feeding the release paper 30 released from the connected staple 2 to the outside of the staple 1 at the lower part of the conveyance path 13. Below the forming plate 15, the driver 18, the sheet presser 19, and the sprocket 72, there are provided a sheet inlet 7 for inserting a binding sheet to be bound and a table 20 on which the binding sheet 37 is installed.
[0448] テーブル 20の下部には、貫通位置で綴じ用紙に貫通されたステープル 3Bの両脚 部を綴じ用紙に沿って折り曲げ、折り曲げた両脚部を貼り合わるための折り曲げ部を 備える(前述の図 33参照)。ステープラ 1Eは、折り曲げ部として、フレーム 8の底部と なる折り曲げ部設置台 21に取り付けられたクリンチヤユニット 23 (図 33参照)、押し出 しユニット 24及びスライダバネ 25で前方に付勢されたスライダ 26を備える。  [0448] The lower portion of the table 20 is provided with a bent portion for bending both legs of the staple 3B penetrated through the binding paper at the penetration position along the binding paper and bonding the bent legs together (see the above-described figure). 33). The stapler 1E includes a clincher unit 23 (see FIG. 33) attached to a fold portion mounting base 21 which is a bottom portion of the frame 8 as a fold portion, a pusher unit 24, and a slider 26 urged forward by a slider spring 25. Is provided.
[0449] また、ステープラ 1Eは折り曲げ部として、ベース 9に、クリンチヤセンター 27を支持し て位置を定めるクリンチャリフタ 28を備える。折り曲げ部は折り曲げ手段の一例である 。更にステープラ 1Eは、スライダ 26を支えるスライダ受け 29、及び折り曲げ部設置台 21を支えるリターンノ ネ 22を備える。  [0449] Further, the stapler 1E includes a clincher lifter 28 that supports the clincher center 27 and determines the position as a bent portion on the base 9. The bent portion is an example of a bending means. Further, the stapler 1E includes a slider receiver 29 that supports the slider 26, and a return screw 22 that supports the bent portion installation base 21.
[0450] ステープラ 1Eは、このような構成を備え、用紙揷入口 7内でテーブル 20に設置され た綴じ用紙を、使用者によるハンドル 5の操作に基づいてステーブル 3Bにより綴じる 作業を行うものである。  [0450] The stapler 1E has such a configuration, and performs the work of binding the binding paper set on the table 20 in the paper inlet 7 with the stable 3B based on the operation of the handle 5 by the user. is there.
[0451] 次に、ステープラ 1Eの各部の構成の詳細、及びステープル 3Bの構成の詳細につ いて説明する。まず、ステープラ 1Eで綴じ用紙を綴じるために用いられるステーブル 3B、及びステープル 3Bが連結された連結ステープル 2の構成につ!/、て説明する。  [0451] Next, the details of the configuration of each part of the stapler 1E and the details of the configuration of the staple 3B will be described. First, the configuration of the staple 3B used for binding the binding paper with the stapler 1E and the connected staple 2 to which the staple 3B is connected will be described.
[0452] <ステーブルの構成〉  [0452] <Stable configuration>
(3— 2)ステープル 3Bの構成  (3-2) Composition of staple 3B
図 136は連結ステープル 2が剥離紙 30に取り付けられ、ロール状ステープル 4とし てロール状に巻き回された状態を示す説明図である。なお、剥離紙 30に貼り付けら れて供給されるステープル 3Bの構成は、前述の図 102A、図 102B及び図 102Cと 同様である。 FIG. 136 is an explanatory view showing a state in which the linked staple 2 is attached to the release paper 30 and wound as a roll staple 4 in a roll shape. The configuration of the staple 3B that is supplied by being attached to the release paper 30 is the same as that shown in FIGS. 102A, 102B, and 102C. It is the same.
[0453] 図 102Aに示すように、細長く真直状の形状を有するステープル 3Bが複数連結さ れて、連結ステープル 2が構成される。連結ステープル 2は、図 136Aに示すように、 保存されている状態においては、剥離紙 30に取り付けられて巻き回されている。図 1 36Bに示すように、端部から所定の長さ分の剥離紙 30が剥がされて、図 135等に示 すステープラ 1Eに装填される。また、剥離紙 30には、ステープル 3Bに応じて一定の 間隔で送り孔 30aが備えられる。図 136A及び図 136Bに示す例では、ステープル 3 Bが取り付けられる箇所の両側にそれぞれ送り孔 30aを備えるとした力 剥離紙 30の 中央に送り孔 30aを備えるとしてもよい。剥離紙 30における送り孔 30aの位置は、ス テープラ 1Eのスプロケット 72の突起部の位置に応じたものとなる。  [0453] As shown in Fig. 102A, a plurality of staples 3B having a long and straight shape are connected to each other to form a connected staple 2. As shown in FIG. 136A, the linked staple 2 is attached to the release paper 30 and wound in the stored state. As shown in FIG. 1 36B, a predetermined length of release paper 30 is peeled off from the end and loaded into the stapler 1E shown in FIG. 135 and the like. Also, the release paper 30 is provided with feed holes 30a at regular intervals according to the staple 3B. In the example shown in FIGS. 136A and 136B, the feed hole 30a may be provided in the center of the force release paper 30 provided with the feed holes 30a on both sides of the place where the staple 3B is attached. The position of the feed hole 30a in the release paper 30 corresponds to the position of the protrusion of the sprocket 72 of the stapler 1E.
[0454] (3— 3)ステープル装填部、ステープル搬送部の構成例  [3-4] (3-3) Configuration example of staple loading unit and staple transport unit
次に、ステープラ 1Eのステープル装填部及びステープル搬送部の構成例につい て説明する。図 137はステープル装填部にロール状ステープル 4が装填された状態 を示す断面図であり、図 138は剥離部 70の近傍を示す斜視図である。ロール状ステ 一プル 4を装填するステープル装填部として、ステープラ 1Eはフレーム 8の後端部に ステープルホルダ 11を備える。前述したように、ハンドル 5及びステープルカバー 6を 開くことにより、ステープル装填部であるステープルホルダ 11にアクセスすることが可 能となる。  Next, configuration examples of the staple loading unit and the staple transport unit of the stapler 1E will be described. FIG. 137 is a cross-sectional view showing a state in which the roll-shaped staple 4 is loaded in the staple loading unit, and FIG. 138 is a perspective view showing the vicinity of the peeling unit 70. The stapler 1E includes a staple holder 11 at the rear end of the frame 8 as a staple loading unit for loading the roll-shaped staple 4. As described above, by opening the handle 5 and the staple cover 6, it is possible to access the staple holder 11 which is a staple loading unit.
[0455] また、フレーム 8の上部には、ステープルホルダ 11から、ステープル切断成型部等 を備える前方へ向けて、ロール状ステープル 4より引き出された連結ステープル 2の 搬送を行うための搬送路 13を備える。図 137及び図 138に示すように、搬送路 13の 終了端には剥離部 70が設けられる。剥離部 70よりステープラ 1Eの後端部に設けら れた剥離紙排出口 39まで、搬送路 13及びステープルホルダ 11の下方を経由して、 剥離紙送り経路の一例として剥離紙排出経路 40が設けられる。また、剥離紙排出経 路 40の途中で、搬送路 13の下方部にスプロケット 72が備えられる。更に、搬送路 13 の剥離部 70の先には、受け台 13cが備えられる。  [0455] Further, on the upper part of the frame 8, there is a conveyance path 13 for conveying the connected staples 2 drawn from the roll staple 4 from the staple holder 11 toward the front provided with a staple cutting and molding unit and the like. Prepare. As shown in FIGS. 137 and 138, a peeling portion 70 is provided at the end of the conveyance path 13. The release paper discharge path 40 is provided as an example of the release paper feed path from the release section 70 to the release paper discharge port 39 provided at the rear end of the stapler 1E via the conveyance path 13 and the lower side of the staple holder 11. It is done. Further, a sprocket 72 is provided in the lower part of the conveyance path 13 in the middle of the release paper discharge path 40. Further, a cradle 13 c is provided at the tip of the peeling portion 70 of the transport path 13.
[0456] スプロケット 72は、剥離紙 30の送り孔 30aに応じた間隔で設けられた突起部 72aを 備える。またスプロケット 72は、図示しないギアを介して、図 134に示すギア 71に接 続される。ギア 71は、リンク 57に設けられたギア 57kと嚙合した状態である。ここで、 ハンドル 5の上下の動作と、スプロケット 72の回転動作について説明する。ハンドル 5 を押し下げることにより、ドライバ 18が押し下げられ、ドライバ 18に取り付けられたリン ク 57が矢印 Caの反対方向に回転する。ここでギア 71とギア 57kは、例えばラチエツト 機構になっており、リンク 57が矢印 Caの反対方向に回転する際には、ギア 71はギア 57kの作動と連動せず、回転しない。反対に、ドライバ 18が上方に移動する際には、 リンク 57が矢印 Caの方向に回転し、ギア 71とギア 57kが嚙み合って、ギア 71が矢印 Daの方向へ回転する。ギア 71が矢印 Daの方向へ回転することにより、図示しないギ ァを介して、スプロケット 72が矢印 Gaの方向に所定量回転する。 [0456] The sprocket 72 includes protrusions 72a provided at intervals corresponding to the feed holes 30a of the release paper 30. The sprocket 72 is connected to a gear 71 shown in FIG. 134 through a gear (not shown). Continued. The gear 71 is in mesh with a gear 57k provided on the link 57. Here, the vertical movement of the handle 5 and the rotational movement of the sprocket 72 will be described. By pushing down the handle 5, the driver 18 is pushed down, and the link 57 attached to the driver 18 rotates in the direction opposite to the arrow Ca. Here, the gear 71 and the gear 57k are, for example, a ratchet mechanism. When the link 57 rotates in the direction opposite to the arrow Ca, the gear 71 does not interlock with the operation of the gear 57k and does not rotate. On the other hand, when the driver 18 moves upward, the link 57 rotates in the direction of the arrow Ca, the gear 71 and the gear 57k mesh with each other, and the gear 71 rotates in the direction of the arrow Da. As the gear 71 rotates in the direction of the arrow Da, the sprocket 72 rotates by a predetermined amount in the direction of the arrow Ga via a gear (not shown).
[0457] このような構成を備えることにより、ハンドル 5が押し下げられてドライバ 18が下方に 移動した後、ドライバ 18が上方に移動することにより、以下のように搬送路 13上を連 結ステーブル 2が搬送される。連結ステーブル 2が剥離紙 30を貼り付けられた状態で 、ステーブルの連結方向に搬送路を搬送される。また、搬送路 13上を搬送される連 結ステープル 2から、剥離部 70で剥離紙 30が剥離される。更に、剥離部 70で剥離さ れた剥離紙 30は、スプロケット 72により剥離紙排出経路 40で送られる。  [0457] With such a configuration, after the handle 5 is pushed down and the driver 18 moves downward, the driver 18 moves upward, whereby the connection stable on the transport path 13 is as follows. 2 is conveyed. With the connection stable 2 attached with the release paper 30, the transfer path is conveyed in the connection direction of the stable. Further, the release paper 30 is peeled off from the continuous staples 2 transported on the transport path 13 by the peeling portion 70. Further, the release paper 30 peeled off by the release portion 70 is sent by the release paper discharge path 40 by the sprocket 72.
[0458] このように、剥離紙 30がスプロケット 72により剥離紙排出経路 40で送られることによ り、剥離部 70で連結ステープル 2から剥離紙 30が剥離されると共に、図 137の矢印 Haに示す方向に剥離紙 30が取り付けられた連結ステーブル 2が搬送され、図 137 の laに示すように、剥離紙 30が剥離された連結ステープル 2が、受け台 13cの上に 送られる。  [0458] In this way, when the release paper 30 is sent by the sprocket 72 through the release paper discharge path 40, the release paper 30 is peeled from the connected staple 2 by the peeling portion 70, and the arrow Ha in FIG. The connected stable 2 to which the release paper 30 is attached is conveyed in the direction shown in FIG. 137, and the connected staple 2 from which the release paper 30 has been released is sent onto the cradle 13c, as indicated by la in FIG.
[0459] 本発明に係るステープラ 1Eでは、連結ステープル 2から剥離された剥離紙 30をス プロケット 72により搬送路 13と異なる方向に設けられた剥離紙排出経路 40で送るこ とにより、連結ステーブル 2を搬送路 13で搬送する。これにより、精度良く連結ステー プル 2の搬送を行うことが可能となる。  [0459] In the stapler 1E according to the present invention, the release paper 30 released from the connected staple 2 is sent by the sprocket 72 in the release paper discharge path 40 provided in a direction different from the transport path 13, thereby connecting the connection stable. 2 is transported on the transport path 13. As a result, it is possible to transport the connecting staple 2 with high accuracy.
[0460] また、本発明に係るステープラ 1Eでは、剥離紙 30に所定の間隔で設けられた送り 孔 30aと係合して、スプロケット 72により剥離紙 30が剥離紙排出経路 40を送られる。 これにより、剥離紙 30を確実に送ることが可能となる。  [0460] Further, in the stapler 1E according to the present invention, the release paper 30 is fed through the release paper discharge path 40 by the sprocket 72 by engaging with the feed holes 30a provided in the release paper 30 at a predetermined interval. This makes it possible to reliably feed the release paper 30.
[0461] また、本発明に係るステープラ 1Eでは、ハンドル 5の上下の動作に連動して連結ス テーブル 2の搬送が行われる。これにより、使用者の綴じ作業を行う際の作業量を減 らし、容易に綴じ作業を行うことが可能となる。 [0461] Further, in the stapler 1E according to the present invention, the connecting strap is interlocked with the vertical movement of the handle 5. Table 2 is transported. As a result, the amount of work when the user performs the binding operation can be reduced, and the binding operation can be easily performed.
[0462] 図 139は、ステーブル装填部及びステーブル搬送部を回転させた状態を示す断面 図である。図 139に示すように、ステープル装填部及びステープル搬送部が、ステー プルホルダ回動軸 73で、フレーム 8に対して回動自在に取り付けられているとしても よい。これにより、図 139に示すように、ステープル装填部及びステープル搬送部を 回動させることで、連結ステープル 2及び剥離紙 30の取り付けを容易に行うことが可 能となる。 FIG. 139 is a cross-sectional view showing a state where the stable loading unit and the stable transport unit are rotated. As shown in FIG. 139, the staple loading unit and the staple conveying unit may be rotatably attached to the frame 8 by a staple holder rotating shaft 73. As a result, as shown in FIG. 139, it is possible to easily attach the linked staple 2 and the release paper 30 by rotating the staple loading unit and the staple conveying unit.
[0463] 前述の図 134に示す例においては、スプロケット 72とギアを介して連結されたギア 7 1を備えると共に、ギア 71と嚙み合うギア 57kを有するリンク 57を備え、リンク 57の矢 印 Ca方向への回転に応じてスプロケット 72が回転して剥離紙 30が送られるとした。 し力、し、スプロケット 72と連結されたダイアルをステープラ 1Eの本体側面に備え、この ダイアルを手動で回すことによりスプロケット 72を回転させ、剥離紙 30を送るとしても よい。これにより、単純な構成で、連結ステーブル 2の搬送をおこなうことが可能となる  [0463] In the example shown in Fig. 134 described above, a link 71 having a gear 57k that meshes with the gear 71 and a gear 57 connected to the sprocket 72 via a gear is provided. The sprocket 72 is rotated according to the rotation in the Ca direction, and the release paper 30 is sent. A dial connected to the sprocket 72 may be provided on the side of the main body of the stapler 1E, and the sprocket 72 may be rotated by manually turning the dial to feed the release paper 30. This makes it possible to transport the linked stable 2 with a simple configuration.
[0464] (3-4)ステープル切断成型部 ·貫通部 ·押さえ部の構成例 [0464] (3-4) Configuration example of staple cutting molding part · penetration part · pressing part
次に、搬送された連結ステーブル 2から端部に位置するステーブル 3Bの切断及び 成型を行うステーブル切断成型部、成型されたステーブル 3Bの綴じ用紙に対する貫 通を行うステープル貫通部、及びステープル 3Bを押さえる押さえ部の構成例につい て説明する。  Next, a stable cutting / molding section for cutting and molding the stable 3B located at the end from the transported connecting stable 2, a staple penetrating section for penetrating the formed stable 3B to the binding paper, and An example of the configuration of the holding section that holds the staple 3B will be described.
[0465] 図 140及び図 141は、ステープル切断成型部、ステープル貫通部及びステープル 押さえ部を示す説明図である。図 140はステープル切断成型部 ·貫通部 ·押さえ部の 斜視図であり、図 141はステープル切断成型部 ·貫通部 ·押さえ部の断面図である。  FIG. 140 and FIG. 141 are explanatory diagrams showing the staple cutting and forming unit, the staple penetrating unit, and the staple pressing unit. FIG. 140 is a perspective view of the staple cutting / molding portion / penetrating portion / pressing portion, and FIG. 141 is a cross-sectional view of the staple cutting / molding portion / penetrating portion / pressing portion.
[0466] 図 135に示すように、ステープル切断成型部、ステープル貫通部及びステープル 押さえ部は、フレーム 8の上部でステープル搬送部の前方に備えられる。またステー プラ 1Eは、連結ステープル 2から端部に位置するステープル 3Bを切断し成型するス テープル切断成型部としてフォーミングプレート 15を備え、切断成型したステープル 3Bを綴じ用紙に対して貫通させるステーブル貫通部としてドライバ 18を備える。また フレーム 8は、ステーブル 3Bの切断成型及び貫通を行う際に、綴じ用紙を押さえるた めの用紙押さえ 19を備える。これらは、ステープル装填部の位置から前方へ、フォー ミングプレート 15、ドライバ 18、用紙押さえ 19の順に位置する。 As shown in FIG. 135, the staple cutting and forming section, the staple penetrating section, and the staple pressing section are provided in front of the staple conveying section at the upper part of the frame 8. In addition, the stapler 1E includes a forming plate 15 as a staple cutting and molding unit that cuts and molds the staple 3B located at the end from the connected staple 2 and has a stable penetration that penetrates the staple 3B that has been cut and formed through the binding paper. A driver 18 is provided as a part. Also The frame 8 is provided with a paper presser 19 for holding the binding paper when the stable 3B is cut and formed. These are positioned in the order of the forming plate 15, the driver 18, and the sheet presser 19 in the order from the position of the staple loading unit.
[0467] 次に、ステープル成型切断部を構成するフォーミングプレート 15の構成例について 説明する。図 142A及び図 142Bはフォーミングプレート 15の構成を示す説明図であ る。図 142Aはフォーミングプレート 15の斜視図であり、図 142Bはフォーミングプレ ート 15の正面図であり、一部の構成を簡略化した状態で示している。  [0467] Next, a configuration example of the forming plate 15 constituting the staple forming and cutting unit will be described. 142A and 142B are explanatory views showing the structure of the forming plate 15. FIG. 142A is a perspective view of the forming plate 15, and FIG. 142B is a front view of the forming plate 15. A part of the configuration is shown in a simplified state.
[0468] 図 142A及び図 142Bに示すように、フォーミングプレート 15は、中央に開口部を有 し、所定の厚さを有する板状の形状を備える。開口部の上部には、前述した搬送路 1 3の受け台部 13cと嵌合する下部が開口したステーブル成型部 15aを備える。ステー プル成型部 15aの下部はステープル成型部 15aより広い所定の幅で開口される。  [0468] As shown in FIGS. 142A and 142B, the forming plate 15 has a plate-like shape having an opening at the center and having a predetermined thickness. An upper portion of the opening is provided with a stable molding portion 15a in which a lower portion fitted to the cradle portion 13c of the conveyance path 13 is opened. The lower part of the staple molding part 15a is opened with a predetermined width wider than that of the staple molding part 15a.
[0469] 更にフォーミングプレート 15の開口部内には、ステープル押し部揷通部 15bの両側 力も上方に向けて、斜面が互いに向かい合うように形成された突起状のヒラキォサェ 15cを備える。  [0469] Further, in the opening of the forming plate 15, there is provided a protruding hirasae 15c formed so that the inclined surfaces face each other with both side forces of the staple pushing portion piercing portion 15b also facing upward.
[0470] またフォーミングプレート 15は、前面側(ドライバ 18の位置する側)の開口部の左右 に溝部を備える。溝部として、図 141及び図 142Aに示すように、まず、所定の深さで 上下に所定の長さ分形成された V?冓 A46を備える。 V?冓 A46の下端部 46aは、他の 箇所と比較して深く形成されてレ、る。 V'溝 A46から所定長さのフラット部 47を挟んだ 下方に、 V'溝 A46の下端部 46 aと同じ深さを備える V'溝 B48を備える。  [0470] In addition, the forming plate 15 includes grooves on the left and right sides of the opening on the front surface side (side on which the driver 18 is located). As shown in FIG. 141 and FIG. 142A, as a groove, first, V?備 え る Provide A46. V?下端 The lower end 46a of A46 is formed deeper than other parts. A V ′ groove B48 having the same depth as the lower end portion 46a of the V ′ groove A46 is provided below the V ′ groove A46 with the flat portion 47 having a predetermined length interposed therebetween.
[0471] 更にフォーミングプレート 15は、背面側(ステープル搬送部の位置する側)に二つ の切断刃 49が取り付けられる。各切断刃 49は、それぞれの刃先 49aが斜めに外側 を向いた状態で、且つ刃先が開口部内に所定量突出した状態で、フォーミングプレ ート 15に取り付けられる。  [0471] Further, the forming plate 15 is provided with two cutting blades 49 on the back side (side where the staple conveying unit is located). Each cutting blade 49 is attached to the forming plate 15 in a state in which each blade edge 49a is inclined outward and the blade edge protrudes a predetermined amount into the opening.
[0472] 更にフォーミングプレート 15は、左右に凸部 C15dを備えており、図 134に示す、フ レーム 8の側溝 C50に嵌合される。これにより、フォーミングプレート 15は、フレーム 8 に対して上下に摺動可能となる。  [0472] Furthermore, the forming plate 15 has left and right convex portions C15d, and is fitted into the side groove C50 of the frame 8 shown in FIG. As a result, the forming plate 15 can slide up and down with respect to the frame 8.
[0473] なお、ステーブル貫通部を構成するドライバ 18は、前述の図 19Bで説明した構成と 同様であり、ドライバ 18は、図 19Bに示すように、ドライバ本体部 18aの左右に凸部 B 18gを備えており、図 134に示す、フレーム 8の側溝 B53に嵌合される。これにより、ド ライバ本体部 18aは、フレーム 8に対して上下に摺動可能となる。 [0473] Note that the driver 18 constituting the stable penetrating portion is the same as the configuration described with reference to Fig. 19B described above, and the driver 18 has convex portions B on the left and right sides of the driver main body portion 18a as shown in Fig. 19B. 18g and is fitted into the side groove B53 of the frame 8 shown in FIG. As a result, the driver main body 18a can slide up and down with respect to the frame 8.
[0474] また、ドライバ 18に取り付けられた抜き刃 51aは、前述の図 21A,図 21B及び図 21 Cで説明した構成と同様で、抜き刃 51aを綴じ用紙に貫通させることにより、前述の図 21Dに示すような形状の切り込み孔 52が形成される。  [0474] Further, the punching blade 51a attached to the driver 18 has the same configuration as that described with reference to Figs. 21A, 21B, and 21C, and the above-described drawing is obtained by passing the punching blade 51a through the binding sheet. A cut hole 52 having a shape as shown in 21D is formed.
[0475] 更に、ステープル貫通部によるステープル 3Bの綴じ用紙に対する貫通、及びステ 一プル折り曲げ部によりステープル 3Bの両脚部の折り曲げ及び貼り付けを行う際に 、綴じ用紙をテーブル 20に対して押さえつける用紙押さえ 19は、前述の図 23Aで説 明した構成と同様である。用紙押さえ 19は、図 23Aに示すように、用紙押さえ本体部 19aの左右に凸部 A19fを備えており、図 134に示す、フレーム 8の側溝 A54に嵌合 される。これにより、ドライバ本体部 18aは、フレーム 8に対して上下に摺動可能となる [0475] Further, a paper presser that presses the binding paper against the table 20 when the staple 3B penetrates the staple paper through the staple penetration part and the both legs of the staple 3B are folded and pasted by the staple folding part. 19 is the same as the configuration described in FIG. 23A. As shown in FIG. 23A, the paper presser 19 includes convex portions A19f on the left and right sides of the paper presser main body portion 19a, and is fitted into the side groove A54 of the frame 8 shown in FIG. As a result, the driver main body 18a can slide up and down with respect to the frame 8.
Yes
[0476] 次に、フォーミングプレート 15、ドライバ 18及び用紙押さえ 19の上下方向の支持の 構成について説明する。前述したように、フォーミングプレート 15は側部に凸部 C15 dを有し、ドライバ本体部 18aは側部に凸部 B18gを有し、用紙押さえ本体部 19aは 側部に凸部 A19fを有する。それぞれの凸部がフレーム 8の側溝 C50、側溝 B53及 び側溝 A54に嵌合して摺動することにより、フォーミングプレート 15、ドライバ 18及び 用紙押さえ 19は、それぞれ所定の位置で上下方向に移動自在となる。  [0476] Next, a configuration for supporting the forming plate 15, the driver 18, and the sheet presser 19 in the vertical direction will be described. As described above, the forming plate 15 has the convex portion C15d on the side, the driver main body portion 18a has the convex portion B18g on the side portion, and the paper pressing main body portion 19a has the convex portion A19f on the side portion. Each convex part fits and slides in the side groove C50, side groove B53, and side groove A54 of the frame 8, so that the forming plate 15, the driver 18 and the paper presser 19 are movable up and down at predetermined positions respectively. It becomes.
[0477] 待機状態においては、図 134に示すように、用紙押さえ 19は引っ張りバネ 55により フレーム 8に取り付けられ、上方へ引っ張られた状態となる。待機状態における用紙 押さえ 19の上死点は、フレーム 8の側溝 A54及び用紙押さえ本体部 19aの凸部 A1 9fにより定まる。  In the standby state, as shown in FIG. 134, the sheet presser 19 is attached to the frame 8 by the tension spring 55 and is pulled upward. The top dead center of the paper presser 19 in the standby state is determined by the side groove A54 of the frame 8 and the convex part A1 9f of the paper presser main body 19a.
[0478] また、用紙押さえ本体部 19a及びドライバ本体部 18aの間には、ネジリコイルバネ 5 6が備えられており、用紙押さえ本体部 19aを下方へ付勢すると共に、ドライバ本体 部 18aを上方へ付勢している。即ち待機状態においては、ドライバ本体部 18aは用 紙押さえ 19に対して上方へ付勢されており、ドライバ本体部 18aの上死点は、フレー ム 8の側溝 B53及ドライバ本体部 18aの凸部 B18gにより定まる。  [0478] Further, a torsion coil spring 56 is provided between the paper pressing main body portion 19a and the driver main body portion 18a to urge the paper pressing main body portion 19a downward and to move the driver main body portion 18a upward. Energized. That is, in the standby state, the driver main body 18a is urged upward with respect to the paper retainer 19, and the top dead center of the driver main body 18a is the side groove B53 of the frame 8 and the convex portion of the driver main body 18a. Determined by B18g.
[0479] 次に、ステープル押さえ部としてステープルカバー 6及びステープルカバー 6に備 えられる逆止バネ 59の構成例について説明する。図 143はステープル押さえ部の構 成を示す説明図で、図 143は、逆止バネ 59により連結ステープル 2のステープル 3B を押さえた状態を示す側面図である。なお、逆止バネ 59により連結ステープル 2のス テープル 3Bを押さえた状態を示す平面図は、前述の図 114Aと同様である。 [0479] Next, the staple cover 6 and the staple cover 6 are provided as staple pressing portions. A configuration example of the obtained check spring 59 will be described. FIG. 143 is an explanatory view showing the configuration of the staple pressing unit, and FIG. 143 is a side view showing a state in which the staple 3B of the linked staple 2 is pressed by the check spring 59. FIG. A plan view showing a state in which staple 3B of linked staple 2 is pressed by check spring 59 is the same as FIG. 114A described above.
[0480] ステープラ 1Eは、図 134等に示すように、フレーム 8上端の後端部に、ハンドル'ス テープルカバー回動軸 10により回動可能に取り付けられたステープルカバー 6を備 える。ステープルカバー 6はフレームの幅に応じた幅を備え、搬送路 13上の連結ステ 一プル 2を押さえた状態で板パネ 14により押さえられる。  [0480] As shown in Fig. 134 and the like, the stapler 1E includes a staple cover 6 attached to the rear end of the upper end of the frame 8 so as to be rotatable by a handle's staple cover rotating shaft 10. The staple cover 6 has a width corresponding to the width of the frame, and is pressed by the plate panel 14 while holding the connecting staple 2 on the conveyance path 13.
[0481] また、ステープルカバー 6の、ハンドル'ステープルカバー回動軸 10への取り付け 部と逆側の端部には逆止パネ 59が備えられる。逆止パネ 59は、弾性を有する薄板 状の金属であり、図 114Aに示すように、中央に位置する第 1逆止パネ 59aと、第 1逆 止パネ 59aの両側に位置する第 2逆止パネ 59bを備えて構成される。  [0481] Further, a check panel 59 is provided at the end of the staple cover 6 opposite to the portion where the staple cover 6 is attached to the handle cover rotating shaft 10. The check panel 59 is a thin plate-like metal having elasticity, and as shown in FIG. 114A, the first check panel 59a located in the center and the second check panel located on both sides of the first check panel 59a. It is configured with a panel 59b.
[0482] ここで、第 1逆止バネ 59aは第 2逆止バネ 59bと比較して長ぐステープルカバー 6 が板パネ 14により押さえられた状態では、前述したステーブル切断成型部であるフォ 一ミングプレート 15の下方に位置するステープル 3Baを、図 114Aの R及び図 143の Tで示すように、その端部で搬送路 13に対して押さえつける。また、第 2逆止パネ 59 bは、ステープル 3Baのステープル装填部側の隣に位置するステープル 3Bbを、図 1 14Aの S及び図 143の Uで示すように、その端部で搬送路 13に対して押さえつける Here, in the state where the staple cover 6 that is longer than the first check spring 59b is pressed by the plate panel 14 as compared with the second check spring 59b, the first check spring 59a is the same as the above-described stable cutting molded portion. As shown by R in FIG. 114A and T in FIG. 143, the staple 3Ba located below the ming plate 15 is pressed against the conveyance path 13 at its end. In addition, the second check panel 59b allows the staple 3Bb located next to the staple loading unit side of the staple 3Ba to enter the conveyance path 13 at the end thereof as shown by S in FIG. 14A and U in FIG. 143. Hold against
Yes
[0483] また、図 143に示すように、逆止バネ 59の第 1逆止バネ 59a及び第 2逆止バネ 59b は、ステープラ 1Eの背面側(ステープル装填部側)が上方に位置する斜めの姿勢で 、ステープル 3Ba及びステープル 3Bbをそれぞれの端部で搬送路 13に対して押さえ つける。このため、ステープル 3Ba及びステープル 3Bbを、それぞれ第 1逆止バネ 59 a及び第 2逆止パネ 59bで搬送路 13に対して押さえつけた状態で、図 143の各矢印 に示す向きに連結ステーブル 2を移動させることが可能である。  [0483] Further, as shown in FIG. 143, the first check spring 59a and the second check spring 59b of the check spring 59 are inclined so that the back side (staple loading section side) of the stapler 1E is located upward. In the posture, the staple 3Ba and the staple 3Bb are pressed against the conveyance path 13 at their respective ends. Therefore, in the state where the staple 3Ba and the staple 3Bb are pressed against the conveyance path 13 by the first check spring 59a and the second check panel 59b, respectively, the connecting stable 2 in the direction indicated by each arrow in FIG. Can be moved.
[0484] 次に、ステープル切断成型部による連結ステープル 2の端部に位置するステープ ノレ 3の切断、成型及び搬送の方法について図 144A〜図 144D等を用いて説明する 。図 144A、図 144B、図 144C及び図 144Dは、ステープル 3の切断、成型及び搬 送方法についての説明図である。図 144A、図 144B、図 144C及び図 144Dにおい ては、搬送路 13及び受け台 13cは示していない。 [0484] Next, a method of cutting, forming and conveying the staple 3 located at the end of the connected staple 2 by the staple cutting and forming unit will be described with reference to Figs. 144A to 144D. 144A, 144B, 144C and 144D show the cutting, forming and carrying of staple 3. It is explanatory drawing about a sending method. In FIGS. 144A, 144B, 144C, and 144D, the conveyance path 13 and the cradle 13c are not shown.
[0485] 図 144Aは、ステープラ 1Eの待機状態における各ステープル 3B及び逆止バネ 59 を示している。ステープル 3Baは、図 143と同様に、連結ステープル 2の端部のステ 一プル 3Bであり、フォーミングプレート 15の下方で受け台部 13c上に位置する。ステ 一プル 3Bbはステープル 3Baのステープル装填部側の隣に位置するステープル 3B であり、ステーブル 3Bcは、両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型され、ドライバ 18の下方に位置するステープル 3Bである。なお、図 144B以降においては、ステー プル 3Bcは表示して!/、な!/、。  [0485] Fig. 144A shows the staples 3B and the check spring 59 in the standby state of the stapler 1E. As in FIG. 143, the staple 3Ba is a staple 3B at the end of the connected staple 2, and is located on the receiving table 13c below the forming plate 15. The staple 3Bb is a staple 3B located next to the staple loading portion side of the staple 3Ba, and the stable 3Bc is formed in a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction, and the staple 3B is located below the driver 18. is there. In Fig. 144B and later, Staple 3Bc is displayed as! /, NA! /.
[0486] 図 144Bは、切断刃 49によりステープル 3Baとステープル 3Bbとの連結部を切断し ている状態を示している。図 144Cは、フォーミングプレート 15によりステープル 3Ba を成型した状態を示している。図 144Dは、スプロケット 72により連結ステープル 2を 移動させると共に、ステーブル 3Bcを前方へ移動させる状態を示して!/ヽる。  FIG. 144B shows a state where the connecting portion between the staple 3Ba and the staple 3Bb is cut by the cutting blade 49. FIG. FIG. 144C shows a state in which the staple 3Ba is formed by the forming plate 15. FIG. 144D shows the state where the sprocket 72 moves the linked staple 2 and moves the stable 3Bc forward!
[0487] 図 144Aから図 144Bに示す間、ハンドル 5が押し下げられてドライバ 18が押し下げ られることにより、フォーミングプレート 15が下降する。切断刃 49を備えるフォーミング プレート 15が連結ステープル 2に対して下降することにより、切断刃 49によりステー プル 3Baとステープル 3Bbとの連結部が切断される。切断刃 49によるステープル 3B の切断は、前述の図 30で説明した通りで、二つの切断刃 49がステープル 3に対して 下降することにより、二つの切断刃 49の刃先 49aで各ステープル連結部 34が切断さ れる。  [0487] During the time shown in Figs. 144A to 144B, the handle 5 is pushed down and the driver 18 is pushed down, so that the forming plate 15 is lowered. When the forming plate 15 including the cutting blade 49 is lowered with respect to the connected staple 2, the connecting portion between the staple 3Ba and the staple 3Bb is cut by the cutting blade 49. The cutting of the staple 3B by the cutting blade 49 is the same as described above with reference to FIG. 30. When the two cutting blades 49 are lowered with respect to the staple 3, the staple connecting portions 34 are cut by the cutting edges 49a of the two cutting blades 49. Is disconnected.
[0488] そして、ステープル 3Baとステープル 3Bbのステープル連結部 34を切断した後、フ ォーミングプレート 15が更に下降することによりステープル 3Baの両端が 1方向に折り 曲げられた形状への成型が行われる。図 145A、図 145B及び図 145Cと、図 146A 、図 146B及び図 146Cは、受け台部 13cとフォーミングプレート 15によるステープル 3Bの成型を時系列で示した説明図である。  [0488] After cutting the staple connecting portion 34 of the staple 3Ba and the staple 3Bb, the forming plate 15 is further lowered to form a shape in which both ends of the staple 3Ba are bent in one direction. Is called. FIGS. 145A, 145B, and 145C, and FIGS. 146A, 146B, and 146C are explanatory views showing the formation of the staple 3B by the cradle part 13c and the forming plate 15 in time series.
[0489] 図 145Aから図 146Aに示すように、受け台部 13cに設置され隣接するステープル  [0489] As shown in FIGS. 145A to 146A, adjacent staples installed in the cradle portion 13c.
3Bから切り離されたステープル 3Baに対して、フォーミングプレート 15が下降し、受 け台部 13cとステープル成型部 15aが嵌合する。これにより、ステープル 3Baは、クラ ゥン部 35とクラウン部 35から直角に折り曲げられた脚部 36が形成されるように、両端 力 I方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型される。 The forming plate 15 is lowered with respect to the staple 3Ba separated from 3B, and the receiving base 13c and the staple forming part 15a are fitted. As a result, staple 3Ba It is molded into a shape bent in the direction of force I at both ends so as to form a leg portion 36 that is bent at right angles from the union portion 35 and the crown portion 35.
[0490] また、図 146Aに示すようにステープル 3Baを両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた形状 に成型した後、ドライバ 18が上昇することにより、フォーミングプレート 15も上昇する。 ここで図 146B及び 146Cに示すように、フォーミングプレート 15が上昇する際には、 両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型されたステーブル 3Baの両脚部 36がヒラ キォサェ 15cにより押さえられる。ヒラキォサェ 15cにより両外側から保持することによ り、スプリングバックによりステープル 3Baの両脚部 36が開くことが防がれる。これによ り、ステーブル 3Baを両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型した後のスプリング ノ ックによる影響を抑え、次の工程を高精度に行うことが可能になる。  [0490] Further, as shown in Fig. 146A, after forming the staple 3Ba into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction, the driver 18 rises, so that the forming plate 15 also rises. Here, as shown in FIGS. 146B and 146C, when the forming plate 15 is lifted, both legs 36 of the stable 3Ba molded into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction are pressed by the flat surface 15c. By holding it from both outsides by the Hiratsae 15c, it is possible to prevent the legs 36 of the staple 3Ba from being opened by the spring back. As a result, the influence of the spring knock after molding the stable 3Ba into a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction can be suppressed, and the next process can be performed with high accuracy.
[0491] フォーミングプレート 15が上昇して、ヒラキォサェ 15cにより両端が 1方向に折り曲 げられた形状のステーブル 3Baの両脚部 36を保持した状態となった後、ドライバ 18 が更に上昇して図 134の矢印 Caに示す方向にリンク 57が回転し、ギア 71が図 134 の矢印 Daに示す方向に回転する。これにより、図 137の矢印 Gaに示すようにスプロ ケット 72が回転し、連結ステープル 2が図 144Dに示す方向に移動される。  [0491] After the forming plate 15 is raised and the legs 36 of the stable 3Ba having the shape bent at both ends in one direction by the Hirachosae 15c are held, the driver 18 is further raised. The link 57 rotates in the direction indicated by arrow Ca in 134, and the gear 71 rotates in the direction indicated by arrow Da in FIG. As a result, the sprocket 72 rotates as shown by the arrow Ga in FIG. 137, and the connected staple 2 is moved in the direction shown in FIG. 144D.
[0492] (3— 5)ステープル折り曲げ部の構成例  [0492] (3-5) Configuration example of staple folding section
ステーブル貫通部により綴じ用紙に貫通されたステーブル 3Bの両脚部 36を綴じ用 紙 37に沿って折り曲げ、綴じ用紙 37と一方の脚部 36の接着部 31、及び一方の脚部 36と他方の脚部 36とをそれぞれ貼り合わせるステープル折り曲げ部は、前述の図 3 3と、図 34A、図 34B及び図 34Cで説明した構成と同様である。すなわち、ステープ ル折り曲げ部は、フレーム 8の底部である折り曲げ部設置台 21に取り付けられたタリ ンチヤユニット 23、二つの押し出しユニット 24、及びスライダ 26を備えて構成される。  The legs 36 of the stable 3B, which are penetrated through the binding paper by the stable penetration part, are bent along the binding paper 37, the bonding part 31 of the binding paper 37 and one leg 36, and the one leg 36 and the other. The staple bending portions for bonding the leg portions 36 to each other are the same as those described in FIGS. 33 and 34A, 34B, and 34C. In other words, the staple folding part is configured to include a turret unit 23, two push-out units 24, and a slider 26 that are attached to a bending part installation base 21 that is the bottom of the frame 8.
[0493] クリンチヤユニット 23は、図 135の矢印 Faに示すように、フレーム回動軸 12でフレ ーム 8がベース 9に対して回転することにより、クリンチャリフタ 28の凸部のクリンチヤ センター 27の長孔 27b内の位置が変化して、クリンチヤセンター 27の位置が定めら れる。同時に、クリンチヤセンター 27に対してネジリコイルバネにより付勢されている 図 34A等で説明したクリンチヤレフト 60及びクリンチヤライト 61の位置も定まる。  [0493] As shown by an arrow Fa in FIG. 135, the clincher unit 23 rotates the frame 8 with respect to the base 9 on the frame rotation shaft 12, thereby the clincher center 27 of the convex portion of the clincher lifter 28 being The position of the clincher center 27 is determined by changing the position in the long hole 27b. At the same time, the positions of the clinch left 60 and the clinch light 61 described with reference to FIG. 34A and the like biased by the torsion coil spring with respect to the clinch center 27 are also determined.
[0494] なお、ステープル折り曲げ部に備えられる押し出しユニット 24は、前述の図 36A、 図 36B、図 36C及び図 36Dで説明した構成と同様であり、ここでは説明を省略する。 また、ステープル折り曲げ部に備えられるスライダ 26は、前述の図 38A及び図 38B で説明した構成と同様であり、ここでは説明を省略する。 [0494] The push-out unit 24 provided in the staple bending section is the same as that shown in Fig. 36A described above. This is the same as the configuration described in FIG. 36B, FIG. 36C, and FIG. 36D, and the description is omitted here. Further, the slider 26 provided in the staple bending portion is the same as the configuration described in FIG. 38A and FIG. 38B, and the description thereof is omitted here.
[0495] (3— 6)その他ベース部の構成例 [0495] (3-6) Other base configuration examples
次に、ベース 9の他の構成について説明する。ステープラ 1Eは、スライダ 26を支え るスライダ受け 29を備える。このスライダ受け 29は、折り曲げ部設置台 21のスライダ 孔部 23bに対応した位置に備えられており、ステープラ 1Eの待機状態においては、 図 135に示すように、スライダ 26を支えた状態となる。ハンドル 5が押し下げられてス ライダ 26が後方に移動することにより、スライダ 26はスライダ受け 29から外れた状態 となる。  Next, another configuration of the base 9 will be described. The stapler 1E includes a slider receiver 29 that supports the slider 26. The slider receiver 29 is provided at a position corresponding to the slider hole 23b of the bent portion installation base 21, and in the standby state of the stapler 1E, the slider 26 is supported as shown in FIG. When the handle 5 is pushed down and the slider 26 moves rearward, the slider 26 is detached from the slider receiver 29.
[0496] また、図 135に示すように、ステープラ 1Eは、ベース 9に折り曲げ部設置台 21を支 えるリターンバネ 22を備える。このリターンバネ 22により、折り曲げ部設置台 21は、フ レーム回動軸 12で図 135の時計回りに付勢された状態となる。  [0496] Further, as shown in FIG. 135, the stapler 1E includes a return spring 22 that supports the bent portion installation base 21 on the base 9. By this return spring 22, the bent portion installation base 21 is urged clockwise in FIG. 135 by the frame rotation shaft 12.
[0497] <第 5のステープラの構成例〉  [0497] <Fifth stapler configuration example>
次に、第 5の実施の形態のステープラ 1Fの構成について説明する。図 147は、第 5 の例のステープラ 1Fのステープル装填部、ステープル搬送部の構成例を示す断面 図である。第 5のステープラ 1Fは、ステープラ 1Eと比較して、剥離紙 30を送る送り手 段としてプッシャ 75とプッシャ 75に取り付けられた送り爪 74を備える点が異なる。  Next, the configuration of the stapler 1F according to the fifth embodiment will be described. FIG. 147 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a configuration example of the staple loading unit and the staple conveyance unit of the stapler 1F of the fifth example. The fifth stapler 1F is different from the stapler 1E in that a pusher 75 and a feed claw 74 attached to the pusher 75 are provided as a feeding means for feeding the release paper 30.
[0498] 図 147に示すように、第 5のステープラ 1Fは、剥離紙排出経路 40の途中に、剥離 紙 30の排出方向に沿って往復可能に取り付けられたプッシャ 75と、プッシャ 75に回 動自在に取り付けられた送り爪 74とを備える。プッシャ 75は、図示しないギア等によ り、ハンドル 5の上下に応じて剥離紙 30の排出方向に沿って往復移動する。また、送 り爪 74は、プッシャ 75が図 147の矢印 Kaの方向に移動する際には剥離紙 30の送り 孔 30aと係合する。更に送り爪 74は、プッシャ 75が矢印 Kaの反対方向に移動する 際には、回動して剥離紙 30の送り孔 30aと非係合となる。プッシャ 75は移動部の一 例であり、送り爪 74は係合爪の一例である。  [0498] As shown in FIG. 147, the fifth stapler 1F has a pusher 75 attached in the middle of the release paper discharge path 40 so as to be able to reciprocate along the discharge direction of the release paper 30, and rotates to the pusher 75. And a feed claw 74 attached freely. The pusher 75 reciprocates along the discharge direction of the release paper 30 according to the top and bottom of the handle 5 by a gear or the like (not shown). Further, the feeding claw 74 is engaged with the feeding hole 30a of the release paper 30 when the pusher 75 moves in the direction of the arrow Ka in FIG. Further, when the pusher 75 moves in the direction opposite to the arrow Ka, the feed claw 74 rotates and is disengaged from the feed hole 30a of the release paper 30. The pusher 75 is an example of a moving part, and the feed claw 74 is an example of an engaging claw.
[0499] このような構成を備えることにより、ハンドル 5が上下に移動することにより、以下のよ うに搬送路 13上を連結ステーブル 2が搬送される。連結ステーブル 2が剥離紙 30を 貼り付けられた状態で、ステーブルの連結方向に搬送路を搬送される。また、搬送路 13上を搬送される連結ステーブル 2から、剥離部 70で剥離紙 30が剥離される。更に 、剥離部 70で剥離された剥離紙 30は、プッシャ 75に取り付けられた送り爪 74により 剥離紙排出経路 40で送られる。 [0499] By providing such a configuration, when the handle 5 moves up and down, the connection stable 2 is conveyed on the conveyance path 13 as follows. Connected stable 2 with release paper 30 In the pasted state, the transfer path is conveyed in the connecting direction of the stable. Further, the release paper 30 is peeled off by the peeling portion 70 from the connected stable 2 transported on the transport path 13. Further, the release paper 30 peeled off by the release portion 70 is sent through the release paper discharge path 40 by a feed claw 74 attached to the pusher 75.
[0500] このように、剥離紙 30が送り爪 74により剥離紙排出経路 40で送られることにより、 剥離部 70で連結ステープル 2から剥離紙 30が剥離されると共に、図 147の矢印 に 示す方向に剥離紙 30が取り付けられた連結ステープル 2が搬送され、図 147の Laに 示すように、剥離紙 30が剥離された連結ステープル 2が、受け台 13cの上に送られる [0500] In this way, when the release paper 30 is sent by the feed claw 74 through the release paper discharge path 40, the release paper 30 is peeled from the connected staple 2 by the peeling portion 70, and the direction shown by the arrow in FIG. The connected staple 2 with the release paper 30 attached thereto is conveyed, and the connected staple 2 with the release paper 30 peeled off is fed onto the cradle 13c as shown by La in FIG.
[0501] 本発明に係るステープラ 1Fでは、連結ステープル 2から剥離された剥離紙 30を送 り爪 74により搬送路 13と異なる方向に設けられた剥離紙排出経路 40で送ることによ り、連結ステーブル 2を搬送路 13で搬送する。これにより、精度良く連結ステーブル 2 の搬送を行うことが可能となる。 [0501] In the stapler 1F according to the present invention, the release paper 30 peeled from the connected staple 2 is fed by the feed claw 74 through the release paper discharge path 40 provided in a direction different from the transport path 13, thereby being connected. The stable 2 is transported on the transport path 13. As a result, the linked stable 2 can be transported with high accuracy.
[0502] また、本発明に係るステープラ 1Fでは、剥離紙 30に所定の間隔で設けられた送り 孔 30aと係合して、送り爪 74により剥離紙 30が剥離紙排出経路 40を送られる。これ により、剥離紙 30を確実に送ることが可能となる。  [0502] Further, in the stapler 1F according to the present invention, the release paper 30 is fed through the release paper discharge path 40 by the feed claws 74 by engaging with the feed holes 30a provided in the release paper 30 at predetermined intervals. This makes it possible to reliably feed the release paper 30.
[0503] また、本発明に係るステープラ 1Fでは、ハンドル 5の上下の動作に連動して連結ス テーブル 2の搬送が行われる。これにより、使用者の綴じ作業を行う際の作業量を減 らし、容易に綴じ作業を行うことが可能となる。  [0503] Further, in the stapler 1F according to the present invention, the connection stable 2 is transported in conjunction with the vertical movement of the handle 5. As a result, the amount of work when the user performs the binding operation is reduced, and the binding operation can be easily performed.
[0504] <第 4のステープラの動作例〉  [0504] <Operation example of fourth stapler>
次に、連結ステーブル 2を用いたステープラ 1Eによる綴じ用紙 37の綴じ動作につ いて説明する。以下では、ステープラ 1Eによる綴じ動作について説明する力、ステー プラ 1Fでも同様の方法により綴じ動作が行われる。図 148から図 155はステープラ 1 Eによりステーブル 3Bを用いて綴じ用紙 37を綴じる動作を示す断面図である。  Next, the binding operation of the binding sheet 37 by the stapler 1E using the connecting stable 2 will be described. In the following, the binding operation is performed by the same method in the stapler 1F, which is a force for explaining the binding operation by the stapler 1E. FIGS. 148 to 155 are cross-sectional views showing the operation of binding the binding paper 37 using the staple 3B with the stapler 1E.
[0505] 以下において、図面を参照しながら、ステープラ 1Eによりステープル 3Bを用いて綴 じ用紙 37を綴じる動作について説明する。図 148は、待機状態におけるステープラ 1 Eの各部の状態を示す説明図である。  [0505] Hereinafter, the operation of binding the binding sheet 37 using the staple 3B with the stapler 1E will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 148 is an explanatory diagram showing the state of each part of the stapler 1E in the standby state.
[0506] 図 148に示すステープラ 1Eの待機状態では、ステープラ 1Eの各部は以下のような 状態となる。ステープラ IEの待機状態では、ステープルホルダ 11内にロール状ステ 一プル 4が装填され、図 137に示すように、ロール状ステープル 4から引き出された連 結ステーブル 2が搬送路 13上に設置される。また、連結ステーブルから剥がされた剥 離紙 30は、剥離紙排出経路 40を通じてステープラ 1Eの後部に設けられた剥離紙排 出口 39から排出された状態に設置される。剥離紙 30の送り孔 30aにプロケット 72の 突起部 72aが係合した状態となる。 [0506] In the standby state of stapler 1E shown in Fig. 148, each part of stapler 1E is as follows. It becomes a state. In the standby state of the stapler IE, the roll staple 4 is loaded in the staple holder 11, and the connection stable 2 pulled out from the roll staple 4 is installed on the conveyance path 13 as shown in FIG. The Further, the release paper 30 peeled off from the connection stable is set in a state of being discharged from a release paper discharge port 39 provided at the rear portion of the stapler 1E through the release paper discharge path 40. The projection 72a of the procket 72 is engaged with the feed hole 30a of the release paper 30.
[0507] また、フォーミングプレート 15の下部である搬送路 13の受け台部 13cには、連結ス テープル 2の端部のステープル 3Baが位置している。更にドライバ 18の抜き刃 51内 には、両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型されたステーブル 3Bcが位置して いる。 [0507] In addition, the staple 3Ba at the end of the connecting staple 2 is positioned on the receiving portion 13c of the transport path 13 which is the lower portion of the forming plate 15. Further, a stable 3Bc formed in a shape in which both ends are bent in one direction is located in the extraction blade 51 of the driver 18.
[0508] また、ステープラ 1Eの待機状態では、用紙押さえ 19は、引っ張りバネ 55によりフレ ーム 8に対して上方へ付勢され、凸部 A19f及び側溝 A54で定まる上端部に位置し ている。ドライバ 18はネジリコイルパネ 56により、用紙押さえ 19に対して上方へ付勢 され、凸部 B18g及び側溝 B53で定まる上端部に位置している。フォーミングプレート 15はドライバ 18の突き出しピン 18dにより、凸部 C15d及び側溝 C50で定まる上端部 に位置している。また、スライダ 26はスライダパネ 25により前方へ付勢され、ベース 9 に備えられるスライダ受け 29に乗った状態となる。  [0508] Further, in the standby state of the stapler 1E, the sheet presser 19 is urged upward with respect to the frame 8 by the tension spring 55, and is positioned at the upper end determined by the convex portion A19f and the side groove A54. The driver 18 is urged upward with respect to the sheet presser 19 by the torsion coil panel 56, and is positioned at the upper end portion determined by the convex portion B18g and the side groove B53. The forming plate 15 is positioned at the upper end defined by the convex portion C15d and the side groove C50 by the protruding pin 18d of the driver 18. Further, the slider 26 is urged forward by the slider panel 25 and is put on a slider receiver 29 provided in the base 9.
[0509] また、ステープラ 1Eの待機状態では、フレーム 8の底部となる折り曲げ部設置台 21 1S ベース 9のリターンパネ 22により上方へ付勢され、折り曲げ部設置台 21の前端 部力 S、ベース 9に固定されたシャフト 64に当てついた状態となる。  [0509] Also, in the standby state of the stapler 1E, the bent portion installation base 21 1S which becomes the bottom of the frame 8 is urged upward by the return panel 22 of the base 9 and the front end force S of the bent portion installation base 21 and the base 9 It will be in the state which hits the shaft 64 fixed to.
[0510] 図 149は、用紙押さえ 19がテーブル 20上へ設置され、フォーミングプレート 15の 作動が開始された状態におけるステープラ 1Eの各部の状態を示す説明図である。 図 148に示す待機状態から、ハンドル 5が押し下げられることにより、ハンドル'ステー プルカバー回動軸 10でハンドル 5が図 149の反時計回りに回動し、ドライバプッシャ 66によりドライバ 18が押し下げられる。  FIG. 149 is an explanatory view showing the state of each part of the stapler 1E in a state where the sheet presser 19 is installed on the table 20 and the operation of the forming plate 15 is started. When the handle 5 is pushed down from the standby state shown in FIG. 148, the handle 5 is turned counterclockwise in FIG. 149 by the handle 'staple cover turning shaft 10, and the driver 18 is pushed down by the driver pusher 66.
[0511] これにより、ドライバ 18が押し下げられることにより、ネジリコイルバネ 56により付勢さ れた用紙押さえ 19も下方に押し下げられ、図 149に示すように、テーブル 20上の綴 じ用紙 37が用紙押さえ 19の用紙押さえ部 19dに押さえられた状態となる。 [0512] また、ドライバ 18に取り付けられた抜き刃 51aが、テーブル 20上に設置され用紙押 さえ 19により押さえられた綴じ用紙 37に貫通される。 [0511] As a result, when the driver 18 is pushed down, the paper presser 19 biased by the torsion coil spring 56 is also pushed down, and the binding paper 37 on the table 20 is pushed down as shown in FIG. The sheet is pressed by the 19 sheet pressing portion 19d. [0512] In addition, the punching blade 51a attached to the driver 18 passes through the binding paper 37 that is installed on the table 20 and pressed by the paper presser 19.
[0513] また、ドライバ 18が更に押し下げられることにより、ドライバ 18の突き出しピン 18dは 、フォーミングプレート 15の V'溝 A46内を移動し、 V溝 A46の下端部 46aに到達する 。ドライバ 18の突き出しピン 18dが、 V'溝 A46の下端部 46aに到達後、ドライバ 18が 更に下降することにより、突き出しピン 18dが V'溝 A46の下端部 46aに係合した状態 で、ドライバ 18共にフォーミングプレート 15は下降を開始する。  [0513] Further, when the driver 18 is further pushed down, the projecting pin 18d of the driver 18 moves in the V 'groove A46 of the forming plate 15 and reaches the lower end 46a of the V groove A46. After the protruding pin 18d of the driver 18 reaches the lower end 46a of the V 'groove A46, the driver 18 further descends, so that the protruding pin 18d is engaged with the lower end 46a of the V' groove A46. Together, the forming plate 15 begins to descend.
[0514] 図 150は、ステープル 3Baが切断され、スライダ 26の移動が開始され、ステープル  [0514] In FIG. 150, the staple 3Ba is cut and the movement of the slider 26 is started.
3Bの成型が開始された状態におけるステープラ 1Eの各部の状態を示す説明図であ る。図 149に示す状態から、更にハンドル 5が押し下げられることにより、ハンドル'ス テープルカバー回動軸 10でハンドル 5が図 150の反時計回りに回動し、ドライバプッ シャ 66によりドライバ 18が更に押し下げられる。これにより、図 150に示すように、ドラ ィバ 18に取り付けられた抜き刃 51aが、テーブル 20上に設置され用紙押さえ 19によ り押さえられた綴じ用紙 37に、更に貫通される。  FIG. 6 is an explanatory view showing the state of each part of the stapler 1E in a state where 3B molding is started. When the handle 5 is further pushed down from the state shown in Fig. 149, the handle 5 is rotated counterclockwise in Fig. 150 by the handle's staple cover pivot shaft 10, and the driver 18 is further pushed down by the driver pusher 66. It is done. As a result, as shown in FIG. 150, the punching blade 51a attached to the driver 18 is further penetrated through the binding paper 37 placed on the table 20 and pressed by the paper presser 19.
[0515] また、ドライバ 18が下降することにより、突き出しピン 18dが V?冓 A46の下端部 46a に係合した状態で、ドライバ 18共にフォーミングプレート 15は下降する。これにより、 図 116Cに示すように、連結ステープル 2の端部に位置するステープル 3Baと連接す るステープル 3Bbとのステープル連結部 34力 フォーミングプレート 15に取り付けら れた切断刃 49により切断される。  [0515] When the driver 18 is lowered, the protruding pin 18d is V?フ ォ ー The forming plate 15 is lowered together with the driver 18 while being engaged with the lower end 46a of A46. As a result, as shown in FIG. 116C, the staple connecting portion 34 with the staple 3B connected to the staple 3Ba located at the end of the connected staple 2 is cut by the cutting blade 49 attached to the forming plate 15.
[0516] また、突き出しピン 18dが V?冓 A46の下端部 46aに係合した状態で、ドライバ 18共 にフォーミングプレート 15が下降する。これにより、図 145Cに示すように、フォーミン グプレート 15のステープル成型部 15aにより、受け台部 13cに設置されたステープル 3aの成型が開始される。  [0516] Also, the protruding pin 18d is V?フ ォ ー The forming plate 15 is lowered together with the driver 18 while being engaged with the lower end 46a of A46. As a result, as shown in FIG. 145C, the staple forming unit 15a of the forming plate 15 starts forming the staple 3a installed on the receiving table 13c.
[0517] 更に、ドライバ 18が押し下げられることにより、図 134の矢印 Caの反対方向に示す 方向にリンク 57が回転し、リンク 57の突起部 57cと係合したスライダシャフト 63と共に スライダ 26が後方に移動する。これにより、スライダ 26のスライダアーム 26a及びスラ イダアーム 26bが、それぞれ各押し出しユニット 24の後側に位置する爪部 24dと当接 し図 36Bの矢印に示すようにカム 24aが回転する。これにより、各押し出しユニット 24 の押し出しプッシャ 24bが待機位置から押し出し位置の方向へ回転する。これにより 、各押し出しプッシャ 24bの押し出し部 24baが、綴じ用紙 37に貫通された抜き刃 51 aの外側の面に当接した状態となる。 [0517] Further, when the driver 18 is pushed down, the link 57 rotates in the direction opposite to the arrow Ca in FIG. 134, and the slider 26 moves backward together with the slider shaft 63 engaged with the projection 57c of the link 57. Moving. As a result, the slider arm 26a and the slider arm 26b of the slider 26 come into contact with the claw portions 24d located on the rear side of the push-out units 24, respectively, and the cam 24a rotates as shown by the arrow in FIG. 36B. As a result, each extrusion unit 24 The pusher pusher 24b rotates from the standby position to the pushout position. As a result, the pushing portion 24ba of each pushing pusher 24b comes into contact with the outer surface of the punching blade 51a penetrating the binding paper 37.
[0518] 図 151は、ステープル 3Baの成型が完了した状態におけるステープラ 1Eの各部の 状態を示す説明図である。図 150に示す状態から、更にハンドル 5が押し下げられる ことにより、ハンドル'ステープルカバー回動軸 10でハンドル 5が図 151の反時計回り に回動し、ドライバプッシャ 66によりドライバ 18が更に押し下げられる。これにより、図 151に示すように、ドライバ 18に取り付けられた抜き刃 51aが、テーブル 20上に設置 され用紙押さえ 19により押さえられた綴じ用紙 37に更に貫通され、抜き刃 51a内に 位置しているステープル 3Bcの両脚部 36が、綴じ用紙 37に貫通される。  [0518] FIG. 151 is an explanatory view showing the state of each part of the stapler 1E in a state where the forming of the staple 3Ba is completed. When the handle 5 is further pushed down from the state shown in FIG. 150, the handle 5 is rotated counterclockwise in FIG. 151 by the handle 'staple cover rotating shaft 10, and the driver 18 is further pushed down by the driver pusher 66. As a result, as shown in FIG. 151, the punching blade 51a attached to the driver 18 is further penetrated into the binding paper 37 placed on the table 20 and pressed by the paper presser 19, and is positioned in the punching blade 51a. Both legs 36 of the staple 3Bc that is present are passed through the binding sheet 37.
[0519] また、ドライバ 18が下降することにより、突き出しピン 18dが V?冓 A46の下端部 46a に係合した状態で、ドライバ 18と共にフォーミングプレート 15が下降する。これにより 、フォーミングプレート 15の下端部 15dがフレーム 8の所定の箇所に接して、フォーミ ングプレート 15がフレーム 8に対して下降しない位置まで、フォーミングプレート 15が 下降する。これにより、図 144C及び図 146Aに示すように、フォーミングプレート 15 のステープル成型部 15aにより、受け台部 13cに設置されたステープル 3Baが、クラ ゥン部 35と両脚部 36を有する両端が 1方向に折り曲げられた形状に成型される。  [0519] When the driver 18 is lowered, the protruding pin 18d is V?フ ォ ー The forming plate 15 is lowered together with the driver 18 in a state where the lower end 46a of the A46 is engaged. As a result, the lower end portion 15d of the forming plate 15 is in contact with a predetermined portion of the frame 8, and the forming plate 15 is lowered to a position where the forming plate 15 is not lowered with respect to the frame 8. Thereby, as shown in FIGS. 144C and 146A, the staple forming portion 15a of the forming plate 15 causes the staple 3Ba installed on the cradle portion 13c to be unidirectional with both ends having the crown portion 35 and both leg portions 36. It is molded into a shape that is bent into
[0520] また、ドライバ 18が更に押し下げられることにより、図 134の矢印 Caの反対方向に 示す方向にリンク 57が更に回転し、リンク 57の突起部 57cと係合したスライダシャフト 63と共にスライダ 26が更に後方に移動する。  Further, when the driver 18 is further pushed down, the link 57 further rotates in the direction indicated by the arrow Ca in FIG. 134, and the slider 26 is moved together with the slider shaft 63 engaged with the projection 57c of the link 57. It moves further back.
[0521] 図 152は、ステープル 3Bcの貫通が完了し、スライダ受け 29からスライダ 26が外れ た状態におけるステープラ 1Eの各部の状態を示す説明図である。図 151に示す状 態から、更にハンドル 5が押し下げられることにより、ハンドル'ステープルカバー回動 軸 10でハンドル 5が図 152の反時計回りに回動し、ドライバプッシャ 66によりドライバ 18が更に押し下げられる。これにより、図 152に示すように、ドライバ 18に取り付けら れた抜き刃 51aが、テーブル 20上に設置され用紙押さえ 19により押さえられた綴じ 用紙 37に更に貫通され、抜き刃 51a内に位置しているステープル 3Bcの両脚部 36 力 綴じ用紙 37に完全に貫通される。 [0522] また、各ダブルトーシヨンパネ 24fにより付勢され、各抜き刃 51aの外側の面に当接 した状態の各押し出しプッシャ 24bの押し出し部 24baが、各抜き刃 51aの押し出し孔 51 ac内に揷通する。これにより、ステープル 3Baの両脚部 36が、各押し出し部 24ba により内側へ押されて折り曲げられることにより、各抜き刃 51 aから離れた状態となる。 FIG. 152 is an explanatory view showing the state of each part of the stapler 1E in a state where the penetration of the staple 3Bc is completed and the slider 26 is detached from the slider receiver 29. When the handle 5 is further pushed down from the state shown in FIG. 151, the handle 5 is rotated counterclockwise in FIG. 152 by the handle 'staple cover turning shaft 10 and the driver 18 is further pushed down by the driver pusher 66. . As a result, as shown in FIG. 152, the punching blade 51a attached to the driver 18 is further penetrated by the binding paper 37 placed on the table 20 and pressed by the paper presser 19, and is positioned in the punching blade 51a. The staples 3Bc have both leg portions 36 force. [0522] Further, the pushing portion 24ba of each pusher 24b, which is urged by each double torsion panel 24f and is in contact with the outer surface of each punching blade 51a, is placed in the pushing hole 51ac of each punching blade 51a. Communicate with. As a result, both the leg portions 36 of the staple 3Ba are pushed inward by the push-out portions 24ba and bent, so that they are separated from the respective punching blades 51a.
[0523] また、ドライバ 18が下降することにより、突き出しピン 18dが V?冓 B47から V?冓 B48内 に移動する。更に、図 134の矢印 Caの反対方向に示す方向にリンク 57が更に回転 し、リンク 57の突起部 57cと係合したスライダシャフト 63と共にスライダ 26が更に後方 に移動することにより、図 152に示すように、スライダ 26がスライダ受け 29から外れた 状態となる。更に、スライダアーム 26a及び 26bの前端部力 各押し出しユニット 24の 各爪部 24dの間から、後方へ外れた状態となる。  [0523] When the driver 18 is lowered, the protruding pin 18d is V?冓 B47 to V?移動 Move to B48. Further, the link 57 further rotates in the direction shown in the direction opposite to the arrow Ca in FIG. 134, and the slider 26 moves further rearward together with the slider shaft 63 engaged with the projection 57c of the link 57, so that it is shown in FIG. As described above, the slider 26 is detached from the slider receiver 29. Further, the front end force of the slider arms 26a and 26b is in a state of being rearwardly disengaged from between the claw portions 24d of the push-out units 24.
[0524] 図 153は、ステープル 3Bcのクリンチが完了した状態におけるステープラ 1Eの各部 の状態を示す説明図である。図 152に示す状態から、更にハンドル 5が押し下げられ ることにより、フレーム回動軸 12でフレーム 8がベース 9に対して図 153の反時計回り に回動し、図 153に示すように、フレーム 8の底辺部である折り曲げ部設置台 21がべ ース 9に接した状態となる。なお、折り曲げ部設置台 21がベース 9に接した状態から、 ハンドル 5を更に押し下げることはできない。  FIG. 153 is an explanatory view showing the state of each part of the stapler 1E in a state where the clinching of the staple 3Bc is completed. When the handle 5 is further pushed down from the state shown in FIG. 152, the frame 8 is rotated counterclockwise in FIG. 153 with respect to the base 9 by the frame rotating shaft 12, and as shown in FIG. The bent base 21 which is the base of 8 is in contact with the base 9. It should be noted that the handle 5 cannot be pushed down further from the state in which the bending portion installation base 21 is in contact with the base 9.
[0525] これにより、クリンチャリフタ 28により、クリンチヤセンター 27力 S、クリンチヤシャフト 23 bで回動してクリンチヤホルダ 23aに対して上方へ持ち上げられた状態となる。クリン チヤセンター 27がクリンチヤホルダ 23aに対して上方へ持ち上げられることにより、ネ ジリコイルバネによりクリンチヤセンター 27に対して上方に付勢されたクリンチヤレフト に対して上方へ持ち上げられる。  [0525] Thus, the clincher lifter 28 is rotated by the clincher center 27 force S and the clincher shaft 23b and is lifted upward with respect to the clincher holder 23a. When the clincher center 27 is lifted upward with respect to the clincher holder 23a, it is lifted upward with respect to the clincher left urged upward with respect to the clincher center 27 by the screw coil spring.
[0526] ここで、クリンチヤライト 61は、クリンチヤレフト 60よりもクリンチヤセンター 27に対する 上死点が上方に設けられている。このため、クリンチヤセンター 27がクリンチヤシャフト 23bで回動して上方へ持ち上げられることにより、クリンチヤライト 61によりステーブル 3Baの右側の脚部 36が内側に綴じ用紙 37に沿って内側に完全に折り曲げられて保 持された状態となる。 Here, the clincher light 61 has a top dead center above the clincher center 27 relative to the clincher left 60. Therefore, when the clincher center 27 is rotated by the clincher shaft 23b and lifted upward, the right leg 36 of the stable 3Ba is completely inward along the binding sheet 37 by the clincher light 61. It will be folded and held.
[0527] その後、クリンチヤセンター 27がクリンチヤシャフト 23bで回動して上方へ更に持ち 上げられることにより、クリンチヤレフト 60によりステープル 3Baの左側の脚部 36が内 側に綴じ用紙 37に沿って内側に完全に折り曲げられて保持された状態となる。 [0527] After that, the clincher center 27 is rotated by the clincher shaft 23b and further held upward. By being raised, the left leg 36 of the staple 3Ba is completely folded inward along the binding sheet 37 and held by the clinch left 60.
[0528] その後、クリンチヤセンター 27がクリンチヤシャフト 23bで回動して上方へ更に持ち 上げられることにより、図 153に示すように、ステーブル 3Bcの両脚部 36の重なり部 1S クリンチヤセンター 27の先端の貼り合わせ部で押さえられた状態となる。これによ り、図 102Cに示すように、ステープル 3Bcの左側の脚部 36の接着部 31と右側の脚 部 36、及び右側の脚部 36の接着部 31と綴じ用紙 37が、それぞれ貼り合わされた状 態となる。 [0528] After that, when the clincher center 27 is rotated by the clincher shaft 23b and further lifted upward, as shown in FIG. 153, the overlapping portion of the legs 36 of the stable 3Bc 1S clincher center 27 It will be in the state pressed by the pasting part of the tip of. As a result, as shown in FIG. 102C, the adhesive part 31 and the right leg part 36 of the left leg 36 of the staple 3Bc, and the adhesive part 31 of the right leg part 36 and the binding sheet 37 are bonded to each other. It becomes a state.
[0529] 図 154は、フレーム 8のリターンが完了し、ドライバ 18のリターンが開始された状態 におけるステープラ 1の各部の状態を示す説明図である。図 153に示す状態から、使 用者がハンドル 5の押し下げを解除することにより、まず、図 135に示すベース 9に備 えられたリターンバネ 22により、フレーム回動軸 12で、フレーム 8がベース 9に対して 図 154の時計回りに回動する。  FIG. 154 is an explanatory diagram showing the state of each part of the stapler 1 in a state where the return of the frame 8 is completed and the return of the driver 18 is started. When the user releases the push-down of the handle 5 from the state shown in FIG. 153, first, the frame 8 is moved to the base by the return spring 22 provided in the base 9 shown in FIG. Rotate clockwise with respect to 9 in Fig. 154.
[0530] これにより、折り曲げ部設置台 21の前端部が、ベース 9と固定されたシャフト 64と当 接し、フレーム 8とベース 9が、図 148に示す待機状態と同じ位置関係となる。また、ク リンチャリフタ 28により、クリンチヤセンター 27がクリンチヤホルダ 23aに対して引き下 げられ、クリンチャホノレダ 23aと、クリンチヤレフト 60、クリンチヤセンター 27及びクリン チヤライト 61が、図 148に示す待機状態と同じ位置関係となる。  [0530] Thus, the front end portion of the bent portion setting base 21 is in contact with the base 64 and the shaft 64 fixed, and the frame 8 and the base 9 are in the same positional relationship as in the standby state shown in FIG. The clincher center 27 is pulled down to the clincher holder 23a by the clincher lifter 28. The positional relationship is the same as the state.
[0531] また、リターンバネ 22により、フレーム回動軸 12でフレーム 8が回動し、折り曲げ部 設置台 21の前端部がシャフト 64と当接した後、図 13Bに示すドライバ 18と用紙押さ え 19の間に設けられたネジリコイルバネ 56により、ドライバ 18の上方への移動が開 始する。  [0531] Also, the return spring 22 rotates the frame 8 around the frame rotation shaft 12, and after the front end of the bent portion installation base 21 comes into contact with the shaft 64, the driver 18 and the paper presser shown in FIG. The upward movement of the driver 18 is started by the torsion coil spring 56 provided between 19.
[0532] 図 155は、プッシャ 17のリターン直前の状態におけるステープラ 1Eの各部の状態 を示す説明図である。図 154に示す状態から、まず、ネジリコイルパネ 56により、ドラ ィバ 18が上方へ移動する。  FIG. 155 is an explanatory diagram showing the state of each part of the stapler 1E in the state immediately before the pusher 17 returns. From the state shown in FIG. 154, first, the driver 18 is moved upward by the torsion coil panel 56.
[0533] これにより、突き出しピン 18dが V溝 B48内を上方へ移動し、 V?冓 B48の上端部で 突き出しピン 18dが係合した状態となり、ドライバ 18の上方への移動と共にフォーミン グプレート 15も上方への移動を開始する。 [0534] また、ドライバ 18が上方へ移動することにより、リンク 57が図 134の矢印 Ca方向へ 回転する。これにより、スライダシャフト 63を後方へ押さえていたリンク 57の突起部 57 cが矢印 Caの方向へ移動し、スライダパネ 25で付勢されたスライダ 26が前方へ移動 を開始する。 [0533] This causes the protruding pin 18d to move upward in the V-groove B48.と な り The projecting pin 18d is engaged at the upper end of B48, and the forming plate 15 starts to move upward as the driver 18 moves upward. [0534] Further, as the driver 18 moves upward, the link 57 rotates in the direction of arrow Ca in FIG. As a result, the projection 57c of the link 57 holding the slider shaft 63 rearward moves in the direction of the arrow Ca, and the slider 26 biased by the slider panel 25 starts moving forward.
[0535] その後、突き出しピン 18dが V?冓 B48内の上端に係合した状態で、ドライバ 18が上 方へ移動する共にフォーミングプレート 15も上方へ移動する。これにより、図 146Bに 示すように、ステープル 3Baの両脚部 36の先端部が、フォーミングプレート 15のヒラ キォサェ 15cにより保持された状態となる。  [0535] After that, the protruding pin 18d is V?ド ラ イ バ With the upper end in B48 engaged, the driver 18 moves upward and the forming plate 15 also moves upward. As a result, as shown in FIG. 146B, the leading ends of both leg portions 36 of the staple 3Ba are held by the flat plate 15c of the forming plate 15.
[0536] また、ドライバ 18が上方へ移動することにより、リンク 57が図 134の矢印 Caの方向 へ更に回転し、スライダシャフト 63を押さえているリンク 57の突起部 57cが矢印 Caの 方向へ更に移動し、スライダパネ 25で付勢されたスライダ 26が前方へ更に移動する  Further, when the driver 18 moves upward, the link 57 further rotates in the direction of the arrow Ca in FIG. 134, and the protrusion 57c of the link 57 holding the slider shaft 63 further in the direction of the arrow Ca. The slider 26 urged by the slider panel 25 moves further forward.
[0537] その後、突き出しピン 18dが V'溝 B48内の上端に係合した状態で、ドライバ 18が上 方へ移動する共にフォーミングプレート 15が上端部まで移動する。これにより、図 14 6Cに示すように、ステープル 3aの両脚部 36の先端部が、フォーミングプレート 15の ヒラキォサェ 15cにより完全に保持された状態となる。 [0537] Thereafter, with the protruding pin 18d engaged with the upper end in the V 'groove B48, the driver 18 moves upward and the forming plate 15 moves to the upper end. As a result, as shown in FIG. 146C, the leading ends of both legs 36 of the staple 3a are completely held by the flat plate 15c of the forming plate 15.
[0538] その後、ドライバ 18が上方へ移動することにより、突き出しピン 18dが V?冓 B48から フラット部 47を超えて、 V'溝 A46内を上方へ移動する。また、ドライバ 18が上方へ移 動することにより、リンク 57が図 134の矢印 Caの方向へ更に回転し、スライダシャフト 63を押さえているリンク 57の突起部 57cが矢印 Caの方向へ更に移動し、スライダバ ネ 25で付勢されたスライダ 26が、図 148で示す待機状態と同じ位置まで移動する。  [0538] After that, when the driver 18 moves upward, the protruding pin 18d becomes V?冓 Move from B48 to the upper part of V 'groove A46 over flat part 47. Further, when the driver 18 moves upward, the link 57 further rotates in the direction of the arrow Ca in FIG. 134, and the protrusion 57c of the link 57 holding the slider shaft 63 further moves in the direction of the arrow Ca. Then, the slider 26 urged by the slider bar 25 moves to the same position as in the standby state shown in FIG.
[0539] また、リンク 57が図 134の矢印 Caの方向へ回転することにより、ギア 57kとギア 71 が嚙み合い、ギア 71が図 134の矢印 Daで示す方向に回転する。これにより、図 137 の矢印 Gaで示す方向にスプロケット 72が回転し、剥離紙 30が剥離紙排出経路 40 内を剥離紙排出口 39の方向へ送られる。これにより、図 137に示すように、ステープ ルホルダ 11内のロール状ステープル 4から、剥離紙 30が取り付けられた連結ステー プル 2が引き出されて搬送路 13上を送られ、剥離紙 30が剥離された連結ステーブル 2が受け台 13cに送られる。 [0540] 更にその後、ドライバ 18が上方へ移動することにより、突き出しピン 18dが V'溝 A46 内を上方へ所定の位置まで移動する。ネジリコイルパネ 56により、ドライバ 18が所定 の位置まで上昇した後、図 135に示す、フレーム 8と用紙押さえ 19との間に備えられ た引っ張りバネ 55により、用紙押さえ 19及びドライバ 18のフレーム 8に対する上方へ の持ち上げが開始される。 Further, when link 57 rotates in the direction of arrow Ca in FIG. 134, gear 57k and gear 71 mesh with each other, and gear 71 rotates in the direction indicated by arrow Da in FIG. As a result, the sprocket 72 rotates in the direction indicated by the arrow Ga in FIG. 137, and the release paper 30 is sent in the release paper discharge path 40 toward the release paper discharge port 39. As a result, as shown in FIG. 137, the connected staple 2 to which the release paper 30 is attached is pulled out from the roll staple 4 in the staple holder 11 and fed on the conveying path 13, and the release paper 30 is peeled off. The connected stable 2 is sent to the cradle 13c. [0540] Thereafter, when the driver 18 moves upward, the protrusion pin 18d moves upward in the V 'groove A46 to a predetermined position. After the screwdriver coil 56 raises the driver 18 to a predetermined position, the tension spring 55 provided between the frame 8 and the paper presser 19 shown in FIG. Lifting up begins.
[0541] 以上のようなステープラ 1Eの各部の動作より、用紙揷入口内のテーブル 20に設置 された綴じ用紙 37が、ステープル 3Baにより綴じられる。  [0541] By the operation of each part of the stapler 1E as described above, the binding sheet 37 set on the table 20 in the sheet tray entrance is bound by the staple 3Ba.
産業上の利用可能性  Industrial applicability
[0542] 本発明は、紙製のステーブルにより綴じ用紙を綴じるステーブルに適用される。 [0542] The present invention is applied to a stable that binds binding sheets using a paper stable.

Claims

請求の範囲 The scope of the claims
[1] 略真直状の紙製ステーブルを並列に複数連結してなる連結ステーブルが搬送され る搬送路と、  [1] A conveyance path through which a plurality of substantially straight paper stables connected in parallel is conveyed,
前記搬送路の所定の第 1位置で、前記連結ステーブルの先頭部に位置するステー プルを切断して該連結ステーブルから分離する連結部切断刃と、  A connecting portion cutting blade for cutting a staple located at a leading portion of the connecting stable at a predetermined first position of the conveying path and separating the staple from the connecting stable;
切断された前記ステーブルを、前記第 1位置で、クラウン部と前記クラウン部の左右 力、ら略直角に折り曲げられた脚部とが形成されるように成型する成型部と、  A molding part that molds the cut stable so that a crown part and a right and left force of the crown part and a leg part bent at a substantially right angle are formed at the first position;
前記成型部により成型された前記ステーブルを、前記第 1位置から、所定の第 2位 置に移動させる移動手段と、  Moving means for moving the stable molded by the molding unit from the first position to a predetermined second position;
前記クラウン部の長さに応じた間隔で並設された二本の揷入切断刃を有し、前記ス テーブルを、前記第 2位置で前記揷入切断刃と共に前記綴じ用紙に対して押し下げ て貫通させる貫通部と、  Two insertion cutting blades arranged in parallel at an interval corresponding to the length of the crown portion, and pressing down the stable against the binding paper together with the insertion cutting blade at the second position. A penetrating portion to penetrate,
前記連結部切断刃及び前記成型部を、前記第 1位置で前記連結ステーブルの先 頭部に位置する前記ステーブルに対して押し下げると共に、前記貫通部を前記第 2 位置で前記綴じ用紙に対して押し下げる押し下げ手段と、  The connecting portion cutting blade and the molding portion are pushed down against the stable located at the front of the connecting stable at the first position, and the penetrating portion is pressed against the binding paper at the second position. Pressing means for pressing down,
前記押し下げ手段により押し下げられた前記貫通部により、前記綴じ用紙に貫通し た前記ステーブルの前記両脚部を前記綴じ用紙に沿って折り曲げ、互いに貼り合わ せる折り曲げ手段とを備える  Bending means for folding the legs of the stable penetrating the binding paper along the binding paper by the penetrating part pushed down by the pressing means and bonding them together.
ことを特徴とするステープラ。  A stapler characterized by that.
[2] 前記綴じ用紙が載置される載置台に対して前記綴じ用紙を押さえる押さえ部を備 え、 [2] A holding portion for holding the binding paper against a mounting table on which the binding paper is placed is provided.
前記押し下げ手段は、前記押さえ部を前記載置台上の前記綴じ用紙に対して押し 下げた後、前記連結部切断刃及び前記成型部を前記第 1位置で前記連結ステープ ルの先頭部に位置する前記ステーブルに対して押し下げると共に、前記貫通部を前 記第 2位置で前記綴じ用紙に対して押し下げる  The pushing-down means pushes down the pressing portion against the binding paper on the mounting table, and then positions the connecting portion cutting blade and the molding portion at the first position of the connecting staple at the first position. While pushing down against the stable, push down the penetrating part against the binding paper at the second position.
ことを特徴とする請求項 1に記載のステープラ。  The stapler according to claim 1, wherein:
[3] 前記連結部切断刃と前記成型部とを有する切断成型部を備え、 [3] A cutting and molding part having the connecting part cutting blade and the molding part,
前記押し下げ手段として、 前記貫通部を前記綴じ用紙に対して押し下げる押し下げ部と、 As the pressing means, A push-down portion that pushes down the penetrating portion with respect to the binding paper;
前記貫通部に設けられて、前記貫通部の上下方向の所定の範囲で前記切断成型 部の被係合部と下向きに係合する係合部とを有する  An engaging portion that is provided in the penetrating portion and engages downward with an engaged portion of the cut molding portion within a predetermined range in the vertical direction of the penetrating portion.
ことを特徴とする請求項 1に記載のステープラ。  The stapler according to claim 1, wherein:
[4] 前記連結部切断刃及び前記成型部を前記連結ステーブルの先頭部に位置する前 記ステープルから押し上げると共に、前記貫通部を前記綴じ用紙から押し上げる押し 上げ手段とを備える [4] A push-up means that pushes up the connecting portion cutting blade and the molding portion from the staple located at the leading portion of the connecting stable and pushes up the penetrating portion from the binding paper.
ことを特徴とする請求項 1に記載のステープラ。  The stapler according to claim 1, wherein:
[5] 前記連結部切断刃と前記成型部とを有する切断成型部を備え、 [5] A cutting / molding part having the connecting part cutting blade and the molding part,
前記押し上げ手段として、  As the push-up means,
前記貫通部を前記綴じ用紙に対して押し上げる押し上げ部と、  A push-up portion that pushes up the penetrating portion with respect to the binding paper;
前記貫通部に設けられて、前記貫通部の上下方向の所定の範囲で前記切断成型 部の被係合部と上向きに係合する係合部とを有する  An engaging portion that is provided in the penetrating portion and engages upward with an engaged portion of the cut molding portion within a predetermined range in the vertical direction of the penetrating portion;
ことを特徴とする請求項 4に記載のステープラ。  The stapler according to claim 4, wherein:
[6] 前記移動手段は、前記押し上げ手段による前記連結部切断刃、前記成型部及び 前記貫通部の押し上げと連動して、前記成型部により成型された前記ステーブルを、 前記第 1位置から前記第 2位置に移動させる [6] The moving unit moves the stable formed by the molding unit from the first position in conjunction with the pushing-up of the connecting portion cutting blade, the molding unit, and the penetrating unit by the lifting unit. Move to second position
ことを特徴とする請求項 4に記載のステープラ。  The stapler according to claim 4, wherein:
PCT/JP2007/065541 2006-08-11 2007-08-08 Stapler WO2008018507A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (20)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2006220732A JP4872522B2 (en) 2006-08-11 2006-08-11 Stapler
JP2006-220732 2006-08-11
JP2006220707A JP4935238B2 (en) 2006-08-11 2006-08-11 Stapler
JP2006-220716 2006-08-11
JP2006-220742 2006-08-11
JP2006-220707 2006-08-11
JP2006220717A JP4967522B2 (en) 2006-08-11 2006-08-11 Stapler
JP2006-219194 2006-08-11
JP2006-220717 2006-08-11
JP2006-220731 2006-08-11
JP2006-220740 2006-08-11
JP2006220743A JP2008044060A (en) 2006-08-11 2006-08-11 Stapler and method of conveying staple
JP2006220742A JP4952134B2 (en) 2006-08-11 2006-08-11 Stapler
JP2006-220706 2006-08-11
JP2006220731A JP4952132B2 (en) 2006-08-11 2006-08-11 Stapler
JP2006220706A JP4882590B2 (en) 2006-08-11 2006-08-11 Stapler
JP2006220716A JP4967521B2 (en) 2006-08-11 2006-08-11 Stapler
JP2006219194A JP4952129B2 (en) 2006-08-11 2006-08-11 Stapler
JP2006-220743 2006-08-11
JP2006220740A JP4872523B2 (en) 2006-08-11 2006-08-11 Stapler

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2008018507A1 true WO2008018507A1 (en) 2008-02-14

Family

ID=39033037

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2007/065541 WO2008018507A1 (en) 2006-08-11 2007-08-08 Stapler

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2008018507A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10787282B2 (en) 2016-10-11 2020-09-29 Max Co., Ltd. Cap and cap unit

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS6094279A (en) * 1983-10-28 1985-05-27 広瀬 貞吉 Stapler for synthetic resin needle
JP2002168216A (en) * 2000-11-30 2002-06-14 Nakamura Yuriko Staple and stapler for staple
JP2002355803A (en) * 2001-05-31 2002-12-10 Nisca Corp Stapling device
JP2006205262A (en) * 2004-12-28 2006-08-10 Shinyo Engineering:Kk Paper binding piece used for binding a plurality of paper pieces and its use
JP2006212731A (en) * 2005-02-02 2006-08-17 Shinyo Engineering:Kk Binding instrument and binding method of binding piece using paper material

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS6094279A (en) * 1983-10-28 1985-05-27 広瀬 貞吉 Stapler for synthetic resin needle
JP2002168216A (en) * 2000-11-30 2002-06-14 Nakamura Yuriko Staple and stapler for staple
JP2002355803A (en) * 2001-05-31 2002-12-10 Nisca Corp Stapling device
JP2006205262A (en) * 2004-12-28 2006-08-10 Shinyo Engineering:Kk Paper binding piece used for binding a plurality of paper pieces and its use
JP2006212731A (en) * 2005-02-02 2006-08-17 Shinyo Engineering:Kk Binding instrument and binding method of binding piece using paper material

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10787282B2 (en) 2016-10-11 2020-09-29 Max Co., Ltd. Cap and cap unit
CN107912184B (en) * 2016-10-11 2020-12-01 美克司株式会社 Cover and cover unit

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP4894407B2 (en) Linked staple and staple cartridge
JP4967521B2 (en) Stapler
JP6040746B2 (en) Stapler
JP4952133B2 (en) Stapler
JP4872522B2 (en) Stapler
JP4952129B2 (en) Stapler
WO2008018507A1 (en) Stapler
JP4952132B2 (en) Stapler
JP4967522B2 (en) Stapler
JP2008044060A (en) Stapler and method of conveying staple
JP4935238B2 (en) Stapler
JP4872523B2 (en) Stapler
JP4952134B2 (en) Stapler
TWI687286B (en) Binding Machine
JP6332411B2 (en) Stapler
JP5983383B2 (en) Stapler
JP6031985B2 (en) Stapler
JP5742579B2 (en) Stapler
JP2017104982A (en) Stapler

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 07792208

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: RU

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 07792208

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1